g1013_us

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 268

Intelligent Drivesystems

NORDBLOC.1 SERIES ®

GEARMOTORS & SPEED REDUCERS


Compact High Performance

G1013
NORDBLOC.1® SERIES
Innovative Design
FOOT-MOUNT
GEARMOTOR

FOOT-MOUNT REDUCER
NEMA C-FACE INPUT

FLANGE-MOUNT REDUCER
NEMA C-FACE INPUT

COMPACT COUPLED
C-FACE ADAPTER
Table of Contents

Introduction...................................................................................................................... 2
Company Information .................................................................................................. 2
Key Features .................................................................................................................. 4
Selection ........................................................................................................................ 9
General Warnings & Cautions .................................................................................... 11
Mounting Positions .................................................................................................... 14
Options ........................................................................................................................ 16
Lubrication .................................................................................................................. 22
Service Factoring ......................................................................................................... 41
Crossover ..................................................................................................................... 51
Ratings ............................................................................................................................ 53
Gearmotor Selection .................................................................................................. 54
Reducer Selections & Combinations .......................................................................... 88
Dimensions ................................................................................................................ 103
Alternate Shaft Options ........................................................................................... 140
Motors........................................................................................................................... 141
Order Form ................................................................................................................ 142
Standard Design ....................................................................................................... 144
Options ...................................................................................................................... 149
Performance Data ..................................................................................................... 164
Brakes............................................................................................................................ 197
AC Vector Drives........................................................................................................... 235
Contacts ........................................................................................................................ 259
Terms & Conditions of Sale.......................................................................................... 263

www.nord.com

1
INTRODUCTION

NORD Gear
Company Overview Short, On-Time Delivery
Since 1965, NORD Gear has grown to global As a NORD customer, you can rest assured that your
proportions on the strength of product performance, order will be delivered on time. Because NORD has
superior customer service, and intelligent solutions to both decentralized assembly and manufacturing op-
a never ending variety of industrial challenges. erations paired with a globally linked network, we
have the ability to offer our customers:
All mechanical and electrical components of a drive are
available from NORD Gear. Our products cover the full t 'BTU SFMJBCMFSFTQPOTFT
range of drive equipment: helical in-line, Clincher™ t (SFBUFSQSPEVDUWFSTBUJMJUZ
shaft-mount, helical-bevel, and helical-worm gear- t 4IPSUFSMFBEUJNFT
boxes, motors and AC drives from 1/6 hp to 250 hp, t 5JNFMZTIJQQJOH
with torques from 90 lb-in to 900,000 lb-in. t 3BQJEEFMJWFSZ

But NORD Gear does far more than manufacture Quality


the world’s finest drive components. We provide our
customers with optimum drive configurations for their Quality is assured at NORD’s assembly and manufac-
specific purposes. NORD provides each and every one turing facilities, based on ISO 9000 standards — from
of them with truly complete and efficient systems at careful inspection of incoming materials to closely
a price/quality ratio unmatched in today’s fast-chang- monitored machining operations, including gear
ing markets. cutting, turning, hardening & grinding as well as
finishing & assembly.
NORD Gear makes its wide range of products easily
available through a global network that provides all
customers with prompt delivery and expert support
services to consistently exceed customer expectations.
We are firmly committed to being totally responsive
to the ideas and specifications of every customer, any-
where in the world.

High-Performance Motors & Brakemotors


NORD motors are designed to run cool for longer ser- NORD 911
vice life. Low rotor inertia and high starting torque
allow peak performance in the most difficult appli- 5SPVCMF +VTUDBMM/03% JO$BOBEB 
cations for inverter and vector duty per NEMA MG 3606). Emergency service is available 24 hours a day,
1-2006 Section 31.4.4.2 voltage spikes. Our motors are EBZTBXFFL8FMMBOTXFSZPVSDBMM TIJQUIFQBSUT 
internationally accepted, conforming to North Amer- or build a unit and have it shipped directly to you to
ican NEMA MG 1 and international IEC electrical spec- provide what you need, when you need it.
ifications. High performance options include brakes,
encoders, and forced cooling fans.

2 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


INTRODUCTION
NORD Gear
Manufacturing Modular Design
NORD continually invests in research, manufactur- NORD’s modular design philosophy provides you with
JOH BOEBVUPNBUJPOUFDIOPMPHZ5IJTJTUPFOTVSFUIF a competitive edge by allowing you to configure drive
highest possible quality at affordable prices. NORD systems to exactly fit your applications.
invests heavily in our North American facilities as
well as our factories around the world. Recent ex- More than 20,000,000 combinations of totally unique
amples include expanding our Waunakee factory gearmotors and speed reducers are possible – as-
and adding numerous new large gear unit assembly sembled in-line or right-angle, mounted by foot or
cells. In our Glinde, Germany gear factory we added a flange, featuring solid or hollow shafts with either
state-of-the-art multi-chamber vacuum carburization metric or inch shaft extensions – to give you complete
system. freedom to specify a drive solution that’s perfect for
you.
Benefits
t.PSFPVUQVUTQFFET
t.PSFNPVOUJOHBSSBOHFNFOUT(SFBUFSGMFYJCJMJUZ
t'FXFSHFBSTUBHFT-PXFSDPTU
t.FUSJDBOEJODIQSPEVDUT

NORD engineers stand ready to assist you with your


custom applications. Most standard drives can be
modified to your purposes, and custom designs can
be developed for special applications.

NORDBLOC® Design
5IF /03%#-0$® gear units have two different
Global
G
Gll b lA
Availability
il bil
iliit
it designs for different torque ranges. For the
lower torque range NORD has introduced a new
From Shanghai to Charlotte, and all points in-be- NORDBLOC®.1 series with design points specifically
tween, NORD reaches customers around the world. tailored to their torque range. One key design point
Deliveries, service, and product support are close at for the NORDBLOC®.1 units is the use of a corrosion
hand, regardless of your location. resistant aluminum alloy housing material on case
TJ[FTVQUPUIF
Worldwide Standards
®
NORD products are designed and manufactured based NORDBLOC .1 Units
on the latest North American and global standards. 4,
Increased North American Presence 4,
4, 4,
NORD covers North America with over 30 district
offices and over 500 distributor branches. NORD 4, 4,
operates a manufacturing and assembly facility in 4, 4,
Waunakee, WI, Charlotte, NC, Corona, CA, Bramp- 4, 4,
ton, ON, and Monterrey, Mexico, resulting in an ever-
increasing capacity in North America and giving our 4, 4,
customers the shortest lead times in the industry. 4, 4,
Energy Efficiency
Lowering your operating costs is one of our great- 5IF /03%#-0$® TJ[F  BOE MBSHFS VOJUT BMTP
est goals! NORD research and development focuses have key features optimized for their torque ranges,
on energy efficiency, with gearboxes, motors, and including class 35 grey cast iron housing as opposed
frequency inverters designed for lower energy con- to an aluminum alloy housing.
sumption. Our fully diverse line of in-line or right-
angle units and motors has been developed to suit
your needs.

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 3


INTRODUCTION

Key Features
Bearing Design Housing
5IF CFBSJOH TZTUFN EFTJHO JT B LFZ JOOPWBUJPO JO 5IFHFBSIPVTJOHEFTJHOGPSUIFOFX/03%#-0$®.1has
the new NORDBLOC® VOJUT  5IF PVUQVU CFBSJOH many important advantages.
is greatly oversized which provides a number of
important advantages.

UNICASE®
5IFEFTJHOSFTVMUTJOBNVDIMBSHFSCFBSJOHDBQBDJUZ
than what is required if the bearing were selected NORD heavy-duty, one-piece housings are precisely
based on load forces. In order to accommodate larger machined to meticulous standards. Internal
bearings, an innovative design called staggered reinforcements further increase strength and rigidity.
bearing topology was developed. It is common to All bearings and seal seats are contained within the
have the support bearings for different shafts in the casting, eliminating splits or bolt-on carriers that can
same plane, which greatly restricts the physical size weaken the housing and allow oil leakage. Bores and
of the bearings. As you can see in the scaled drawing mounting faces are machined in one step, producing
below, the output bearing in the NORDBLOC®.1 unit extremely precise tolerances — thus ensuring
is much larger than the competitor’s unit. accurate positioning of gear teeth, bearings and
seals, and longer life for all components.

Benefits
t-FBLGSFFEFTJHO
t2VJFUPQFSBUJPO
t)JHIPVUQVUUPSRVFDBQBCJMJUJFT
t&YUFOEFEMVCSJDBUJPOMJGF
t-POHFSHFBSBOECFBSJOHMJGF
t4VQFSJPSEFQFOEBCJMJUZMPXNBJOUFOBODFMPOHFSMJGF
®
Competitor Unit NORDBLOC .1 Unit

Staggered bearing topology also allows for larger


bearing spans, which is a key in bearing system design.
5IFMBSHFSCFBSJOHTQBOTJODSFBTFUIFPWFSBMMCFBSJOH
system capacity. Increased shaft diameters are also
a byproduct of the larger bearings, thus enhancing
shaft strength.

Advantages & Benefits


 t0WFSTJ[FECFBSJOHT
 t4UBHHFSFECFBSJOHUPQPMPHZ Rigid Housing Design (FEM)
 t-POHFSCFBSJOHMJGF
NORD’s NORDBLOC®.1 design used state-of-the-art
 t)JHIFS0)-DBQBDJUZ
'JOJUF &MFNFOU .PEFMJOH BT B LFZ EFTJHO UPPM  5IJT
 t*ODSFBTFEUISVTUDBQBDJUZ allowed optimal structural design to maximize the
 t/PBTTFNCMZDPWFSTOFFEFE strength and rigidity of the gear box components.

4 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


INTRODUCTION
Key Features

Aluminum Alloy Housing Standard NORD features


5IF/03%#-0$® .1 makes use of the many beneficial Modular Design
material properties of an optimized aluminum alloy
GPSUIFHFBSIPVTJOHPOHFBSVOJUTVQUPTJ[F All NORD products including the new NORDBLOC®.1
5IF BMVNJOVN BMMPZ IPVTJOH QSPWJEFT BO FYUSFNFMZ units are modular in design and provide incredible
IJHITUSFOHUIUPXFJHIUSBUJP5IFIPVTJOHNBUFSJBM nFYJCJMJUZ  5IF /03%#-0$®.1 units provide great
is also inherently corrosion resistant and does mounting versatility including:
not need a paint coating. Finally, the aluminum  t'PPUNPVOU
alloy housing is a much better heat conductor
 t'MBOHFNPVOU#
than cast iron, which will decrease the gear units
operating temperature; this benefits the internal  t'BDFnBOHFNPVOU#
components and will yield longer service life.  t'PPUNPVOUXJUIB#PS#nBOHF

Benefits 5IF /03%#-0$®.1 unit can also be provided with


a number of different input components including:
 t 1BJOUGSFF
 t -JHIUXFJHIU  t*OUFHSBMNPUPS (FBSNPUPS 
 t $PSSPTJPOSFTJTUBOU  t/&."$GBDFNPUPSBEBQUFS
 t #FUUFSUIFSNBMDPOEVDUJWJUZ MPXFSUFNQFSBUVSF  t*&$#NPUPSBEBQUFS
 t -POHFSTFSWJDFMJGF  t4PMJEJOQVUTIBGU
 t$VTUPNNPUPSBEBQUFS
Cast Iron Housing   TFSWP IZESBVMJDNPUPST BOENPSF 
5IFMBSHFS/03%#-0$® .1 units utilize a cast iron gear
housing. NORD uses a Class 35 material to produce a Large Ratio Per Gear Stage
TUSPOHFSmOJTIFEQSPEVDU5IFNBUFSJBMQBJSFEXJUI NORD gear cutting technology allows for the
FEM design optimization analysis creates an extremely production of gear sets with a higher maximum
strong and durable gear housing. ratio per stage than many other speed reducer
manufacturers. NORD commonly produces gear sets
Smooth Solid Gear Housing Surface with a maximum ratio of between 9:1 and 10:1 per
One goal of the new NORDBLOC®.1 units was to TUBHF5IJTBMMPXTGPSEPVCMFSFEVDUJPOHFBSVOJUTXJUI
provide a smooth surface to prevent liquids from a maximum ratio between 80:1 and 100:1. Most speed
QPPMJOHPSTPMJENBUFSJBMCVJMEVQPOUIFVOJUT5IJTJT reducer manufacturer‘s can only produce single-stage
an advantage in applications where cleanliness is SFEVDUJPOPGCFUXFFOBOE5IJTNFBOTBUXP
important. Also, the gear units are designed to not stage reducer with a maximum reduction of about 25:1
IBWFBOZBTTFNCMZDPWFST5IJTJODSFBTFTUIFQSPEVDU to 35:1. NORD can often provide a two-stage reducer
strength and also provides a smother surface. No when most companies must provide three-stage units.
rubberized bore plugs are used which provides a 5IFTBNFTJUVBUJPOBQQMJFTUPUISFF GPVSBOEIJHIFS
smoother, more uniform surface, greater strength HFBS TUBHFT  5IJT BMMPXT /03% UP QSPWJEF TVQFSJPS
and increased sealing integrity. value and performance in many conditions.

Benefits
 t#FUUFSWBMVF
 t)JHIFSFGmDJFODZ
 t2VJFUFSPQFSBUJPO
 t-PXFSXFJHIU
 t-POHFSMJGF

Benefits
 t&BTZDMFBOJOH
 t4NPPUITVSGBDF
 t/PBTTFNCMZDPWFST
 t/PCPSFQMVHDBQT

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 5


INTRODUCTION

Key Features
AUTOVENT™ Compact Coupled NEMA C-Face Motor Adaptor
5IF "6507&/5™ QSFWFOUT CFBSJOH EBNBHF CZ NORD’s unique NEMA C-face motor adapter provides
CMPDLJOH FOUSZ PG GPSFJHO NBUFSJBM XBUFS  EVTU  the user with a high performance motor attachment
corrosives, etc.) through the breather. A ball and system in a compact space. Historically, to have a
spring check valve opens at approximately 2 psi compact C-face motor mounting the only choice
during operation and closes tightly when the gearbox was a low performance quill design with its distinct
cools, producing a slightly negative pressure that disadvantages including excessive bearing loading,
FOTVSFTUIFWBMWFTFBMTUJHIU5IJTLFFQTDPOUBNJOBOUT rapid seal wear and metal-to-metal fretting corrosion.
out of the oil to maintain proper oil cleanliness 5IF GSFUUJOH DPSSPTJPO JOIFSFOU XJUI B RVJMM EFTJHO
SFEVDJOHDPOUBNJOBUJPO GPBNJOHBOEPYJEBUJPO5IF made the removal of a motor almost impossible. Also
"6507&/5™JTQFSGFDUGPSIVNJEDPOEJUJPOT XBTIEPXO in the past, the use of a superior coupling system meant
applications, and dusty environments. increased cost and a much longer motor bell. NORD’s
compact NEMA C-face adapter uses a high strength
Benefits motor coupling and provides the space advantages of
a quill but without the severe drawbacks.
 t$MFBOFSHFBSCPYPJM
 t&YUFOEFEMVCSJDBUJPOMJGF
 t-POHFSMBTUJOHTFBMT HFBST BOECFBSJOHT

High-Quality Gearing (Infinite Life Design)


NORD continually invests in state-of-the-art gear
QSPEVDUJPOFRVJQNFOUBOEJOHFBSSFTFBSDI5IJTBMMPXT
us to produce exceptional high quality gears.
Benefits
 t%FTJHOFEBOENBOVGBDUVSFEVQUP"(."$-"44
 t*OmOJUFEFTJHOMJGF
 t$BTFIBSEFOFETUFFM
 t&YDFQUJPOBMIBSEOFTT3DNJOJNVN
 t)JHITQFFEHFBSTBSFHSPVOE
low speed gears are skive hobbed
Benefits
 tNPNFOUBSZPWFSMPBEDBQBDJUZ
 t-PXOPJTF  t$PNQBDUTQBDFTBWJOHEFTJHO
 t-PXNBJOUFOBODF  t&BTZNPVOUJOH
 t&BTZNPUPSSFNPWBM
Factory Oil Filled  t.PUPSDPVQMJOH
 t-PXCFBSJOHMPBEJOH MPOHCFBSJOHMJGF 
All NORDBLOC® units are filled at the factory with the  t-PXFSXFJHIU
proper quantity and type of lubrication. Oil fill before
shipping prevents damage from dry start-ups.
NORD High-Performance Motors & Options
Benefits NORD motors are designed to run cool for producing
 t/POFFEGPSmMMJOHPOTJUF longer service life. Low rotor inertia and high starting
torque allow peak performance in the most difficult
 t&OTVSFTQSPQFSPJMHSBEFBOEmMMMFWFM
applications for inverter and vector duty per NEMA
MG 1-2006 Section 31.4.4.2 voltage spikes. Our motors
are internationally accepted, conforming to North
American NEMA MG 1 and international IEC electrical
specifications. High performance options include
brakes, encoders, and forced cooling fans.

6 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


INTRODUCTION
NORDBLOC®.1
Ordering Guide
Gear Unit Shaft/Mounting Reducer Options Input/Motor Motor Options

SK n o p - q
see page 142
n Gear Unit o Shaft/Mounting
072.1 - Footed 16 Z - B14 Flange 17
172.1 F - B5 Flange 17 XZ - Foot/B14 Flange 17
372.1 373.1 t#'MBOHF%JBNFUFS XF - Foot/B5 Flange 17
572.1 573.1 t9''MBOHF%JBNFUFS
672.1 673.1
772.1 773.1
872.1 873.1 p Reducer Options
972.1 973.1
ˆ VL - Heavy Duty Output Bearings 18 ˆ OSG - Oil Sight Glass 19
ˆ PR - Flange Pilot Removal 17 ˆ OA - Oil Expansion Chamber 25
ˆ FKM - Fluoro Rubber Seals 18 ˆ LL - Long Term Storage 19
ˆ SWV - Special Solid Shaft 18 ˆ MDP - Magnetic Drain Plug 19
ˆ SM5 - Stainless Steel Output Shaft 18 ˆ ADP - Additional Drain Plug 19

q Input Shaft NEMA Adapter IEC Integral Motors Integral Energy Efficent Motors
W N56C IEC 63 63S/4 - 0.16hp 112M/4 - 5.4hp 80LH/4 - 1hp 160MH/4 - 15hp
N140TC IEC 71 63L/4 - 0.25hp 132S/4 - 7.5hp 90SH/4 - 1.5hp 160LH/4 - 20hp
N180TC IEC 80 71S/4 - 0.33hp 132M/4 - 10hp 90LH/4 - 2hp 180MH/4 - 25hp
N210TC IEC 90 71L/4 - 0.50hp 160M/4 - 15hp 100LH/4 - 3hp 180LH/4 - 30hp
N250TC IEC 100 80S/4 - 0.75hp 160L/4 - 20hp 112MH/4 - 5hp 200LH/4 - 40hp
N280TC IEC 112 80L/4 - 1hp 180MX/4 - 25hp 132SH/4 - 7.5hp 225SH/4 - 50hp
N320TC IEC 132 90S/4 - 1.5hp 180LX/4 - 30hp 132MH/4 - 10hp
IEC 160 90L/4 - 2hp 200L/4 - 40hp
IEC 180 100L/4 - 3hp 225S/4 - 50hp
IEC 200 100LA/4 - 5hp
Other Speeds Available Other Speeds Available

Product Specifications
Ratio Mounting Position 14 M6 M1 Paint 20 Lubricant 22
€M1 €No Paint (Standard) €Standard
:1 €M2 M2 €Stainless Steel Paint €Synthetic
see pages 54 - 85 €M3 €NSD+ (gray) €Food Grade
OR €M4 €NSD+W (white) €Other _______
Output Speed €M5 €/4%9 HSBZ
€M6 M4 M5 €/4%98 XIJUF
rpm €Special _______ €Special _______
see pages 88 - 101
M3

Shaft Diameter

Gearmotor Only Details


Voltage & Frequency Terminal Box Pos. 15 TB2 Conduit Entry Loc. 15 CE III* CE II
€230/460V-60Hz €TB1 €CE I
€575V-60Hz €TB2 €CE II CE IV
TB1

TB3

€208V-60Hz €TB3 €CE III


€400V-50Hz €TB4 €CE IV
€115/230V-60Hz, 1 ph. TB4 CE I*
€Other ___________ Brakemotor
Mtg. Pos. M1 Shown Mtg. Pos. M1 Shown

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 7


INTRODUCTION

Motor
Order Form
Frame Size Poles Motor Options Brake Size Brake Options
SK
63 S 4 Electrical Motor Options BRE 5 ˆHL - Hand Release Lever
71 SH 2 ˆH - Energy Efficient Motor BRE 10 ˆFHL - Locking Hand Release Lever
80 M 6 ˆTW - Thermostat BRE 20 ˆHLH - Hand Release Lever with Hole
90 MH 4-2 ˆTF - Thermistor BRE 40 ˆRG - Corrosion Protected Brake
100 MX 8-2 ˆSH - Space Heater (select voltage) BRE 60 ˆSR - Dust and Corrosion Protected Brake
112 L 8-4  € 110 Volt € 230 Volt € 460 Volt BRE 100 ˆADJ_____Nm - Adjust Brake Torque
132 LA 12-2 ˆISO H - Class H insulation BRE 150 ˆBIP66 - IP66 Brake Enclosure
160 LH Other ˆWU - High Resistance Rotor BRE 250 ˆMIK - Micro-switch
180 LX ˆ4-2 - 2-Speed, 4/2 Pole, 1800/3600rpm BRE 400 ˆBSH - Brake Heating/Bifilar Coil
200 ˆ8-2 - 2-Speed, 8/2 Pole, 900/3600rpm BRE 800 ˆNRB1 - Quiet Brake Release
225 ˆECR - Single Phase Motor ˆNRB2 - Quiet Brake Motor Operation
ˆFBR - Brass Foil
Environmental Options ˆDBR - Double Brake
ˆNSD+ - Nord Severe Duty Paint ˆG...P - High Performance Rectifier
ˆNSDx3 - Nord Extreme Duty Paint ˆG...V - Sealed Rectifier
ˆRD - Canopy Drip Cover ˆIR - Current Sensing Relay
ˆRDD - Double Fan Cover
ˆKB - Condensation Drain Holes (plugged) Rectifier Selection
ˆKBO - Condensation Drain Holes (open) Rectifier Wiring
ˆIP66 - IP66 Enclosure Protection € Across the line (from motor terminal box)
ˆKKV - Terminal Box Sealed with Resin € Separate power source (frequency inverter, soft starter)
ˆAICM - Additional Insulation
ˆEP - Epoxy Dipped Windings Brake Supply Voltage Braking Method
€24 VDC €Method 10
Paint Frequency Inverter Related Options €115 VAC €Method 15
€Unpainted Aluminum ˆF - Blower Fan (200-575V 1 & 3 Phase) €200 VAC €Method 20
€Stainless Steel Paint ˆFC - Blower Cooling Fan (115V, 1 Phase) €230 VAC €Method 25
€NSD+ (gray) ˆIG__ - Incremental Encoder €400 VAC €Method 30
€NSD+W (white) ˆIG__P - Incremental Encoder with Plug €460 VAC €Method 35
€/4%9 HSBZ ˆAG - Absolute Encoder €500 VAC €Method 40
€/4%98 XIJUF €575 VAC €Method 45
€Special _______ Additional Motor Options €
Other ____________ €Method 50
ˆOL - Totally Enclosed Non-Ventilated (TENV) €Method 55
ˆOL/H - (TENV) Without Fan Cover
ˆWE - Second Shaft Extension (Fan Side) Hand Release Position
ˆHR - Hand Wheel HL 2
ˆZ - High Inertia Cast Iron Fan
ˆRLS - Motor Backstop (rotation viewing fan)
€ Clockwise € Counter-Clockwise €
HL1
ˆEKK - Small Terminal Box (not UL approved) €
HL2
HL 1

HL 3

ˆMS - Quick Power Plug Connector €


HL3
€
HL4

HL 4

Mounting Voltage & Frequency Terminal Box Pos. TB2 Conduit Entry Loc. CE III* CE II
€
Integral to gearbox €
230/460V-60Hz €
TB1 €CE I
€
NEMA C-Face €
575V-60Hz €
TB2 €CE II CE IV
€CE III
TB1

TB3

€
IEC B5 Mount €
208V-60Hz €
TB3
€
400V-50Hz €
TB4 €CE IV
€
115/230V, 60Hz-1-ph. CE I*
€
Other TB4
Mtg. Pos. M1 Shown Brakemotor Mtg. Pos. M1 Shown

8 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


INTRODUCTION
Selection
Information
Gearbox Selection 3. Service Factor or Service Class
A number of factors are considered when selecting In addition to power or torque, service factor must
a gear unit, including gearbox rating, service factor, also be considered. A service factor is essentially
speed and speed variation, horsepower, thermal ca- the ratio of extra capacity in a gear unit compared
pacity, ratio, physical size, ambient conditions and to the power or torque that is needed to run that
cost. Below are some guideline steps to help aid in BQQMJDBUJPO5IFHPBMPGTFMFDUJOHBHFBSVOJUXJUIFYUSB
the gear unit selection. DBQBDJUZ TFSWJDFGBDUPS JTUPQSPWJEFBEFRVBUFTFSWJDF
life in operation.
1. Determine the speed and/or gear ratio
2. Determine the required power or torque One reason to apply a larger service factor is if a unit
3. Determine Service Factor operates more hours per day. If a unit runs 24 hours
4. Select the basic gearbox type and input per day it should normally have a higher service fac-
5. Determine the required mounting position tor than a unit that runs 8 hours per day if you expect
6. Select options the same calendar life.
 $IFDLToPWFSIVOHMPBE UISVTUMPBE /&."NPUPS
weight, thermal considerations, and other application A second reason for applying a larger service factor
considerations is to cope with a more difficult application. Even if
1. Speed and Gear Ratio it takes the same power and speed to operate a rock
crusher as a fan, the rock crusher needs a stronger
5IF mSTU TUFQ JO TFMFDUJOH B HFBS VOJU JT EFUFSNJO- HFBSCPY IJHIFSTFSWJDFGBDUPS UPHJWFUIFTBNFDBM-
JOHUIFmOBMPVUQVUTQFFEPSTQFFETZPVOFFE5IJT endar operating life as the gear unit powering the
speed is normally described in revolutions per minute fan.
SQN 5IJTPVUQVUTQFFEPSTQFFETJTEFUFSNJOFECZ
the input speed to the gear unit divided by its gear 5IFSFBMRVFTUJPOJTIPXUPEFUFSNJOFUIFQSPQFSTFS-
SBUJP5IFJSSFMBUJPOTIJQJTEFTDSJCFECZUIFGPMMPXJOH vice factor for a gear unit in an application. Follow-
formulas. ing are four possible methods.

Input speed [rpm] Customer or User Specification


J HFBSSBUJP 
Output speed [rpm] Many customers will have their own service factor
guidelines or specifications.
Input speed [rpm]
0VUQVUTQFFE<SQN> AGMA Service Factoring
J HFBSSBUJP "NFSJDBO (FBS .BOVGBDUVSFST "TTPDJBUJPO "(." 
5P TQFDJGZ B HFBS VOJU  ZPV DBO JEFOUJGZ FJUIFS HFBS publishes lists of recommended service factors for dif-
SBUJPOFFEFEPSUIFPVUQVUTQFFE SQN JGUIFJOQVU GFSFOUBQQMJDBUJPOT5IFTFTFSWJDFGBDUPSSFDPNNFO-
speed is known. dations have been determined form the experience
of many gear manufactures and are in AGMA stan-
2. Power and Torque dard 6010. See page 46 for additional detail.

5IF TFDPOE TUFQ GPS TFMFDUJOH B HFBS VOJU JT UIF SF- AGMA Service Classes
quired power or torque needed to power the load. "NFSJDBO (FBS .BOVGBDUVSFT "TTPDJBUJPO "(." 
5PSRVFJOUIJTDBUBMPHJTOPSNBMMZFYQSFTTFEJOQPVOE has another method for selecting gear units service
inches [lb-in]. factors. AGMA standard 6009 lists many applications
5PSRVF<MCJO>YTQFFE<SQN> CZBTFSWJDFDMBTT * ** *** XJUIDMBTT*CFJOHUIFTJNQMFTU
1PXFS<IQ> BQQMJDBUJPOT BOE DMBTT *** CFJOH UIF IBSEFTU  5IFTF
63025 application service classes are associated with a range
of service factors by the following table.
Power [hp] x 63025
5PSRVF<MCJO> AGMA Service Class Service Factor
speed [rpm]
I 1.00 to 1.39
For a proper selection you must ensure that the motor II 1.40 to 1.99
or other prime mover can produce enough torque or III 2.00 and above
powerand that the gear unit has adequate torque or
power capacity. In the gearmotors selection table each unit is also
classified by an AGMA service class. See page 42 for
5P TQFDJGZ B HFBS VOJU ZPV DBO JEFOUJGZ FJUIFS UPSRVF PS additional detail.
power.

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 9


INTRODUCTION

Selection
Information
NORD Mass Acceleration Service Factoring 6. Options
NORD often uses a calculation based system to prop- NORD offers a number of mechanical, protective,
FSMZBTTJHOBTFSWJDFGBDUPS5IJTTZTUFNDPOTJEFSTIPVST paint and lubrication options for gear reducers and
of operation per day, the severity of the application motors. Please see page 16 for gear unit options and
and the number of times the equipment is cycled. See refer to the motor section for motor options.
page 41 for additional detail.
7. Checks
4. Gearbox Type & Input
Overhung Load
NORDBLOC®.1 gear drives are available in the follow-
F
ing mechanical configurations including: An overhung or radial load ex- R
x
ists when a force is applied at
t 'PPUNPVOU
right-angles to a shaft beyond the
t 'MBOHFNPVOU
shaft’s outermost bearing. Pulleys, U
t 'PPUNPVOUXJUInBOHF
sheaves and sprockets will cause V
an overhung load when used as a
NORD’s modular design allows for a number of differ-
QPXFS UBLFPGG  5IF BNPVOU PG PWFSIVOH MPBE XJMM
ent inputs to be added to NORD reducers including:
vary, depending on the type of power take-off used
t *OUFHSBMNPUPS and where it is located on the shaft.
t /&."$BOE*&$NPUPSBEBQUFS
t 4PMJEJOQVUTIBGU Overhung load [FR] can be found in the gearmotor
rating tables and input shaft overhung load ratings
5. Mounting Position [FR1] can be found on pages 32 - 36. Overhung load
capacities should not exceed the values in the table to
ensure long bearing life.
M6 M1
5PDBMDVMBUFPWFSIVOHMPBETFFQBHF32.
M2
Thrust Loads (Axial)
Loads that are directed towards or away from the gear-
box along the axis of the shaft are called thrust or axial
M4 M5 loads. Output shaft thrust capacity [FA] can be found
in the gearmotor rating tables. Input shaft capacity
[FA1] can be found on pages 325ISVTUMPBEDBQBDJUJFT
should not exceed the values listed in the tables to en-
M3
sure long bearing life. Contact NORD for combination
M6 M1 loads or a more exact examination of the application.

M2
NEMA C-face Motor Weight Limits
When mounting a motor to a NORD NEMA C-face
motor adapter it is important to consider the motor’s
weight. Following is a table that includes the maxi-
M4 M5 mum motor weight the NEMA adapter can support.
If the motor exceeds the listed weight it must be
externally supported. When a C-face mounted motor
is externally supported care must be taken to ensure
M3
that the support system does not impose additional
pre-loads on the NEMA motor adapter.
5IFHFBSCPYNPVOUJOHQPTJUJPOJTBOJNQPSUBOUBOE
PGUFO PWFSMPPLFE TQFDJmDBUJPO  5IF NPVOUJOH QPTJ-
NEMA Weights
tion determines how much oil the gear reducer re-
quires, in addition to determining the position of the Motor FRAME 56C 143TC 145TC 182TC 184TC
oil drain, oil fill and vent on the gear drive. NORD Max Weight [lb] 66 88 110 130 
offers six basic mounting positions. If your applica- Motor FRAME 210TC 250TC 280TC 324TC 326TC
tion requires a variation from the six basic mounting
positions, please contact NORD. Max Weight [lb] 220 440 550  1100

10 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


INTRODUCTION
General Warnings
& Cautions
GENERAL WARNINGS Special conditions
& CAUTIONS If special environmental or other conditions exist in
transit, storage or operation these need to be con-
Applications with risk of personal injury should be sidered in the unit selection. Special conditions may
reviewed together with NORD. Examples of these include but are not limited to:
are hoist, lifts or other applications where people
may be at risk. - Exposure to aggressive corrosive materials
 DPOUBNJOBUFEBJS HBTTFT BDJET CBTFT TBMUT FUD
NEMA and IEC Adapters  7FSZIJHISFMBUJWFIVNJEJUZ
- Direct contact between the motor and liquid
NEMA/IEC adapters have additional shaft coupling - Material build-up on the gear unit or motor
and additional bearing seats compared to integral  EJSU EVTU TBOE FUD
NPUPST  5IJT NFBOT UIBU UIFSF BSF IJHIFS OPMPBE - High atmospheric pressure
losses with NEMA or IEC adapters. We recommend - Radiation
mounting the motor directly, since it offers technical - Extreme temperatures, high, low or large temp. changes
- High vibration, acceleration, shock or impacts
and cost advantages.
- Other abnormal conditions
NEMA and IEC adapters used in hoist, lifts and other
Gear Reducer Ratings
applications with danger of personal injury should be
reviewed together with NORD. 5IF QFSNJTTJCMF DPOUJOVPVT QPXFS MJNJU PG HFBS SF-
ducers is limited by both the mechanical rating and
NEMA C-Face Adapter Capacity UIF UIFSNBM SBUJOH 5IF NFDIBOJDBM SBUJOH EFQFOET
upon the material strength of the gear reducer’s
NEMA adapters are designed to handle the torques
HFBST CFBSJOHT IPVTJOH TIBGUT FUD5IFNFDIBOJDBM
produced by the standard NEMA power assignment
input power limit to the reducer is also a function of
BUQPMF SQN NPUPSTQFFET*GBMBSHFSNPUPS
the mechanical power rating divided by the relevant
power is used than the power below, NORD should
reducer service factor.
be consulted. Also if a NEMA adapter is being used
for other than an AC induction motor NORD should 5IFUIFSNBMSBUJOHPSUIFSNBMMJNJUEFQFOETVQPOUIF
be consulted. amount of heat generated within the reducer and is
influenced by a variety of factors including:
Adapter Max Power
[hp] t $IVSOJOH PS TQMBTIJOH MPTTFT JO MVCSJDBOU MFWFMT
 5IFTF MPTTFT EFQFOE VQPO SFEVDFS UZQF  SBUJP 
56C 1 input style, mounting position or oil fill level, as
5$ 2 well as the pitch line velocities of the gear wheels.
5$ 5
t 5IFBDUVBMTQFFEBOEMPBEDPOEJUJPOT5IFTFGBDUPST
5$ 10 determine load-dependent losses in the gear areas
5$ 20 and frictional losses in the gear, bearing and seal
5$ 30 areas.
5$ 50 t "NCJFOU$POEJUJPOT
  "NCJFOU5FNQFSBUVSF
Vertical Mounting for Gear Units and Gear Motors - Amount of free air circulation around the drive.
- Possible near-by heat sources.
For observing the reducers thermal limit rating – see
page 12. For motors which are mounted vertically - Heat dissipation or the ability of the reducer to
VQXBSET .PVOUJOHQPTJUJPO. BOESBUJPT XF transfer heat through the housing, shafts, and
highly recommend oil expansion chambers in order the mating sub-structure or mounting surface.
to avoid leakage through the vent plug.
Storage Before Installation
External Installation, Tropical Use 5IFHFBSVOJUTNPUPSTTIPVMECF TUPSFEJOBESZBSFB
before they are to be installed. Special measures are
Gearboxes installed outside, in damp rooms, or used in required for longer storage. Please request long term
the tropics may require special seals and anti-corrosion storage instructions from NORD Gear or see page 19.
options. Please contact NORD for application assistance.

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 11


INTRODUCTION

Thermal
Considerations
Observing the Reducer’s Thermal Limit Maximum Oil Sump Temperature Limit
When to Contact NORD 5P QSFWFOU SFEVDFS PWFSIFBUJOH  UIF SFEVDFST NBYJ-
mum oil sump temperature limit must not be exceed-
5ISPVHIDPNQVUFSQSPHSBNBOBMZTJT/03%DBOFWBMV- FEGPSQSPMPOHFEQFSJPETPGPQFSBUJPO VQUPIPVST
ate application conditions and the impact they have continuous operation, depending upon reducer size).
on a reducer’s thermal capacity.
Oil Type Maximum Oil Temperature Limit
When applying NORDBLOC® gear units of case size NORD AGMA 9005-D94
4,BOEMBSHFS DPOTVMU/03%JGBOZUXPPSNPSF
of the following conditions apply: Mineral ¡$ ¡' ¡$ ¡'
Synthetic ¡$ ¡' ¡$ ¡'
t (FBSSBUJP Jtotal ≤ 24:1
t *OQVUTQFFE O1 > 1800
t 7FSUJDBMQPTJUJPOJOH NPVOUJOHQPTJUJPO.PS. IMPORTANT NOTE
t *OQVU DPOmHVSBUJPO /&." $GBDF  *&$  TFSWP
 BEBQUFSPSTPMJETIBGUJOQVU 5ZQF8 Use caution when specifying gear reducers for high tem-
t &MFWBUFEBNCJFOUUFNQFSBUVSFö¡' ¡$ perature service. If there is concern about exceeding the
allowable safe operating temperatures, please consult
NORD to discuss alternatives.
Dangers of Reducer Overheating
5IFGPMMPXJOHQSPCMFNTNBZSFTVMUXIFOUIFSFEVDFST
thermal capacity or maximum oil sump temperatures Measures to Expand the Application Range
are exceeded: 5IFSFBSFBWBSJFUZPGNFBTVSFTUIBUNBZCFUBLFOJOPSEFS
t -VCSJDBUJPOPYJEBUJPO CSFBLEPXOBOEEFUFSJPSBUJPO to protect against thermal overload and expand the
t "EFDSFBTFJOMVCSJDBUJPOWJTDPTJUZBOEmMNUIJDLOFTT application range of the gear reducer. Common
t -PTTPGDSJUJDBMCFBSJOHBOEHFBSDMFBSBODFTSFRVJSFE examples include the following:
for proper lubrication.
t 3FDPNNFOEJOH B DIBOHF JO MVCSJDBUJPO WJTDPTJUZ
t *ODSFBTFEDPOUBDUQSFTTVSFTBOEJODSFBTFEPQFSBUJOH
and/or a specific synthetic lubricant type.
temperatures in the critical load zones of the gearing
and bearings. t "QQMZJOHIJHIUFNQFSBUVSFTFBMT
t "OJODSFBTFEQPTTJCJMJUZGPSNFUBMUPNFUBMDPOUBDU t *ODSFBTJOHBJSnPXBSPVOEUIFHFBSVOJU
` and premature component wear. t 4IJFMEJOHPSQSPUFDUJOHUIFSFEVDFSGSPNIJHI
t "TJHOJmDBOUSFEVDUJPOJOUIFMVCSJDBOUTBCJMJUZUP heat sources.
prevent scuffing, pitting, and in extreme cases t $POTJEFSJOHBOJOUFHSBMNPUPSJOTUFBEPGUIFCPMUPO
galling or welding. input assembly covers. In many cases the motor fan
will substantially increase air-flow around the gear
unit.
t "EEBO0JM&YQBOTJPO0WFSnPX$IBNCFS
 0QUJPOi0"w TFFQBHF25
t 0JM$PPMFS 0QUJPOi0$w $POTVMU/03%

12 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


INTRODUCTION
Selection
Inquiry
Contact: Company:
Telephone: Email:
Fax: Date:
Project Name: Application:
Qty: Type: SK

Gearbox Parameters Motor Parameters


Unit Power [hp]
€ Gearmotor €
Gearbox with Motor Adapter
Voltage & Frequency Enclosure
€ Gearbox with Solid Input Shaft
€ 230/460V-60Hz € IP55 (Standard)
Mounting Position Lubricant € 575V-60Hz € IP66
€M1 €
M4 € Standard € 208V-60Hz
€M2 €
M5 € Synthetic € 400V-50Hz Insulation Class
€M3 €
M6 € Food Grade € 115/230V-60Hz, 1 ph. € F (Standard)
€Special _______ € Other _______ € Other __________ € H
Duty Thermal Protection
Flange € S-1 Continuous Operation € None
€ None € Periodic/Short Time Operation € Thermostat
€ B14 (Z) € Thermistor
€ B5 (F) Outside Diameter [mm]
Cycles Per Hour cycles/hour
Ratio :1 or Output Speed [rpm]
Terminal Box Position Conduit Entry Location
€ TB1 TB2 € CE I CE III* CE II
Output Torque [lb-in] or Power [hp] € TB2 € CE II
CE IV
€ €
TB1

TB3
TB3 CE III
Minimum Service Factor [fb] [lb] € TB4 € CE IV
TB4 Brakemotor CE I*
Radial Load at Output Shaft [FQ] [lb]
Brake Parameters
Brake Brake Supply
Axial Load at Output Shaft [FA] [lb] € No Brake (continue to next section) € Line power from motor
€ Holding Brake/Emergency Brake terminal block
Distance from Shaft Shoulder [x] [in] € Working Brake € Separate Power Source
Brake AC Supply [Volts]
Minimum Required Bearing Lifetime [Lh10] [hours]
Brake Torque [Nm]
Bearing Type Brake Release Brake Stopping
€ Standard
€ Standard € Standard
€ VL - Heavy Duty
€ Fast € Fast
€ AL - Axial/Thrust
€ Very Fast
Environmental Parameters Frequency Inverter Parameters
Frequency Inverter
Ambient Temperature Range ºF to ºF
€ No Frequency Inverter
Location of Unit Paint € Customer Supplied Inverter
€ Indoor € No Paint € NORD Panel Mounted Frequency Inverter
€ Outdoor € Stainless Steel Paint € NORD Motor Mounted Frequency Inverter
€ Severe Environment € NSD+ (gray)
Line Voltage: [Volts] Frequency [Hz]
€ NSD+W (white)
€ /4%9 HSBZ Operating Frequency Range: [Hz] to [Hz]
€ /4%98 XIJUF
How is the Inverter Controlled? Bus System?
€ Casting Primed
€ Special _______
€ PC € None €
InterBus
€ Operator Control € Profibus €
CANopen
€ Other € CANBus €
RS232
€ AS Interface
Are You Using an Encoder?
€ No
€ Position Feedback
€ Yes
€ Speed Control

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 13


INTRODUCTION

Mounting
Positions
Mounting Positions
5IFSFEVDFSNPVOUJOHQPTJUJPOEFUFSNJOFTUIFBQQSPYJNBUFPJMmMMMFWFMBOEUIFBQQSPQSJBUFWFOUMPDBUJPO*O
some cases the mounting position may dictate possible variation in final reducer assembly. If considering any
mounting positions that are not shown as catalog-standard options, it is critical that the customer consult with
NORD prior to ordering.

New Mounting Position System


NORD is in the processes of incorporating a new mounting position systems. Historically the NORD mounting
position system was based on international motor standards. NORD is changing in an effort to simplify the
TZTUFN5IFOFXTZTUFNJTCBTFEPOUIFTJYTJEFTPGBDVCF#FMPXJTBDSPTTSFGFSFODFCFUXFFOUIFPMEBOEOFX
mounting position codes.

Mounting Position Cross Reference Table

New M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6

Old B3, B5 7 7 B8, B5I 7 7 B5II, B6 # #***

NORDBLOC®.1

M1 M2 M6 M1 M2

M5 M5
M6 M4 M4

M3 M3

14 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


INTRODUCTION
Mounting
Positions
Mounting Configuration
NORD provides gearmotors, speed reducers and motors that can be configured very differently to suit cus-
tomer needs. When ordering, it is beneficial that the drive be specified exactly the way you want it delivered.

Gearbox mounting positions

€M1 €M2 €M3 €M4 €M5 €M6

Terminal box location


Terminal Box
Position 2

Terminal Box Terminal Box


Position 1 Position 3
€5FSNJOBM#PY1PTJUJPO €5FSNJOBM#PY1PTJUJPO
€5FSNJOBM#PY1PTJUJPO €5FSNJOBM#PY1PTJUJPO

Terminal Box
Position 4

Conduit entry location

Conduit Entry - IV Conduit Entry - II


Conduit Entry - III
€Conduit Entry Location I* €Conduit Entry Location III*
Conduit Entry - I
€Conduit Entry Location II €$POEVJU&OUSZ-PDBUJPO*7

* Brakemotor available in these locations

Brake motor with hand release lever

Hand Release
Lever Position 2

Hand Release
Lever Position 1

* €Hand Release Lever Pos. 1* €Hand Release Lever Pos. 3


Hand Release
Lever Position 3 €Hand Release Lever Pos. 2 €Hand Release Lever Pos. 4

Hand Release
Lever Position 4
* Standard position

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 15


INTRODUCTION

Gear Unit
Options
®
NORDBLOC Gearbox Options
Abbreviation Description Page
none Solid shaft, foot mount 
ADP Additional drain plug 19
DR Autovent 19
F B5 flange 
FV Filtered vent 19
LL Long term storage 19
MDP Magnetic drain plug 19
OA Oil expansion chamber 25
OSG Oil sight glass 19
OV Open vent 19
PR B5 flange pilot removal 
SM5 Stainless steel output shaft 18
SWV Special solid shaft 18
VI ',. 'MVPSPSVCCFSTFBMT 18
VL Heavy duty output bearings 18
XF Foot mount with B5 flange 
XZ Foot mount with B14 flange 
Z B14 flange 
none /4%5VQ) 21
none Paint coatings 20

Inputs Foot Mounted (Blank)


NORD’s modular design allows for many different Foot or base mounting is the most common method of
types of inputs to be added to gear reducers. All SFEVDFS NPVOUJOH  5IF TQFFE SFEVDFS JT TFDVSFE JO
inputs are bolt on and include machined pilots to place with bolts or studs to a mounting base.
ensure simple and accurate assembly. NORD offers
the following different input types:

t*OUFHSBMNPUPS
t4PMJEJOQVUTIBGU
t/&."$'BDFNPUPSBEBQUFS
t*&$#NPUPSBEBQUFS

Mounting
NORD offers a number of different mounting
arrangements including:

t 'PPU 9
t #nBOHF '
t #nBOHF ;
t 'PPUXJUI#nBOHF 9'
t 'PPUXJUI#nBOHF 9;

16 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


INTRODUCTION
Gear Unit
Options
B5 Flange (F) Foot Mounted with B5 Flange (XF)
A B5 flange provides a simple, large diameter mount- NORD can supply foot / B5 flange mounted reducers.
ing flange with clearance holes and a centering pilot
to firmly secure the speed reducer to the application.
5IF # nBOHF VUJMJ[FT TUBOEBSE NFUSJD EJNFOTJPOT
and is available for all NORD reducers. NORDBLOC®
reducers offer a number of B5 flange diameters.

Foot mounted with B14 Face Flange (XZ)


NORD has the ability to provide foot mounted
reducers with a B14 face flange.

B5 Flange Pilot Removal (PR)


B5 flanges have a centering pilot machined onto
the flange. In cases where there is not a matching
counter bore or when the flange must sit flush to the
mounting surface then the centering pilot must be
SFNPWFE5IJTQJMPUMFTTnBOHFJTVTFEUPmSNMZTFDVSF
the speed reducer to the application.

In some cases the matching surface already has a


DFOUFSJOHQJMPUBOEUIFVTFPGBGFNBMFQJMPU DPVOUFS
bored flange surface) is recommended. Female pi-
lots are frequently used for counter-rotating drive Shaft Options
applications
Solid Shaft (Blank)
B14 Flange (Z)
NORD’s standard keyed solid shafts include a cen-
5IF#nBOHFDPOTJTUTPGUISFBEFEIPMFTBOEBDFOUFS- tered threaded hole. Shafts are available in inch or
ing pilot machined into the reducer housing. It is com- NFUSJD WFSTJPOT  5IF TUBOEBSE TIBGU NBUFSJBM JT "*4*
monly used to secure the reducer to the application 1045 high carbon steel, AISI 4140 or equivalent.
machine base or to mount one of many bolt on com-
QPOFOUTTVDIBTB#nBOHF PSTIBGUDPWFS5IF#
flange uses standard metric dimensions and allows a
compact method of securing the reducer.

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 


INTRODUCTION

Gear Unit
Options
Special Shafts & Shaft Materials (FKM) Fluoro-rubber Seals (VI)
Stainless Steel Output Shaft (SM5) NORD is standard oil seals are made of Nitrile or
rubber and are rated for temperatures up to 125ºC or
Output shafts made from stainless steel are available 250ºF. If ambient or oil temperatures rise above this
and are frequently used in food, pharmaceutical, and MFWFM /03% SFDPNNFOET VTJOH nPVSPSVCCFS BMTP
washdown applications. In some cases stainless steel called FKM) oil seals. FKM seals are rated from -30ºF
solid input shafts may also be provided. UP' $UP$ 
Special Solid Shaft (SWV)
Backstop (RLS)
Special solid shaft diameters and lengths may be pro- 5IF BOUJSPUBUJPO CBDLTUPQ BMMPXT SPUBUJPO JO POF
vided for a nominal price adder. Special features are direction. NORD’s backstop is installed internally to
also available including keyless shafts, cross drilled UIF NPUPS  5IF CBDLTUPQ JT BWBJMBCMF PO VOJUT XJUI
shafts or special threaded taps. Different shaft mate- motor frame sizes of 80 and larger.
rials are also available. NORD has in-house drafting,
design and machining departments so we can provide
special requirements in short lead times. Specify your
shaft requirements and NORD will verify the design’s The direction of rotation is required
feasibility. ? when ordering.

Heavy Duty Output Bearings (VL) Specify the Allowable Shaft Rotation
Replacing standard output bearings with heavy-du- CW - Clockwise Rotation
ty versions will increase the external load carrying CCW - Counter-clockwise Rotation
capacityof the speed reducer. Increased capacity
JO FJUIFS PS CPUI PWFSIVOH SBEJBM  PS UISVTU BY-
ial) loading ensures that premature bearing fail-
ure will not occur due to high stress to the bearing
FMFNFOUT  5IF JODSFBTFE CFBSJOH DBQBDJUZ XJMM BMTP
keep the speed reducer as small as possible by not
having to select the next larger case size in order to
handle the bearing loads. If increased bearing life
is desired, larger bearings will reduce the relative
stress on the bearings and increae the B10 bearing
life. Heavy duty bearings are available for all
NORDBLOC®6OJUTFYDFQUUIF4,4,

18 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


INTRODUCTION
Gear Unit
Options
Oil Expansion Chamber (OA) Magnetic Drain Plug (MDP)
Oil expansion chambers allow for ex- Magnetic drain plugs attract and hold ferrous metal
pansion of the oil-air mix in the reducer particles that may circulate inside the reducer’s oil
UIBU DBO PDDVS EVSJOH PQFSBUJPO  5IJT TVNQ  5IFTF QPUFOUJBMMZ BCSBTJWF QBSUJDMFT NBZ
expansion chamber is similar to a car cause excessive wear in the reducer if they remain
radiator over-flow chamber. See page circulating. An increase of material collected by the
25 for additional details and selection magnetic plug may be a warning sign of future prob-
guidelines. MFNT  5IF NBHOFUJD QMVH JT BWBJMBCMF GPS VOJUT 4,
BOEMBSHFS
Oil Sight Glass (OSG)
5IFPJMTJHIUHMBTTQSPWJEFTBWJTJCMFPJMMFWFMJOEJDBUJPO Special Drain Plugs
POUIFSFEVDFS5IFTJHIUHMBTTSFQMBDFTUIFTUBOEBSE
NORD oil drain valves are offered
steel fill plug and consists of a sealed clear porthole
to make draining the oil from the
DFOUFSFEJOUIFNJEEMFPGBCSBTTQMVH5IFTJHIUHMBTT
HFBSCPYDMFBOBOEFBTZ5IFESBJO
allows for quick oil level and color inspection and is
hose needs to be supplied by the
BWBJMBCMFPOVOJUT4,BOEMBSHFS
DVTUPNFS5IFIPTFmUUJOHTBSFPG-
AUTOVENT™ (DR) GFSFE JO FJUIFS ¡ PS TUSBJHIU UP BDDPNNPEBUF UIF
user.
5IF "6507&/5™ prevents en-
try of foreign material, such A brass drain valve is threaded into
as water, dust, corrosives, etc. the existing oil drain port of the
and is perfect for washdown HFBSCPY5IFTQSJOHWBMWFJTDMPTFE
BOE EVTUZ FOWJSPONFOUT  5IF using a rubber o-ring. When the
"6507&/5™ is a ball & spring hose fitting is threaded into the
check valve that opens at 2 psi drain valve, the spring valve is pushed open and
during operation and closes allows oil to drain. When the hose fitting is removed,
tightly when the gearbox cools. the drain valve closes. A brass, threaded cap is
5IF "6507&/5™ is standard supplied to cover the drain valve when not in use.
on all vented NORD reducers
some of the benefits are cleaner Additional Drain Plug Hole (ADP)
gearbox oil, extended lubrica-
tion life as well as longer lasting NORD can add an additional drain hole to the reducer
seals, gears, and bearings. housing for a small surcharge if it is required for
special oil plumbing needs.
Open Vent (OV)
Long Term Storage (LL)
An open vent can be optionally supplied on NORD
SFEVDFST5IFPQFOWFOUBMMPXTGPSBJSQSFTTVSFEJG- Speed reducers are frequently put in to storage
ferences between the inner space of the reducer and prior to installation for long periods of time and
UIFBUNPTQIFSF 5IJTPQFOWFOUXJMMCFDMPTFEVQPO in some cases exposed to the elements. NORD’s
delivery to prevent oil leakage. Before the reducer is long term storage option protects the unit from
put in service the open vent should be activated by moisture or corrosion by coating all unpainted
removing the sealing plug. surfaces with a dry, transparent, durable waxy film.
Once installation is necessary this waxy film can
be easily removed with a commercial de-greaser
or petroleum solvent. If possible the store room
should be vented and dry, with room temperatures
CFUXFFO'BOE' $BOE$ 

Sealed vent Activated vent


Filtered Vent (FV)
NORD offers a filtered vent, which allows gases to
permeate, but does not allow dust and debris to pass
UISPVHI UIF WFOU  5IF mMUFSFE WFOU JT BWBJMBCMF GPS
VOJUT4,BOEMBSHFS

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 19


INTRODUCTION

Gear Unit
Options
NORDBLOC® .1 paint free design (SK072.1 - SK673.1)
The NORDBLOC® .1 housings are made from corrosion resistant die-cast aluminum alloy and feature a smooth
body design. The smooth aluminum alloy surfaces have natural corrosion protection; therefore paint coatings
are not required. Paint coatings can be applied for a surcharge.

NORDBLOC.1® (SK772.1 and larger)


The SK 772.1 and larger housings are made from class 35 gray cast iron and are painted with NORD’s stainless
steel paint. Additionally a variety of coating options are available including our severe duty coatings.
Paint Coatings
NORD’s standard paint coating is a two component, aliphatic polyurethane finish contaning 316 stainless steel
material. This gray stainless steel paint has excellent appearance and outstanding physical properties. It is
suitable for both indoor and outdoor applications.

Advantages of NORD’s stainless steel two component polyurethane:


 t &YDFMMFOUBEIFTJPOUPDBTUJSPO BMVNJOVN TUFFM BOEQMBTUJDT
 t &YDFMMFOUDPSSPTJPOSFTJTUBODF
 t &YDFMMFOUDIFNJDBMSFTJTUBODF
 t &YDFMMFOUHMPTTBOEDPMPSSFUFOUJPO
 t 4VJUBCMFGPSJOEPPSBOEPVUEPPSFYQPTVSF
 t /POQPSPVTBOEFYDFMMFOUBCSBTJPOSFTJTUBODF
 t 4VJUBCMFGPSVTFJOB64%"JOTQFDUFEGBDJMJUZ

NORD also offers a variety of severe duty paint coatings that provide a high level of protection against water
and severe environments both indoors and outdoors. NSD+ (NORD Severe Duty) consists of a primer under-
coat and a stainless steel polyurethane topcoat. For the most demanding environments, NORD offers NSD-X3
(NORD Severe Duty triple coated) which consists of a primer undercoat, stainless steel polyurethane coating,
and a clear topcoat. Paint coatings are also available in alternate colors as seen in the table below.

Finish Color Coating Use


Indoor or outdoor
Standard (stainless steel paint) Stainless steel silver (Gray) 1 x Stainless steel (316) top coat (polyurethane) moderate environment

Indoor or outdoor
Alternate color Black, Blue, Red, Orange 1 x Color top coat (polyurethane) protected

NORD Severe Duty + 1 x Primer high solid alkyd system Indoor or outdoor
Stainless steel silver (Gray)
NSD+ 1 x Stainless steel (316) top coat (polyurethane) moderate environment
NORD Severe Duty +W 1 x Primer high solid alkyd system Indoor or outdoor
White
NSD+W 1 x White top coat (polyurethane) moderate environment

1 x Primer high solid alkyd system Indoor or outdoor


Alternate color NSD+ Black, Blue, Red, Orange
1 x Color top coat (polyurethane) moderate environment

1 x Primer high solid alkyd system


/03%4FWFSF%VUZ&YUSFNF Indoor or outdoor more
Stainless steel silver (Gray) 1 x Stainless steel (316) (polyurethane)
NSD-X3 severe environment
1 x Clear top coat (polyurethane)
1 x Primer high solid alkyd system
/03%4FWFSF%VUZ&YUSFNF Indoor or outdoor more
White 1 x White (polyurethane)
NSD-X3W severe environment
1 x Clear top coat (polyurethane)
1 x Primer high solid alkyd system
Indoor or outdoor more
Alternate color NSD-X3 Black, Blue, Red, Orange 1 x Color (polyurethane) severe environment
1 x Clear top coat (polyurethane)
Special colors and paints possible please contact NORD with your specific requirements.

20 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


INTRODUCTION
Gear Unit
Options
NSD TupH
As a leader in the power transmission industry, NORD Gear is committed to providing value to industries where end users
demand durable equipment to withstand a variety of harsh environments. The market has long awaited a product with
such a large range of standard reducers with the corrosive resistance properties of a stainless steel product without the
excessive cost.
In response to these demands, NORD Gear has begun utilizing an electrically catalyzed process to create a uniform case
depth protective surface with its existing aluminum alloy housing material. Combined with a sealer, NORD’s corrosion resis-
tant cleanable Sealed Surface Conversion system (NSDtupH) allows existing aluminum alloy housings to be protected with
a base finish that is 6-7x harder than aluminum alloy. With its stainless steel hardware, optional stainless steel shafts,
optional stainless steel motors and optional food grade lubricants, NORD’s NSDtupH is the optimal package for applications
in a variety of incredibly harsh environments.

The NSDtupH process includes a


base layer that is permanently
bonded to the substrate and pro-
Paint simply lies on top of the vides a powerful foundation for
substrate and may even bridge adhesion of the surface sealant.
across pores in the metal. Since This foundation provides excel-
paint does not form a perma- lent roughness, is 6-7x harder
nent bond to the substrate, it than the aluminum substrate
can easily release at very low and up to 1000x harder than
stress levels. paint.
Paint Aluminum Surface Sealer Aluminum Surface
Surface Conversion

System Package
t 4UBOEBSE&MFDUSPMZUJDQSPDFTTFESFEVDFSIPVTJOH
t 4UBOEBSE4UBJOMFTT4UFFM )BSEXBSF
t 4UBOEBSE$'BDF(BTLFUJODMVEFE
t )PVTJOHTTVSGBDFTBSFTFMGESBJOJOH
t 'PPE(SBEF)4ZOUIFUJD-VCSJDBUJPO PQUJPOBM
t 4UBJOMFTT4UFFMPVUQVUTIBGUJOH PQUJPOBM
t 4UBJOMFTT4UFFM$'BDF*OWFSUFS%VUZNPUPSVQUP)1
 PQUJPOBM
t :FBS8BSSBOUZXIFOTVQQMJFEXJUITZOUIFUJDMVCF

is Useful in Many Harsh Environments Some of the Many Benefits of


OPUMJNJUFEUPCVUJODMVEJOH
t $PTUFGGFDUJWFBMUFSOBUFUPTUBJOMFTTTUFFM
t $IFNJDBMXBTIEPXO t $PSSPTJPOSFTJTUBODF
t %BNQBOEXFUFOWJSPONFOUT t $IJQSFTJTUBODF
t .BSJOF$PBTUBM t /POQSPQBHBUJOHGSPNTDSBUDIFTPSPUIFSCMFNJTIFT
t 'PPE#FWFSBHFJOEVTUSZ t )JHIMZ$MFBOBCMFMPXGSJDUJPOTVSGBDF
t $BS8BTI t /POQPSPVT
t %BJSZ t -JHIUFSUIBOTUBJOMFTT
t 1IBSNBDFVUJDBM t $IFNJDBMSFTJTUBOU
t 8BUFSBOEXBTUFUSFBUNFOU t &MJNJOBUJPOPGHBMWBOJDDPSSPTJPO
t 4VSGBDFDPOWFSTJPOJT9IBSEFSUIBOQBJOU

Available
A RDBL OC 1® worm Units
il bl NORDBLOC.1
NORD
NO BLOC U it
it with
ith NSDtupH
h NSDt H
Conversion
C i
SK072.1 SK172.1 SK372.1 SK572.1 SK672.1
N48C Input 9
N56C Input 9 9 9 9 9
N140TC Input 9 9 9 9
N180TC Input 9 9 9
N210TC Input 9
www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 21
INTRODUCTION

Lubrication
The Importance of Proper Lubrication When Synthetic Oils Are Used
Proper gearbox lubrication is essential in order to Synthetic gear oils are suggested when mineral gear
reduce friction and component wear, and to protect oils have reached their performance limit or when
against corrosion and rust. Gear lubricants reduce they no longer meet certain application require-
IFBU BOE XFBS CZ JOTFSUJOH B MPBETIBSJOH iQSPUFD- ments. NORD may recommend synthetic oil for any
UJWF nVJE mMNw CFUXFFO NBUJOH QBSUT BOE QSFWFOU- one of the following conditions:
ing direct metal to metal contact. Properly selected
lubricants will operate under various film conditions, t 4FWFSFEVUZBQQMJDBUJPOTPSXIFOHFBSTBSFFYQPTFE
improve heat transfer, optimize reducer efficiency, to frequent starts and stops, high-load or shock.
absorb shock loads, reduce noise, inhibit foaming, t 'PSBQQMJDBUJPOTJOMPXPSIJHIUFNQFSBUVSFTFSWJDF
and separate water readily. t 5PFYUFOEPJMTFSWJDFJOUFSWBMSFRVJSFNFOUT
t 5PFMJNJOBUFUIFOFDFTTJUZGPSTFBTPOBMPJMDIBOHFT
Design Considerations t 5PFYUFOETFSWJDFMJGFPGGBDUPSZTFBMFEPSNBJOUFOBODF
Along with many other factors, the gear designer must free gear units.
consider the gear load and speed conditions, and the ex- t 5PUBLFBEWBOUBHFPGQFSGPSNBODF CFOFmUTTIFBS
QFDUFEPQFSBUJOHPJMUFNQFSBUVSFT5IFTFGBDUPSTIFMQ resistance, low traction coefficiency, reduced internal
determine a generally suitable oil category, a desired friction, improved lubricity, reduced operating
additive package, preferred base-oil type, and oil temperatures, improved gear efficiency, etc.
viscosity.
Performance Advantages of Synthetic Oil
It is important that the consumer be aware of these
many design factors before making any changes in Compared to mineral oils, synthetic oils provide a
UIFDSJUJDBMBSFBT PJMDBUFHPSZ CBTFPJMUZQF WJTDPTJUZ  number of performance advantages including:
etc.) One should consult their preferred lubrication
supplier or NORD Gear when questions arise. t "CJMJUZUPPQFSBUFBUIJHIFSUFNQFSBUVSFTXJUIPVU
losing viscosity or thickness, due to a much improved
Gear Oil Types, Categorized by Base Oil viscosity index.
t *NQSPWFEMPXUFNQFSBUVSFTUBCJMJUZEVFUPBMPXFS
Mineral Oil with an EP Additive pour point
(DIN 51517, Type CLP) t *ODSFBTFEPJMDIBOHFJOUFSWBMTEVFUPTVQFSJPSPYJEBUJWF
and wear resistance
High performance mineral gear oils are carefully en-
t -PXFS UFOEFODZ UP GPSN SFTJEVFT BOE JODSFBTFE
gineered and manufactured to improve aging char-
resistance to foaming.
acteristics, minimize friction, offer good wear pro-
tection, provide corrosion and oxidation resistance, t0UIFS CFOFmUT NBZ JODMVEF WFSZ HPPE TIFBS
minimize foam, and separate water. Mineral gear oils resistance, low traction coefficiency, reduced
are classified as API Group I or II oils, depending upon internal friction, improved lubricity, reduced
viscosity. operating temperatures, improved gear efficiency,
extended component life and wear protection.
5IFTUBOEBSE/03%NJOFSBMHFBSPJMIBTBOFYUSFNF
QSFTTVSF &1  BEEJUJWF *40 7JTDPTJUZ (SBEF &1 When application conditions warrant the use of
"(."  &1  BOE JT HFOFSBMMZ BDDFQUBCMF GPS IFMJDBM synthetic oil, NORD may suggest a particular type of
gear units. Good quality mineral oil should have the synthetic oil, depending upon the gear unit type and
ability to operate at moderate sump temperatures the application.
VQUP¡$ XJUIPVUMPTJOHWJTDPTJUZPSUIJDLOFTT
"NJOJNVNWJTDPTJUZJOEFY 7* PGPSIJHIFSJTTVH-
HFTUFE5IFPJMNVTUBMTPIBWFHPPEmMNTUSFOHUIUP
handle shock loads, high torque, and start-up condi-
UJPOT"NJOJNVN';(4DVGmOH-PBE4UBHFJTEFTJS-
able.

Advantages:
t .PTUFDPOPNJDBMPGBMMUIFHFBSPJMUZQFT
t (FOFSBMMZPGGFSTHPPEDPNQBUJCJMJUZXJUITIBGUTFBMT 
gaskets, paint finishes, etc.
t 0GGFSTHPPEDPSSPTJPOBOEPYJEBUJPOQSPUFDUJPO
t &GGFDUJWFMZSFEVDFTJOUFSOBMGSJDUJPOBOEXFBS
22 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com
INTRODUCTION
Lubrication
Polyalkylene Glycol or Polyglycol Synthetic Oil Advantages:
(DIN 51517, Type CLP-PG) t )JHIFS WJTDPTJUZ JOEFY BOE UIFSFGPSF HSFBUFS IJHI
1PMZBMLZMFOF HMZDPM PS QPMZHMZDPM 1"( PS 1(  TZO- temperature stability than mineral oil.
thetic gear oils are made readily available through t #FUUFSMPXUFNQFSBUVSFTUBCJMJUZBOEMPXFS
many lubrication suppliers. PG oils are classified as pour point than mineral type gear oils
"1*(SPVQ7HFBSPJMT5IFZDBOBMTPCFGPSNVMBUFE t )JHI TVSGBDF UFOTJPO BOE MPXFS UFOEFODZ UP GPBN
for acceptance in food-grade applications. compared to mineral oil, and water-soluble
polyglycol gear oils.
PG gear oils possess extremely low traction coeffi- t $PNQBUJCMF NJTDJCMF XJUINJOFSBMPJM
cients and a viscosity index higher than any of the t #FUUFSXBUFSTFQFSBCJMJUZEFNVMTJCJMJUZUIBO1(PJMT
PUIFSTZOUIFUJDT PGUFOHSFBUFSUIBO7* SFTVMUJOH
in excellent heat resistant, shear stability, and natural Food-Grade Lubricants
anti-wear properties.
Food-grade lubricants should be manufactured in
5ZQJDBM1(HFBSPJMTBSFGPSNVMBUFEXJUIBPSIJHI- DPNQMJBODF XJUI '%"  $'3  BOE TIPVME
FSSBUJPPGFUIZMFOFPYJEFUPQSPQZMFOFPYJEF  FJUIFSTBUJTGZUIFGPSNFS64%"(VJEFMJOFTBTBO
or 60:40 is common); this makes PG gear oils water H1 lubricant or currently qualify as a NSF-H1 lubri-
soluble, providing them with very good corrosion re- cant. Please consult with lubrication manufacturers
sistance even when water is present in concentrations for more information or visit www.nsf.org
that are higher then what is normally allowed.
H1 food grade oil can only contain additives which
Advantages: BQQFBSPOUIF'%"iBQQSPWFEMJTUwGPSGPPETBGFDPN-
t 1(PJMTPGGFSUIFIJHIFTUWJTDPTJUZJOEFYPGBOZPUIFS pounds. H1 oils are generally absent of common zinc-
synthetic resulting in excellent heat resistancy, shear based AW additives, and sulfur-phosphorus based, EP
stability, and superior natural anti-wear properties chemistries, commonly found in many industrial gear
without requiring EP-additives. oils.
t 1( HFBST PJMT NJOJNJ[F JOUFSOBM GSJDUJPO BOE PGUFO
result in improved gear efficiency. Food manufacturers control risk and liability by fol-
lowing detailed guidelines outlined by the HACCP
t 1(PJMTIBWFTJHOJmDBOUMZIJHIFSmMNTUSFOHUIUIBO
)B[BSE"OBMZTJTBOE$SJUJDBM$POUSPM1PJOU QSPHSBN 
mineral and SHC/PAO oils and out perform these oils at
which includes food-grade H1 lubricants.
 IJHIFSPQFSBUJOHPJMUFNQFSBUVSFT BQQSPBDIJOH¡$
or higher).
Food grade H1 lubricants may be formulated as high-
MZSFmOFENJOFSBMPJMT XIJUFPJMT 4)$1"0TZOUIFUJD
IMPORTANT NOTE oils or PG synthetic oils.
1PMZHMZDPM 1(  PJMTBSFOPUNJTDJCMFXJUIPUIFSPJMUZQFT 5IFIJHIMZSFmOFEOBUVSFPGHPPERVBMJUZGPPEHSBEF
and should never be mixed with mineral oil, hydrosynthe- white-oils provides good long-term oxidative stability
sized synthetic or PAO synthetic oils. and in most cases adequate lubrication under high-
MPBE CPVOEBSZ  DPOEJUJPOT 4P MPOH BT GPPEHSBEF
Synthetic Hydrocarbon/Polyalphaolefin white oils meet the minimum anti-wear requirements
(SHC/PAO) Oil (DIN 51517, Type CLP-HC) of the normally specified non-food grade oil, they are
often acceptable.
4ZOUIFUJD )ZESPDBSCPOT 4)$  PS 1PMZBMQIBPMFmO
1"0  TZOUIFUJD CBTF PJMT PGGFS HPPE NJTDJCJMJUZ XJUI Both food-grade white oils and PAO’s have an inher-
mineral base oils and are very readily available. SHC/ FOUiQVSJUZwBOEBCTFODFPGQPMBSDPNQPVOET NBL-
1"0 PJMT BSF DMBTTJmFE BT "1* (SPVQ *7 PJMT 5IF DBO ing them better than the average mineral oil or even
CF GPSNVMBUFE XJUI PS XJUIPVU BOUJXFBS "8  PS 1(PJMJOUFSNTPGEFNVMTJCJMJUZ XBUFSTFQFSBCJMJUZ 
FYUSFNF QSFTTVSF &1  BEEJUJWFT 5IFZ DBO BMTP CF
formulated for acceptance in food-grade applica- Compared to food-grade white-oils, food-grade syn-
tions. thetic PAO or PG oils typically provide:

t #FUUFSXFBSBOEPYJEBUJPOSFTJTUBODF
t *NQSPWFEIJHIUFNQFSBUVSFDIBSBDUFSJTUJDT
t #FUUFSDPMEUFNQFSBUVSFCFIBWJPS

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 23


INTRODUCTION

Lubrication
The Importance of Oil Viscosity Considering an Oil Viscosity Change
7JTDPTJUZ PS UIF PJMT SFTJTUBODF UP TIFBS VOEFS MPBE  JT 5IFSFBSFUISFFQSJNBSZSFBTPOTUPDPOTJEFSBMVCSJDB-
often considered the singlemost important property of tion viscosity change as follows:
any gear oil.
1. Low temperature gear oils should be selected so
NORD Gear Designers have selected the most appro- UIBUUIFQPVSQPJOUJTBUMFBTU¡' ¡$ MPXFSUIBOUIF
priate ISO viscosity grade of oil, for each type or class expected minimum ambient temperature. In extreme
of gear reducer. Gear oil viscosity is selected by assum- DBTFT  DPOTJEFS B MPXFS *40 7JTDPTJUZ SBUJOH BOE UFTU
ing typical ambient conditions, at rated speed and the critical performance of the gear box under cold
load conditions. start-up.

Important Considerations: 2. High temperature applications may require


an increase in the lubricants viscosity to as-
t 5IFDPSSFDUWJTDPTJUZTFMFDUJPOIFMQTQSPWJEFQSPQFS sure proper lubrication conditions in the criti-
lubrication and assures that a minimum film thickness is cal load zones of the gear unit. NORD also rec-
maintained between interacting surfaces. ommends switching to synthetic oil if oil sump
t 5IF EFHSFF UP XIJDI WJTDPTJUZ DIBOHFT XJUI UFN UFNQFSBUVSFTFYDFFE¡' ¡$ 
perature or the viscosity index, varies from oil to oil,
and depends upon the type of lubricant and 3. In cases of extreme load conditions, gear pairs and an-
additive agents used. tifriction bearings may be more susceptible to scuffing
t 4FMFDUJOHUPPMPXPGBWJTDPTJUZDBOSFTVMUJONJYFE wear. In these operating conditions, it may be beneficial
 CPVOEBSZ QBSUJBM NFUBMUPNFUBM DPOUBDU  PS to consider an increased lubrication viscosity and/or
 CPVOEBSZ MVCSJDBUJPO GVMM NFUBMUPNFUBM DPOUBDU  lubrication with improved antiwear additive pack-
conditions, increasing internal friction heat build- ages.
up and wear.
t 4FMFDUJOHUPPIJHIPGBWJTDPTJUZSFTVMUTJOJODSFBTFE Maximum Oil Sump Temperature Limit
churning and squeezing losses in the load zone
5P QSFWFOU SFEVDFS PWFSIFBUJOH  UIF SFEVDFST NBYJ-
 BOEFYDFTTJWFIFBU FTQFDJBMMZXIFOQFSJQIFSBMHFBS
mum oil sump temperature limit must not be exceed-
 TQFFET BSF IJHI   6MUJNBUFMZ  UIJT DBVTFT UIF PJM
FEGPSQSPMPOHFEQFSJPETPGPQFSBUJPO VQUPIPVST
temperature to rise and the viscosity to go down,
continuous operation, depending upon reducer size).
decreasing the effectiveness of the lubricant.
Oil Type Maximum Oil Temperature Limit

IMPORTANT NOTE NORD AGMA 9005-D94


Mineral ¡$ ¡' ¡$ ¡'
5IF VTFS TIPVME DPOTVMU XJUI UIFJS QSJNBSZ MVCSJDBUJPO Synthetic ¡$ ¡' ¡$ ¡'
supplier before considering changes in oil type or viscosity.

IMPORTANT NOTE
Use caution when specifying gear reducers for high tem-
perature service. If there is concern about exceeding the
allowable safe operating temperatures, please consult
NORD to discuss alternatives.

24 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


INTRODUCTION
Lubrication
Oil Expansion Chamber (OA)

D
H

NORDBLOC® Gear Unit Part Number D [in] H [in] Weight [lb]


4,4,
4,4,
4,4, 28390390 3.94  11.0
4,4,
4,4,

Oil Expansion Chamber (OA) Application Considerations


Gear units with the motor or input shaft mounted NORD strongly recommends the use of an oil expansion
vertically upright must be filled almost completely chamber when the motor is mounted vertical-up
with oil in order to properly supply the first stage or when the reducer mounting position is M4.
gearing with oil. Certain operating conditions and and is a HFBS VOJU TJ[F PG 4,  BOE MBSHFS  XJUI
higher gear peripheral speeds can result in increased ratios itotal ≤ 24:1 or an output speed n2öSQN
oil churning or splashing losses and heating of the air
space located above the oil. t "OZ BQQMJDBUJPO SFRVJSFE UP PQFSBUF BCPWF 
rpm synchronous motor speeds should also be
For these conditions an oil expansion chamber or oil reviewed to be certain that the reducer thermal
overflow chamber is often recommended. At rest, the limits are observed.
gear unit is filled to its normal fill-level position and
there should be no oil in the expansion chamber.

During operation, the oil expansion chamber pro-


vides a safe overflow area for the expanded oil-air
mixture, thus eliminating excessive pressure build-up,
minimizing the formation of foam, and preventing
oil-loss through the breather, oil seals, gaskets, etc.
As heat is released from the expanded air-oil mixture
contained within the overflow chamber, gravity al-
lows the oil to be returned to the primary gear sump
supply, eliminating a critical loss in oil level.

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 25


INTRODUCTION

Lubrication
Lubrication Types
Proper gearbox lubrication is essential in order to reduce friction, heat, and component wear. Lubricants re-
EVDFIFBUBOEXFBSCZJOTFSUJOHBQSPUFDUJWFinVJECPVOEBSZwCFUXFFONBUJOHQBSUTBOE QSFWFOUJOHEJSFDU
metal to metal contact. Lubricants also help prevent corrosion and oxidation, minimize foam, improve heat
transfer, optimize reducer efficiency, absorb shock loads and reduce noise.

Mounting position not only determines the proper fill-level but may also have some effect on final reducer as-
sembly. If considering any mounting positions that are not shown as catalog-standard options, it is critical that
UIFDVTUPNFSDPOTVMUXJUI/03%QSJPSUPPSEFSJOH6OMFTTPUIFSXJTFTQFDJmFE /03%TVQQMJFT BMM/03%#-0$®
gear units factory-filled with the standard mineral lubrication type and the appropriate quantity.

Standard Oil Lubricants


Gear Unit Type ISO Viscosity Oil Type Ambient Temperature Range Manufacturer Brand/Type Notes
7( MIN-EP UP$ UP .PCJMHFBS91 6n
Nordbloc.1 7( PAO UP$ UP' Mobil SHC630 6
7( FG UP$ UP' Fuchs FM220 6

Optional Oil Lubricants


Gear Unit Type ISO Viscosity Oil Type Ambient Temperature Range Manufacturer Brand/Type Notes
7( PAO UP$ UP' Mobil SHC 634 -
7( FG-PAO UP$ UP' Mobil SHC Cibus 460 -
Nordbloc.1
7( FG-PAO UP$ UP' Mobil SHC Cibus 220 -
7( PAO UP$ UP' Mobil SHC629 -

Standard Bearing Grease Lubricants


Grease Type/Thickener NLGI Grade Ambient Temperature Range Manufacturer Brand/Type Notes
Standard (Li-Complex) NLGI 2 UP$ UP' .PCJM(SFBTF9)1 6n
High Temp (Polyurea) NLGI 2 UP$ UP' Mobil / Polyrex EP 2 6
Food-Grade (Polyurea) NLGI 2 UP$ UP' Mobil SHC Polyrex 222 6
6 Stocked Lubricants
n Standard Oil Fill

IMPORTANT NOTES
t 'PPEHSBEFMVCSJDBOUTNVTUCFJODPNQMJBODFXJUI'%"$'3BOERVBMJGZBTB/4')MVCSJDBOU1MFBTF
consult with lubrication manufacturer for more information.
t 8IFO NBLJOH B MVCSJDBUJPO DIBOHF  DIFDL XJUI UIF MVCSJDBUJPO TVQQMJFS UP BTTVSF DPNQBUJCJMJUZ BOE UP PCUBJO
recommended cleaning or flushing procedures.
t %POPUUPNJYEJGGFSFOUPJMTXJUIEJGGFSFOUBEEJUJWFQBDLBHFTPSEJGGFSFOUCBTFPJMGPSNVMBUJPOUZQFT1PMZHMZDPM 1( 
oils are not miscible with other oil types and should never be mixed with mineral oil.
t $POTVMU/03%JGDPOTJEFSJOHPJMTPG*407JTDPTJUZ7(PSMPXFS

Oil Formulation Codes


MIN-EP Mineral Oil with EP Additive
PAO Synthetic Polyalphaolefin Oil
PG Synthetic Polyglycol Oil
FG Food-Grade Oil
FG-PAO Food-Grade, Synthetic Polyalphaolefin Oil

26 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


INTRODUCTION
Lubrication
Ventilation Lubrication Replacement
Most gear reducers are equipped with a vent which If the gear unit is filled with mineral oil, the lubricant
helps compensate for air pressure differences be- should be replaced at least after every 10,000 operat-
tween the inner space of the gear unit and the atmo- ing hours or after every two years. If the gear unit is
sphere. filled with synthetic oil, the lubricant should be re-
placed at least every 20,000 operating hours or after
5IF TQSJOHQSFTTVSF WFOU "VUPWFOU™  JT DPNNPOMZ every four years.
supplied and factory-installed. Normally open vents
may also be supplied as an option; normally-open Often gear reducers are exposed to extreme ambient
vents are closed upon delivery in order to prevent oil conditions, hostile environments, wet conditions, or
leakage during transport. When normally open vents dirty and dusty operating areas. Especially in these
are supplied, the sealing plugs must be removed prior situations, it is important to change the reducer lubri-
to commissioning the reducer. cant more often than what is suggested as a typical
guideline.
Prior to reducer start-up, it is important to check the
maintenance manual to verify that the vent is prop- The Importance of Routine Oil Analysis
erly located with respect to mounting position.
Routine oil analysis, sound lubrication practices, and
Mounting Position good tracking of oil performance trends as related to
specific equipment, will help establish proper lubrica-
5IF SFEVDFS NPVOUJOH QPTJUJPO EFUFSNJOFT UIF tion maintenance and change-out intervals.
approximate oil fill-level and the appropriate vent
location. In some cases mounting position may dictate 5PNBYJNJ[FFRVJQNFOUSFMJBCJMJUZ /03%(FBSHFOFS-
possible variation in final reducer assembly. ally recommends a condition-based lubrication main-
tenance program. One may take exceptions to this
If considering any mounting positions that are not general recommendation on sealed-for-life or main-
shown as catalog-standard options, it is critical that tenance-free gear units or smaller and less costly gear
the customer consult with NORD prior to ordering. units. In these instances, the replacement cost of the
gear unit is often small compared to the costs associ-
Oil Fill Quantities ated with this type of oil analysis program.
Oil fill quantities shown in the catalog or maintenance NORD suggests replacing the gear oil if oil analysis
JOTUSVDUJPOTBSFBQQSPYJNBUFBNPVOUT5IFBDUVBMPJM indicates any of the following:
volume varies depending upon the gear ratio. Prior
to commissioning the reducer, the oil-fill level should t 7JTDPTJUZIBTDIBOHFECZBQQSPYJNBUFMZPSNPSF
be checked using the reducer’s oil-level plug. It may
be necessary to drain excess oil or add additional oil. t %FCSJTQBSUJDMFT TJMJDPO EVTU EJSUPSTBOE FYDFFEQQN
t *SPODPOUFOUFYDFFETQQN
6OMFTT PUIFSXJTF TQFDJmFE  /03% TVQQMJFT NPTU BMM t 8BUFSDPOUFOUJTHSFBUFSUIBO QQN 
gear units factory-filled with the standard lubrication t "DJE OVNCFS UFTUT JOEJDBUF B TJHOJmDBOU MFWFM PG
type per the specified mounting position. oxidative break-down of the oil and a critical
reduction in performance.

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 


INTRODUCTION

NORDBLOC®.1 Foot Mount


Positions & Oil Fill Quantities
NORDBLOC®.1 foot mounted lubrication
5IF GPMMPXJOH /03% (FBS SFEVDFST BSF TIJQQFE GSPN UIF M2
factory with a pre-determined oil fill level in accordance M1
to the specified reducer size and mounting position. For
BEEJUJPOBMJOGPSNBUJPO QMFBTFSFGFSUPUIFi0JM1MVH7FOU
-PDBUJPOTwEPDVNFOUBUJPOGPSZPVSHFBSVOJU

STOP HARMFUL SITUATION STOP


M5
M6 M4
Actual oil volume can vary slightly depending upon the
gear case size, mounting and ratio. Prior to commissioning
the reducer, check the oil-fill level using the reducer’s oil
level plug and drain or add addition oil as needed.

For mounting orientations other than shown please consult


NORD Gear. Reducer modifications may be required.

M3

Type M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6
Quarts Liters Quarts Liters Quarts Liters Quarts Liters Quarts Liters Quarts Liters
SK 072.1 0.169 0.160 0.338 0.320 0.222 0.210 0.243 0.230 0.190 0.180 0.210 0.200
SK 172.1 0.285  0.624 0.590 0.444 0.420 0.529 0.450 0.338 0.320 0.412 0.390
SK 372.1 0.480 0.450 1.11 1.05   1.06 1.000 0.630 0.600 0.690 0.650
SK 373.1 0.480 0.450 1.11 1.05   1.06 1.000 0.630 0.600 0.690 0.650
SK 572.1   2.01 1.90 1.59 1.50 2.11 2.00 1.16 1.10 1.22 1.15
SK 573.1   2.00 1.90 1.59 1.50 2.11 2.00 1.16 1.10 1.22 1.15
SK 672.1 1.16 1.10  2.60  2.15 2.85  1.64 1.55  1.65
SK 673.1 1.16 1.10  2.60  2.15 2.85  1.64 1.55  1.65
SK 772.1 1.22 1.15 3.86 3.65 2.38 2.25 3.33 3.15 1.43 1.35  2.15
SK 773.1 2.06 1.95  3.50 3.38 3.20 3.06 2.90 2.38 2.25 3.12 2.95
SK 872.1  2.60 8.45 8.00 5.60 5.30   2.96 2.80 4.86 4.60
SK 873.1 4.28 4.05 8.03   6.85 6.92 6.55 5.28 5.00 6.92 6.55
SK 972.1  4.50 13.63 12.90 8.56 8.10 13.42  4.86 4.60 8.24 
SK 973.1   12.89 12.20  11.10 12.26 11.60 8.45 8.00 11.52 10.90

28 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


INTRODUCTION
In-line Flange Mount
Positions & Oil Fill Quantities
NORDBLOC®.1 flange mounted lubrication
5IF GPMMPXJOH /03% (FBS SFEVDFST BSF TIJQQFE GSPN UIF
factory with a pre-determined oil fill level in accordance M6 M1 M2
to the specified reducer size and mounting position. For
BEEJUJPOBMJOGPSNBUJPO QMFBTFSFGFSUPUIFi0JM1MVH7FOU
-PDBUJPOTwEPDVNFOUBUJPOGPSZPVSHFBSVOJU

STOP HARMFUL SITUATION STOP


M5
Actual oil volume can vary slightly depending upon the M4
gear case size, mounting and ratio. Prior to commissioning
the reducer, check the oil-fill level using the reducer’s oil
level plug and drain or add addition oil as needed.

For mounting orientations other than shown please consult


NORD Gear. Reducer modifications may be required.

M3

Type M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6
Quarts Liters Quarts Liters Quarts Liters Quarts Liters Quarts Liters Quarts Liters
SK 072.1 F 0.169 0.160 0.338 0.320 0.222 0.210 0.243 0.230 0.190 0.180 0.210 0.200
SK 172.1 F 0.285  0.624 0.590 0.444 0.420 0.529 0.450 0.338 0.320 0.412 0.390
SK 372.1 F 0.480 0.450 1.11 1.05   1.06 1.000 0.630 0.600 0.690 0.650
SK 373.1 F 0.480 0.450 1.11 1.05   1.06 1.000 0.630 0.600 0.690 0.650
SK 572.1 F   2.01 1.90 1.59 1.50 2.11 2.00 1.16 1.10 1.22 1.15
SK 573.1 F   2.00 1.90 1.59 1.50 2.11 2.00 1.16 1.10 1.22 1.15
SK 672.1 F 1.16 1.10  2.60  2.15 2.85  1.64 1.55  1.65
SK 673.1 F 1.16 1.10  2.60  2.15 2.85  1.64 1.55  1.65
SK 772.1 F 1.22 1.15 3.86 3.65 2.38 2.25 3.33 3.15 1.43 1.35  2.15
SK 773.1 F 2.06 1.95  3.50 3.38 3.20 3.06 2.90 2.38 2.25 3.12 2.95
SK 872.1 F  2.60 8.45 8.00 5.60 5.30   2.96 2.80 4.86 4.60
SK 873.1 F 4.28 4.05 8.03   6.85 6.92 6.55 5.28 5.00 6.92 6.55
SK 972.1 F  4.50 13.63 12.90 8.56 8.10 13.42  4.86 4.60 8.24 
SK 973.1 F   12.89 12.20  11.10 12.26 11.60 8.45 8.00 11.52 10.90

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 29


INTRODUCTION

Oil Plug & Vent Locations


SK 072.1 - SK673.1
Oil plug connections

Prior to commissioning the reducer, check the oil-fill level using the reducer’s oil-level plug and drain or add additional oil
as needed. For mounting orientations other than shown please consult NORD Gear. New plug locations may be required.

M1
M1

M6 M6

M2 M2
SK 072.1 SK 072.1 F
SK 172.1 SK 172.1 F

 M4 M5  M4 M5

M3 M3

M1 M1

M6 M6
SK 372.1 SK 372.1 F
SK 572.1 SK 572.1 F M2
SK 672.1 M2 SK 672.1 F

SK 373.1 SK 373.1 F
SK 573.1 SK 573.1 F
SK 673.1 SK 673.1 F

M5
M4 M5 M4

M3 M3

= Vent = Oil Level = Oil Drain

30 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


INTRODUCTION
Oil Plug & Vent Locations
SK 772.1 - SK 973.1
Oil plug connections

Prior to commissioning the reducer, check the oil-fill level using the reducer’s oil-level plug and drain or add additional oil
as needed. For mounting orientations other than shown please consult NORD Gear. New plug locations may be required.

M1 * M1 *

*
*
M6
M6
SK 772.1 M2 SK 772.1 F
M2
SK 773.1* SK 773.1 F*
SK 872.1 SK 872.1 F
SK 873.1* SK 873.1 F*
SK 972.1 SK 972.1 F
SK 973.1*
* SK 973.1 F*
*
M5 M5
M4 M4

* *

M3 M3

= Vent = Oil Level = Oil Drain

* Oil fill level for three stage gear units

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 31


INTRODUCTION

OHL & Thrust

Radial Overhung Load (OHL) Axial Load or Thrust Load


Any radial force or side force applied to the reducer shaft Loads that are directed towards or away from the gearbox,
is a source of OHL and should be examined during the re- along the axis of the shaft, are considered to be axial loads
ducer selection process. An overhung load is radial a force BOE BSF NPSF DPNNPOMZ DBMMFE UISVTU MPBET 5ISVTU MPBET
UIBUQVMMT PSQVTIFT BHBJOTUUIFSFEVDFSTPVUQVU PSJOQVU  can result from the following conditions:
shaft.
t 5IFSF JT B IBOHJOH XFJHIU DPOOFDUFE UP UIF SFEVDFS
OHL is produced by one or more of the following conditions:  TIBGU5IJTJTDPNNPOJONJYFSBQQMJDBUJPOT
t 8IJMF PQFSBUJOH UIF FRVJQNFOU  B OFU BYJBM GPSDF JT
t 5SBOTGFSSJOH QPXFS BU B SJHIU BOHMF UP UIF SFEVDFST directed towards or away from the reducer, along the
shaft, through an externally mounted power transmis-  TIBGU BYJT 5IJT JT DPNNPO JO NBOZ TDSFX DPOWFZPS PS
sion device, such as a belt pulley, chain sprocket, or gear. mixer applications.
t #Z UFOTJPOJOH PG UIF FYUFSOBM CFMU PS DIBJO  XIJDI JT
required to keep belts from slipping, or to assure proper F5)3645  "QQMJFEBYJBMUISVTUMPBEDPOEJUJPOBUPVUQVU<MC>
chain wrap around sprockets.
t 5IFIBOHJOHXFJHIUPGBQVMMFZ TQSPDLFUPSHFBS NPVOUFE F5)3645  "QQMJFEBYJBMUISVTUMPBEDPOEJUJPOBUJOQVU<MC>
on the reducer shaft.
Thrust Rating – General Conditions
FOHL  "QQMJFEPWFSIVOHMPBEDPOEJUJPOBUPVUQVUTIBGU<MC>
5IFQVCMJTIFEUISVTUSBUJOHTBSFCBTFEVQPOUIFGPMMPXJOH
FOHL1 "QQMJFEPWFSIVOHMPBEDPOEJUJPOBUJOQVUTIBGU<MC> t 5IFUISVTUDBQBDJUZTIPXOSFQSFTFOUTUIFXPSTUDBTF BOE
is independent of direction.
OHL Rating – General Conditions t "QQMJDBUJPO MPBET DBO OPU FYDFFE UIF WBMVFT TIPXO JO
5IFDBUBMPH0)-SBUJOHTBSFCBTFEVQPOUIFGPMMPXJOH the tables.

t 5IFBQQMJFE0)-JTBUUIFNJEQPJOUPGUIFTIBGU Output Shaft and Input Shaft Thrust Rating


t 5IFXPSTUDBTFEJSFDUJPOPGTIBGUSPUBUJPO 5IFPVUQVUTIBGUUISVTUDBQBDJUZDBOCFGPVOEJOUIFHFBS-
t 5IFSF BSF OP BYJBM PS UISVTU MPBE DPOEJUJPOT BQQMJFE UP motor selection tables, adjacent to the OHL ratings. Many
the reducer shaft. NORD gear units can be supplied with optional heavy-duty
bearings intended for increased overhung load capacity
5IFTFBCPWFDPOEJUJPOTBQQMZXIFUIFSPSOPUPOFJTFWBMV- 7- BOETPNFBSFBWBJMBCMFXJUIPQUJPOBMCFBSJOHTJOUFOE-
ating the output shaft or input shaft OHL conditions. FEUPJODSFBTFUISVTUDBQBDJUZ "- 
Output Shaft OHL Rating FA  0VUQVUTIBGUUISVTUSBUJOH<MC>
5IFNBYJNVNQFSNJTTJCMFPVUQVUTIBGU0)-SBUJOHJTGPVOE
in the gearmotor selection tables. Output shaft OHL ratings F"7-  0VUQVUTIBGUUISVTUSBUJOHXJUISBEJBM 7- CFBSJOH
apply to integral gearmotors, C-face reducer, and reducer upgrade [lb]
with solid input shaft.
5IFJOQVUTIBGUUISVTUDBQBDJUZJTHJWFOPOQBHF.
5IJTJTEPOFCZJEFOUJGZUIFQPXFSPGUIFHFBSVOJUTESJW-
ing motor or prime mover, and then using the selection FA1  *OQVUTIBGUUISVTUSBUJOH<MC>
tables to match the output shaft OHL rating with the se-
lected gear unit type, power, ratio and output speed condi-
tion. Many NORD gear units can be supplied with optional
heavy-duty bearings intended for increased overhung load
IMPORTANT NOTE
DBQBDJUZ 7- 
5PWBMJEBUFUIFHFBSVOJUTFMFDUJPO BTTVNJOHOFHMJHJCMF
FR   0VUQVUTIBGU0)-SBUJOH BUTIBGUDFOUFS<MC> OHL, the applied thrust condition must be less than the
shaft thrust rating.
F37-  0VUQVU TIBGU 0)- SBUJOH  BU TIBGU DFOUFS XJUI
   SBEJBM 7- CFBSJOHVQHSBEF<MC> Combined OHL and Thrust Load Conditions
Published values for both overhung load and thrust capac-
ity are based upon the presence of a single condition and
Input Shaft OHL Rating assume the other condition is absent from the application.
*OQVUTIBGU 5ZQF8 0)-SBUJOHTBSFHJWFOPOQBHF34 and In many applications, it is feasible to have both overhung
are represented by unit type and input power. load and thrust at the same time.

FR1 *OQVUTIBGU0)-SBUJOH BUTIBGUDFOUFS Please contact NORD for more exact examination of the ap-
plication, when both OHL and thrust conditions exist at the
same time.

32 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


INTRODUCTION
OHL & Thrust

1. Calculate the applied OHL at the designated shaft


5IFNPTUDPNNPOSBEJBM0)-GPSDFTBSFDSFBUFECZUSBOTGFSSJOHQPXFSBUBSJHIUBOHMFUPUIFSFEVDFSTTIBGU UISPVHIBO
externally mounted power transmission device, such as a belt pulley, chain sprocket, or spur gear.

*ODMVEFEJOUIFPWFSIVOHMPBEGPSNVMBJTBOBEEJUJPOBMGBDUPSUIBUJTDBMMFEUIFQPXFSUSBOTNJTTJPODPNQPOFOUGBDUPS G;).
5IF G;) factor accounts for the extra radial force caused by proper tensioning of belts or chains or the additional forces
created by the action of meshing gears.

5IFGPMMPXJOHFRVBUJPOTBSFVTFEUPDBMDVMBUFUIF0)-GPSDFTHFOFSBUFECZBCFMUQVMMFZ DIBJOTQSPDLFU PSTQVSHFBSBOE


UIFZBMTPBDDPVOUGPSUIFFYUSBSBEJBMGPSDFDBVTFECZQSPQFSUFOTJPOJOHPGUIFUSBOTNJTTJPODPNQPOFOU5IFTFFRVBUJPOT
treat the hanging weight of the transmission component as being negligible.

Variable definitions Output shaft equations


FOHL or FOHL1  $BMDVMBUFETIBGUPWFSIVOHMPBE
DPNNPOFRVBUJPO
52PS51  -PBE5PSRVF<MCJO>
n2 or n1  4IBGUTQFFE<SQN>
BMUFSOBUFFRVBUJPO
P1  -PBEQPXFSBUJOQVU
K  (FBSSFEVDFSFGmDJFODZ<>n
Input shaft equations
DOHL  1JUDIEJBNFUFSPGQPXFS
transmission component [in]
 DPNNPOFRVBUJPO
f;  1PXFSUSBOTNJTTJPODPNQPOFOUGBDUPS

nGear reducer efficiency can generally be ignored  BMUFSOBUFFRVBUJPO


unless considering compounded gear units, helical
worm gear units or worm gear units.

fZ factor table
Transmission Component Factor fz Notes
Gear 1.00 UFFUIPSMFTT
Gear 1.15 18 teeth or more
Chain Sprocket 1.40 13 teeth or less
Chain Sprocket 1.20 13 to 20 teeth
Chain Sprocket 1.00 20 teeth or more
5JNJOH#FMU1VMMFZ 1.50 -
7#FMU1VMMFZ  -
Flat Belt Pulley 2.50 -

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 33


INTRODUCTION

OHL & Thrust

2. Determine the permissible shaft OHL rating


Output shaft OHL rating
Whether considering an integral gearmotor, C-face reducer, or reducer with solid input shaft, the maximum permissible
output shaft OHL rating is found in the gearmotor selection tables. Establish the output shaft OHL rating as follows:

t 'JSTU JEFOUJGZUIFQPXFSPGUIFHFBSVOJUTESJWJOHNPUPSPSQSJNFNPWFS
t 5IFO VTFUIFHFBSNPUPSTFMFDUJPOUBCMFTUPJEFOUJGZUIFPVUQVUTIBGU0)-SBUJOH CZTFMFDUJOHUIFBQQSPQSJBUFHFBSVOJU
type, power, ratio and output speed condition.
t /FYU JEFOUJGZUIFPVUQVUTIBGU0)-SBUJOH

FR  Output shaft OHL rating, at shaft center [lb]

F37-  Output shaft OHL rating, at shaft center with


  SBEJBM 7- CFBSJOHVQHSBEF<MC>

Input shaft OHL rating


*OQVUTIBGU 5ZQF8 0)-SBUJOHTBSFHJWFOCFMPXBOEBSFSFQSFTFOUFECZVOJUUZQFBOEJOQVUQPXFS

FR1  *OQVUTIBGU0)-SBUJOHBUTIBGUDFOUFS<MC>

Permissable Overhung Loads FR1 at Input Shaft [Lbs]


Gearbox P1 [HP]
Type 0.16 0.25 0.33 0.50 0.75 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 5.0 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50
SK 172.1      - - - - - - - - - - - - -
SK 372.1 -
832 809       562 539 494  - - - - - -
SK 673.1
SK 772.1
 495  466 495 450 439 428 410 394 338 293 158 90 - - - -
SK 773.1
SK 872.1
- - - - - -    605  401   209  - -
SK 873.1
SK 972.1
- - - - - - 1006 954 938 866 684 621  416 360 326 232 194
SK 973.1
At midpoint of input shaft with no axial load

WARNING
5IFVOJUUZQFTTIPXOJOUIFUBCMFCFMPXSFRVJSFUIBUUIFQVCMJTIFEPWFSIVOHMPBESBUJOH 'R or F37-) to be reduced by
applying a multiplier as shown.

OHL Correction Factors


Unit Type Shaft B5 OHL
Ø Flange Ø Correction Factor

1.000 
SK372.1F/SK373.1F 
[25] [120]
1.250
SK572.1/SK573.1 * N/A 
[30]
 5.51 or 6.30
SK572.1F/SK573.1F 
[35] [140] or [160]
1.250 PS
SK572.1F/SK573.1F 
[30] [200] or [250]
1.250 5.51 or 6.30
SK572.1F/SK573.1F 0.5
[30] [140] or [160]

34 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


INTRODUCTION
OHL & Thrust

3. OHL rating correction – applied load is not at the shaft center or midpoint. FOHL or FOHL1
If the OHL force is not applied at the midpoint of the shaft, an overhung load rating correction Applied OHL
NVTUCFBQQMJFEUPUIFDBUBMPHMJTUFE0)-SBUJOH5IJT0)-MPBEDPSSFDUJPOJTFWBMVBUFEJOUXPTUFQT Condition

* 7FSJGZUIFCFBSJOH0)-DBQBDJUZ 'PSNVMB* x Applied OHL


Location
** 7FSJGZUIFTIBGU0)-DBQBDJUZ 'PSNVMB**

Overhung Load Variables Formula I – Verifying Bearing Capacity


FR  0VUQVUTIBGU0)-3BUJOH BUTIBGUDFOUFS<MC> 0VUQVUTIBGU 4UBOEBSECFBSJOHT 
F37-  0VUQVUTIBGU0)-3BUJOH BUTIBGUDFOUFS
  XJUISBEJBM 7- CFBSJOHVQHSBEF<MC>
0VUQVUTIBGU 7-CFBSJOHT 
FR1  *OQVUTIBGU0)-3BUJOH BUTIBGUDFOUFS<MC>
F39  4UBOEBSE#FBSJOH$BQBDJUZ3BUJOH XJUI0)-
Input shaft
  BQQMJFEBUPVUQVUTIBGUMPDBUJPOiYw<MC>
F397-  3BEJBM 7- #FBSJOH$BQBDJUZ3BUJOH XJUI0)-
  BQQMJFEBUUIFPVUQVUTIBGUMPDBUJPOiYw<MC>
Formula II – Calculating the shaft OHL capacity
F39  *OQVU4IBGU#FBSJOH$BQBDJUZ XJUI0)-
  BQQMJFEBU*OQVUTIBGUMPDBUJPOiYw<MC>
F398  0VUQVUTIBGU0)-3BUJOH BUBQQMJFEMPBE 0VUQVUTIBGU 4UBOEBSECFBSJOHT 
  MPDBUJPOiYwXJUITUBOEBSECFBSJOHT<MC>
F3987-  0VUQVUTIBGU0)-3BUJOH BUTIBGUMPDBUJPO 0VUQVUTIBGU 7-CFBSJOHT 
  iYwXJUISBEJBM 7- CFBSJOHVQHSBEF<MC>
F398  *OQVUTIBGU0)-3BUJOH BQQMJFEBUTIBGU
  MPDBUJPOiYw<MC> Input shaft

Y  BQQMJFE0)-MPDBUJPOXJUISFTQFDUUP
shaft shoulder [in]

Refer to Calculation Table Below


[  'BDUPSGSPNUBCMF<MCJO>
Z  *OUFSOBM(FPNFUSZ'BDUPSGSPNUBCMF<JO>
G  *OUFSOBM(FPNFUSZ'BDUPSGSPNUBCMF<JO>
D  *OUFSOBM(FPNFUSZ'BDUPSGSPNUBCMF<MCJO>
c7-  *OUFSOBM(FPNFUSZ'BDUPSGSPNUBCMF<MCJO>

Make certain to apply the proper table values for the


TIBGU PVUQVUPSJOQVU UIBUJTCFJOHFWBMVBUFE

IMPORTANT NOTE
$BMDVMBUJPOT TIPVME BMXBZT CF NBEF JO BDDPSEBODF XJUI 'PSNVMB * CFBSJOH DBQBDJUZ  BOE 'PSNVMB ** TIBGU
DBQBDJUZ 5IFDPSSFDUFE0)-SBUJOH GPSMPBETOPUBUUIFTIBGUNJEQPJOU XJMMBMXBZTCFUIFMPXFSPGUIFUXPMJNJUJOH
values based upon direct application of Formula I or Formula II.

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 35


INTRODUCTION

OHL & Thrust

Calculation Table for OHL at Output Shaft for NORDBLOC® Units


Gearbox y z c c f U V T2max
Type Standard VL
Bearings Bearings
[in] [in] [lb-in] [lb-in] [in] [in] [in] [lb-in]
SK 072.1 2.62 3.41  - 0   
SK 172.1  4.06  - 0   814
SK 372.1 885 1416 0 
3.43 4.41 1.000 
SK 373.1  1328 0 
SK 572.1 2301 3452 0 1.250 or 2.36 or 3805
4.33 
SK 573.1 2213 3452 0   3982
SK 672.1 1682 3009 0 5398
4.82 6.18  
SK 673.1 3098 2921 0 5664
SK 772.1 3.85 5.43 3186  0 1.625 3.15 
SK 773.1 4.09   5310 0 1.625 3.15 
SK 872.1   8850  0 2.125 3.94 13806
SK 873.1 5.91   8230 0 2.125 3.94 14868
SK 972.1   13894 26550 0   
SK 973.1 6.42  9381 14160 0   28320

Calculation Table for OHL at Input Shaft for NORDBLOC® Units


Gearbox y z c f d l
Type Standard
Bearings
[in] [in] [lb-in] [in] [in] [in]
SK 372.1 -
3.80  1151 0  2.00
SK 673.1
SK 772.1 964 0
   
SK 773.1 1088 0
SK 872.1 2433 0
4.055 5.236 1.125 2.36
SK 873.1 2601 0
SK 972.1  0
5.413   3.15
SK 973.1 5068 0

36 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


INTRODUCTION
OHL & Thrust
4. Compare the applied OHL to the OHL rating
5PWBMJEBUFUIFVOJUTFMFDUJPO BTTVNJOHOFHMJHJCMFUISVTUMPBEJOH UIFBQQMJFE0)-DPOEJUJPONVTUCFMFTTUIBOUIFSBUFE
OHL capacity as shown below.

Output Shaft (standard bearings) Output Shaft (VL bearings) Input Shaft
FOHL'R 0)-BUTIBGUDFOUFS FOHL'37- 0)-BUTIBGUDFOUFS FOHL'R1 0)-BUTIBGUDFOUFS
FOHL'39 0)-OPUBUTIBGUDFOUFS FOHL'397- 0)-OPUBUTIBGUDFOUFS FOHL'39 0)-OPUBUTIBGUDFOUFS

Output Shaft Comparisons

< or <
FOHL FR FOHL FRX
(Step 3)

Input Shaft Comparisons

< or <
FOHL1 FR1 FOHL1 FRX1
(Step 3)

5.Evaluating Thrust Capacity


5PWBMJEBUFUIFVOJUTFMFDUJPO BTTVNJOHOFHMJHJCMFUISVTUMPBEJOH UIFBQQMJFEUISVTUDPOEJUJPONVTUCFMFTTUIBOUIFSBUFE
thrust capacity as shown below.
Output Shaft Input Shaft
F5)3645'A F5)3645'A1

5IFPVUQVUTIBGUUISVTUDBQBDJUZ 'A DBOCFGPVOEJOUIFHFBSNPUPSTFMFDUJPOUBCMFT BEKBDFOUUPUIF0)-SBUJOHT5IF


input shaft thrust capacity 'A1) can be found in the table below.

Permissable Axial (Thrust) Loads FA1 at Input Shaft [Lbs]


Gearbox
Type 0.16 0.25 0.33 0.50 0.75 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 5.0 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50
SK 172.1      - - - - - - - - - - - - -
SK 372.1 -
922 899 832  652 562 494 449 404 359  225 - - - - - -
SK 673.1
SK 772.1
 495  466 495 450 439 428 410 394 338 293 158 90 - - - -
SK 773.1
SK 872.1
- - - - - -    605  401   209  - -
SK 873.1
SK 972.1
- - - - - - 1006 954 938 866 684 621  416 360 326 232 194
SK 973.1
With no overhung load

Output Shaft Comparisons Input Shaft Comparisons

< <
FTHRUST FA FTHRUST1 FA1
(Supplied By (Gearmotor (Supplied By (Found in
Customer) Selection) Customer) Table)

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 


INTRODUCTION

OHL & Thrust


Computer Program Analysis Capabilities
6QPOSFRVFTU /03%DBODBMDVMBUFUIFCFBSJOHTFSWJDFMJGFBOEDIFDLUIFTIBGUEVSBCJMJUZGPSBTQFDJmDHFBSVOJUUZQFBOE
ratio, if provided with the following:

5ZQF  $PNQMFUFHFBSNPUPSPSSFEVDFSNPEFMPSUZQF
J  (FBSSBUJP
P1  -PBEQPXFSBUJOQVU<)Q>
n2  0QFSBUJOHSFEVDFSPVUQVUTQFFE<SQN>
FOHL  "QQMJFETIBGUPWFSIVOHMPBE<MC>
F5)3645  "QQMJFEUISVTUMPBEDPOEJUJPO<MC>
%*3  "QQMJFE UISVTU EJSFDUJPO UPXBSET PS BXBZ 
from gear unit.
Y  applied OHL location with respect to the
shaft shoulder [in]
-I  %FTJSFECFBSJOHTFSWJDFMJGF-I<IPVST>

When provided the proper information NORD Engineering can


provide detailed analysis using a proprietary calculation program.

Multiple Impeller Mixer


Multiple impeller mixers are good examples where a computer program analysis is encouraged.

XI
XII
XIII FOHL-I

FOHL-II

FOHL-III

FT

IMPORTANT NOTE
In agitator or mixer applications, where multiple impellers are mounted to the same mixer shaft, please provide each
JOEJWJEVBMSBEJBMMPBEGPSDF '0)- BOEMPDBUJPOEJTUBODF Y 

38 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


INTRODUCTION
Reducer
Tolerances
Solid Shaft Diameter Tolerance [in] Solid Shaft Diameter Tolerance [mm]
 õ +0.0000 / -0.0005 > 10 ≤ 18 +0.012 / +0.001
 õ +0.0000 / -0.0010 > 18 ≤ 30 +0.015 / +0.002
All Keys and Keyways: *ODI"/4*# > 30 ≤ 50 +0.018 / +0.002
> 50 ≤ 80 +0.030 / +0.011
> 80 ≤ 120 +0.035 / +0.013
> 120 ≤ 180 +0.040 / +0.015
> 180 ≤ 190  
All Keys and Keyways: Metric - DIN 6885, class m6

Solid Shaft Drill & Tap Shaft End - Threaded Holes [in] Solid Shaft Drill & Tap Shaft End - Threaded Holes [mm]
> ø  ≤ ø 0.500 10-24 x 0.43 > ø 10 ≤ ø 13 M4 x 10
> ø 0.500 ≤ ø  1/4-20 x 0.59 > ø 13 ≤ ø 16 M5 x 12.5
> ø  ≤ ø 0.938 Y > ø 16 ≤ ø 21 M6 x 16
> ø 0.938 ≤ ø 1.100 Y > ø 21 ≤ ø 24 M8 x 19
> ø 1.100 ≤ ø 1.300 1/2-13 x 1.10 > ø 24 ≤ ø 30 M10 x 22
> ø 1.300 ≤ ø  5/8-11 x 1.42 > ø 30 ≤ ø 38 M12 x 28
> ø  ≤ ø 3.500 Y > ø 38 ≤ ø 50 M16 x 36
> ø 3.500 ≤ ø  1-8 x 2.20 > ø 50 ≤ ø 85 M20 x 42
> ø 85 ≤ ø 130 M24 x 50
> ø 130 ≤ ø 190 M30 x 60

Flange Pilot (AK or AK1) Tolerance [in] Flange Pilot (AK or AK1) Tolerance [mm]
Flange Pilot Diameter 1JMPU5PMFSBODF Fit Class n Flange Pilot Diameter Pilot Tolerance Fit Class n
> ø 1.969 ≤ ø 3.150 +0.0005 / -0.0003 j6 > ø 50 ≤ ø 80  j6
> ø 3.150 õ“ +0.0005 / -0.0004 j6 > ø 80 ≤ ø 120 +0.013 / -0.009 j6
“ õ“ +0.0006 / -0.0004 j6 > ø 120 ≤ ø 180 +0.014 / -0.011 j6
“ ≤ ø 9.055 +0.0000 / -0.0005 h6 > ø 180 ≤ ø 230 +0.000 / -0.013 h6
> ø 9.055 ≤ ø 9.843 +0.0000 / -0.0011 h6 > ø 230 ≤ ø 250 +0.000 / -0.029 h6
> ø 9.843 ≤ ø 12.402 +0.0000 / -0.0013 h6 > ø 250 ≤ ø 315 +0.000 / -0.032 h6
> ø 12.402 õ“ +0.0000 / -0.0014 h6 > ø 315 ≤ ø 400 +0.000 / -0.036 h6
“ ≤ ø 19.685 +0.0000 / -0.0016 h6 > ø 400 ≤ ø 500 +0.000 / -0.040 h6
nInch Pilot Tolerances per ISO286-2 nMetric Pilot Tolerances per ISO286-2

Casting Surfaces may differ slightly (approximately 0.125 inches or 3.2mm) from the specified nominal dimensions as a result of the manufacturing process

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 39


INTRODUCTION

Conversions
& Formulas
Metric ŸInch Inch ŸMetric
Multiply By To Obtain Multiply By To Obtain
Gram [g] x 0.0353 P[ Ounce [oz] x 28.35 H
Kilogram [kg] x 2.205 MC Pound [lb] x 0.454 LH
Newton [N] x 0.2248 MC Ounce [oz] x 0.028 LH
Newton meter [Nm] x 8.851 MCJO Pound [lb] x 4.448 /
Newton meter [Nm] Y MCGU Pound-Inch [lb-in] x 0.113 /N
Inertia [kgm2] Y MCGU2 Pound Feet [lb-ft] x 1.3558 /N
Kilowatt [kW] x 1.341 IQ Pound Feet Squared [lb-ft2] x 0.0421 LHN2
Meter [m] x 39.4 JO Horsepower [hp] Y L8
Meter [m] x 3.281 GU Feet [ft] x 0.3048 L8
Meter [m] x 1.094 ZE :BSE<ZE> x 0.9144 N
Millimeter [mm] x 0.0391 JO Inch [in] x 25.4 NN
Centimeter [cm] x 0.394 JO Inch [in] x 2.54 DN
Cubic Centimeter [cm3] x 0.061 JO3 Inch [in] x 0.0254 N
Liter [l] x 61.023 JO3 Cubic Inch [in3] x 16.39 DN3
Liter [l] Y RU Cubic Inch [in3] x 0.016 MJUFST
Liter [l] x 0.2642 HBM Gallon [gal] Y MJUFST

Temperature Linear Velocity


¡' ¡$  Miles per Hour [mph] YGUNJO<GQN>
¡$ Y ¡' Miles per Hour [mph] YGUTFD<GQT>
¡$ ¡, Feet per Minute [fpm] YNNJO
Feet per Minute [fpm] YNTFD
Meter per Minute [m/min] YGUNJO<GQN>
Power Meter per Second [m/sec] YGUNJO<GQN>

5PSRVF MCJO YSQN


hp 
63025 Torque
5PSRVF MCGU YSQN hp x 63025
hp  5 MCJO 
5252 rpm

8HU MC YGQN hp x 5252


hp -JGU  5 MCGU  rpm
33000 x Efficiency

8HU MC YP x fpm


hp 4MJEF 
33000 x Efficiency
Electric Motor 3-phase
Y7Y*Y1'Y&GmDJFODZ
hp QINPUPS 

Linear & Rotational Speed

fpm  0.2618 x Dia JO x rpm


Metric M Threads
'PSNFUSJDi.wUISFBET JU Course threads and pitch
fpm x 3.820 M6 x 1
rpm  is customary to omit the
Dia JO thread pitch for course M8 x 1.25
threads. For example, if a M10 x 1.5
thread is called out as an .Y
M8 with no pitch shown, M16 x 2
it is automatically a course M20 x 2.5
pitch thread. M24 x 3

40 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


INTRODUCTION
NORD
Service Factor
Mass Acceleration Service Factor
5IFNBTTBDDFMFSBUJPOGBDUPS Naf) uses a ratio of the If 3.01 ≤ maf 10.00 use curve C (heavy shocks)
MPBEJOFSUJBUPNPUPSJOFSUJB5IJTNFUIPEPGTFSWJDF Heavy mixers, shears, presses, centrifuges, rolling
factor calculation can be used for both gearmotors stands, heavy winches and lifts, grinding mills, stone
and speed reducers and is valid for helical gear units. crushers, bucket elevators, punching machines, ham-
Short-term and infrequent torque impulses signifi- mer mills, eccentric presses, folding machines, roller
cantly influence the load and selection of a gear unit. tables, tumbling barrels, vibrators, shredders.
5IF HFBS VOJU TFSWJDF GBDUPS  GB, takes this and other
affects on the gear unit into account. 2. Determine the cycles/hour. A cycle is a start or hard
stop, where a hard stop decelerates the motion of
5IF NBTT BDDFMFSBUJPO GBDUPS Naf) represents the re- the system when a mechanical brake is activated.
lationship between external low-speed output side
BOE IJHITQFFE JOQVU TJEF NBTTFT  5IF NBTT BDDFM- 3. Determine the run time in hours/day.
eration factor significantly influences the level of
torque impulses in the gear unit upon start-up and  6TJOH UIF DIBSU MPDBUF UIF DZDMFTIPVS PO UIF
CSBLJOH QSPDFEVSFT BOE VQPO WJCSBUJPO  5IF FY- horizontal axis and move vertically up to intersect
ternal mass moments of inertia also include the curve A, B, or C based on the maf. From the
load, such as the material transported on convey- intersection point, move horizontally left to the
or belts. We ask you to consult with NORD if the service factor fB, which is based on the run time in
maf > 10, if there is a large play in transfer elements, hours/day.
vibration in the system, uncertainty regarding the
load classification, or you are in doubt. * Run time hours/day

For applications with relatively high external mass


moments of inertia, maf > 2 J.e. travel drives, slewing
Service Factor

gears, rotary tables, gear drives, agitators, and sur-


face aerators), we recommend breaking torque that
does not exceed 1.2 times the rated motor torque. If
a higher breaking torque is to be used, this must be
considered when selecting the gear unit.
1. Calculate mass acceleration factor:

( (
2
+ 1
maf load x
+motor reducer ratio fB Cycles / Hour

 +load &YUFSOBMMPBEJOFSUJBJODMVEJOHBMMDPNQPOFOUT EXAMPLE for gearmotor:


of the system outside of the reducer
 +motor .PUPSJOFSUJB A smooth running conveyor operates 24 hours/day
XJUIDZDMFTIPVS5IFDBMDVMBUFENaf UIFSF-
For NORD motors see pages 164 -  fore use curve A for this type of application.

If maf ≤ 0.25 use curve A (uniform operation) From the chart, find 500 cycles/hour and follow the
Light conveyor screws, fans, assembly lines, light con- axis vertically up until you intersect curve A. From
veyor belts, small agitators, elevators, cleaning ma- the intersection point, move horizontally left to find
chines, filling machines, inspection machines, belt the service factor fBCBTFEPOIPVSTEBZPQ-
conveyors. eration. Consult the selection pages of the catalog
to find a gearmotor with a service factor fBPS
If ≤ 0.25 maf ≤ 3.00 use curve B (moderate shocks) greater.
Coilers, feed-mechanism drivers for woodworking
machines, dumbwaiters, balancing machines, thread
cutting machines, medium-sized agitators and mixers,
heavy conveyor belts, winches, sliding doors, manure
scrapers, packing machines, concrete mixers, over-
head crane traveling mechanisms, mills, bending ma-
chines, gear pumps.

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 41


INTRODUCTION

AGMA
Service Classes
AGMA Selection Method

Gearmotors
Before a gearmotor is selected, an application class Synchronous motors, certain types of high torque in-
number must be determined. Since application clas- duction motors and generator drives require special
sification represents the normal relationship between analysis.
gear design power rating and the maximum potential
transmitted power, it is suggested that the applica- t 4ZODISPOPVT NPUPST IBWF IJHI USBOTJFOU UPSRVF
tion class number be applied to the nameplate rating during starting and restarting after they trip out
PG UIF FMFDUSJD NPUPS 5IF BQQMJDBUJPO DMBTT OVNCFST momentarily.
are l, ll, and lll. t *OEVDUJPO NPUPST PG TQFDJBM IJHI TMJQ EFTJHO DBO
5IFJSSFMBUJPOTIJQUPTFSWJDFGBDUPSJT produce extremely high starting torque. High torque
loads are produced when the motor trips out for a
Class Numbers fB
very short time and then the trip re-closes.
I 1.0 - 1.39 t (FOFSBUPST IBWF FYUSFNFMZ IJHI MPBET XIFO UIFZ
are out of phase with the main system and when
II 1.4 - 1.99 there are across the line short circuits.
III ö
Adjustments to the gear drive selection may be
Application class numbers may be selected from the necessary when one or more of the following exist:
table. Some operational characteristics that affect an
application’s classification are: t &YUSFNFTPGUFNQFSBUVSFBOEFOWJSPONFOU
t Starting conditions: Starting conditions where peak t Lubrication. Any lubricant not in accordance with
loads exceed 200 percent of rated load, applications NORD’s recommendations.
with frequent starts and stops and reversing applica- t Misalignment and distortions due to inadequate
tions require special analysis. Rated load is defined as foundations.
the unit rating with an application class number of I t Reversing applications.
 TFSWJDFGBDUPS 
t High-risk applications involving human safety.
tOverloads: Loads in excess of the rated load are con-
sidered overloads. Overload can be of momentary 5IFQVSQPTFPGUIJTUBCMFJTUPQSPWJEFBHVJEFJOUIF
duration, periodic, quasi-steady state, or vibratory selection and application of gear drives designed and
JOOBUVSF5IFNBHOJUVEFBOEUIFOVNCFSPGTUSFTT rated in accordance with AGMA Standard 6009.
cycles require special analysis to prevent low cycle
fatigue or yield stress failure. Applications with 5IFTFSWJDFGBDUPSUBCMFIBTCFFOEFWFMPQFEGSPNUIF
high torque motors, motors for intermitent opera- experience of manufacturers and users of gear drives
tion and applications where extreme repetitive for use in common applications and has been found
shock occurs or where high-energy loads must be to be generally satisfactory for the listed industries
absorbed as when stalling require special when gears are applied using AGMA standards. It is
consideration. recommended that the user and NORD Gear agree
tBrake equipped applications: When a gear drive is upon class numbers for special applications when
equipped with a brake that is used to decelerate variations of the table may be required.
the motion of the system, select the drive based on
the brake rating or the equivalent power, which
ever is greater. If the brake is located on the output
shaft of the gear drive, special analysis is required.
t Reliability and life requirement: Applications re-
quiring a high degree of reliability or unusually
long life should be given careful consideration by
the user and NORD GEAR before assigning an appli-
cation class number. High reliability and life should
be addressed by using an increased safety factor
agreed to between NORD and the purchaser.

42 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


INTRODUCTION
AGMA
Service Classes
Load Duration Load Duration
Up to 3-10 Over Up to 3-10 Over
Application 3 hrs hrs 10 hrs Application 3 hrs hrs 10 hrs
per per per per per per
day day day day day day
AGITATORS (mixers) ELEVATORS
Pure Liquids I I II Bucket I II II
Liquids and Solids I II II CentrifugaI Discharge I I II
-JRVJETo7BSJBCMF%FOTJUZ I II II EscaIators I I II
BLOWERS Freight I II II
Centrifugal I I II Gravity Discharge I I II
Lobe I II II EXTRUDERS
7BOF I II II GeneraI II II II
BREWING AND DISTILLING PIastics
BottIing Machinery I I II 7BSJBC*F4QFFE%SJWF III III III
Brew KettIes – Continuous Duty II II II Fixed Speed Drive III III III
Cookers – Continuous Duty II II II Rubber
.BTI5VCTo$POUJOVPVT%VUZ II II II Continuous Screw Operation III III III
ScaIe Hopper – Frequent Starts II II II Intermittent Screw Operation III III III
CAN FILLING MACHINES I I II FANS
CAR DUMPERS II III III CentrifugaI I I II
CAR PULLERS I II II $PP*JOH5PXFST III III III
CLARIFIERS I I II Forced Draft II II II
CLASSIFIERS I II II Induced Draft II II II
CLAY WORKING MACHINERY IndustriaI & Mine II II II
Brick Press II III III FEEDERS
Briquette Machine II III III Apron I II II
Pug MiII I II II BeIt I II II
COMPACTORS III III III Disc I I II
COMPRESSORS Reciprocating II III III
CentrifugaI I I II Screw I II II
Lobe I II II FOOD INDUSTRY
Reciprocating, MuIti-CyIinder II II III CereaI Cooker I I II
Reciprocating, SingIe-CyIinder III III III Dough Mixer II II II
CONVEYORS – GENERAL PURPOSE Meat Grinders II II II
IncIudes Apron, AssembIe, BeIt, Slicers I II II
Bucket, Chain, FIight, Oven and Screw GENERATORS AND EXCITERS II II II
6OJGPSN*Z*PBEFEPS'FE I I II HAMMER MILLS III III III
)FBWZ%VUZo/PU6OJGPSN*Z'FE I II II HOISTS
Severe Duty – Reciprocating or Shaker II III III Heavy Duty III III III
CRANES Medium Duty II II II
Main Hoist Skip Hoist II II II
Medium Duty II II II LAUNDRY TUMBLERS II II II
Heavy Duty III III III LAUNDRY WASHERS II II III
Reversing II II II
Skip Hoist II II II
5SP**FZ%SJWF II II II
Bridge Drive II II II
CRUSHER
Stone or Ore III III III
DREDGES
CabIe ReeIs II II II
Conveyors II II II
Cutter Head Dives III III III
Pumps III III III
Screen Drives III III III
Stackers II II II
Winches II II II

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 43


INTRODUCTION

AGMA
Service Classes
Load Duration Load Duration
Up to 3-10 Over Up to 3-10 Over
Application 3 hrs hrs 10 hrs Application 3 hrs hrs 10 hrs
per per per per per per
day day day day day day
LUMBER INDUSTRY MILLS, ROTARY TYPE
Barkers BaII & Rod
SpindIe Feed II II II Spur Ring Gear III III III
Main Drive III III III HeIicaI Ring Gear II II II
Conveyors Direct Connected III III III
Burner II II II Cement KiIns II II II
Main or Heavy Duty II II II Dryers & CooIers II II II
Main Iog III III III PAPER MILLS1)
Re-saw, Merry-Go-Round II II II "HJUBUPS .JYFS II II II
SIab III III III Agitator for Pure Iiquors II II II
5SBOTGFS II II II Barking Drums III III III
Chains Barkers – MechanicaI III III III
FIoor II II II Beater II II II
Green II II III Breaker Stack II II II
Cut-Off Saws CaIender2) II II II
Chain II II III Chipper III III III
Drag II II III Chip Feeder II II II
Debarking Drums III III III Coating RoIIs II II II
Feeds Conveyors
Edger II II II Chip, Bark, ChemicaI II II II
Gang II III III *PH JOD*VEJOH4*BC III III III
5SJNNFS II II II Couch RoIIs II II II
Long Deck III III III Cutter III III III
-PH)BV*To*OD*JOFo8F**5ZQF III III III CyIinder MoIds II II II
-PH5VSOJOH%FWJDFT III III III Dryers2)
Planer Feed II II II Paper Machine II II II
1*BOFS5J*UJOH)PJTUT II II II $POWFZPS5ZQF II II II
RoIIs – Iive-off brg. – RoII Cases III III III Embosser II II II
4PSUJOH5BC*F II II II Extruder II II II
5JQQ*F)PJTU II II II 'PVSESJOJFS3P**T *OD*VEFT*VNQ#SFBLFS
5SBOTGFST %BOEZ3P** 8JSF5VSOJOH BOE
Chain II II III Return RoIIs) II II II
Craneway II II III +PSEBO II II II
5SBZ%SJWFT II II II KiIn Drive II II II
7FOFFS-BUIF%SJWFT II II II Mt. Hope RoII II II II
METAL MILLS Paper RoIIs II II II
Draw Bench Carriage and Main Drive II II II Platter II II II
3VOPVU5BC*F Presses – FeIt & Suction II II II
Non-reversing PuIper III III III
Group Drives II II II 1VNQTo7BDVVN II II II
IndividuaI Drives III III III 3FF* 4VSGBDF5ZQF II II II
Reversing III III III Screens
SIab Pushers II II II Chip II II II
Shears III III III Rotary II II II
Wire drawing II II II 7JCSBUJOH III III III
Wire Winding Machine II II II Size Press II II II
METAL STRIP PROCESSING MACHINERY SupercaIendar3) II II II
BridIes II II II 5IJDLFOFS "$.PUPS II II II
$PJ*FST6ODPJ*FST I I II 5IJDLFOFS %$.PUPS II II II
&EHF5SJNNFST I II II 8BTIFS "$.PUPS II II II
FIatteners II II II 8BTIFS %$.PUPS II II II
-PPQFST "DDVNV*BUPST I I I 8JOEBOE6OXJOE4UBOE I I I
Pinch RoIIs II II I 8JOEFST 4VSGBDF5ZQF II II II
Scrap Choppers II II II :BOLFF%SZFST2) II II II
Shears III III III
Slitters I II II

44 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


INTRODUCTION
AGMA
Service Classes
Load Duration Load Duration
Up to 3-10 Over Up to 3-10 Over
Application 3 hrs hrs 10 hrs Application 3 hrs hrs 10 hrs
per per per per per per
day day day day day day
PLASTICS INDUSTRY – SCREENS
PRIMARY PROCESSING Air Washing I I II
Intensive InternaI Mixers Rotary – Stone or GraveI II II II
Batch Mixers III III III 5SBWF*JOH8BUFS*OUBLF* I I I
Continuous Mixers II II II SCREW CONVEYORS
Batch Drop MiII – 2 smooth roIIs II II II 6OJGPSN*Z*PBEFEPS'FE I I II
Continuous Feed, HoIding & II II II Heavy Duty I II II
Biend MiII CaIendars II II II SUGAR INDUSTRY
PLASTICS INDUSTRY – Beet SIicer III III III
SECONDARY PROCESSING Cane Knives II II II
BIow MoIders II II II Crushers II II II
Coating II II II .J**T *PXTQFFEFOE III III III
FiIm II II II TEXTILE INDUSTRY
Pipe II II II Batchers II II II
Pre-PIasticizers II II II CaIendars II II II
Rods II II II Cards II II II
Sheet II II II Dry Cans II II II
5VCJOH II II II Dyeing Machinery II II II
PULLERS – BARGE HAUL II II II Looms II II II
PUMPS MangIes II II II
CentrifugaI I I II Nappers II II II
Proportioning II II II Pads II II II
Reciprocating Siashers II II II
SingIe Acting, 3 or more cyIinders II II II Soapers II II II
DoubIe Acting, 2 or more cyIinders II II II Spinners II II II
Rotary 5FOUFS'SBNFT II II II
(FBS5ZQF I I II Washers II II II
Lobe I I II Winders II II II
7BOF I I II
RUBBER INDUSTRY
Notes to GEARMOTOR SERVICE FACTOR tabIe:
Intensive InternaI Mixers   5IF D*BTT OVNCFST *JTUFE GPS QBQFS NJ** BQQ*JDBUJPOT BSF
Batch Mixers III III III DPOTJTUFOUXJUIUIPTFTIPXOJO5"11* 5FDIOJDB*"TTPDJBUJPO
Continuous Mixers II II II PG1V*QBOE1BQFS*OEVTUSZ 5FDIOJDB**OGPSNBUJPO4IFFU
Mixing MiII  4FSWJDF'BDUPSTGPS(FBSTPONBKPS&RVJQNFOUJOUIF
2 smooth roIIs II II II Paper and PuIp Industry.
1 or 2 corrugated roIIs III III III
2) Anti-friction bearings onIy.
Batch Drop MiII – 2 smooth roIIs II II II
Cracker Warmer – 2 roII, 1 corrugated roII III III III 3) A CIass Number of I may be applied at base speed of a super-
Cracker – 2 corrugated roIIs III III III caIendar operating over a speed range of part-range constant
HoIding, Feed & BIend MiII – 2 roIIs II II II horsepower and part-range constant torque where the con-
Refiner – 2 roIIs II II II stant horsepower speed range is greater than 1.5 to 1. A CIass
CaIendars II II II Number of II is appIicabIe to supercaIendars operating over
SAND MULLER II II II the entire speed range at constant torque or where the con-
SEWAGE DISPOSAL EQUIPMENT stant horsepower speed range is Iess than 1.5 to1.
Bar Screens II II II
ChemicaI Feeders II II II
Dewatering Screens II II II
Scum Breakers II II II
SIow or Rapid Mixers II II II
SIudge CoIIectors II II II
5IJDLFOFS II II II
7BDVVN'J*UFST II II II

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 45


INTRODUCTION

AGMA
Service Factors
Speed Reducers Load Duration
Before an encIosed speed reducer or increaser can be se- Up to 3-10 Over
lected for any application, an equivalent unit power rat- Application 3 hrs hrs 10 hrs
JOH TFSWJDF GBDUPS    NVTU CF EFUFSNJOFE 5IJT JT EPOF per per per
day day day
by muItipIying the specified power by the service factor.
Since the service factor represents the normaI relationship
between the gear unit rating and the required application AGITATORS (mixers)
power, it is suggested that the service factor be applied to Pure Liquids 1.00 1.00 1.25
the nameplate rating of the prime mover or driven machine Liquids and Solids 1.00 1.25 1.50
rating, as appIicabIe.
-JRVJETo7BSJBCMF%FOTJUZ 1.00 1.25 1.50
NORD GEAR and the user must agree upon which power, BLOWERS
prime mover rating or driven machine requirements, shouId
dictate the seIection of the gear drive. It is necessary that Centrifugal 1.00 1.25 1.50
the gear drive seIected have a rated unit capacity equaI to Lobe 1.00 1.25 1.50
PSJOFYDFTTPGUIJTwFRVJWBMFOUVOJUQPXFSSBUJOHw 7BOF 1.00 1.00 1.25
AII service factors Iisted are 1.0 or greater. Service factors BREWING AND DISTILLING
Iess than 1.0 can be used in some appIications when speci- BottIing Machinery 1.00 1.00 1.25
fied by the user and agreed to by NORD GEAR. Brew KettIes – Continuous Duty 1.00 1.00 1.25
5IF 3&%6$&3 4&37*$& '"$503 UBC*F TIPV*E CF VTFE XJUI Cookers – Continuous Duty 1.00 1.00 1.25
caution, since much higher vaIues have occurred in some ap- .BTI5VCTo$POUJOVPVT%VUZ 1.00 1.00 1.25
Q*JDBUJPOT 7B*VFT BT IJHI BT UFO IBWF CFFO VTFE 0O TPNF
appIications up to six times nominaI torque can occur, such ScaIe Hopper – Frequent Starts 1.00 1.25 1.50
BT 5VSCJOF(FOFSBUPS ESJWFT  )FBWZ 1*BUF BOE #J**FU SP**JOH CAN FILLING MACHINES 1.00 1.00 1.25
miIIs. CAR DUMPERS 1.25 1.50 
It has been deveIoped from the experience of manufactur- CAR PULLERS 1.00 1.25 1.50
ers and users of gear drives for use in common appIications. CLARIFIERS 1.00 1.00 1.25
It is suggested that service factors for speciaI appIications CLASSIFIERS 1.00 1.25 1.50
be agreed upon by the user and NORD GEAR when varia-
tions of the vaIues in the tabIe may be required. CLAY WORKING MACHINERY
Brick Press 1.25 1.50 
Service factors shown are for reducers driven by motors
F*FDUSJDPSIZESBV*JD BOEUVSCJOFT TUFBNPSHBT BDDPSEJOH Briquette Machine 1.25 1.50 
to AGMA 6010. When the driver is a singIe cyIinder or muI- Pug MiII 1.00 1.25 1.50
ti-cyIinder engine, the service factors from the tabIe must COMPACTORS 1.50  2.00
be modified for the appropriate type of prime mover. COMPRESSORS
As an exampIe, if the application is a centrifugaI bIower, CentrifugaI 1.00 1.00 1.25
UIF TFSWJDF GBDUPS GSPN UIF 3&%6$&3 4&37*$& '"$503 UB- Lobe 1.00 1.25 1.50
C*FJTGPSBNPUPSPSUVSCJOF5IF$0/7&34*0/5"#-&
DIBOHFTUIJTWB*VFUPGPSBTJOH*FDZ*JOEFSFOHJOFBOE Reciprocating, MuIti-CyIinder 1.00 1.25 1.50
1.50 for a muIti-cyIinder engine. Reciprocating, SingIe-CyIinder 1.25 1.50 
CONVEYORS – GENERAL PURPOSE
CAUTION 6OJGPSNMZMPBEFEPSGFE 1.00 1.00 1.25
Not uniformly fed 1.00 1.25 1.50
Any user of encIosed gear drives shouId make sure that the
Reciprocating or shaker 1.25 1.50 
Iatest avaiIabIe information affecting the seIection of a gear
drive is used. When better Ioad intensity data is avaiIabIe on CRANES
the driving or driven equipment, this shouId be considered Dry dock
when a service factor is seIected. Main hoist 1.25 1.50 
Auxilliary hoist 1.25 1.50 
Conversion Table
Boom hoist 1.25 1.50 
Electric Motor,
Single-Cylinder Multi-Cylinder Slewing drive 1.25 1.50 
Steam & Gas
Engines Engines 5SBDUJPOESJWF 1.50 1.50 1.50
Turbines, Hydraulics
Industrial Duty
1.00 1.50 1.25
1.25  1.50 Main hoist 1.00 1.25 1.50
1.50 2.0  CRUSHER
 2.25 2.00 Stone or ore 1.50  2.00
2.00 2.50 2.25
2.25  2.50
2.50 3.00 
 3.25 3.00
3.00 3.50 3.25

46 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


INTRODUCTION
AGMA
Service Factors
Load Duration Load Duration
Up to 3-10 Over Up to 3-10 Over
Application 3 hrs hrs 10 hrs Application 3 hrs hrs 10 hrs
per per per per per per
day day day day day day

DREDGES LUMBER INDUSTRY


Cable reels 1.00 1.25 1.50 Barkers 1.25 1.25 1.50
Conveyors 1.00 1.25 1.50 SpindIe Feed 1.50 1.50 1.50
Cutter Head Dives 1.25 1.50  Main Drive 1.25 1.25 1.50
Pumps 1.00 1.25 1.50 Conveyors
Screen Drives 1.25 1.50  Burner 1.25 1.25 1.50
Stackers 1.00 1.25 1.50 Main or Heavy Duty 1.50 1.50 1.50
Winches 1.00 1.25 1.50 Main Iog 1.50 1.50 
ELEVATORS Re-saw, Merry-Go-Round 1.25 1.25 1.50
Bucket 1.00 1.25 1.50 SIab 1.50 1.50 
CentrifugaI Discharge 1.00 1.00 1.25 5SBOTGFS 1.25 1.25 1.50
Gravity Discharge 1.00 1.00 1.25 Chains
EXTRUDERS FIoor 1.50 1.50 1.50
GeneraI 1.25 1.25 1.25 Green 1.50 1.50 1.50
PIastics Cut-Off Saws
7BSJBC*F4QFFE%SJWF 1.50 1.50 1.50 Chain 1.50 1.50 1.50
Fixed Speed Drive    Drag 1.50 1.50 1.50
Rubber Debarking Drums 1.50 1.50 
Continuous Screw Operation 1.50 1.50 1.50 Feeds
Intermittent Screw Operation    Edger 1.25 1.25 1.50
FANS Gang 1.50 1.50 1.50
CentrifugaI 1.00 1.00 1.25 5SJNNFS 1.25 1.25 1.50
Forced Draft 1.25 1.25 1.25 Long Deck 1.50 1.50 1.50
Induced Draft 1.00 1.25 1.50 -PH)BV*To*OD*JOFo8F**5ZQF 1.50 1.50 1.50
IndustriaI & Mine 1.00 1.25 1.50 -PH5VSOJOH%FWJDFT 1.50 1.50 1.50
FEEDERS Planer Feed 1.25 1.25 1.50
Apron 1.00 1.25 1.50 1*BOFS5J*UJOH)PJTUT 1.50 1.50 1.50
BeIt 1.00 1.25 1.50 RoIIs – Iive-off brg. – RoII Cases 1.50 1.50 1.50
Disc 1.00 1.00 1.25 4PSUJOH5BC*F 1.25 1.50 1.50
Reciprocating 1.25 1.50  5JQQ*F)PJTU 1.25 1.25 1.50
Screw 1.00 1.25 1.50 5SBOTGFST
FOOD INDUSTRY Chain 1.50 1.50 1.50
CereaI Cooker 1.00 1.00 1.25 Causeway 1.50 1.50 1.50
Dough Mixer 1.00 1.25 1.50 5SBZ%SJWFT 1.25 1.25 1.50
Meat Grinders 1.00 1.25 1.50 METAL MILLS
Slicers 1.00 1.25 1.50 Draw Bench Carriage and Main Drive 1.00 1.25 1.50
GENERATORS AND EXCITERS 1.00 1.00 1.25 3VOPVU5BC*F
HAMMER MILLS 1.50 1.50  Non-reversing
HOISTS Group Drives 1.00 1.25 1.50
Heavy Duty 1.25 1.50  IndividuaI Drives 1.50 1.50 
Medium Duty 1.00 1.25 1.50 Reversing 1.50 1.50 
Skip Hoist 1.00 1.25 1.50 SIab Pushers 1.25 1.25 1.50
LAUNDRY TUMBLERS 1.00 1.25 1.50 Shears 1.50 1.50 
LAUNDRY WASHERS 1.25 1.25 1.50 Wire drawing 1.00 1.25 1.50
Wire Winding Machine 1.00 1.25 1.50

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 


INTRODUCTION

AGMA
Service Factors
Load Duration Load Duration
Up to 3-10 Over Up to 3-10 Over
Application 3 hrs hrs 10 hrs Application 3 hrs hrs 10 hrs
per per per per per per
day day day day day day

METAL STRIP PROCESSING MACHINERY PAPER MILLS (cont)


Bridles 1.25 1.25 1.50 Presses – FeIt & Suction 1.25 1.25 1.25
Coilers and uncoilers 1.00 1.00 1.25 PuIper 1.50 1.50 
&EHF5SJNNFST 1.00 1.25 1.50 1VNQTo7BDVVN 1.50 1.50 1.50
Flatteners 1.00 1.25 1.50 3FF* 4VSGBDF5ZQF 1.25 1.25 1.50
-PPQFST BDDVNVMBUPST 1.00 1.00 1.00 Screens
Pinch rolls 1.00 1.25 1.50 Chip 1.50 1.50 1.50
Scrap choppers 1.00 1.25 1.50 Rotary 1.50 1.50 1.50
Shears 1.50 1.50  7JCSBUJOH   
Slitters 1.00 1.25 1.50 Size Press 1.25 1.25 1.25
MILLS, ROTARY TYPE SupercaIendar3) 1.25 1.25 1.25
BaII & Rod 5IJDLFOFS "$.PUPS 1.50 1.50 1.50
Spur Ring Gear 1.50 1.50  5IJDLFOFS %$.PUPS 1.25 1.25 1.25
HeIicaI Ring Gear 1.50 1.50 1.50 8BTIFS "$.PUPS 1.50 1.50 1.50
Direct Connected 1.50 1.50  8BTIFS %$.PUPS 1.25 1.25 1.25
Cement KiIns 1.50 1.50 1.50 8JOEBOE6OXJOE4UBOE 1.00 1.00 1.00
Dryers & CooIers 1.50 1.50 1.50 8JOEFST 4VSGBDF5ZQF 1.25 1.25 1.25
MIXERS CONCRETE 1.00 1.25 1.50 :BOLFF%SZFST2) 1.25 1.25 1.25
PAPER MILLS1) PLASTICS INDUSTRY –
"HJUBUPS .JYFS 1.50 1.50 1.50 PRIMARY PROCESSING
Agitator for Pure Iiquors 1.25 1.25 1.25 Intensive InternaI Mixers
Barking Drums    Batch Mixers   
Barkers – MechanicaI    Continuous Mixers 1.50 1.50 1.50
Beater 1.50 1.50 1.50 Batch Drop MiII – 2 smooth roIIs
Breaker Stack 1.25 1.25 1.25 Continuous Feed, HoIding & Biend MiII 1.25 1.25 1.25
CaIender2) 1.25 1.25 1.25 CaIendars 1.50 1.50 1.50
Chipper    PLASTICS INDUSTRY –
Chip Feeder 1.50 1.50 1.50 SECONDARY PROCESSING
Coating RoIIs 1.25 1.25 1.25 BIow MoIders 1.50 1.50 1.50
Conveyors Coating 1.25 1.25 1.25
Chip, Bark, ChemicaI 1.25 1.25 1.25 FiIm 1.25 1.25 1.25
*PH JOD*VEJOH4*BC    Pipe 1.25 1.25 1.25
Couch RoIIs 1.25 1.25 1.25 Pre-PIasticizers 1.50 1.50 1.50
Cutter    Rods 1.25 1.25 1.25
CyIinder MoIds 1.25 1.25 125 Sheet 1.25 1.25 1.25
Dryers2) 5VCJOH 1.25 1.25 1.50
Paper Machine 1.25 1.25 1.25 PULLERS – BARGE HAUL 1.00 1.50 
$POWFZPS5ZQF 1.25 1.25 1.25 PUMPS
Embosser 1.25 1.25 1.25 CentrifugaI 1.00 1.00 1.25
Extruder 1.50 1.50 1.50 Proportioning 1.00 1.25 1.50
'PVSESJOJFS3P**T *OD*VEFT*VNQ#SFBLFS Reciprocating
%BOEZ3P** 8JSF5VSOJOH BOE SingIe Acting, 3 or more cyIinders 1.00 1.25 1.50
Return RoIIs) 1.25 1.25 1.25 DoubIe Acting, 2 or more cyIinders 1.00 1.25 1.50
+PSEBO 1.25 1.25 1.25 Rotary
KiIn Drive 1.50 1.50 1.50 (FBS5ZQF 1.00 1.00 1.50
Mt. Hope RoII 1.25 1.25 1.25 Lobe 1.00 1.00 1.25
Paper RoIIs 1.25 1.25 1.25 7BOF 1.00 1.00 1.25

48 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


INTRODUCTION
AGMA
Service Factors
Load Duration Load Duration
Up to 3-10 Over Up to 3-10 Over
Application 3 hrs hrs 10 hrs Application 3 hrs hrs 10 hrs
per per per per per per
day day day day day day

RUBBER INDUSTRY TEXTILE INDUSTRY


Intensive InternaI Mixers Batchers 1.00 1.25 1.50
Batch Mixers 1.50   CaIendars 1.00 1.25 1.50
Continuous Mixers 1.25 1.50 1.50 Cards 1.00 1.25 1.50
Mixing MiII Dry Cans 1.00 1.25 1.50
2 smooth roIIs 1.50 1.50 1.50 Dyeing Machinery 1.00 1.25 1.50
1 or 2 corrugated roIIs    Looms 1.00 1.25 1.50
Batch Drop MiII – 2 smooth roIIs 1.50 1.50 1.50 MangIes 1.00 1.25 1.50
Cracker Warmer – 2 roII, 1 corrugated roII    Nappers 1.00 1.25 1.50
Cracker – 2 corrugated roIIs    Pads 1.00 1.25 1.50
HoIding, Feed & BIend MiII – 2 roIIs 1.25 1.25 1.25 Siashers 1.00 1.25 1.50
Refiner – 2 roIIs 1.50 1.50 1.50 Soapers 1.00 1.25 1.50
CaIendars 1.50 1.50 1.50 Spinners 1.00 1.25 1.50
SAND MILLER 1.00 1.25 1.50 5FOUFS'SBNFT 1.00 1.25 1.50
SEWAGE DISPOSAL EQUIPMENT Washers 1.00 1.25 1.50
Bar Screens 1.00 1.00 1.25 Winders 1.00 1.25 1.50
ChemicaI Feeders 1.00 1.25
Dewatering Screens 1.00 1.25 1.50
Notes to REDUCER SERVICE FACTOR tabIe:
Scum Breakers 1.00 1.25 1.50
SIow or Rapid Mixers 1.00 1.25 1.50 1) Service factors for paper miII appIications are ap-
SIudge CoIIectors 1.00 1.00 1.25 plied to the nameplate rating of the eIectric motor at
5IJDLFOFS 1.00 1.25 1.50 the motor rated based speed.
7BDVVN'J*UFST 1.00 1.25 1.50  "OUJGSJDUJPOCFBSJOHTPO*Z6TFGPST*FFWFCFBS-
SCREENS ings.
Air Washing 1.00 1.00 1.25 3) A service factor of 1.0 may be applied at base speed
Rotary – Stone or GraveI 1.00 1.25 1.50 of a super caIender operating over-speed range of
5SBWF*JOH8BUFS*OUBLF* 1.00 1.00 1.25 part range constant horsepower, part range constant
SCREW CONVEYORS torque where the constant horsepower speed range
6OJGPSN*Z*PBEFEPS'FE is greater that 1.5 to 1. A service factor of 1.25 is ap-
Heavy Duty pIicabIe to super caIenders operating over the entire
SUGAR INDUSTRY speed range at constant torque or where the con-
Beet SIicer 1.50 1.50  stant horsepower speed range is Iess than 1.5 to 1.
Cane Knives 1.50 1.50 1.50 Explanatory notes.
Crushers 1.50 1.50 1.50
.J**T *PXTQFFEFOE 1.50 1.50 1.50

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 49


INTRODUCTION

NORDBLOC®.1
Weights lb
Approximate Gearmotor Weights [lb]

100 L

100 LA

112MH

132 S

132 M

160 M

160 L

180 MX

180 LX
63S

63 L

71 S

71 L

80 S

80 L

90 S

90 L

200 L

225 S
Type

SK 072.1 14 14 14 14 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

SK 172.1 18 18 18 18 27 31 36 44 - - - - - - - - - - -

SK 372.1 23 25 27 29 33 35 42 46 55 62 - - - - - - - - -
SK 373.1 24 26 28 30 34 36 43 47 - - 84 - - - - - - - -

SK 572.1 - - - 46 50 52 58 63 72 78 100 - - - - - - - -
SK 573.1 41 42 45 47 51 53 60 64 73 79 100 - - - - - - - -

SK 672.1 - - - - 62 64 71 75 84 90 111 141 165 - - - - - -


SK 673.1 54 56 58 60 64 66 73 77 86 93 113 - - - - - - - -

SK 772.1 - - - - - - - - 110 117 137 168 192 251 - - - - -


SK 773.1 - 83 86 88 92 94 100 105 114 120 142 171 195 - - - - - -

SK 872.1 - - - - - - - - 186 193 214 244 268 328 383 414 482 - -
SK 873.1 - - - - - - 178 182 191 197 219 248 272 332 388 - - - -

SK 972.1 - - - - - - - - - - 300 330 354 414 469 500 570 642 714
SK 973.1 - - - - - - 249 254 262 269 305 335 360 419 474 505 573 - -
Above weights are approximate. Depending upon ratio, oil quantity and optional equipment, reducer weights may be different than shown.
Exact weights can be obtained after the unit is fully assembled.

Approximate Reducer Weights [lb]

Type W 48C 56C 140TC 180TC 210TC 250TC 280TC 320TC

SK 072.1 - 9 9 - - - - - -

SK 172.1 15 - 15 15 - - - - -

SK 372.1 24 - 22 22 24 - - - -
SK 373.1 26 - 24 24 -

SK 572.1 40 - 40 40 42 - - - -
SK 573.1 42 - 42 42 44 - - - -

SK 672.1 53 - 51 51 53 57 - - -
SK 673.1 55 - 53 53 60 - - - -

SK 772.1 93 - 88 88 97 105 126 - -


SK 773.1 97 - 93 93 101 110 130 - -

SK 872.1 192 - - 180 196 196 227 249 -


SK 873.1 196 - - 185 201 201 232 254 -

SK 972.1 278 - - 267 283 283 314 336 382


SK 973.1 282 - - 272 287 287 318 340 -
Above weights are approximate. Depending upon ratio, oil quantity and optional equipment, reducer weights may be different than shown.
Exact weights can be obtained after the unit is fully assembled.

50 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


INTRODUCTION
NORDBLOC® .1
Crossover
Crossover to the NORDBLOC® .1
8JUIUIFQSPEVDUSFEFTJHOXFIBWFFMJNJOBUFEUIFTJ[FT 4,4,4,4,5IFTFTJ[FEVOJUTIBE
UIFTBNFEJNFOTJPOTBTUIF4,4,4,4,VOJUT *OUIFDBTFPGUIF4,4,4,4,
UIFTIBGUTJ[FXBTUIFPOMZEJGGFSFODF5IBUJTXIZUIF4,VOJUTBSFOPXBWBJMBCMFXJUIUXPTIBGUsizes.
NORDBLOC® NORDBLOC® .1 Notes
4, new
4, 4,
4, 4,
4, 4,
4, 4,
4, 4,
4, 4, 4IBGUwNNPSwNN
4, 4, 4IBGUwNNPSwNN
4, 4, 4IBGUwNNPSwNN
4, 4, 4IBGUwNNPSwNN
4, 4,
4, 4,
4, 4,
4, 4,
4, 4,
4, 4,
4, 4,
4, 4,

Basic Dimensions
V V

U U

E BA F BA F
A B B

Size A B BA D E F U V
SK 072.1 4.09 4.29 1.89 2.56 3.35 3.74 0.750 1.57
SK 172.1 5.51 5.31 2.28 2.95 4.33 4.33 0.750 1.57
SK 372.1
5.91 6.30 2.95 3.54 4.33 5.12 1.000 1.97
SK 373.1
SK 572.1
7.48 7.87 3.54 4.53 5.31 6.50 1.250 & 1.375 2.36 & 2.75
SK 573.1
SK 672.1
8.27 9.25 3.93 5.12 5.91 7.68 1.375 2.75
SK 673.1
SK 772.1
9.33 9.65 4.57 5.51 6.69 8.07 1.625 3.15
SK 773.1
SK 872.1
11.81 12.20 5.55 7.09 8.46 10.24 2.125 3.94
SK 873.1
SK 972.1
13.70 14.37 6.33 8.86 9.84 12.20 2.375 4.77
SK 973.1

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 51


INTRODUCTION

Notes

52 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


NORDBLOC.1® GEARMOTORS

Gearmotor
Selection
tIQ
tIQ
tIQ
tIQ
tIQ
tIQ
tIQ
tIQ
tIQ
tIQ
tIQ
tIQ
tIQ
tIQ
tIQ
tIQ
tIQ

www.nord.com
Motor Output Output Service AGMA Gear
Power Speed Torque Factor Class Ratio
Pn n2 Ta fB itot

[hp] [rpm] [Ib-in]


0.16 108 93 8.0 III 
91 110  III 18.60
83 121 6.2 III 
 133 6.1 III 22.42
69  5.5 III 24.80
62 164 5.0 III 
55 184 4.4 III 31.00
49 205  III 34.52
44 230 3.3 III 
41 245 3.1 III 41.36
   III 46.43
31 321 2.3 III 54.03
  1.5 II 62.36
24 415 1.5 II 
21 483 1.5 II 81.45

53
0.16 hp
Gearmotors
Motor Output Output Service AGMA Gear Standard Heavy Duty Model Weight Dim.
Power Speed Torque Factor Class Ratio Bearings Bearings (VL) Type Page
Pn n2 T2 fB itot FR N FA N FR VL FA VL
OHL Thrust OHL Thrust lb
[hp] [rpm] [Ib-in] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [lb]
0.16 810 13 21.1 III 2.10   n/a n/a SK 072.1 - 63S/4 14 104
GEARMOTORS

 14  III 2.33 360 629 n/a n/a


661 15 21.1 III   649 n/a n/a
596   III 2.85 384 658 n/a n/a
 18 21.1 III 2.95 389 658 n/a n/a
518 20  III 3.28 402 658 n/a n/a
 21 19.9 III 3.58 414 658 n/a n/a
434 23  III 3.92 426 658 n/a n/a
394 26  III 4.31 440 658 n/a n/a
356 28 16.5 III  454 658 n/a n/a
320 32 15.4 III 5.31  658 n/a n/a
309 33 14.8 III 5.50  658 n/a n/a
285 36  III 5.96 488 658 n/a n/a
259 39 12.0 III  503 658 n/a n/a
235 43 11.3 III  518 658 n/a n/a
191 53 9.2 III 8.91 554 658 n/a n/a
 60 8.2 III 10.00 563 658 n/a n/a
 69 6.4 III 11.56 563 658 n/a n/a
129  5.3 III 13.20 563 658 n/a n/a
118 86 5.3 III 14.40 563 658 n/a n/a
108 94 5.2 III  563 658 n/a n/a
98 104  III  563 658 n/a n/a
89 115 4.2 III 19.20 563 658 n/a n/a
80 128 3.8 III 21.38 563 658 n/a n/a
 133  III 22.22 563 658 n/a n/a
69 148 3.3 III  563 658 n/a n/a
61 166 2.9 III  563 658 n/a n/a
52 194 2.5 III 32.45 563 658 n/a n/a
  2.2 III 36.43 563 658 n/a n/a
40 251 1.8 II 42.10 563 658 n/a n/a
35 292 1.4 II 49.00 563 658 n/a n/a
31 328 1.3 I 55.00 563 658 n/a n/a
  1.2 I 63.56 563 658 n/a n/a

 14  III 2.32 630 863 n/a n/a SK 172.1 - 63S/4 18 106
683 15 24.1 III 2.49 630  n/a n/a
625 16  III  630  n/a n/a
582  24.1 III 2.92 630  n/a n/a
528 19  III 3.22 630  n/a n/a
491 21 23.2 III 3.46 630  n/a n/a
449 23 23.1 III  630  n/a n/a
408 25 23.1 III  630  n/a n/a
368 28 23.1 III 4.62 630  n/a n/a
331 31 24.0 III 5.14 630  n/a n/a
295 34 19.8 III  630  n/a n/a
264 38 18.9 III 6.43 630  n/a n/a
240 42  III  630  n/a n/a
  15.5 III  630  n/a n/a
195 52 15.0 III  630  n/a n/a
 58 12.9 III  630  n/a n/a
 65 11.8 III 10.83 630  n/a n/a
149 68 11.1 III 11.39 630  n/a n/a
141   III 12.06 630  n/a n/a
126 81 9.3 III 13.54 630  n/a n/a

"(."$MBTT*GB 1.0 - 1.39 **GB 1.4 - 1.99 ***GBö fB

54 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


0.16 hp
Gearmotors
Motor Output Output Service AGMA Gear Standard Heavy Duty Model Weight Dim.
Power Speed Torque Factor Class Ratio Bearings Bearings (VL) Type Page
Pn n2 T2 fB itot FR N FA N FR VL FA VL
OHL Thrust OHL Thrust lb
[hp] [rpm] [Ib-in] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [lb]
0.16 108 94 8.0 III  630  n/a n/a SK 172.1 - 63S/4 18 106

GEARMOTORS
91 111  III 18.60 630  n/a n/a
83 122 6.2 III  630  n/a n/a
 134 6.1 III 22.42 630  n/a n/a
69 148 5.5 III 24.80 630  n/a n/a
62 165 4.9 III  630  n/a n/a
55 185 4.4 III 31.00 630  n/a n/a
49 206  III 34.52 630  n/a n/a
44 231 3.3 III  630  n/a n/a
41  3.0 III 41.36 630  n/a n/a
   III 46.43 630  n/a n/a
31 322 2.3 III 54.03 630  n/a n/a
  1.5 II 62.36 630  n/a n/a
24 418 1.5 II  630  n/a n/a
21 483 1.5 II 81.45 630  n/a n/a

28 363  III 60.83  2295 1800 2295 SK 372.1 - 63S/4* 23 109
 382  III 64.06  2295 1800 2295
23 430 3.1 III   2295 1800 2295

28 359 4.9 III 60.22  2295 1800 2295 SK 373.1 - 63S/4* 24 109
26 386 4.6 III   2295 1800 2295
23 443 4.0 III   2295 1800 2295
21 493 3.8 III  1369 2295 1800 2295
19 546 3.4 III 91.48 1365 2295 1800 2295
 609 2.9 III 102.01 1361 2295 1800 2295
14  2.5 III 120.54 1353 2295 1800 2295
13  2.3 III  1348 2295 1800 2295
12 865 2.1 III 145.00 1339 2295 1800 2295
10 990 1.9 II 165.94 1326 2295 1800 2295
9.2 1104  II 185.05 1311 2295 1800 2295
  1.6 II  1303 2295 1800 2295
8.2 1241 1.4 II  1292 2295 1800 2295
 1362 1.4 II 228.22  2295 1800 2295
6.6 1530 1.2 I 256.50 1242 2295 1800 2295
6.3 1609 1.2 I   2295 1800 2295
5.6 1808 1.0 I 303.08 1183 2295  2295
4.9 2102 0.8 * 343.92 1122 2295  2295

14  5.3 III 125.45 2352 3263  3263 SK 573.1 - 63S/4* 41 112
12 842  III 141.13 2350 3263  3263
11  4.2 III   3263  3263
9.0  3.5 III 188.91 2341 3263  3263
8.5 1200 3.3 III 201.16 2338 3263  3263
 1350 2.9 III 226.30 2332 3263  3263
6.3 1606 2.5 III 269.26 2319 3263  3263
5.6  2.2 III 302.91 2308 3263  3263
5.4 1886 2.0 III 316.18 2303 3263  3263
4.5 2244 1.6 II   3263  3263
4.2 2390 1.4 II 402.80  3263  3263

6.1 1666 3.4 III  2564 4500  4500 SK 673.1 - 63S/4 54 118
5.6  3.1 III 304.61 2555 4500  4500
5.1 1982 2.9 III 332.23 2545 4500  4500
 2151 2.6 III 362.43 2534 4500  4500

* When ordering this size unit with specific flange or shaft options the OHL information is derated from what is specified. Ö 34

"(."$MBTT*GB 1.0 - 1.39 **GB 1.4 - 1.99 ***GBö fB

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 55


0.25 hp
Gearmotors
Motor Output Output Service AGMA Gear Standard Heavy Duty Model Weight Dim.
Power Speed Torque Factor Class Ratio Bearings Bearings (VL) Type Page
Pn n2 T2 fB itot FR N FA N FR VL FA VL
OHL Thrust OHL Thrust lb
[hp] [rpm] [Ib-in] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [lb]
0.25 800 20 13.2 III 2.10 346 605 n/a n/a SK 072.1 - 63L/4 14 104
GEARMOTORS

 22 12.9 III 2.33 358 626 n/a n/a


654 25 13.2 III  369 646 n/a n/a
589  12.9 III 2.85 382 658 n/a n/a
569 28 13.2 III 2.95 386 658 n/a n/a
512 31 12.9 III 3.28 399 658 n/a n/a
469 34 12.4 III 3.58 411 658 n/a n/a
429  10.6 III 3.92 423 658 n/a n/a
390 41  III 4.31 436 658 n/a n/a
352 46 10.3 III  450 658 n/a n/a
316 51 9.6 III 5.31 466 658 n/a n/a
305 53 9.3 III 5.50 469 658 n/a n/a
282  8.5 III 5.96 483 658 n/a n/a
256 63  III   658 n/a n/a
232 69  III  512 658 n/a n/a
210  6.4 III 8.00 528 658 n/a n/a
189 85  III 8.91 545 658 n/a n/a
168 96 5.1 III 10.00 563 658 n/a n/a
145 110 4.0 III 11.56 563 658 n/a n/a
 126 3.3 III 13.20 563 658 n/a n/a
 138 3.3 III 14.40 563 658 n/a n/a
 151 3.2 III  563 658 n/a n/a
 166 2.9 III  563 658 n/a n/a
88 184  III 19.20 563 658 n/a n/a
 204 2.4 III 21.38 563 658 n/a n/a
 212 2.3 III 22.22 563 658 n/a n/a
68  2.1 III  563 658 n/a n/a
60 266 1.8 II  563 658 n/a n/a
52 310 1.6 II 32.45 563 658 n/a n/a
46 348 1.4 II 36.43 563 658 n/a n/a
40 402 1.1 I 42.10 563 658 n/a n/a
34 468 0.9 * 49.00 563 658 n/a n/a
31 516 0.9 * 55.00 563 658 n/a n/a

 22 15.4 III 2.32 630 863 n/a n/a SK 172.1 - 63L/4 18 106
 24 15.0 III 2.49 630  n/a n/a
618 26 15.4 III  630  n/a n/a
 28 15.0 III 2.92 630  n/a n/a
522 31 15.4 III 3.22 630  n/a n/a
486 33 14.5 III 3.46 630  n/a n/a
443 36 14.4 III  630  n/a n/a
403 40 14.4 III  630  n/a n/a
364 44 14.4 III 4.62 630  n/a n/a
 49 15.0 III 5.14 630  n/a n/a
291 55 12.4 III  630  n/a n/a
261 61 11.8 III 6.43 630  n/a n/a
 68  III  630  n/a n/a
215   III  630  n/a n/a
193 83 9.3 III  630  n/a n/a
 94 8.0 III  630  n/a n/a
155 104  III 10.83 630  n/a n/a
 109 6.9 III 11.39 630  n/a n/a
139 115  III 12.06 630  n/a n/a
124 129 5.8 III 13.54 630  n/a n/a

"(."$MBTT*GB 1.0 - 1.39 **GB 1.4 - 1.99 ***GBö fB

56 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


0.25 hp
Gearmotors
Motor Output Output Service AGMA Gear Standard Heavy Duty Model Weight Dim.
Power Speed Torque Factor Class Ratio Bearings Bearings (VL) Type Page
Pn n2 T2 fB itot FR N FA N FR VL FA VL
OHL Thrust OHL Thrust lb
[hp] [rpm] [Ib-in] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [lb]
0.25  151 5.0 III  630  n/a n/a SK 172.1 - 63L/4 18 106

GEARMOTORS
90  4.2 III 18.60 630  n/a n/a
82 195 3.9 III  630  n/a n/a
 214 3.8 III 22.42 630  n/a n/a
68  3.4 III 24.80 630  n/a n/a
61 264 3.1 III  630  n/a n/a
54 296  III 31.00 630  n/a n/a
49 330 2.3 III 34.52 630  n/a n/a
43  2.0 III  630  n/a n/a
41 395 1.9 II 41.36 630  n/a n/a
36 444  II 46.43 630  n/a n/a
31 516 1.5 II 54.03 630  n/a n/a
 596 1.0 I 62.36 630  n/a n/a
24 669 1.0 I  630  n/a n/a

44 364 4.4 III 38.12  2295 1800 2295 SK 372.1 - 63L/4* 25 109
39 414 3.6 III 43.26  2295 1800 2295
31 515 2.8 III 53.84  2295 1800 2295
28 581 2.3 III 60.83 1363 2295 1800 2295
26 612 2.3 III 64.06 1361 2295 1800 2295
23  2.0 III  1356 2295 1800 2295

40 406 4.4 III 42.46  2295 1800 2295 SK 373.1 - 63L/4* 26 109
36 450 4.1 III   2295 1800 2295
31 516 3.6 III 54.00  2295 1800 2295
28  3.1 III 60.22 1364 2295 1800 2295
26 618 2.9 III  1361 2295 1800 2295
23  2.5 III  1354 2295 1800 2295
20  2.4 III   2295 1800 2295
18  2.1 III 91.48 1338 2295 1800 2295
16  1.8 II 102.01  2295 1800 2295
14 1152 1.5 II 120.54 1305 2295 1800 2295
13 1251 1.4 II  1291 2295 1800 2295
12 1386 1.3 I 145.00 1269 2295 1800 2295
10 1586 1.2 I 165.94 1231 2295 1800 2295
9.1  1.1 I 185.05 1192 2295  2295
8.6  1.0 I  1166 2295  2295
8.1 1988 0.9 *  1136 2295  2295
 2181 0.9 * 228.22 1009 2295  2295
6.2 2530 0.8 *   2295 1626 2295

30 533  III 55.80  3263  3263 SK 573.1 - 63L/4* 42 112
28 583 6.8 III  2356 3263  3263
25  6.2 III  2355 3263  3263
22  5.4 III  2353 3263  3263
20 814 4.9 III 85.18 2351 3263  3263
18 903 4.4 III 94.50 2348 3263  3263
16   III  2344 3263  3263
13 1199 3.3 III 125.45 2338 3263  3263
12 1349 3.0 III 141.13 2332 3263  3263
11 1518 2.6 III  2324 3263  3263
8.9 1806 2.2 III 188.91 2308 3263  3263
8.4 1923 2.1 III 201.16 2301 3263  3263

* When ordering this size unit with specific flange or shaft options the OHL information is derated from what is specified. Ö 34

"(."$MBTT*GB 1.0 - 1.39 **GB 1.4 - 1.99 ***GBö fB

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 


0.25, 0.33 hp
Gearmotors
Motor Output Output Service AGMA Gear Standard Heavy Duty Model Weight Dim.
Power Speed Torque Factor Class Ratio Bearings Bearings (VL) Type Page
Pn n2 T2 fB itot FR N FA N FR VL FA VL
OHL Thrust OHL Thrust lb
[hp] [rpm] [Ib-in] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [lb]
0.25  2163 1.8 II 226.30 2285 3263  3263 SK 573.1 - 63L/4* 42 112
GEARMOTORS

6.2  1.5 II 269.26 2252 3263  3263


5.5 2895 1.3 I 302.91 2221 3263  3263
5.3 3022 1.2 I 316.18 2209 3263  3263
4.5 3596 1.0 I  2141 3263  3263
4.2  0.9 * 402.80  3263  3263

9.4  3.3 III  2562 4500  4500 SK 673.1 - 63L/4 56 118
9.2  3.3 III 181.88 2560 4500  4500
 1855 3.1 III 194.11 2553 4500  4500
 2093  III 219.00 2538 4500  4500
6.8  2.4 III 248.20  4500  4500
6.0 2669 2.1 III  2492 4500  4500
5.5 2912 1.9 II 304.61 2469 4500  4500
5.1  1.8 II 332.23 2442 4500  4500
4.6 3400  II 362.43 2416 4500  4500

0.33 814 26 10.2 III 2.10 342 598 n/a n/a SK 072.1 - 71S/4 14 104
 29 10.0 III 2.33 353 618 n/a n/a
665 32 10.2 III  364 638 n/a n/a
600 35 10.0 III 2.85  658 n/a n/a
580 36 10.2 III 2.95 381 658 n/a n/a
521 41 10.0 III 3.28 394 658 n/a n/a
 44 9.6 III 3.58 405 658 n/a n/a
436 48 8.2 III 3.92  658 n/a n/a
 53 8.3 III 4.31 429 658 n/a n/a
358 59 8.0 III  443 658 n/a n/a
322 66  III 5.31 458 658 n/a n/a
311 68  III 5.50 461 658 n/a n/a
  6.6 III 5.96  658 n/a n/a
260 81 5.8 III   658 n/a n/a
 89 5.4 III  502 658 n/a n/a
214 99 4.9 III 8.00  658 n/a n/a
192 110 4.4 III 8.91 534 658 n/a n/a
 124 3.9 III 10.00 553 658 n/a n/a
148 143 3.1 III 11.56 563 658 n/a n/a
130 163 2.6 III 13.20 563 658 n/a n/a
119  2.5 III 14.40 563 658 n/a n/a
108 195 2.5 III  563 658 n/a n/a
99 214 2.3 III  563 658 n/a n/a
89  2.1 III 19.20 563 658 n/a n/a
80 264 1.8 II 21.38 563 658 n/a n/a
  1.8 II 22.22 563 658 n/a n/a
69 306 1.6 II  563 658 n/a n/a
62 338 1.4 II  563 658 n/a n/a

* When ordering this size unit with specific flange or shaft options the OHL information is derated from what is specified. Ö 34

"(."$MBTT*GB 1.0 - 1.39 **GB 1.4 - 1.99 ***GBö fB

58 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


0.33 hp
Gearmotors
Motor Output Output Service AGMA Gear Standard Heavy Duty Model Weight Dim.
Power Speed Torque Factor Class Ratio Bearings Bearings (VL) Type Page
Pn n2 T2 fB itot FR N FA N FR VL FA VL
OHL Thrust OHL Thrust lb
[hp] [rpm] [Ib-in] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [lb]
0.33  29 11.9 III 2.32 630 851 n/a n/a SK 172.1 - 71S/4 18 106

GEARMOTORS
 31 11.6 III 2.49 630  n/a n/a
629 34 11.9 III  630  n/a n/a
586 36 11.6 III 2.92 630  n/a n/a
531 40 11.9 III 3.22 630  n/a n/a
494 43 11.2 III 3.46 630  n/a n/a
451  11.1 III  630  n/a n/a
410 52 11.2 III  630  n/a n/a
  11.2 III 4.62 630  n/a n/a
333 64 11.6 III 5.14 630  n/a n/a
296  9.6 III  630  n/a n/a
266  9.1 III 6.43 630  n/a n/a
242  8.3 III  630  n/a n/a
218   III  630  n/a n/a
196 108  III  630  n/a n/a
 121 6.2 III  630  n/a n/a
158 134  III 10.83 630  n/a n/a
150 141 5.3 III 11.39 630  n/a n/a
142 149 5.2 III 12.06 630  n/a n/a
126  4.5 III 13.54 630  n/a n/a
109 195 3.9 III  630  n/a n/a
92 230 3.2 III 18.60 630  n/a n/a
84 252 3.0 III  630  n/a n/a
  2.9 III 22.42 630  n/a n/a
69 306  III 24.80 630  n/a n/a
62 341 2.4 III  630  n/a n/a
55 383 2.1 III 31.00 630  n/a n/a
50  1.8 II 34.52 630  n/a n/a
44  1.6 II  630  n/a n/a
41 511 1.5 II 41.36 630  n/a n/a
  1.3 I 46.43 630  n/a n/a
32  1.1 I 54.03 630  n/a n/a

  4.3 III 30.11  2295 1800 2295 SK 372.1 - 71S/4*  109
51 418 4.0 III 33.84  2295 1800 2295
45  3.4 III 38.12  2295 1800 2295
40 535 2.8 III 43.26 1366 2295 1800 2295
32 665 2.1 III 53.84  2295 1800 2295
28  1.8 II 60.83 1350 2295 1800 2295
  1.8 II 64.06 1346 2295 1800 2295
24 881 1.5 II  1338 2295 1800 2295

52 410 4.3 III 33.20  2295 1800 2295 SK 373.1 - 71S/4* 28 109
46 460 3.8 III   2295 1800 2295
40 525 3.4 III 42.46  2295 1800 2295
36 581 3.2 III  1363 2295 1800 2295
32  2.8 III 54.00  2295 1800 2295
28  2.4 III 60.22 1351 2295 1800 2295
26  2.2 III  1346 2295 1800 2295
23 918 1.9 II  1334 2295 1800 2295
21 1020 1.8 II  1322 2295 1800 2295
19 1130 1.6 II 91.48 1308 2295 1800 2295

* When ordering this size unit with specific flange or shaft options the OHL information is derated from what is specified. Ö 34

"(."$MBTT*GB 1.0 - 1.39 **GB 1.4 - 1.99 ***GBö fB

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 59


0.33
Gearmotors
Motor Output Output Service AGMA Gear Standard Heavy Duty Model Weight Dim.
Power Speed Torque Factor Class Ratio Bearings Bearings (VL) Type Page
Pn n2 T2 fB itot FR N FA N FR VL FA VL
OHL Thrust OHL Thrust lb
[hp] [rpm] [Ib-in] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [lb]
0.33  1260 1.4 II 102.01 1289 2295 1800 2295 SK 373.1 - 71S/4* 28 109
GEARMOTORS

14 1489 1.2 I 120.54 1250 2295 1800 2295


13  1.1 I  1226 2295 1800 2295
12  1.0 I 145.00  2295  2295
10 2050 0.9 * 165.94 1069 2295  2295
9.2  0.8 * 185.05 938 2295 1681 2295
 2386 0.8 *  839 2295 1660 2295

31 689 5.8 III 55.80 2354 3263  3263 SK 573.1 - 71S/4* 45 112
28  5.3 III  2352 3263  3263
25 836 4.8 III  2350 3263  3263
22 950 4.2 III   3263  3263
20 1053 3.8 III 85.18 2344 3263  3263
18 1168 3.4 III 94.50 2339 3263  3263
16  2.9 III  2333 3263  3263
15  2.9 III 111.36 2331 3263  3263
14 1550 2.6 III 125.45 2322 3263  3263
12  2.3 III 141.13 2312 3263  3263
11 1962 2.0 III  2298 3263  3263
9.6 2206 1.8 II  2281 3263  3263
9.1 2334  II 188.91  3263  3263
8.5 2486 1.6 II 201.16 2259 3263  3263
  1.4 II 226.30 2231 3263  3263
6.4  1.2 I 269.26  3263  3263
5.6  1.0 I 302.91 2122 3263  3263
5.4  1.0 I 316.18 2100 3263  3263
4.5  0.8 *  1861 3263  3263

12  3.2 III 143.30 2558 4500  4500 SK 673.1 - 71S/4 58 118
11 1995 2.8 III 161.45 2544 4500  4500
9.6 2199 2.6 III  2530 4500  4500
9.4  2.5 III 181.88  4500  4500
8.8 2398 2.4 III 194.11 2515 4500  4500
  2.1 III 220.32  4500  4500
  2.1 III 219.00 2489 4500  4500
6.9  1.8 II 248.20 2453 4500  4500
6.1 3450 1.6 II  2411 4500  4500
5.6  1.5 II 304.61  4500  4500
5.1 4105 1.4 II 332.23 2323 4500  4500
 4410 1.3 I 362.43  4500  4500

 3009 2.5 III 243.53 3194 2025 3825 5625 SK 773.1 - 71S/4 86 121
6.6 3215 2.4 III 260.18 3182 2025 3825 5625
6.4  2.3 III 265.24  2025 3825 5625
5.9 3568 2.1 III  3160 2025 3825 5625
5.6  2.0 III  3144 2025 3825 5625
5.1 4136 1.9 II  3119 2025 3825 5625
5.0 4216 1.8 II 341.21 3113 2025 3825 5625
4.3 4812 1.6 II 395.46 3062 2025 3825 5625

* When ordering this size unit with specific flange or shaft options the OHL information is derated from what is specified. Ö 34

"(."$MBTT*GB 1.0 - 1.39 **GB 1.4 - 1.99 ***GBö fB

60 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


0.5 hp
Gearmotors
Motor Output Output Service AGMA Gear Standard Heavy Duty Model Weight Dim.
Power Speed Torque Factor Class Ratio Bearings Bearings (VL) Type Page
Pn n2 T2 fB itot FR N FA N FR VL FA VL
OHL Thrust OHL Thrust lb
[hp] [rpm] [Ib-in] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [lb]
0.5 819 38 6.9 III 2.10 336 589 n/a n/a SK 072.1 - 71L/4 14 104

GEARMOTORS
 43  III 2.33  608 n/a n/a
669  6.9 III  358 628 n/a n/a
604 52  III 2.85  648 n/a n/a
583 54 6.9 III 2.95  655 n/a n/a
524 60  III 3.28 386 658 n/a n/a
480 66 6.5 III 3.58 396 658 n/a n/a
439  5.5 III 3.92 408 658 n/a n/a
399  5.6 III 4.31 420 658 n/a n/a
361  5.4 III  433 658 n/a n/a
324  5.0 III 5.31  658 n/a n/a
313 101 4.8 III 5.50 448 658 n/a n/a
289 109 4.5 III 5.96 462 658 n/a n/a
262 120 3.9 III   658 n/a n/a
238 133  III  486 658 n/a n/a
215  3.3 III 8.00 500 658 n/a n/a
193 163 3.0 III 8.91 515 658 n/a n/a
 183  III 10.00 532 658 n/a n/a
149 212 2.1 III 11.56 555 658 n/a n/a
130 242  II 13.20 561 658 n/a n/a
119 264  II 14.40 563 658 n/a n/a
109 289  II  563 658 n/a n/a
99 318 1.5 II  563 658 n/a n/a
90 352 1.4 II 19.20 563 658 n/a n/a
80 392 1.2 I 21.38 563 658 n/a n/a
  1.2 I 22.22 563 658 n/a n/a
69 454 1.1 I  563 658 n/a n/a
62 509 0.9 *  563 658 n/a n/a

 43 8.0 III 2.32 630 840 n/a n/a SK 172.1 - 71L/4 18 106
691 46  III 2.49 630 869 n/a n/a
632 50 8.0 III  630  n/a n/a
589 54  III 2.92 630  n/a n/a
534 59 8.0 III 3.22 630  n/a n/a
 63  III 3.46 630  n/a n/a
454 69  III  630  n/a n/a
412   III  630  n/a n/a
 85  III 4.62 630  n/a n/a
335 94  III 5.14 630  n/a n/a
298 106 6.4 III  630  n/a n/a
 118 6.2 III 6.43 630  n/a n/a
243 130 5.6 III  630  n/a n/a
220 144 5.1 III  630  n/a n/a
 160 4.9 III  630  n/a n/a
  4.2 III  630  n/a n/a
159 198 3.8 III 10.83 630  n/a n/a
151 209 3.6 III 11.39 630  n/a n/a
143 221 3.5 III 12.06 630  n/a n/a
 248 3.0 III 13.54 630  n/a n/a

"(."$MBTT*GB 1.0 - 1.39 **GB 1.4 - 1.99 ***GBö fB

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 61


0.5 hp
Gearmotors
Motor Output Output Service AGMA Gear Standard Heavy Duty Model Weight Dim.
Power Speed Torque Factor Class Ratio Bearings Bearings (VL) Type Page
Pn n2 T2 fB itot FR N FA N FR VL FA VL
OHL Thrust OHL Thrust lb
[hp] [rpm] [Ib-in] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [lb]
0.5 109 289 2.6 III  630  n/a n/a SK 172.1 - 71L/4 18 106
GEARMOTORS

92 341 2.2 III 18.60 630  n/a n/a


84  2.0 III  630  n/a n/a
 411 2.0 III 22.42 630  n/a n/a
69 455 1.8 II 24.80 630  n/a n/a
62 506 1.6 II  630  n/a n/a
55 568 1.4 II 31.00 630  n/a n/a
50 633 1.2 I 34.52 630  n/a n/a
44  1.1 I  630  n/a n/a

118 265 6.3 III   2295 1688 2295 SK 372.1 - 71L/4* 29 109
  2.9 III 30.11 1365 2295 1800 2295
51 615  III 33.84 1361 2295 1800 2295
45 693 2.3 III 38.12 1355 2295 1800 2295
40  1.9 II 43.26  2295 1800 2295
32  1.4 II 53.84  2295 1800 2295
28 1106 1.2 I 60.83 1311 2295 1800 2295

 426 4.4 III 23.41  2295 1800 2295 SK 373.1 - 71L/4* 30 109
66  3.9 III 25.94  2295 1800 2295
58 541 3.4 III  1366 2295 1800 2295
52 604 2.9 III 33.20 1362 2295 1800 2295
46  2.6 III  1356 2295 1800 2295
41  2.3 III 42.46 1348 2295 1800 2295
 855 2.2 III  1340 2295 1800 2295
32 982 1.9 II 54.00  2295 1800 2295
29 1095 1.6 II 60.22 1313 2295 1800 2295
  1.5 II  1302 2295 1800 2295
23 1350 1.3 I   2295 1800 2295
21 1501 1.2 I  1248 2295 1800 2295
19 1663 1.1 I 91.48 1215 2295  2295
 1855 1.0 I 102.01  2295  2295

38 832 3.4 III  2350    SK 572.1 - 71L/4* 46 112
32  3.3 III 54.41 2345   

41  5.2 III 42.18 2352 3263  3263 SK 573.1 - 71L/4*  112
40  5.0 III 43.40 2351 3263  3263
36  4.6 III  2349 3263  3263
35 902 4.4 III 49.60 2348 3263  3263
31 1015 3.9 III 55.80 2345 3263  3263
28 1109 3.6 III  2342 3263  3263
25 1230 3.2 III   3263  3263
22 1398 2.8 III  2330 3263  3263
20 1549 2.6 III 85.18 2322 3263  3263
18  2.3 III 94.50 2313 3263  3263
16 1953 1.9 II  2299 3263  3263
15 2025 2.0 III 111.36 2294 3263  3263
14 2281  II 125.45  3263  3263
12 2566 1.6 II 141.13 2252 3263  3263
11  1.4 II  2222 3263  3263
9.6 3246 1.2 I  2184 3263  3263
8.6  1.1 I 201.16 2134 3263  3263
 4114 1.0 I 226.30 2015 3263  3263

* When ordering this size unit with specific flange or shaft options the OHL information is derated from what is specified. Ö 34

"(."$MBTT*GB 1.0 - 1.39 **GB 1.4 - 1.99 ***GBö fB

62 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


0.5, 0.75 hp
Gearmotors
Motor Output Output Service AGMA Gear Standard Heavy Duty Model Weight Dim.
Power Speed Torque Factor Class Ratio Bearings Bearings (VL) Type Page
Pn n2 T2 fB itot FR N FA N FR VL FA VL
OHL Thrust OHL Thrust lb
[hp] [rpm] [Ib-in] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [lb]
0.5 26 1199  III 65.95 2586 4500  4500 SK 673.1 - 71L/4 60 118

GEARMOTORS
23 1339 4.2 III  2580 4500  4500
21 1522  III   4500  4500
18  3.3 III 94.86 2561 4500  4500
 1881 3.0 III 103.48 2552 4500  4500
15   III 115.89  4500  4500
13  2.4 III 130.55  4500  4500
12 2605 2.2 III 143.30 2498 4500  4500
11 2935 1.9 II 161.45  4500  4500
 3235 1.8 II  2436 4500  4500
9.5   II 181.88  4500  4500
8.9 3529 1.6 II 194.11 2401 4500  4500
 3982 1.4 II 219.00 2341 4500  4500
 4006 1.4 II 220.32  4500  4500
6.9 4513 1.3 I 248.20 2259 4500  4500
6.2  1.1 I   4500 3329 4500
5.6 5538 1.0 I 304.61 2059 4500  4500

12 2523 3.0 III  3218 2025 3825 5625 SK 773.1 - 71L/4 88 121
11 2913 2.6 III 160.22 3199 2025 3825 5625
11  2.3 III 151.1  2025 3825 5625
9.6 3246 2.3 III  3180 2025 3825 5625
9.1 3442 2.2 III 189.31 3168 2025 3825 5625
8.3  2.1 III 206.11 3148 2025 3825 5625
 4081 1.8 II 224.49 3123 2025 3825 5625
 4428  II 243.53 3096 2025 3825 5625
6.6  1.6 II 260.18 3069 2025 3825 5625
6.5 4822 1.6 II 265.24 3061 2025 3825 5625
6.0 5250 1.4 II  3019 2025 3825 5625
5.6 5589 1.3 I  2984 2025 3825 5625
5.1 6085 1.3 I  2868 2025 3825 5625
5.0 6204 1.2 I 341.21 2856 2025 3825 5625
4.3  1.0 I 395.46  2025 3814 5625

0.75  64 5.9 III 2.32 630 829 n/a n/a SK 172.1 - 80S/4  106
 69 5.5 III 2.49 630  n/a n/a
629  5.4 III  630  n/a n/a
586 81 5.5 III 2.92 630  n/a n/a
531 89 5.4 III 3.22 630  n/a n/a
494 96 5.0 III 3.46 630  n/a n/a
451 105 5.0 III  630  n/a n/a
410 115 5.0 III  630  n/a n/a
 128 5.0 III 4.62 630  n/a n/a
333 142 5.2 III 5.14 630  n/a n/a
296 160 4.3 III  630  n/a n/a
266  4.1 III 6.43 630  n/a n/a
242 196  III  630  n/a n/a
218  3.4 III  630  n/a n/a
196 241 3.2 III  630  n/a n/a
  2.8 III  630  n/a n/a

"(."$MBTT*GB 1.0 - 1.39 **GB 1.4 - 1.99 ***GBö fB

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 63


0.75 hp
Gearmotors
Motor Output Output Service AGMA Gear Standard Heavy Duty Model Weight Dim.
Power Speed Torque Factor Class Ratio Bearings Bearings (VL) Type Page
Pn n2 T2 fB itot FR N FA N FR VL FA VL
OHL Thrust OHL Thrust lb
[hp] [rpm] [Ib-in] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [lb]
0.75 158 299 2.5 III 10.83 630  n/a n/a SK 172.1 - 80S/4  106
GEARMOTORS

150 315 2.4 III 11.39 630  n/a n/a


142 334 2.3 III 12.06 630  n/a n/a
126  2.0 III 13.54 630  n/a n/a
109 436  II  630  n/a n/a
92 514 1.4 II 18.60 630  n/a n/a
84 563 1.3 I  630  n/a n/a
 620 1.3 I 22.42 630  n/a n/a
69 686 1.2 I 24.80 630  n/a n/a
62  1.1 I  630  n/a n/a

132 359 4.9 III 12.96 1255 2295 1610 2295 SK 372.1 - 80S/4* 33 109
 403 4.2 III  1290 2295  2295
104   III 16.50 1308 2295  2295
93 509 3.5 III 18.40 1338 2295  2295
83  2.9 III 20.62 1354 2295 1800 2295
  2.8 III 23.00 1359 2295 1800 2295
66  2.4 III 25.85 1353 2295 1800 2295
 833 1.9 II 30.11 1343 2295 1800 2295
51  1.8 II 33.84 1332 2295 1800 2295
45 1055 1.5 II 38.12 1318 2295 1800 2295
40  1.3 I 43.26 1299 2295 1800 2295
32 1490 1.0 I 53.84 1250 2295 1800 2295
28 1682 0.8 * 60.83 1211 2295  2295

92 516 3.3 III 18.63 1318 2295  2295 SK 373.1 - 80S/4* 34 109
83 568 3.3 III 20.52 1345 2295 1800 2295
 629 3.0 III  1360 2295 1800 2295
 648 2.9 III 23.41 1359 2295 1800 2295
66  2.6 III 25.94 1353 2295 1800 2295
 824 2.3 III  1343 2295 1800 2295
52 919 1.9 II 33.20 1334 2295 1800 2295
46 1030  II  1321 2295 1800 2295
40  1.5 II 42.46 1302 2295 1800 2295
36 1302 1.4 II  1283 2295 1800 2295
32 1495 1.2 I 54.00 1249 2295 1800 2295
28  1.1 I 60.22 1215 2295  2295
26  1.0 I   2295  2295
23 2056 0.9 *  1095 2295  2295
21 2283 0.8 *   2295 1682 2295

48  3.3 III 35.65 2346    SK 572.1 - 80S/4* 50 112
40  2.8 III 42.38 2339   
  2.2 III  2335   
31 1505 2.2 III 54.41 2325   

55 856 4.5 III 30.93 2350 3263  3263 SK 573.1 - 80S/4* 51 112
49 963 4.0 III 34.80 2346 3263  3263
45 1052 3.8 III 38.02 2343 3263  3263
41  3.4 III 42.18 2339 3263  3263
39 1201 3.3 III 43.40 2338 3263  3263
36  3.0 III  2333 3263  3263
34  2.9 III 49.60 2331 3263  3263
31 1544 2.6 III 55.80 2323 3263  3263
28 1688 2.4 III  2315 3263  3263
25  2.1 III  2304 3263  3263

* When ordering this size unit with specific flange or shaft options the OHL information is derated from what is specified. Ö 34

"(."$MBTT*GB 1.0 - 1.39 **GB 1.4 - 1.99 ***GBö fB

64 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


0.75 hp
Gearmotors
Motor Output Output Service AGMA Gear Standard Heavy Duty Model Weight Dim.
Power Speed Torque Factor Class Ratio Bearings Bearings (VL) Type Page
Pn n2 T2 fB itot FR N FA N FR VL FA VL
OHL Thrust OHL Thrust lb
[hp] [rpm] [Ib-in] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [lb]
0.75 22 2128 1.9 II   3263  3263 SK 573.1 - 80S/4* 51 112

GEARMOTORS
20 2358  II 85.18 2269 3263  3263
18 2616 1.5 II 94.50 2248 3263  3263
16 3020 1.3 I 109.12 2209 3263  3263
16  1.3 I  2214 3263  3263
15 3082 1.3 I 111.36 2202 3263  3263
14  1.1 I 125.45  3263  3263
13  1.1 I 136.40 2118 3263  3263
12 3906 1.0 I 141.13 2089 3263  3263
11 4395 0.9 *  1929 3263  3263
9.6 4938 0.8 *  1699 3263  3263

38 1233 3.2 III 44.55 2584 4500  4500 SK 672.1 - 80S/4 62 118
30  2.3 III 56.65 2569 4500  4500

31 1526  III 55.12  4500  4500 SK 673.1 - 80S/4 64 118
28  3.4 III 60.45 2564 4500  4500
26 1825 3.1 III 65.95 2555 4500  4500
23 2038 2.8 III  2541 4500  4500
20  2.4 III  2521 4500  4500
18 2626 2.2 III 94.86 2496 4500  4500
 2864 2.0 III 103.48  4500  4500
15 3208 1.8 II 115.89 2439 4500  4500
14 3414  II 123.33 2414 4500  4500
13  1.5 II 134.64  4500  4500
13 3613 1.6 II 130.55 2391 4500  4500
12 4065 1.4 II 146.88 2329 4500  4500
12 3966 1.4 II 143.30 2343 4500  4500
11 4469 1.3 I 161.45 2265 4500  4500
9.6 4925 1.2 I   4500 3349 4500
9.4 5034 1.1 I 181.88 2164 4500 3334 4500
8.8  1.1 I 194.11 2096 4500 3290 4500
 6098 0.9 * 220.32 1922 4500 3182 4500
 6062 0.9 * 219.00 1931 4500 3188 4500
6.9 6864 0.8 * 248.20 1692 4500 3049 4500

18  2.8 III   2025 3825 5625 SK 773.1 - 80S/4 92 121
15 3251 2.4 III  3138 2025 3825 5625
15 3098 2.4 III 111.92 3100 2025 3825 5625
12 3841 2.0 III  3141 2025 3825 5625
11 4435  II 160.22 3095 2025 3825 5625
11 4182 1.5 II 151.1 3115 2025 3825 5625
9.6 4941 1.5 II  3049 2025 3825 5625
9.0 5240 1.4 II 189.31 3021 2025 3825 5625
8.3  1.3 I 206.11 2959 2025 3825 5625
 6213 1.2 I 224.49 2836 2025 3825 5625
  1.1 I 243.53  2025 3825 5625
6.6  1.1 I 260.18 2589 2025 3811 5625
6.4  1.0 I 265.24  2025 3800 5625
5.9  0.9 *   2025  5625
5.6 8509 0.9 *  2260 2025 3632 5625
5.1 9264 0.8 *   2025 3504 5625
5.0 9436 0.8 * 341.21 1992 2025 3489 5625

* When ordering this size unit with specific flange or shaft options the OHL information is derated from what is specified. Ö 34

"(."$MBTT*GB 1.0 - 1.39 **GB 1.4 - 1.99 ***GBö fB

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 65


1 hp
Gearmotors
Motor Output Output Service AGMA Gear Standard Heavy Duty Model Weight Dim.
Power Speed Torque Factor Class Ratio Bearings Bearings (VL) Type Page
Pn n2 T2 fB itot FR N FA N FR VL FA VL
OHL Thrust OHL Thrust lb
[hp] [rpm] [Ib-in] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [lb]
1  89 4.3 III 2.32 630 829 n/a n/a SK 172.1 - 80L/4 31 106
GEARMOTORS

663 95 4.0 III 2.49 630 856 n/a n/a SK 172.1 - 80LH/4
 104 3.9 III  630  n/a n/a SK 172.1 - 80LP/4
565 112 4.0 III 2.92 630  n/a n/a
512 123 3.9 III 3.22 630  n/a n/a
 132 3.6 III 3.46 630  n/a n/a
435 145 3.6 III  630  n/a n/a
396 159 3.6 III  630  n/a n/a
  3.6 III 4.62 630  n/a n/a
321 196  III 5.14 630  n/a n/a
286 220 3.1 III  630  n/a n/a
 246 3.0 III 6.43 630  n/a n/a
233   III  630  n/a n/a
211 299 2.4 III  630  n/a n/a
189 333 2.3 III  630  n/a n/a
169  2.0 III  630  n/a n/a
152 414 1.8 II 10.83 630  n/a n/a
145 435  II 11.39 630  n/a n/a
 461  II 12.06 630  n/a n/a
122  1.5 II 13.54 630  n/a n/a
105 602 1.2 I  630  n/a n/a
89  1.0 I 18.60 630  n/a n/a
81  1.0 I  630  n/a n/a
  1.0 I 22.42 630  n/a n/a
 948 0.9 * 24.80 630  n/a n/a
60 1055 0.8 *  630  n/a n/a

228  4.9 III  1064 2295 1345 2295 SK 372.1 - 80L/4* 35 109
201 316  III 8.22 1093 2295 1400 2295 SK 372.1 - 80LH/4*
 361 4.5 III 9.40 1122 2295 1459 2295 SK 372.1 - 80LP/4*
161 395 4.2 III 10.28 1136 2295 1499 2295
143 444 3.8 III 11.55 1164 2295 1555 2295
 498 3.6 III 12.96  2295 1608 2295
113 560 3.0 III  1204 2295  2295
100 634  III 16.50 1205 2295  2295
90  2.5 III 18.40 1225 2295  2295
80  2.1 III 20.62 1222 2295 1800 2295
 884 2.0 III 23.00  2295 1800 2295
64 993  II 25.85 1249 2295 1800 2295
55  1.4 II 30.11 1224 2295 1800 2295
49 1300 1.3 I 33.84 1224 2295 1800 2295
43 1464 1.1 I 38.12 1199 2295 1800 2295
38 1653 0.9 * 43.26 1189 2295  2295

89  2.3 III 18.63 1194 2295  2295 SK 373.1 - 80L/4* 36 109
80  2.4 III 20.52 1210 2295 1800 2295 SK 373.1 - 80LH/4*
  2.1 III  1224 2295 1800 2295 SK 373.1 - 80LP/4*
 899 2.1 III 23.41 1211 2295 1800 2295
64  1.9 II 25.94 1221 2295 1800 2295
55 1144 1.6 II  1209 2295 1800 2295
50  1.4 II 33.20 1210 2295 1800 2295
44 1430 1.2 I  1146 2295 1800 2295
39 1631 1.1 I 42.46 1100 2295  2295
35 1808 1.0 I  1080 2295  2295
31  0.9 * 54.00 1005 2295  2295
 2301 0.8 * 60.22 929 2295  2295

* When ordering this size unit with specific flange or shaft options the OHL information is derated from what is specified. Ö 34

(Model Type in blue is an Energy Efficient motor)


(AGMA Class I = fB 1.0 - 1.39 II = fB 1.4 - 1.99 III = fB ≥ 2.0 * = fB < 1.0) (Model Type in light blue is an Premium Efficient motor)

66 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


1 hp
Gearmotors
Motor Output Output Service AGMA Gear Standard Heavy Duty Model Weight Dim.
Power Speed Torque Factor Class Ratio Bearings Bearings (VL) Type Page
Pn n2 T2 fB itot FR N FA N FR VL FA VL
OHL Thrust OHL Thrust lb
[hp] [rpm] [Ib-in] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [lb]
1 61  3.4 III  2344    SK 572.1 - 80L/4* 52 112

GEARMOTORS
 1111 3.0 III 28.91 2341    SK 572.1 - 80LH/4*
46  2.4 III 35.65 2331    SK 572.1 - 80LP/4*
39 1628 2.0 III 42.38 2318   
36  1.6 II  2311   
30  1.6 II 54.41 2290   

69 914 4.2 III  2348 3263  3263 SK 573.1 - 80L/4* 53 112
62 1028  III  2344 3263  3263 SK 573.1 - 80LH/4*
53 1188 3.3 III 30.93 2339 3263  3263 SK 573.1 - 80LP/4*
  2.9 III 34.80 2332 3263  3263
43 1461  III 38.02  3263  3263
39 1620 2.5 III 42.18 2318 3263  3263
38  2.4 III 43.40 2316 3263  3263
34 1842 2.2 III  2306 3263  3263
33 1905 2.1 III 49.60 2302 3263  3263
30 2144 1.9 II 55.80 2286 3263  3263
 2342  II   3263  3263
24 2599 1.5 II  2249 3263  3263
21 2954 1.3 I  2216 3263  3263
19  1.2 I 85.18 2181 3263  3263
 3630 1.1 I 94.50  3263  3263
15  0.9 * 111.36 1952 3263  3263
15  0.9 *  2029 3263  3263
15 4192 1.0 I 109.12 1985 3263  3263
13 4819 0.8 * 125.45  3263  3263
12 5212 0.8 * 136.40 1589 3263  3263

  2.3 III 44.55 2562 4500  4500 SK 672.1 - 80L/4* 64 118
29 2165 1.6 II 56.65 2533 4500  4500 SK 672.1 - 80LH/4*
SK 672.1 - 80LP/4*

  3.3 III 44.85 2561 4500  4500 SK 673.1 - 80L/4* 66 118
33 1902 3.0 III 49.50 2550 4500  4500 SK 673.1 - 80LH/4*
30 2118  III 55.12 2536 4500  4500 SK 673.1 - 80LP/4*
 2322 2.4 III 60.45 2521 4500  4500
25 2534 2.2 III 65.95 2504 4500  4500
22 2829 2.0 III   4500  4500
20 3216 1.8 II   4500  4500
 3644 1.6 II 94.86 2386 4500  4500
16  1.4 II 103.48 2342 4500  4500
14 4452 1.3 I 115.89  4500  4500
13  1.2 I 123.33 2219 4500  4500
13 5015 1.1 I 130.55  4500 3338 4500
12 5505 1.0 I 143.30 2066 4500  4500
12  1.1 I 134.64  4500 3316 4500
11 5643 1.0 I 146.88 2035 4500 3251 4500
10 6202 0.9 * 161.45 1892 4500 3164 4500
9.1 6950 0.8 * 181.88 1660 4500 3031 4500

23   III   2025 3825 5625 SK 773.1 - 80L/4 94 121
21 3044 2.5 III   2025 3825 5625 SK 773.1 - 80LH/4
20 3201 2.4 III 83.32 2808 2025 3825 5625 SK 773.1 - 80LP/4
18 3596 2.1 III 93.61 2895 2025 3825 5625
  2.0 III   2025 3825 5625
15 4300  II 111.92 3025 2025 3825 5625

* When ordering this size unit with specific flange or shaft options the OHL information is derated from what is specified. Ö 34

(Model Type in blue is an Energy Efficient motor)


(AGMA Class I = fB 1.0 - 1.39 II = fB 1.4 - 1.99 III = fB ≥ 2.0 * = fB < 1.0) (Model Type in light blue is an Premium Efficient motor)

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 


1, 1.5 hp
Gearmotors
Motor Output Output Service AGMA Gear Standard Heavy Duty Model Weight Dim.
Power Speed Torque Factor Class Ratio Bearings Bearings (VL) Type Page
Pn n2 T2 fB itot FR N FA N FR VL FA VL
OHL Thrust OHL Thrust lb
[hp] [rpm] [Ib-in] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [lb]
1 14 4512  II  3055 2025 3825 5625 SK 773.1 - 80L/4 94 121
GEARMOTORS

12 5332 1.4 II  3010 2025 3825 5625 SK 773.1 - 80LH/4


10 6155 1.3 I 160.22 2851 2025 3825 5625 SK 773.1 - 80LP/4
  1.0 I 189.31 2592 2025 3811 5625
 8624 0.9 * 224.49 2202 2025 3602 5625
6.3 9942 0.8 * 260.18 1810 2025 3394 5625

1.5  132 2.9 III 2.32 621 800 n/a n/a SK 172.1 - 90S/4 36 106
 142  III 2.49 630 824 n/a n/a SK 172.1 - 90SH/4
610 155 2.6 III  630 859 n/a n/a SK 172.1 - 90SP/4
568 166  III 2.92 630  n/a n/a
516 183 2.6 III 3.22 630  n/a n/a
480  2.4 III 3.46 630  n/a n/a
438 216 2.4 III  630  n/a n/a
398 238 2.4 III  630  n/a n/a
359 263 2.4 III 4.62 630  n/a n/a
323 293 2.5 III 5.14 630  n/a n/a
288 329 2.1 III  630  n/a n/a
258 366 2.0 III 6.43 630  n/a n/a
234 403 1.8 II  630  n/a n/a
212 446 1.6 II  630  n/a n/a
190  1.6 II  630  n/a n/a
 558 1.3 I  630  n/a n/a

 238 4.8 III 4.18  2045 1118 2045 SK 372.1 - 90S/4* 42 109
356 266  III 4.66  2116 1156 2116 SK 372.1 - 90SH/4*
 299  III 5.24 921 2195 1200 2195 SK 372.1 - 90SP/4*
 339 4.2 III 5.95  2282 1248 2282
252  3.8 III 6.58 969 2295 1288 2295
241 393 3.8 III 6.89 969 2295 1303 2295
230 412 3.6 III   2295 1322 2295
202 469 3.4 III 8.22 989 2295  2295
 536 3.1 III 9.40 1003 2295 1430 2295
161 586 2.9 III 10.28 1003 2295 1466 2295
144 659 2.6 III 11.55 1018 2295 1519 2295
128  2.4 III 12.96 1012 2295 1568 2295
114 831 2.0 III  1021 2295 1623 2295
101 941 1.8 II 16.50 989 2295  2295
90 1049  II 18.40 989 2295  2295
81  1.4 II 20.62 953 2295  2295
 1312 1.3 I 23.00 943 2295 1800 2295
64  1.1 I 25.85 925 2295 1800 2295
55  0.9 * 30.11 840 2295  2295
49 1928 0.9 * 33.84 802 2295  2295

89 1062 1.6 II 18.63 941 2295  2295 SK 373.1 - 90S/4* 43 109
81  1.6 II 20.52 938 2295  2295 SK 373.1 - 90SH/4*
  1.4 II  928 2295 1800 2295 SK 373.1 - 90SP/4*
 1335 1.4 II 23.41 900 2295 1800 2295
64  1.3 I 25.94 884 2295 1800 2295
56 1698 1.1 I  822 2295  2295
50 1893 0.9 * 33.20  2295  2295
45 2121 0.8 *  655 2295  2295

* When ordering this size unit with specific flange or shaft options the OHL information is derated from what is specified. Ö 34

(Model Type in blue is an Energy Efficient motor)


(AGMA Class I = fB 1.0 - 1.39 II = fB 1.4 - 1.99 III = fB ≥ 2.0 * = fB < 1.0) (Model Type in light blue is an Premium Efficient motor)

68 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


1.5 hp
Gearmotors
Motor Output Output Service AGMA Gear Standard Heavy Duty Model Weight Dim.
Power Speed Torque Factor Class Ratio Bearings Bearings (VL) Type Page
Pn n2 T2 fB itot FR N FA N FR VL FA VL
OHL Thrust OHL Thrust lb
[hp] [rpm] [Ib-in] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [lb]
1.5 101 939 3.8 III 16.46 2334    SK 572.1 - 90S/4* 58 112

GEARMOTORS
85 1116 3.2 III  2341    SK 572.1 - 90SH/4*
 1246 3.0 III 21.85 2336    SK 572.1 - 90SP/4*
68 1402  III 24.58 2330   
61 1540 2.3 III  2323   
 1649 2.0 III 28.91    
53  1.8 II 31.28 2309   
 2033 1.6 II 35.65 2293   
39  1.4 II 42.38 2265   
36 2610 1.1 I  2248   
31 3100 1.1 I 54.41 2200   

95 993 3.8 III  2296 3263  3263 SK 573.1 - 90S/4* 60 112
86 1096 3.5 III 19.22 2342 3263  3263 SK 573.1 - 90SH/4*
 1216 3.1 III 21.32  3263  3263 SK 573.1 - 90SP/4*
  2.8 III  2331 3263  3263
62  2.5 III  2323 3263  3263
54  2.2 III 30.93 2310 3263  3263
48 1984 2.0 III 34.80  3263  3263
44 2168 1.8 II 38.02 2284 3263  3263
39 2405  II 42.18 2265 3263  3263
38  1.6 II 43.40 2260 3263  3263
35  1.5 II   3263  3263
33 2828 1.4 II 49.60 2228 3263  3263
30 3182 1.3 I 55.80 2191 3263  3263
  1.1 I  2156 3263  3263
25  1.0 I  2106 3263  3263
22 4384 0.9 *  1913 3263  3263
19 4853 0.8 * 85.18  3263  3263

 1658 2.9 III 29.08 2565 4500  4500 SK 672.1 - 90S/4  118
51 1858 2.9 III 32.58 2553 4500  4500 SK 672.1 - 90SH/4
46 2039 2.4 III  2541 4500  4500 SK 672.1 - 90SP/4
 2540 1.6 II 44.55 2503 4500  4500
29 3228 1.1 I 56.65 2436 4500  4500

45 2123  III  2535 4500  4500 SK 673.1 - 90S/4  118
40 2369 2.4 III 41.54  4500  4500 SK 673.1 - 90SH/4
 2558 2.2 III 44.85 2502 4500  4500 SK 673.1 - 90SP/4
34 2823 2.0 III 49.50  4500  4500
30 3143 1.8 II 55.12 2445 4500  4500
  1.6 II 60.45 2411 4500  4500
25  1.5 II 65.95  4500  4500
23 4199 1.3 I  2308 4500  4500
20  1.2 I  2213 4500 3366 4500
 5409 1.0 I 94.86  4500 3285 4500
16 5901 1.0 I 103.48  4500 3213 4500
14 6608 0.9 * 115.89  4500 3098 4500
13  0.8 * 123.33 1633 4500 3016 4500

* When ordering this size unit with specific flange or shaft options the OHL information is derated from what is specified. Ö 34

(Model Type in blue is an Energy Efficient motor)


(AGMA Class I = fB 1.0 - 1.39 II = fB 1.4 - 1.99 III = fB ≥ 2.0 * = fB < 1.0) (Model Type in light blue is an Premium Efficient motor)

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 69


1.5 hp
Gearmotors
Motor Output Output Service AGMA Gear Standard Heavy Duty Model Weight Dim.
Power Speed Torque Factor Class Ratio Bearings Bearings (VL) Type Page
Pn n2 T2 fB itot FR N FA N FR VL FA VL
OHL Thrust OHL Thrust lb
[hp] [rpm] [Ib-in] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [lb]
1.5 42  3.4 III 39.06 2200 2025 3825  SK 773.1 - 90S/4 100 121
GEARMOTORS

38  3.1 III 43.43 2261 2025 3825 4923 SK 773.1 - 90SH/4
35  2.8 III  2315 2025 3825 5019 SK 773.1 - 90SP/4
32 2926 2.6 III 51.31 2364 2025 3825 5111
29  2.3 III  2435 2025 3825 5234
26 3616 2.1 III 63.42 2491 2025 3825 5328
24 3930 1.9 II 68.92 2541 2025 3825 5412
23 4099 1.8 II  2566 2025 3825 5452
21 4518  II  2618 2025 3825 5525
20  1.6 II 83.32 2653 2025 3825 5589
18 5338 1.4 II 93.61  2025 3825 5625
  1.4 II   2025 3825 5625
15 6382 1.2 I 111.92 2813 2025 3825 5625
14 6698 1.1 I   2025 3825 5625
12  1.0 I  2420 2025  5625
10 9128 0.8 * 160.22 2058 2025 3526 5625

 3482 4.3 III  4439 4050 5625  SK 873.1 - 90S/4  124
25 3849 3.9 III  4461 4050 5625  SK 873.1 - 90SH/4
22 4236 3.6 III  4449 4050 5625  SK 873.1 - 90SP/4
20  3.2 III 83.08 4431 4050 5625 
18 5214 2.9 III 91.43 4412 4050 5625 
16  2.5 III 104.84  4050 5625 
16  2.6 III 101.02  4050 5625 
14 6608 2.3 III 115.88 4344 4050 5625 
13  2.1 III  4306 4050 5625 
12  1.9 II 135.99  4050 5625 
11  1.8 II 150.31 4219 4050 5625 
10 9433 1.6 II 165.42 4153 4050 5625 
 10884 1.4 II 190.86 4025 4050 5625 
 12029 1.3 I 210.95 3904 4050 5625 
 13239 1.1 I 232.16  4050 5625 
6.4 14690 1.0 I  3566 4050 5569 
5.8 16236 0.9 *  3312 4050 5410 
5.3  0.8 * 315.19  4050 5212 
4.8 19848 0.8 *  2505 4050 4958 

13  3.9 III 132.45 6324 4950  9000 SK 973.1 - 90S/4 249 
11  3.0 III   4950  9000 SK 973.1 - 90SH/4
9.6 9898  III  6245 4950  9000 SK 973.1 - 90SP/4
9.3 10226 2.9 III  6231 4950  9000
8.4 11262 2.6 III  6196 4950  9000
  2.2 III  6109 4950  9000
6.4  2.0 III  6056 4950  9000
5.6 16851  II 295.5  4950  9000
5.1 18560 1.6 II  5882 4950  9000
4.6 20693 1.4 II 362.89  4950 6980 9000
4.0 23650 1.2 I  5606 4950 6891 9000
3.6 26024 1.1 I   4950 6818 9000

(Model Type in blue is an Energy Efficient motor)


(AGMA Class I = fB 1.0 - 1.39 II = fB 1.4 - 1.99 III = fB ≥ 2.0 * = fB < 1.0) (Model Type in light blue is an Premium Efficient motor)

 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


2 hp
Gearmotors
Motor Output Output Service AGMA Gear Standard Heavy Duty Model Weight Dim.
Power Speed Torque Factor Class Ratio Bearings Bearings (VL) Type Page
Pn n2 T2 fB itot FR N FA N FR VL FA VL
OHL Thrust OHL Thrust lb
[hp] [rpm] [Ib-in] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [lb]
2   2.2 III 2.32 606  n/a n/a SK 172.1 - 90L/4 44 106

GEARMOTORS
 189 2.0 III 2.49 618  n/a n/a SK 172.1 - 90LH/4
610  2.0 III  630 828 n/a n/a SK 172.1 - 90LP/4
568 222 2.0 III 2.92 630 853 n/a n/a
516 245 2.0 III 3.22 630  n/a n/a
480 263 1.8 II 3.46 630  n/a n/a
438 288 1.8 II  630  n/a n/a
398  1.8 II  630  n/a n/a
359 351 1.8 II 4.62 630  n/a n/a
323 390 1.9 II 5.14 630  n/a n/a
288 438 1.6 II  630  n/a n/a
258 488 1.5 II 6.43 630  n/a n/a
234 538 1.3 I  630  n/a n/a
212 595 1.2 I  630  n/a n/a
190 662 1.2 I  630  n/a n/a
  1.0 I  630  n/a n/a

634 199 4.0 III 2.62  1664 954 1664 SK 372.1 - 90L/4* 46 109
580   III 2.86   980  SK 372.1 - 90LH/4*
532   III 3.12   1008  SK 372.1 - 90LP/4*
484 260  III 3.43   1038 
439   III  801 1955  1955
  3.6 III 4.18 819 2020 1105 2020
356 354 3.5 III 4.66  2088 1143 2088
 398 3.6 III 5.24 855 2164 1185 2164
 451 3.1 III 5.95  2249 1231 2249
252 499 2.8 III 6.58 889 2295  2295
241 523 2.9 III 6.89 885 2295 1284 2295
230 548  III  881 2295 1302 2295
202 624 2.6 III 8.22 886 2295 1351 2295
  2.4 III 9.40 886 2295 1403 2295
161  2.2 III 10.28  2295  2295
144  1.9 II 11.55  2295 1486 2295
128 983 1.8 II 12.96  2295 1530 2295
114 1105 1.5 II  839 2295 1581 2295
101 1252 1.3 I 16.50  2295 1626 2295
90 1396 1.3 I 18.40  2295  2295
81 1564 1.1 I 20.62 684 2295  2295
  1.0 I 23.00 649 2295  2295
64 1964 0.9 * 25.85 600 2295  2295

89 1413 1.2 I 18.63 689 2295  2295 SK 373.1 - 90L/4*  109
81  1.2 I 20.52 665 2295  2295 SK 373.1 - 90LH/4*
  1.1 I  632 2295  2295 SK 373.1 - 90LP/4*
  1.0 I 23.41 589 2295  2295
64 1968 0.9 * 25.94 546 2295  2295
56 2261 0.8 *  432 2295 1686 2295

* When ordering this size unit with specific flange or shaft options the OHL information is derated from what is specified. Ö 34

(Model Type in blue is an Energy Efficient motor)


(AGMA Class I = fB 1.0 - 1.39 II = fB 1.4 - 1.99 III = fB ≥ 2.0 * = fB < 1.0) (Model Type in light blue is an Premium Efficient motor)

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 


2 hp
Gearmotors
Motor Output Output Service AGMA Gear Standard Heavy Duty Model Weight Dim.
Power Speed Torque Factor Class Ratio Bearings Bearings (VL) Type Page
Pn n2 T2 fB itot FR N FA N FR VL FA VL
OHL Thrust OHL Thrust lb
[hp] [rpm] [Ib-in] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [lb]
2 165  4.0 III 10.04 1986    SK 572.1 - 90L/4* 63 112
GEARMOTORS

148 853 3.9 III 11.25 2029    SK 572.1 - 90LH/4*
131 962  III 12.68     SK 572.1 - 90LP/4*
121  3.4 III  2085   
108  3.3 III 15.38 2133   
101 1249 2.8 III 16.46    
85 1485 2.4 III  2228   
 1658 2.2 III 21.85 2192   
68 1865 2.0 III 24.58 2223   
61 2048  II     
 2193 1.5 II 28.91 2258   
53  1.4 II 31.28 2268   
  1.2 I 35.65 2236   
39 3219 1.0 I 42.38    

95 1322 2.9 III  2102 3263  3263 SK 573.1 - 90L/4* 64 112
86 1458 2.6 III 19.22  3263  3263 SK 573.1 - 90LH/4*
  2.4 III 21.32  3263  3263 SK 573.1 - 90LP/4*
 1805 2.1 III  2200 3263  3263
62 2031 1.9 II   3263  3263
54 2346  II 30.93 2193 3263  3263
48 2640 1.5 II 34.80 2201 3263  3263
44 2884 1.4 II 38.02 2145 3263  3263
39 3200 1.2 I 42.18 2102 3263  3263
38 3292 1.2 I 43.40 2088 3263  3263
35 3638 1.1 I  2029 3263  3263
33  1.1 I 49.60 2006 3263  3263
30 4233 0.9 * 55.80 1959 3263  3263
 4625 0.9 *  1820 3263  3263
25 5138 0.8 *   3263  3263

108 1164 3.9 III 15.35  4500  4500 SK 672.1 - 90L/4  118
96 1309  III  2581 4500  4500 SK 672.1 - 90LH/4
90  3.4 III 18.41  4500  4500 SK 672.1 - 90LP/4
81 1564 3.4 III 20.62 2569 4500  4500
 2206 2.2 III 29.08 2530 4500  4500
51  2.2 III 32.58 2509 4500  4500
46  1.8 II  2488 4500  4500
 3384 1.2 I 44.55 2418 4500  4500

  2.3 III 22.82 2561 4500  4500 SK 673.1 - 90L/4  118
66 1911 2.3 III 25.19 2550 4500  4500 SK 673.1 - 90LH/4
60 2095 2.2 III   4500  4500 SK 673.1 - 90LP/4
54 2346 2.0 III 30.92 2519 4500  4500
49 2588 2.1 III 34.12 2499 4500  4500
45 2824 2.0 III   4500  4500
40 3151 1.8 II 41.54 2444 4500  4500
 3402  II 44.85 2416 4500  4500
34  1.5 II 49.50  4500  4500
30 4182 1.4 II 55.12 2310 4500  4500
 4586 1.2 I 60.45  4500  4500
25 5003 1.1 I 65.95  4500 3338 4500
23 5586 1.0 I  2046 4500 3259 4500
20 6350 0.9 *  1852 4500 3140 4500
  0.8 * 94.86 1568 4500 2982 4500

* When ordering this size unit with specific flange or shaft options the OHL information is derated from what is specified. Ö 34

(Model Type in blue is an Energy Efficient motor)


(AGMA Class I = fB 1.0 - 1.39 II = fB 1.4 - 1.99 III = fB ≥ 2.0 * = fB < 1.0) (Model Type in light blue is an Premium Efficient motor)

 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


2 hp
Gearmotors
Motor Output Output Service AGMA Gear Standard Heavy Duty Model Weight Dim.
Power Speed Torque Factor Class Ratio Bearings Bearings (VL) Type Page
Pn n2 T2 fB itot FR N FA N FR VL FA VL
OHL Thrust OHL Thrust lb
[hp] [rpm] [Ib-in] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [lb]
2 42 2963 2.5 III 39.06 2130 2025 3825 4645 SK 773.1 - 90L/4 105 121

GEARMOTORS
38 3295 2.3 III 43.43 2181 2025 3825  SK 773.1 - 90LH/4
35 3612 2.1 III   2025 3825 4803 SK 773.1 - 90LP/4
32 3892 1.9 II 51.31  2025 3825 4883
29   II  2330 2025 3825 
26 4811 1.6 II 63.42  2025 3825 5046
24 5228 1.4 II 68.92  2025 3825 5106
23 5454 1.4 II  2436 2025 3825 5133
21 6011 1.3 I   2025 3825 5165
20 6321 1.2 I 83.32 2502 2025 3825 5219
18  1.1 I 93.61 2551 2025 3825 
  1.0 I  2563 2025 3803 5286
15 8502 0.9 * 111.92 2262 2025 3633 5326

33  3.9 III 50.32 4123 4050 5625  SK 873.1 - 90L/4 182 124
30 4199 3.6 III 55.35 4229 4050 5625  SK 873.1 - 90LH/4
 4633 3.2 III   4050 5625  SK 873.1 - 90LP/4
25 5121 2.9 III  4415 4050 5625 
22 5636  III  4393 4050 5625 
20 6303 2.4 III 83.08 4360 4050 5625 
18 6936 2.2 III 91.43 4326 4050 5625 
16  2.0 III 101.02 4281 4050 5625 
16  1.9 II 104.84 4263 4050 5625 
14   II 115.88 4203 4050 5625 
13  1.6 II  4134 4050 5625 
12 10316 1.5 II 135.99  4050 5625 
11 11403 1.3 I 150.31  4050 5625 
10 12549 1.2 I 165.42  4050 5625 
  1.0 I 190.86  4050 5590 
 16003 0.9 * 210.95 3354 4050 5436 
  0.9 * 232.16 3056 4050 5258 
6.4 19569 0.8 *  2594 4050 5003 

16  3.5 III 105.23 6311 4950  9000 SK 973.1 - 90L/4 254 
14 9123 3.2 III 120.26  4950  9000 SK 973.1 - 90LH/4
13 10048 2.9 III 132.45 6240 4950  9000 SK 973.1 - 90LP/4
11 11956 2.2 III  6165 4950  9000
9.6 13168 2.0 III  6121 4950  9000
9.3 13604 2.1 III  6100 4950  9000
8.4 14983 1.9 II  6046 4950  9000
  1.6 II  5912 4950  9000
6.4 19616 1.5 II  5830 4950  9000
5.6  1.3 I 295.5  4950 6928 9000
5.1 24691 1.2 I  5552 4950 6861 9000
4.6  1.1 I 362.89 5380 4950  9000
4.0 31462 0.9 *  5101 4950 6619 9000
3.6 34698 0.8 *   4950 6493 9000

(Model Type in blue is an Energy Efficient motor)


(AGMA Class I = fB 1.0 - 1.39 II = fB 1.4 - 1.99 III = fB ≥ 2.0 * = fB < 1.0) (Model Type in light blue is an Premium Efficient motor)

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 


3 hp
Gearmotors
Motor Output Output Service AGMA Gear Standard Heavy Duty Model Weight Dim.
Power Speed Torque Factor Class Ratio Bearings Bearings (VL) Type Page
Pn n2 T2 fB itot FR N FA N FR VL FA VL
OHL Thrust OHL Thrust lb
[hp] [rpm] [Ib-in] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [lb]
3 651 291  III 2.62 656 1602 929 1602 SK 372.1 - 100L/4* 55 109
GEARMOTORS

596 318 2.5 III 2.86  1668 954 1668 SK 372.1 - 100LH/4*
546 346 2.6 III 3.12   981  SK 372.1 - 100LP/4*
 381 2.6 III 3.43 688 1825 1009 1825
451 420 2.5 III  698 1894 1039 1894
408 464 2.5 III 4.18  1954  1954
366  2.4 III 4.66    
325 582 2.4 III 5.24  2088 1146 2088
 661 2.1 III 5.95  2165 1188 2165
259  1.9 II 6.58  2229 1224 2229
  2.0 III 6.89  2248 1236 2248
236 803 1.9 II    1251 
 913  II 8.22 682 2295 1294 2295
181 1044 1.6 II 9.40 654 2295 1339 2295
166 1141 1.5 II 10.28 614 2295  2295
148 1281 1.3 I 11.55 591 2295 1410 2295

  4.0 III 6.30   2162  SK 572.1 - 100L/4*  112
228 832  III    2281  SK 572.1 - 100LH/4*
209 905 3.5 III 8.15     SK 572.1 - 100LP/4*
191 990 3.3 III 8.92    
 1115 3.2 III 10.04    
152 1249 2.9 III 11.25    
134 1408 2.5 III 12.68 1808   
125 1518 2.3 III     
111  2.2 III 15.38 1816   
104 1828 1.9 II 16.46 1841   
  1.6 II  1846   
 2426 1.5 II 21.85    
69  1.4 II 24.58    
55  0.9 * 31.28    

98 1934 2.0 III   3263  3263 SK 573.1 - 100L/4*  112
89 2134 1.8 II 19.22  3263  3263 SK 573.1 - 100LH/4*
80  1.6 II 21.32  3263  3263 SK 573.1 - 100LP/4*
 2642 1.4 II   3263  3263
64  1.3 I  1688 3263  3263
55 3434 1.1 I 30.93 1561 3263  3263
49 3864 1.0 I 34.80  3263  3263
45 4222 0.9 * 38.02  3263  3263
39 4815 0.8 * 43.40 1214 3263  3263

124 1521 3.4 III   4500  4500 SK 672.1 - 100L/4 84 118
111  3.2 III 15.35 2562 4500  4500 SK 672.1 - 100LH/4
99 1915 2.5 III  2549 4500  4500 SK 672.1 - 100LP/4
93 2044 2.3 III 18.41 2541 4500  4500
83 2290 2.3 III 20.62 2523 4500  4500
 2599 2.1 III 23.41 2498 4500  4500
65 2913 1.9 II 26.23 2469 4500  4500
59 3229 1.5 II 29.08 2436 4500  4500
52 3614 1.5 II 32.58 2390 4500  4500

* When ordering this size unit with specific flange or shaft options the OHL information is derated from what is specified. Ö 34

(Model Type in blue is an Energy Efficient motor)


(AGMA Class I = fB 1.0 - 1.39 II = fB 1.4 - 1.99 III = fB ≥ 2.0 * = fB < 1.0) (Model Type in light blue is an Premium Efficient motor)

 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


3 hp
Gearmotors
Motor Output Output Service AGMA Gear Standard Heavy Duty Model Weight Dim.
Power Speed Torque Factor Class Ratio Bearings Bearings (VL) Type Page
Pn n2 T2 fB itot FR N FA N FR VL FA VL
OHL Thrust OHL Thrust lb
[hp] [rpm] [Ib-in] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [lb]
3  2534 1.6 II 22.82 2504 4500  4500 SK 673.1 - 100L/4 86 118

GEARMOTORS
68  1.6 II 25.19 2481 4500  4500 SK 673.1 - 100LH/4
62 3066 1.5 II  2452 4500  4500 SK 673.1 - 100LP/4
55 3433 1.4 II 30.92 2412 4500  4500
50  1.4 II 34.12 2368 4500  4500
46 4134 1.4 II  2316 4500  4500
41 4613 1.2 I 41.54 2241 4500  4500
38 4980 1.1 I 44.85  4500 3340 4500
34 5496 1.0 I 49.50 2068 4500  4500
31 6115 0.9 * 55.12 1915 4500  4500

92 2050 3.4 III 18.46 1668 2025 3098  SK 772.1 - 100L/4 110 121
84 2255 3.2 III 20.31  2025 3166 3835 SK 772.1 - 100LH/4
  2.3 III 24.41  2025   SK 772.1 - 100LP/4
63 2980 2.3 III 26.86 1831 2025 3341 4048

 2386 2.8 III 21.49  2025 3186 3859 SK 773.1 - 100L/4 114 121
 2690 2.5 III 24.23  2025 3260 3949 SK 773.1 - 100LH/4
 2819 2.6 III 25.39 1803 2025 3298 3995 SK 773.1 - 100LP/4
60  2.3 III 28.63 1853 2025 3369 4081
54 3534 2.1 III 31.83 1892 2025  4139
48  1.8 II  1939 2025  4212
44   II 39.06  2025 3532 
39 4822 1.6 II 43.43 2010 2025 3562 4315
36  1.5 II  2041 2025 3596 4355
33  1.3 I 51.31  2025 3642 4411
30 6400 1.2 I  2111 2025  4451
  1.1 I 63.42  2025 3692 
25  1.0 I 68.92 2158 2025  4483
24  0.9 *   2025  4485
22  0.9 *   2025  4440
20 9243 0.8 * 83.32  2025 3520 

49 3895  III 35.08  4050 5625  SK 872.1 - 100L/4 186 124
44 4305  III   4050 5625  SK 872.1 - 100LH/4
40  2.6 III   4050 5625  SK 872.1 - 100LP/4

43 4406 3.4 III 39.68 3698 4050 5625  SK 873.1 - 100L/4 191 124
 5056 3.0 III 45.53  4050 5625  SK 873.1 - 100LH/4
34   III 50.32 3942 4050 5625  SK 873.1 - 100LP/4
31 6146 2.4 III 55.35 4033 4050 5625 
28  2.2 III  4134 4050 5625 
25  2.0 III  4239 4050 5625 
23 8249 1.8 II  4243 4050 5625 
21 9225 1.6 II 83.08 4168 4050 5625 
19 10152 1.5 II 91.43 4092 4050 5625 
  1.3 I 101.02 3990 4050 5625 
16 11641 1.3 I 104.84 3949 4050 5625 
15  1.2 I 115.88 3808 4050 5625 
13 15100 1.0 I 135.99 3504 4050 5530 
13 14160 1.1 I  3642 4050 5619 
11 16690 0.9 * 150.31 3230 4050 5361 
10 18351 0.8 * 165.42 2894 4050 5165 

(Model Type in blue is an Energy Efficient motor)


(AGMA Class I = fB 1.0 - 1.39 II = fB 1.4 - 1.99 III = fB ≥ 2.0 * = fB < 1.0) (Model Type in light blue is an Premium Efficient motor)

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 


3, 5 hp
Gearmotors
Motor Output Output Service AGMA Gear Standard Heavy Duty Model Weight Dim.
Power Speed Torque Factor Class Ratio Bearings Bearings (VL) Type Page
Pn n2 T2 fB itot FR N FA N FR VL FA VL
OHL Thrust OHL Thrust lb
[hp] [rpm] [Ib-in] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [lb]
3 23  3.5 III   4950  9000 SK 973.1 - 100L/4 262 
GEARMOTORS

22 8568 3.4 III  6291 4950  9000 SK 973.1 - 100LH/4
20  3.1 III 86.22 6253 4950  9000 SK 973.1 - 100LP/4
18 10544 2.8 III 94.96 6222 4950  9000
16 11684 2.4 III 105.23 6180 4950  9000
14 13353 2.2 III 120.26 6110 4950  9000
13  2.0 III 132.45 6058 4950  9000
11  1.5 II  5926 4950  9000
9.8  1.4 II  5846 4950  9000
9.5 19911 1.5 II  5809 4950 6999 9000
8.6 21930 1.3 I   4950 6945 9000
 26068 1.1 I  5462 4950 6813 9000
6.6  1.0 I  5302 4950  9000
5.8 32812 0.9 * 295.5 5001 4950 6565 9000
5.2  0.8 *  4409 4950 6431 9000

5 658   II 2.62  1512 893 1512 SK 372.1 - 100LA/4* 62 109
603 523 1.5 II 2.86 508  915  SK 372.1 - 112MH/4*
553  1.6 II 3.12 508 1636 939 1636 SK 372.1 - 112MP/4*
503  1.6 II 3.43 506  965 
456 691 1.5 II  503  991 
413  1.5 II 4.18 495 1850 1020 1850
 852 1.5 II 4.66 484 1904 1051 1904
329 958 1.5 II 5.24  1963 1084 1963
290  1.3 I 5.95 443  1120 
262 1203 1.2 I 6.58 424 2081 1150 2081
250 1259 1.2 I 6.89 390 2091  2091
239 1321 1.1 I  351 2106  2106
210 1502 1.1 I 8.22 285 2160 1199 2160
184  1.0 I 9.40 201 2214 1231 2214
168  0.9 * 10.28 109 2236  2236
149 2111 0.8 * 11.55 34 2289  2289

591 534  III 2.92 1231    SK 572.1 - 100LA/4*  112
528 598  III  1263 2944  2944 SK 572.1 - 112MH/4*
450   III 3.83 1304 3184 1803 3184 SK 572.1 - 112MP/4*
409  2.6 III 4.22 1329 3334 1858 3334
368  2.6 III 4.69 1353  1918 
330 956 2.5 III 5.23   1984 
293  2.5 III 5.88 1400  2056 
 1151 2.5 III 6.30 1421  2101 
230 1369 2.3 III  1440  2211 
212 1489 2.1 III 8.15 1425  2260 
193 1630 2.0 III 8.92   2310 
 1835 1.9 II 10.04   2390 
153 2056 1.8 II 11.25   2465 
136  1.5 II 12.68 1306   
126 2498 1.4 II  1244   
112 2811 1.4 II 15.38 1209   
105 3008 1.2 I 16.46 1209   
88  1.0 I  1109   
 3993 0.9 * 21.85 864  2318 
 4492 0.8 * 24.58    

* When ordering this size unit with specific flange or shaft options the OHL information is derated from what is specified. Ö 34

(Model Type in blue is an Energy Efficient motor)


(AGMA Class I = fB 1.0 - 1.39 II = fB 1.4 - 1.99 III = fB ≥ 2.0 * = fB < 1.0) (Model Type in light blue is an Premium Efficient motor)

 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


5 hp
Gearmotors
Motor Output Output Service AGMA Gear Standard Heavy Duty Model Weight Dim.
Power Speed Torque Factor Class Ratio Bearings Bearings (VL) Type Page
Pn n2 T2 fB itot FR N FA N FR VL FA VL
OHL Thrust OHL Thrust lb
[hp] [rpm] [Ib-in] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [lb]
5 99 3184 1.2 I  965 3263 2346 3263 SK 573.1 - 100LA/4*  112

GEARMOTORS
90 3513 1.1 I 19.22 912 3263 2325 3263 SK 573.1 - 112MH/4*
81 3896 1.0 I 21.32 844 3263 2291 3263 SK 573.1 - 112MP/4*
 4348 0.9 *   3263  3263
64 4892 0.8 *  635 3263 2160 3263

 842 2.9 III 4.61 2432 4135 2432 4135 SK 672.1 - 100LA/4* 90 118
341 925 2.9 III 5.06 2505 4260 2505 4260 SK 672.1 - 112MH/4*
309 1022 2.9 III 5.59 2583 4391 2583 4391 SK 672.1 - 112MP/4*
282 1118  III 6.12 2589 4500 2654 4500
256 1234  III  2584 4500  4500
225 1404 2.5 III   4500 2838 4500
203 1550 2.5 III 8.48  4500 2924 4500
199 1583 2.3 III 8.66 2569 4500 2940 4500
186 1690 2.5 III 9.25 2563 4500 2999 4500
166 1895 2.5 III  2551 4500 3102 4500
152 2080 2.0 III 11.38 2539 4500 3181 4500
 2295 2.0 III 12.56 2523 4500  4500
126 2504 2.0 III  2506 4500 3354 4500
112 2805 1.9 II 15.35 2480 4500  4500
100 3153 1.5 II  2444 4500  4500
94 3364 1.4 II 18.41 2420 4500  4500
84  1.4 II 20.62  4500  4500
  1.3 I 23.41 2296 4500  4500
66  1.1 I 26.23 2209 4500 3364 4500
59 5314 0.9 * 29.08 2108 4500 3298 4500
53 5954 0.9 * 32.58 1960 4500 3205 4500

  1.0 I 22.82 2314 4500  4500 SK 673.1 - 100LA/4* 93 118
68 4604 1.0 I 25.19 2245 4500  4500 SK 673.1 - 112MH/4*
62 5046 0.9 *  2158 4500 3330 4500 SK 673.1 - 112MP/4*
56 5651 0.8 * 30.92 2033 4500 3250 4500
51 6236 0.9 * 34.12 1885 4500 3160 4500
46 6804 0.8 *   4500 3054 4500

120 2628 2.4 III 14.38 1459 1963  3304 SK 772.1 - 100LA/4*  121
110 2855 2.0 III 15.62  1948  3329 SK 772.1 - 112MH/4*
104 3045 2.2 III 16.66 1503    SK 772.1 - 112MP/4*
93  2.0 III 18.46 1534  2828 3425
85  2.0 III 20.31 1565 1994  3480
 4461 1.4 II 24.41 1611 1962 2920 3538
64 4909 1.4 II 26.86 1639 1960 2956 3581

80   II 21.49  1953   SK 773.1 - 100LA/4* 120 121
 4428 1.5 II 24.23 1602  2901 3514 SK 773.1 - 112MH/4*
68 4640 1.6 II 25.39 1620 1955 2930 3550 SK 773.1 - 112MP/4*
60 5232 1.4 II 28.63  1923 2956 3580
54  1.2 I 31.83 1660 1846 2948 
48  1.1 I  1593  2951 
44  1.1 I 39.06 1560   3601
40  1.0 I 43.43 1389 1628  3546
36  0.9 *  1265 1534 2902 3515
34  0.8 * 51.31 1209 1499 2910 3524

* When ordering this size unit with specific flange or shaft options the OHL information is derated from what is specified. Ö 34

(Model Type in blue is an Energy Efficient motor)


(AGMA Class I = fB 1.0 - 1.39 II = fB 1.4 - 1.99 III = fB ≥ 2.0 * = fB < 1.0) (Model Type in light blue is an Premium Efficient motor)

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 


5, 7.5 hp
Gearmotors
Motor Output Output Service AGMA Gear Standard Heavy Duty Model Weight Dim.
Power Speed Torque Factor Class Ratio Bearings Bearings (VL) Type Page
Pn n2 T2 fB itot FR N FA N FR VL FA VL
OHL Thrust OHL Thrust lb
[hp] [rpm] [Ib-in] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [lb]
5 49 6411  II 35.08 3360 4050 5625  SK 872.1 - 100LA/4* 193 124
GEARMOTORS

44  1.6 II  3440 4050 5625  SK 872.1 - 112MH/4*


40  1.6 II  3519 4050 5625  SK 872.1 - 112MP/4*

 4293 3.0 III 23.49 3043 4050 5391  SK 873.1 - 100LA/4  124
 4695 3.0 III 25.69 3125 4050   SK 873.1 - 112MH/4
63 5039 2.9 III   4050 5622  SK 873.1 - 112MP/4
 5569  III  3253 4050 5625 
54 5892 2.6 III 32.24 3293 4050 5625 
48 6512 2.3 III 35.63  4050 5625 
43  2.1 III 39.68 3455 4050 5625 
38 8321 1.8 II 45.53 3560 4050 5625 
34 9196 1.6 II 50.32  4050 5625 
31 10115 1.5 II 55.35 3699 4050 5625 
28 11161 1.3 I   4050 5625 
26 12336 1.2 I  3834 4050 5625 
23  1.1 I   4050 5625 
21 15183 1.0 I 83.08 3485 4050 5518 
19  0.9 * 91.43 3229 4050 5360 
 18462 0.8 * 101.02 2862 4050  
16 19160 0.8 * 104.84  4050 5062 

41  3.0 III 42.51 6315 4950  9000 SK 973.1 - 100LA/4 269 
36 8699 3.2 III  6284 4950  9000 SK 973.1 - 112MH/4
33 9562 2.8 III 52.32 6254 4950  9000 SK 973.1 - 112MP/4
31  2.8 III 55.66 6233 4950  9000
29 10949 2.6 III 59.91 6204 4950  9000
26 12058 2.3 III 65.98 6165 4950  9000
25 12519 2.3 III 68.5 6143 4950  9000
23  2.1 III  6096 4950  9000
22 14101 2.1 III  6083 4950  9000
20  1.9 II 86.22 6006 4950  9000
18   II 94.96 5939 4950  9000
16 19231 1.5 II 105.23 5850 4950  9000
14  1.3 I 120.26  4950 6941 9000
13 24206 1.2 I 132.45 5582 4950  9000
11 28802 0.9 *  5283 4950  9000
9.9  0.8 *  5091 4950 6612 9000
9.6  0.9 *  5006 4950 6568 9000
 36094 0.8 *  4419 4950 6433 9000

7.5 652  3.4 III 2.66 2006 3123 2006 3123 SK 672.1 - 132S/4 141 118
  3.4 III 2.86 2052 3225 2052 3225 SK 672.1 - 132SH/4
565  3.4 III  2098 3332 2098 3332 SK 672.1 - 132SP/4
524 902 3.3 III 3.31 2150 3454 2150 3454
485  3.3 III 3.58 2201 3581 2201 3581
  3.3 III 3.88 2256  2256 
411 1150 3.2 III 4.22 2316 3886 2316 3886
 1256 3.2 III 4.61  4038  4038
343  3.1 III 5.06  4155  4155
310 1524 2.8 III 5.59 2519  2519 
283 1668  III 6.12 2564 4385 2584 4385
 1840 2.5 III  2554 4500 2659 4500

(Model Type in blue is an Energy Efficient motor)


(AGMA Class I = fB 1.0 - 1.39 II = fB 1.4 - 1.99 III = fB ≥ 2.0 * = fB < 1.0) (Model Type in light blue is an Premium Efficient motor)

 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


7.5 hp
Gearmotors
Motor Output Output Service AGMA Gear Standard Heavy Duty Model Weight Dim.
Power Speed Torque Factor Class Ratio Bearings Bearings (VL) Type Page
Pn n2 T2 fB itot FR N FA N FR VL FA VL
OHL Thrust OHL Thrust lb
[hp] [rpm] [Ib-in] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [lb]
7.5 226 2093 2.2 III  2538 4500  4500 SK 672.1 - 132S/4 141 118

GEARMOTORS
205 2311 2.0 III 8.48 2522 4500 2830 4500 SK 672.1 - 132SH/4
200 2360 1.6 II 8.66 2518 4500 2842 4500 SK 672.1 - 132SP/4
188 2521 1.9 II 9.25 2505 4500  4500
 2826 1.8 II   4500 2990 4500
152 3102 1.4 II 11.38 2450 4500 3054 4500
138 3423 1.4 II 12.56 2414 4500 3136 4500
  1.4 II   4500 3204 4500
113 4184 1.3 I 15.35 2311 4500 3300 4500

214 2213 2.6 III 8.12 1191    SK 772.1 - 132S/4 168 121
193 2445 2.4 III  1219 1594 2316 2805 SK 772.1 - 132SH/4
  2.2 III 10 1242 1585 2343 2838 SK 772.1 - 132SP/4
164 2889 2.1 III 10.6 1263  2382 2886
 3014 2.0 III 11.06 1269 1598 2384 2888
149 3181 1.9 II  1289  2420 2931
133 3562  II  1310 1605 2442 2958
121 3919 1.6 II 14.38 1333 1605  
111  1.4 II 15.62 1338 1545 2463 2983
104 4541 1.5 II 16.66 1355 1552 2489 3015
94 5031 1.4 II 18.46  1514 2499 
85 5536 1.3 I 20.31 1333 1488 2516 

81  1.1 I 21.49 1229 1401  3001 SK 773.1 - 132S/4  121
 6604 1.0 I 24.23 1114 1314 2462 2982 SK 773.1 - 132SH/4
68 6920 1.0 I 25.39 1108  2480 3004 SK 773.1 - 132SP/4
61  0.9 * 28.63 961 1204 2449 2966
55  0.8 * 31.83  1028  

154 3063 4.0 III 11.24 2404  4346 5994 SK 872.1 - 132S/4 244 124
139 3401 3.8 III 12.48  3813 4465  SK 872.1 - 132SH/4
126  3.5 III  2534 3893 4586 6269 SK 872.1 - 132SP/4
114  3.1 III 15.18 2598   
102 4622 2.9 III 16.96 2666 4036 4834 6546
93 5089  III   4050 4954 6683
  2.2 III 23.02  4050 5211 
68 6934 2.0 III 25.44 2921 4050 5341 
62  1.9 II 28 2984 4050 5465 
60   II 29.08 3000 4050 5510 
54  1.6 II 32 3061 4050 5625 
49 9561 1.1 I 35.08 3100 4050 5625 
45  1.1 I  3155 4050 5625 
41 11630 1.1 I  3209 4050 5625 

68  2.1 III 25.69 2932 4050 5365  SK 873.1 - 132S/4 248 124
63  1.9 II  2966 4050 5439  SK 873.1 - 132SH/4
 8305 1.8 II   4050   SK 873.1 - 132SP/4
54   II 32.24 3055 4050 5625 
49  1.5 II 35.63 3112 4050 5625 
44 10815 1.4 II 39.68 3163 4050 5625 
38 12409 1.2 I 45.53 3224 4050 5625 
34  1.1 I 50.32  4050 5625 
31 15086 1.0 I 55.35 3293 4050 5533 
28 16645 0.9 *  3245   
26  0.8 *   3912  

(Model Type in blue is an Energy Efficient motor)


(AGMA Class I = fB 1.0 - 1.39 II = fB 1.4 - 1.99 III = fB ≥ 2.0 * = fB < 1.0) (Model Type in light blue is an Premium Efficient motor)

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 


7.5, 10 hp
Gearmotors
Motor Output Output Service AGMA Gear Standard Heavy Duty Model Weight Dim.
Power Speed Torque Factor Class Ratio Bearings Bearings (VL) Type Page
Pn n2 T2 fB itot FR N FA N FR VL FA VL
OHL Thrust OHL Thrust lb
[hp] [rpm] [Ib-in] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [lb]
7.5 63  3.1 III  5509 4950  9000 SK 972.1 - 132S/4 330 
GEARMOTORS

 8256 3.0 III 30.29  4950  9000 SK 972.1 - 132SH/4
52 9092 2.8 III 33.36  4950  9000 SK 972.1 - 132SP/4
 10136 2.5 III   4950  9000
41 11654 2.2 III  5946 4950  9000

41 11586 2.4 III 42.51 5855 4950  9000 SK 973.1 - 132S/4 320 
36  2.2 III  5886 4950  9000 SK 973.1 - 132SH/4
33 14260 2.0 III 52.32 5894 4950  9000 SK 973.1 - 132SP/4
31  1.9 II 55.66 5890 4950  9000
29 16329  II 59.91  4950  9000
26  1.6 II 65.98 5886 4950  9000
25  1.6 II 68.5 5813 4950  9000
23 20561 1.4 II   4950 6983 9000
22 21030 1.4 II   4950  9000
20 23499 1.2 I 86.22 5584 4950 6895 9000
18 25881 1.1 I 94.96 5480 4950 6822 9000
16 28681 1.0 I 105.23 5305 4950  9000
14  0.9 * 120.26 4893 4950 6568 9000
13 36099 0.8 * 132.45 4416 4950 6433 9000

10 652  2.6 III 2.66  3055  3055 SK 672.1 - 132M/4 165 118
 1039 2.6 III 2.86 2018 3153 2018 3153 SK 672.1 - 132MH/4
565 1116 2.5 III  2062 3254 2062 3254 SK 672.1 - 132MP/4
524 1203 2.5 III 3.31 2111  2111 
485 1301 2.4 III 3.58 2160 3490 2160 3490
 1410 2.5 III 3.88 2212 3623 2212 3623
411 1534 2.4 III 4.22 2269  2269 
  2.4 III 4.61 2328 3943 2328 3943
343 1839 2.3 III 5.06 2393  2393 
310 2031 2.1 III 5.59 2461  2461 
283 2224 2.0 III 6.12 2518  2518 
 2453 1.9 II  2511 4385 2588 4385
226   II  2481 4500 2669 4500
205 3082 1.5 II 8.48 2453 4500  4500
200  1.2 I 8.66 2445 4500  4500
188 3361 1.4 II 9.25 2422 4500 2800 4500
  1.3 I   4500 2883 4500
152 4136 1.0 I 11.38 2318 4500 2932 4500
138 4564 1.0 I 12.56 2250 4500 3004 4500
  1.0 I   4500 3060 4500
113  1.0 I 15.35 2050 4500 3141 4500

262 2409 2.2 III 6.63 1086  2125  SK 772.1 - 132M/4 192 121
  2.0 III  1095 1263  2516 SK 772.1 - 132MH/4
214 2951 1.9 II 8.12 1118 1326 2122  SK 772.1 - 132MP/4
193 3260 1.8 II  1140 1345 2154 2609
 3634  II 10 1152 1308 2160 2616
164 3852 1.6 II 10.6  1350 2195 2659
 4019 1.5 II 11.06  1314 2184 2646
149 4241 1.4 II  1188  2216 2684
133  1.3 I  1143  2211 
121 5226 1.2 I 14.38  1248 2223 2693
111  1.0 I 15.62  1142 2180 2641
104 6054 1.1 I 16.66 950 1133 2194 2658
94  1.0 I 18.46 839 1049  2631
85  1.0 I 20.31  980 2160 

(Model Type in blue is an Energy Efficient motor)


(AGMA Class I = fB 1.0 - 1.39 II = fB 1.4 - 1.99 III = fB ≥ 2.0 * = fB < 1.0) (Model Type in light blue is an Premium Efficient motor)

80 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


10 hp
Gearmotors
Motor Output Output Service AGMA Gear Standard Heavy Duty Model Weight Dim.
Power Speed Torque Factor Class Ratio Bearings Bearings (VL) Type Page
Pn n2 T2 fB itot FR N FA N FR VL FA VL
OHL Thrust OHL Thrust lb
[hp] [rpm] [Ib-in] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [lb]
10 81  0.8 * 21.49 592 808 2089 2530 SK 773.1 - 132M/4 195 121

GEARMOTORS
 8805 0.8 * 24.23 395 624 2024 2452 SK 773.1 - 132MH/4
68  0.8 * 25.39  616 2031 2461 SK 773.1 - 132MP/4

224 2809 3.6 III  2106 3251  5318 SK 872.1 - 132M/4 268 124
196 3223 3.2 III   3313 4012 5462 SK 872.1 - 132MH/4
188 3358 3.6 III 9.24 2210 3386 4062 5549 SK 872.1 - 132MP/4
166  3.2 III 10.44  3433 4188 
154 4085 3.0 III 11.24 2323 3519  
139 4535 2.9 III 12.48  3558 4386 5903
126 5011 2.6 III  2434 3611 4499 6022
114 5516 2.4 III 15.18 2489 3669  6140
102 6163 2.2 III 16.96 2543 3690  6243
93  2.0 III     6355
 8365  II 23.02 2690  5065 6518
68 9245 1.5 II 25.44   5180 6602
62  1.4 II 28   5290 6690
60 10568 1.3 I 29.08    
54 11629 1.2 I 32 2832  5435 

54  1.3 I 32.24 2821 3646 5433  SK 873.1 - 132M/4  124
49 12948 1.2 I 35.63 2854 3592 5499  SK 873.1 - 132MH/4
44 14420 1.0 I 39.68   5504  SK 873.1 - 132MP/4
38 16546 0.9 * 45.53 2894 3323  
34 18286 0.8 * 50.32 2896 3184  

  3.1 III 21.99 5032 4950  9000 SK 972.1 - 132M/4 354 
  2.4 III 23.19 4923 4950  9000 SK 972.1 - 132MH/4
63 10052 2.3 III  5041 4950  9000 SK 972.1 - 132MP/4
  2.3 III 30.29 5093 4950  9000
52 12123 2.1 III 33.36 5138 4950  9000
 13515 1.9 II  5200 4950  9000
41 15539  II   4950  9000

46  2.1 III  5096 4950  9000 SK 973.1 - 132M/4 344 
41 15448 1.8 II 42.51  4950  9000 SK 973.1 - 132MH/4
36  1.6 II  4991 4950  9000 SK 973.1 - 132MP/4
33 19013 1.5 II 52.32 4911 4950  9000
31  1.4 II 55.66 4845 4950 6990 9000
29  1.3 I 59.91  4950 6946 9000
26  1.2 I 65.98 4664 4950 6883 9000
25 24893 1.2 I 68.5 4525 4950 6851 9000
23  1.1 I  4401 4950  9000
22 28040 1.0 I  4350 4950  9000
20 31332 0.9 * 86.22 3963 4669 6623 9000
18 34509 0.8 * 94.96  4525 6499 9000

(Model Type in blue is an Energy Efficient motor)


(AGMA Class I = fB 1.0 - 1.39 II = fB 1.4 - 1.99 III = fB ≥ 2.0 * = fB < 1.0) (Model Type in light blue is an Premium Efficient motor)

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 81


15 hp
Gearmotors
Motor Output Output Service AGMA Gear Standard Heavy Duty Model Weight Dim.
Power Speed Torque Factor Class Ratio Bearings Bearings (VL) Type Page
Pn n2 T2 fB itot FR N FA N FR VL FA VL
OHL Thrust OHL Thrust lb
[hp] [rpm] [Ib-in] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [lb]
15   2.6 III 3.12 858 995  2095 SK 772.1 - 160M/4 232 121
GEARMOTORS

493 1918 2.3 III 3.59 869 933  2068 SK 772.1 - 160MH/4
461 2052 2.3 III 3.84 895 1013   SK 772.1 - 160MP/4
400 2362 2.0 III 4.42 900 923  2118
  2.0 III  919 964  2164
329  1.8 II 5.38 945 1005  2268
286  1.6 II 6.19 902 854  2163
 3543 1.5 II 6.63 885 968 1906 2309
232  1.3 I     2159
218 4339 1.3 I 8.12 816 812 1826 2212
  1.2 I    1832 2219
 5343 1.1 I 10 645   
 5664 1.1 I 10.6 655 698 1825 2211
160 5910 1.0 I 11.06  621  2169
152 6236 1.0 I   639 1815 2198
135 6984 0.9 *  412 494  2130
123  0.8 * 14.38 303 408  

322 2939 3.5 III 5.5 1830 2594  4688 SK 872.1 - 160M/4 308 124
313 3024 3.4 III 5.66 1829 2553 3461  SK 872.1 - 160MH/4
269 3510 3.1 III  1903 2691 3602 4839 SK 872.1 - 160MP/4
229 4130 2.8 III  1982 2844  5014
200  2.5 III  2031 2888  
192  2.5 III 9.24  3003  5201
  2.2 III 10.44  2989 4035 
 6006 2.1 III 11.24 2154 3065 4116 5385
142 6668 2.0 III 12.48 2188  4209 5442
128  1.8 II   3050 4306 
 8111 1.6 II 15.18 2265 3062 4399 5595
104 9062 1.5 II 16.96 2292 3006 4495 5630
95  1.4 II  2325 2998  5692
 12300 1.1 I 23.02 2353 2810 4626 5695
 13593 1.0 I 25.44   4629 5698
63 14961 0.9 * 28 2382 2648 4640 
61 15538 0.9 * 29.08 2290 2546  5659
55  0.8 * 32 2142  4590 5651

69  1.1 I 25.69 2368  4626 5695 SK 873.1 - 160M/4 312 124
64  1.0 I  2366 2608 4604  SK 873.1 - 160MH/4
58 16281 0.9 *  2189   5636 SK 873.1 - 160MP/4
55  0.9 * 32.24  2365 4540 5589
50 19038 0.8 * 35.63  2184 4483 5519

131  3.2 III 13.56  4303  8013 SK 972.1 - 160M/4 394 
125  3.1 III 14.16 4139 4295  8060 SK 972.1 - 160MH/4
112 8464 2.9 III 15.84  4348   SK 972.1 - 160MP/4
100 9431 2.6 III   4433  8440
90  2.4 III  4196 4419  8565
80  2.1 III 21.99 4240 4488  
 12391 1.6 II 23.19 4026 4299  
64  1.6 II  4005 4330  
58 16185 1.5 II 30.29  4330  9000
53  1.4 II 33.36  4318  9000
48  1.3 I  3882   9000
41 22848 1.1 I  3662 4165 6920 9000

(Model Type in blue is an Energy Efficient motor)


(AGMA Class I = fB 1.0 - 1.39 II = fB 1.4 - 1.99 III = fB ≥ 2.0 * = fB < 1.0) (Model Type in light blue is an Premium Efficient motor)

82 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


15, 20 hp
Gearmotors
Motor Output Output Service AGMA Gear Standard Heavy Duty Model Weight Dim.
Power Speed Torque Factor Class Ratio Bearings Bearings (VL) Type Page
Pn n2 T2 fB itot FR N FA N FR VL FA VL
OHL Thrust OHL Thrust lb
[hp] [rpm] [Ib-in] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [lb]
15  11980 2.1 III 22.42 4145 4404   SK 973.1 - 160M/4 384 

GEARMOTORS
69 13631 1.9 II 25.51 4096 4392  8880 SK 973.1 - 160MH/4
65 14544 1.8 II     8955 SK 973.1 - 160MP/4
 16548  II  3955 4319  9000
55   II 31.95 3920 4298  9000
50 18803 1.5 II 35.19 3861   9000
 19962 1.4 II     9000
42  1.2 I 42.51 3501 4010 6920 9000
 25434 1.1 I  3251 3824 6834 9000
34  1.0 I 52.32 3003 3635  9000
32  1.0 I 55.66 2819 3492 6685 9000
30 32011 0.9 * 59.91  3295 6596 9000
 35255 0.8 * 65.98 2303 3101  9000
26 36601 0.8 * 68.5 2039  6404 9000

20 555  3.3 III 3.18 1531 2015   SK 872.1 - 160L/4 345 124
 2636 3.0 III 3.69 1595 2112 3058 4144 SK 872.1 - 160LH/4
438  2.8 III 4.03 1619 2122 3116 4191 SK 872.1 - 160LP/4
 3344 2.9 III 4.68 1683 2219 3242 
321 3929 2.6 III 5.5  2320  4491
312 4044 2.5 III 5.66  2253 3388 4456
269 4694 2.3 III  1805 2342 3519 4595
228 5523 2.1 III   2430 3660 
199  1.9 II  1898 2386  
191 6602 1.9 II 9.24 1936 2513 3815 
169   II 10.44 1955 2444 3905 4895
 8030 1.5 II 11.24  2551 3981 4998
141 8916 1.5 II 12.48 2010 2481  5005
128 9852 1.3 I  2031 2448 4090 5035
116 10845 1.2 I 15.18 2052 2434 4119 
104  1.1 I 16.96 2051 2288 4090 5036
95 13339 1.0 I  2048 2232 4100 5048

91  1.0 I 19.34 1924 2109 4053 4990 SK 873.1 - 160L/4 349 124
83  0.9 * 21.38  1961 4021 4950 SK 873.1 - 160LH/4
  0.9 * 23.49 1502  3956  SK 873.1 - 160LP/4
69 18354 0.8 * 25.69 1244 1543  

245  3.5 III  3430 3406 6183  SK 972.1 - 160L/4 431 
209  3.3 III 8.45 3486 3558 6389 6920 SK 972.1 - 160LH/4
188  3.3 III 9.4     SK 972.1 - 160LP/4
  3.0 III 10.35 3615   
153 8245  III 11.54  3842  
 9188 2.5 III 12.86  3805 6960 
130 9688 2.4 III 13.56  3880  
125  2.3 III 14.16 3624 3841  
111  2.1 III 15.84 3596 3840  
100 12610 2.0 III  3609 3880  
90 14089 1.8 II     8030
80  1.6 II 21.99    

(Model Type in blue is an Energy Efficient motor)


(AGMA Class I = fB 1.0 - 1.39 II = fB 1.4 - 1.99 III = fB ≥ 2.0 * = fB < 1.0) (Model Type in light blue is an Premium Efficient motor)

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 83


20, 25 hp
Gearmotors
Motor Output Output Service AGMA Gear Standard Heavy Duty Model Weight Dim.
Power Speed Torque Factor Class Ratio Bearings Bearings (VL) Type Page
Pn n2 T2 fB itot FR N FA N FR VL FA VL
OHL Thrust OHL Thrust lb
[hp] [rpm] [Ib-in] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [lb]
20  16018 1.5 II 22.42 3316   8101 SK 973.1 - 160L/4 421 
GEARMOTORS

69 18226 1.5 II 25.51 3153 3559   SK 973.1 - 160LH/4


65  1.4 II  3050 3486  8202 SK 973.1 - 160LP/4
 22126 1.2 I  2810 3308  8229
55  1.2 I 31.95  3251 6914 8230
50 25141 1.1 I 35.19  3141 6846 
 26692 1.1 I   2943  8194
42  0.9 * 42.51  2619 6662 8111
 34008 0.8 *  1486 2264 6516 
34  0.8 * 52.32 1062 1920 6369 

25 550 2864 2.6 III 3.18 1485 1864 2901  SK 872.1 - 180MX/4 398 124
 3324 2.3 III 3.69 1542 1938 3016 4011 SK 872.1 - 180MH/4
434 3630 2.2 III 4.03 1559 1926 3069 4041 SK 872.1 - 180MP/4
 4215 2.3 III 4.68 1615 1992 3188 
318 4954 2.1 III 5.5  2056 3316 4296
309 5098 2.0 III 5.66 1658 1963 3319 4242
266 5918 1.8 II    3440 4352
226 6963  II   2038 3568 4458
  1.5 II   1916 3610 4445
189 8323 1.5 II 9.24 1805 2045  4555
168 9403 1.3 I 10.44 1803 1896 3668 4516
156 10124 1.2 I 11.24 1839   4609
140 11241 1.2 I 12.48 1832 1831  4565
 12421 1.0 I    3694 
115  1.0 I 15.18 1598 1646 3689 4542

526 2999 5.0 III 3.33  2522 5050 5469 SK 972.1 - 180MX/4 484 
468 3369 4.8 III  2835 2601  5619 SK 972.1 - 180MH/4
384  4.3 III 4.56   5462 5916 SK 972.1 - 180MP/4
333   III 5.25  2819 5585 6050
284  3.3 III  3042 2908  6243
262  3.3 III 6.68 3196 3116 5956 6451
243  3.1 III  3154 3096 6000 6498
   III 8.45 3161   6686
186  2.6 III 9.4 3224 3318 6340 
169 9322 2.4 III 10.35 3236 3392 6456 6992
152 10394 2.1 III 11.54   6598 
136 11583 2.0 III 12.86  3381 6636 
129 12214 1.9 II 13.56 3190 3453  
124  1.9 II 14.16 3102 3381  
110   II 15.84 3011 3325 6814 
99 15898 1.6 II   3319 6929 
89  1.4 II   3143 6919 
80  1.3 I 21.99 2661 3099  

 20194 1.2 I 22.42  2926 6905  SK 973.1 - 180MX/4  
69  1.2 I 25.51 2191  6893  SK 973.1 - 180MH/4
64  1.1 I  2022  6864  SK 973.1 - 180MP/4
  1.0 I  1641   
55  1.0 I 31.95 1524 2182  
50 31696 0.9 * 35.19 1261  6612 
 33651 0.8 *  919 1596 6530 

(Model Type in blue is an Energy Efficient motor)


(AGMA Class I = fB 1.0 - 1.39 II = fB 1.4 - 1.99 III = fB ≥ 2.0 * = fB < 1.0) (Model Type in light blue is an Premium Efficient motor)

84 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


30, 40 hp
Gearmotors
Motor Output Output Service AGMA Gear Standard Heavy Duty Model Weight Dim.
Power Speed Torque Factor Class Ratio Bearings Bearings (VL) Type Page
Pn n2 T2 fB itot FR N FA N FR VL FA VL
OHL Thrust OHL Thrust lb
[hp] [rpm] [Ib-in] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [lb]
30 552  2.2 III 3.18 1435  2856  SK 872.1 - 180LX/4 398 124

GEARMOTORS
  2.0 III 3.69 1485  2966 3869 SK 872.1 - 180LH/4
435 4343 1.8 II 4.03 1496  3013 3882 SK 872.1 - 180LP/4
 5044 1.9 II 4.68 1544  3124 3989
319 5928  II 5.5 1591  3243 4094
310 6100  II 5.66 1569 1682 3242 4020
  1.5 II  1608 1686 3333 4103
 8331 1.4 II  1643  3391 
198 9560 1.2 I  1619  3338 4109
190 9959 1.2 I 9.24  1610 3434 
168 11252 1.1 I 10.44  1393 3358 4135
156 12114 1.0 I 11.24 1509 1453 3426 4218
141 13451 1.0 I 12.48 1259  3349 4123
 14863 0.9 *  1054  3299 4061
116 16361 0.8 * 15.18  954 3261 4015

 3589 4.2 III 3.33 2689  4950 5362 SK 972.1 - 180LX/4 484 
469 4031 4.0 III   2446  5498 SK 972.1 - 180LH/4
385 4915 3.6 III 4.56 2845 2614 5336  SK 972.1 - 180LP/4
334 5658 3.1 III 5.25  2592 5431 5882
284 6650 2.8 III    5583 
263  2.8 III 6.68  2844  6260
244  2.6 III    5803 6286
208  2.3 III 8.45 2834 2811 5943 
 10131 2.2 III 9.4  2913 6094 6600
 11155 2.0 III 10.35  2944 6189 
152 12438 1.8 II 11.54 2844 2995 6308 6832
136 13860  II 12.86 2650 2828 6302 6826
129 14615 1.6 II 13.56  2933 6404 6936
124 15261 1.5 II 14.16 2585 2814  6903
111  1.4 II 15.84 2433  6409 6942
99 19023 1.3 I  2341 2683 6489 
89 21254 1.2 I  2031 2389  6951
80  1.0 I 21.99  2299 6464 

 24164 1.0 I 22.42 1643 2029 6326 6852 SK 973.1 - 180LX/4  
69  1.0 I 25.51 1252    SK 973.1 - 180LH/4
64  0.9 *  1018 1463  6684 SK 973.1 - 180LP/4
  0.8 *  502 990 6004 6502
55 34435 0.8 * 31.95 345 846 5948 6442

40 535  3.2 III 3.33 2412 2121  5141 SK 972.1 - 200L/4 641 
 5299 3.0 III   2146 4849 5252 SK 972.1 - 200LH/4
390 6461  III 4.56 2494 2265  5501
339  2.4 III 5.25 2358 2160 5118 5543
288  2.1 III  2285 2126 5220 5653
266 9465 2.1 III 6.68  2333 5426 
248  2.0 III   2219 5408 5858
211   II 8.45 2195 2136 5483 5939
189 13318 1.6 II 9.4 2191  5604 6069
 14664 1.5 II 10.35  2139 5660 6130
154 16351 1.4 II 11.54 2039   6209
138 18221 1.3 I 12.86   5640 6109
131 19213 1.2 I 13.56  1892  6210
126 20063 1.2 I 14.16   5658 6128

(Model Type in blue is an Energy Efficient motor)


(AGMA Class I = fB 1.0 - 1.39 II = fB 1.4 - 1.99 III = fB ≥ 2.0 * = fB < 1.0) (Model Type in light blue is an Premium Efficient motor)

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 85


50 hp
Gearmotors
Motor Output Output Service AGMA Gear Standard Heavy Duty Model Weight Dim.
Power Speed Torque Factor Class Ratio Bearings Bearings (VL) Type Page
Pn n2 T2 fB itot FR N FA N FR VL FA VL
OHL Thrust OHL Thrust lb
[hp] [rpm] [Ib-in] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [Ib] [lb]
50 530 5948 2.5 III 3.33 2139 1868 4563 4942 SK 972.1 - 225S/4  
GEARMOTORS

 6680 2.4 III  2109 1858 4642  SK 972.1 - 225SH/4
 8145 2.2 III 4.56 2143 1931 4842 5245
336  1.9 II 5.25 1922  4822 5223
286 11020  II   1636  
264 11931  II 6.68 1958  5088 5511
245 12842 1.6 II    5028 5446
209 15093 1.4 II 8.45  1496 5036 5454
188  1.3 I 9.4 1486 1485 5124 5549
 18486 1.2 I 10.35 1352  5138 5565
153 20612 1.1 I 11.54 1204 1284 5164 5593
  1.0 I 12.86  881  5392
130 24220 1.0 I 13.56  938 5064 5485
125 25291 0.9 * 14.16 529  4940 5350

(AGMA Class I = fB 1.0 - 1.39 II = fB 1.4 - 1.99 III = fB ≥ 2.0 * = fB < 1.0) (Model Type in blue is an Energy Efficient motor)

86 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


NORDBLOC.1® REDUCERS
& COMBINATIONS

Speed
Reducer
Selections
t4,
t4,
t4,
t4,
t4,
t4,
t4,
t4,
t4,
t4,
t4,
t4,
t4,
t4,

www.nord.com
Model Gear Output Output
Type Ratio Speed Torque*

itot n2 T2 max
1750 rpm
[rpm] [Ibin]

SK 573.1  100 3806


19.22 91 3806
21.32 82 3806
  3806
 65 3806
30.93  3894
34.80 50 3894
38.02 46 3983
42.18 41 3983
43.40 40 3983
 36 3983


SK 072.1
NEMA C
Ratings & Combinations
Model Type Gear Output Output Maximum input power” Input NEMA C-Face*
Ratio Speed Torque Shaft Available Combinations
itot n2 T2 max
[rpm] [Ib-in] [hp] [hp] [hp] W 48C 56C 140TC 180TC 210TC 250TC

SK 072.1 2.10 833 319 1.00 0.66 0.50 9 9


2.33  345 1.00 0.66 0.50 9 9
 681 363 1.00 0.66 0.50 9 9
2.85 614 398 1.00 0.66 0.50 9 9
2.95 593  1.00 0.66 0.50 9 9
3.28 534 416 1.00 0.66 0.50 9 9
3.58 489 425 1.00 0.66 0.50 9 9
3.92 446 398 1.00 0.66 0.50 9 9
4.31 406 443 1.00 0.66 0.50 9 9
  469 1.00 0.66 0.50 9 9
5.31 330  1.00 0.66 0.50 9 9
5.50 318  1.00 0.66 0.50 9 9
5.96 294  1.00 0.66 0.50 9 9
W + NEMA

 266 469 1.00 0.66 0.50 9 9


 242  1.00 0.66 0.50 9 9
8.00 219  1.00 0.66 0.50 9 9
8.91 196  1.00 0.66 0.50 9 9
10.00   1.00 0.66 0.50 9 9
11.56 151 443 1.00 0.66 0.50 9 9
13.20 133 416 0.88 0.58 0.44 9 9
14.40 122 451   0.43 9 9
15.77 111  0.86 0.56 0.43 9 9
17.35 101   0.51 0.39 9 9
19.20 91   0.46 0.35 9 9
21.38 82  0.63 0.42 0.32 9 9
22.22   0.61 0.40 0.30 9 9
24.75   0.55 0.36  9 9
27.78 63  0.48 0.31 0.24 9 9
32.45 54  0.42  0.21 9 9
36.43 48  0.36 0.24 0.18 9 9
42.10 42 443 0.29 0.19 0.15 9 9
49.00 36  0.23 0.15 0.12 9 9
55.00 32 443 0.22 0.15 0.11 9 9
63.56 28 443 0.19 0.13 0.10 9 9
Based upon1750 rpm 1750 rpm 1150 rpm 875 rpm 0.5hp 1 hp 2 hp 5 hp 10 hp 20 hp
Input Speed Input Speed Cface Adapter Maximum Input Power *
” 5IFNBYJNVNJOQVUQPXFSMJNJUTIPXOJTUIFMBSHFTUNPUPSQPXFSUZQJDBMMZDPNCJOFEXJUIUIFHFBSVOJU5IFTFWBMVFT
shown are not the mechanical limit and often may be increased through discussion with our sales or engineering department.
* 5IF/&."$GBDFQPXFSMJNJUNVTUBMTPCFDPOTJEFSFEXIFOTFMFDUJOHBSFEVDFS5IF$GBDF"EBQUFST.BYJNVN*OQVU
1PXFSWBMVFTBSFEJTQMBZFEVOEFSUIF"WBJMBCMFDPNCJOBUJPOTBOECBTFEPOBSQNNPUPS

lb 48C 56C
SK 072.1 9 9

88 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


SK 172.1
NEMA C + W
Ratings & Combinations
Model Type Gear Output Output Maximum input power” Input NEMA C-Face*
Ratio Speed Torque Shaft Available Combinations
itot n2 T2 max
[rpm] [Ib-in] [hp] [hp] [hp] W 56C 140TC 180TC 210TC 250TC 280TC

SK 172.1 2.32  381 2.00 1.32 1.00 9 9 9


2.49  381 2.00 1.32 1.00 9 9 9
 643  2.00 1.32 1.00 9 9 9
2.92 599 443 2.00 1.32 1.00 9 9 9
3.22 543  2.00 1.32 1.00 9 9 9
3.46 506  2.00 1.32 1.00 9 9 9
 462 522 2.00 1.32 1.00 9 9 9
 420  2.00 1.32 1.00 9 9 9
4.62   2.00 1.32 1.00 9 9 9
5.14 340  2.00 1.32 1.00 9 9 9
 303 681 2.00 1.32 1.00 9 9 9
6.43   2.00 1.32 1.00 9 9 9
   2.00 1.32 1.00 9 9 9

W + NEMA
 223  2.00 1.32 1.00 9 9 9
 201  2.00 1.32 1.00 9 9 9
   2.00 1.32 1.00 9 9 9
10.83 162  1.95 1.28 0.98 9 9 9
11.39 154  1.83 1.20 0.92 9 9 9
12.06 145    0.89 9 9 9
13.54 129  1.54 1.01  9 9 9
 111  1.32  0.66 9 9 9
18.60 94  1.11  0.55 9 9 9
20.37 86  1.03  0.51 9 9 9
22.42  814 1.01 0.66 0.50 9 9 9
24.80  814 0.91 0.60 0.46 9 9 9
27.62 63 814 0.82 0.54 0.41 9 9 9
31.00 56 814  0.48 0.36 9 9 9
34.52 51  0.61 0.40 0.31 9 9 9
38.75 45  0.54 0.35  9 9 9
41.36 42  0.50 0.33 0.25 9 9 9
46.43 38  0.45 0.30 0.22 9 9 9
54.03 32  0.39 0.25 0.19 9 9 9
62.36 28 566 0.25  0.13 9 9 9
70.00 25  0.25  0.13 9 9 9
81.45 21  0.25 0.16 0.13 9 9 9
Based upon1750 rpm 1750 rpm 1150 rpm 875 rpm 1 hp 2 hp 5 hp 10 hp 20 hp 30 hp
Input Speed Input Speed Cface Adapter Maximum Input Power *
” 5IFNBYJNVNJOQVUQPXFSMJNJUTIPXOJTUIFMBSHFTUNPUPSQPXFSUZQJDBMMZDPNCJOFEXJUIUIFHFBSVOJU5IFTFWBMVFT
shown are not the mechanical limit and often may be increased through discussion with our sales or engineering department.
* 5IF/&."$GBDFQPXFSMJNJUNVTUBMTPCFDPOTJEFSFEXIFOTFMFDUJOHBSFEVDFS5IF$GBDF"EBQUFST.BYJNVN*OQVU
1PXFSWBMVFTBSFEJTQMBZFEVOEFSUIF"WBJMBCMFDPNCJOBUJPOTBOECBTFEPOBSQNNPUPS

lb W 56C 140TC
SK 172.1 15 15 15

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 89


SK 372.1
NEMA C + W
Ratings & Combinations
Model Type Gear Output Output Maximum input power” Input NEMA C-Face*
Ratio Speed Torque Shaft Available Combinations
itot n2 T2 max
[rpm] [Ib-in] [hp] [hp] [hp] W 56C 140TC 180TC 210TC 250TC 280TC

SK 372.1 2.62 668  5.00 3.30 2.50 9 9 9 9


2.86 612  5.00 3.30 2.50 9 9 9 9
3.12 561 885 5.00 3.30 2.50 9 9 9 9
3.43 510  5.00 3.30 2.50 9 9 9 9
 463 1062 5.00 3.30 2.50 9 9 9 9
4.18 419 1151 5.00 3.30 2.50 9 9 9 9
4.66  1239 5.00 3.30 2.50 9 9 9 9
5.24 334 1416 5.00 3.30 2.50 9 9 9 9
5.95 294 1416 5.00 3.30 2.50 9 9 9 9
6.58 266 1416 5.00 3.30 2.50 9 9 9 9
6.89 254 1505 5.00 3.30 2.50 9 9 9 9
 242 1505 5.00 3.30 2.50 9 9 9 9
8.22 213 1593 5.00 3.30 2.50 9 9 9 9
W + NEMA

9.40 186 1682  3.26 2.48 9 9 9 9


10.28  1682 4.54 2.99  9 9 9 9
11.55 152 1682 4.04 2.66 2.02 9 9 9 9
12.96 135   2.49 1.90 9 9 9 9
 120 1682 3.21 2.11 1.60 9 9 9 9
16.50 106 1682 2.83 1.86 1.42 9 9 9
18.40 95    1.34 9 9 9
20.62 85 1682 2.26 1.49 1.13 9 9 9
23.00   2.14 1.40  9 9 9
25.85 68 1682 1.81 1.19 0.90 9 9 9
30.11 58 1593    9 9 9
33.84 52 1682 1.38 0.91 0.69 9 9 9
38.12 46 1593 1.16  0.58 9 9 9
43.26 40 1505  0.63 0.48 9 9 9
53.84 33 1416  0.48  9 9 9
60.83 29 1328 0.61 0.40 0.30 9 9 9
64.06  1416 0.61 0.40 0.31 9 9 9
72.38 24 1328 0.51 0.33 0.25 9 9 9
Based upon1750 rpm 1750 rpm 1150 rpm 875 rpm 1 hp 2 hp 5 hp 10 hp 20 hp 30 hp
Input Speed Input Speed Cface Adapter Maximum Input Power *
” 5IFNBYJNVNJOQVUQPXFSMJNJUTIPXOJTUIFMBSHFTUNPUPSQPXFSUZQJDBMMZDPNCJOFEXJUIUIFHFBSVOJU5IFTFWBMVFT
shown are not the mechanical limit and often may be increased through discussion with our sales or engineering department.
* 5IF/&."$GBDFQPXFSMJNJUNVTUBMTPCFDPOTJEFSFEXIFOTFMFDUJOHBSFEVDFS5IF$GBDF"EBQUFST.BYJNVN*OQVU
1PXFSWBMVFTBSFEJTQMBZFEVOEFSUIF"WBJMBCMFDPNCJOBUJPOTBOECBTFEPOBSQNNPUPS

lb W 56C 140TC 180TC


SK 372.1 24 22 22 24

90 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


SK 373.1
NEMA C + W
Ratings & Combinations
Model Type Gear Output Output Maximum input power” Input NEMA C-Face*
Ratio Speed Torque Shaft Available Combinations
itot n2 T2 max
[rpm] [Ib-in] [hp] [hp] [hp] W 56C 140TC 180TC 210TC 250TC 280TC

SK 373.1 18.63 94 1682 2.51 1.65 1.25 9 9 9


20.52 85 1859 2.52 1.65 1.26 9 9 9
  1859  1.49 1.13 9 9 9
23.41  1859 2.20 1.45 1.10 9 9 9
25.94  1859 1.99 1.31 0.99 9 9 9
 59 1859  1.14  9 9 9
33.20 53  1.48   9 9 9
   1.32  0.66 9 9 9
42.46 41  1.16  0.58 9 9 9
  1859 1.10  0.55 9 9 9
54.00 32 1859 0.96 0.63 0.48 9 9 9
60.22 29  0.82 0.54 0.41 9 9 9
    0.50 0.38 9 9 9

W + NEMA
 24  0.66 0.43 0.33 9 9 9
82.57 21 1859 0.63 0.41 0.31 9 9 9
91.48 19 1859 0.56  0.28 9 9 9
102.01   0.48 0.32 0.24 9 9 9
120.54 15  0.41  0.20 9 9 9
130.87 13  0.38 0.25 0.19 9 9 9
145.00 12 1859 0.36 0.23 0.18 9 9 9
165.94 11 1859 0.31 0.20 0.16 9 9 9
185.05 9.5 1859 0.28 0.18 0.14 9 9 9
196.07 8.9 1859 0.26  0.13 9 9 9
207.98 8.4  0.24 0.16 0.12 9 9 9
228.22   0.24 0.16 0.12 9 9 9
256.50 6.8  0.19 0.13 0.10 9 9 9
269.67 6.5  0.20 0.13 0.10 9 9 9
303.08 5.8 1859  0.11 0.09 9 9 9
343.92 5.1 1682 0.14 0.09  9 9 9
Based upon1750 rpm 1750 rpm 1150 rpm 875 rpm 1 hp 2 hp 5 hp 10 hp 20 hp 30 hp
Input Speed Input Speed Cface Adapter Maximum Input Power *
” 5IFNBYJNVNJOQVUQPXFSMJNJUTIPXOJTUIFMBSHFTUNPUPSQPXFSUZQJDBMMZDPNCJOFEXJUIUIFHFBSVOJU5IFTFWBMVFT
shown are not the mechanical limit and often may be increased through discussion with our sales or engineering department.
* 5IF/&."$GBDFQPXFSMJNJUNVTUBMTPCFDPOTJEFSFEXIFOTFMFDUJOHBSFEVDFS5IF$GBDF"EBQUFST.BYJNVN*OQVU
1PXFSWBMVFTBSFEJTQMBZFEVOEFSUIF"WBJMBCMFDPNCJOBUJPOTBOECBTFEPOBSQNNPUPS

lb W 56C 140TC
SK 373.1 26 24 24

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 91


SK 572.1
NEMA C + W
Ratings & Combinations
Model Type Gear Output Output Maximum input power” Input NEMA C-Face*
Ratio Speed Torque Shaft Available Combinations
itot n2 T2 max
[rpm] [Ib-in] [hp] [hp] [hp] W 56C 140TC 180TC 210TC 250TC 280TC

SK 572.1 2.92 599 1505 10.00 6.60 5.00 9 9 9 9


 535 1682 10.00 6.60 5.00 9 9 9 9
3.83   10.00 6.60 5.00 9 9 9 9
4.22 415 2036 10.00 6.60 5.00 9 9 9 9
4.69  2213 10.00 6.60 5.00 9 9 9 9
5.23 335 2390 10.00 6.60 5.00 9 9 9 9
5.88 298 2655 10.00 6.60 5.00 9 9 9 9
6.30  2832 10.00 6.60 5.00 9 9 9 9
 234 3098 10.00 6.60 5.00 9 9 9 9
8.15 215 3186 10.00 6.60 5.00 9 9 9 9
8.92 196  10.00 6.60 5.00 9 9 9 9
10.04  3540  6.43 4.90 9 9 9 9
11.25 156 3629 8.96 5.89 4.48 9 9 9 9
W + NEMA

12.68 138 3806 8.33 5.48  9 9 9 9


 128 3629  4.84 3.69 9 9 9 9
15.38 114 3806  4.52 3.44 9 9 9 9
16.46 106 3540  3.92 2.99 9 9 9 9
 89 3540 5.02 3.30 2.51 9 9 9 9
21.85 80   3.10 2.36 9 9 9 9
24.58  3806 4.30 2.83 2.15 9 9 9 9
27.00 65 3540 3.64 2.39 1.82 9 9 9
28.91 61 3363 3.23 2.12 1.62 9 9 9
31.28 56  2.91 1.91 1.45 9 9 9 9
35.65 49  2.55 1.68 1.28 9 9 9
42.38 41  2.15 1.41  9 9 9
45.77 38 2832  1.13 0.86 9 9 9
54.41 32   1.10 0.84 9 9 9
Based upon1750 rpm 1750 rpm 1150 rpm 875 rpm 1 hp 2 hp 5 hp 10 hp 20 hp 30 hp
Input Speed Input Speed Cface Adapter Maximum Input Power *
” 5IFNBYJNVNJOQVUQPXFSMJNJUTIPXOJTUIFMBSHFTUNPUPSQPXFSUZQJDBMMZDPNCJOFEXJUIUIFHFBSVOJU5IFTFWBMVFT
shown are not the mechanical limit and often may be increased through discussion with our sales or engineering department.
* 5IF/&."$GBDFQPXFSMJNJUNVTUBMTPCFDPOTJEFSFEXIFOTFMFDUJOHBSFEVDFS5IF$GBDF"EBQUFST.BYJNVN*OQVU
1PXFSWBMVFTBSFEJTQMBZFEVOEFSUIF"WBJMBCMFDPNCJOBUJPOTBOECBTFEPOBSQNNPUPS

lb W 56C 140TC 180TC


SK 572.1 40 40 40 42

92 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


SK 573.1
NEMA C + W
Ratings & Combinations
Model Type Gear Output Output Maximum input power” Input NEMA C-Face*
Ratio Speed Torque Shaft Available Combinations
itot n2 T2 max
[rpm] [Ib-in] [hp] [hp] [hp] W 56C 140TC 180TC 210TC 250TC 280TC

SK 573.1  100 3806  3.99 3.03 9 9 9 9


19.22 91 3806 5.50 3.61  9 9 9 9
21.32 82 3806 4.96 3.26 2.48 9 9 9 9
  3806 4.44 2.92 2.22 9 9 9 9
 65 3806 3.95 2.59  9 9 9 9
30.93  3894 3.50 2.30  9 9 9 9
34.80 50 3894 3.11 2.04 1.55 9 9 9 9
38.02 46 3983 2.91 1.91 1.45 9 9 9 9
42.18 41 3983 2.62  1.31 9 9 9 9
43.40 40 3983 2.55   9 9 9
 36 3983 2.31 1.52 1.15 9 9 9 9
49.60 35 3983 2.23  1.11 9 9 9
55.80 31 3983 1.98 1.30 0.99 9 9 9

W + NEMA
 29 3983 1.81 1.19 0.91 9 9 9
 26 3983 1.64  0.82 9 9 9 9
 23 3983 1.44 0.95  9 9 9 9
85.18 21 3983 1.30 0.85 0.65 9 9 9
94.50 19 3983   0.59 9 9 9 9
 16 3806 0.98 0.65 0.49 9 9 9 9
109.12 16 3983 1.01  0.51 9 9 9
111.36 16 3983 0.99 0.65 0.50 9 9 9
125.45 14 3983 0.88 0.58 0.44 9 9 9
136.40 13 3983 0.81 0.53 0.41 9 9 9
141.13 12 3983  0.51 0.39 9 9 9
158.78 11 3983  0.46 0.35 9 9 9
178.56 9.8 3983 0.62 0.41 0.31 9 9 9
188.91 9.3 3983 0.59 0.38 0.29 9 9 9
201.16  3983 0.55 0.36  9 9 9
226.30  3983 0.49 0.32 0.24 9 9 9
269.26 6.5 3983 0.41  0.21 9 9 9
302.91 5.8 3894 0.36 0.23 0.18 9 9 9
316.18 5.5  0.33 0.21 0.16 9 9 9
376.20  3629  0.18 0.13 9 9 9
402.80 4.3  0.23 0.15 0.11 9 9 9
Based upon1750 rpm 1750 rpm 1150 rpm 875 rpm 1 hp 2 hp 5 hp 10 hp 20 hp 30 hp
Input Speed Input Speed Cface Adapter Maximum Input Power *
” 5IFNBYJNVNJOQVUQPXFSMJNJUTIPXOJTUIFMBSHFTUNPUPSQPXFSUZQJDBMMZDPNCJOFEXJUIUIFHFBSVOJU5IFTFWBMVFT
shown are not the mechanical limit and often may be increased through discussion with our sales or engineering department.
* 5IF/&."$GBDFQPXFSMJNJUNVTUBMTPCFDPOTJEFSFEXIFOTFMFDUJOHBSFEVDFS5IF$GBDF"EBQUFST.BYJNVN*OQVU
1PXFSWBMVFTBSFEJTQMBZFEVOEFSUIF"WBJMBCMFDPNCJOBUJPOTBOECBTFEPOBSQNNPUPS

lb W 56C 140TC 180TC


SK 573.1 42 42 42 44

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 93


SK 672.1
NEMA C + W
Ratings & Combinations
Model Type Gear Output Output Maximum input power” Input NEMA C-Face*
Ratio Speed Torque Shaft Available Combinations
itot n2 T2 max
[rpm] [Ib-in] [hp] [hp] [hp] W 56C 140TC 180TC 210TC 250TC 280TC

SK 672.1 2.66 658  10.00 6.60 5.00 9 9 9 9 9


2.86 612 2655 10.00 6.60 5.00 9 9 9 9 9
  2832 10.00 6.60 5.00 9 9 9 9 9
3.31 529 3009 10.00 6.60 5.00 9 9 9 9 9
3.58 489 3186 10.00 6.60 5.00 9 9 9 9 9
3.88 451 3540 10.00 6.60 5.00 9 9 9 9 9
4.22 415  10.00 6.60 5.00 9 9 9 9 9
4.61 380 3983 10.00 6.60 5.00 9 9 9 9 9
5.06 346 4248 10.00 6.60 5.00 9 9 9 9 9
5.59 313  10.00 6.60 5.00 9 9 9 9 9
6.12 286 4514 10.00 6.60 5.00 9 9 9 9 9
 259 4602 10.00 6.60 5.00 9 9 9 9 9
 228 4691 10.00 6.60 5.00 9 9 9 9 9
W + NEMA

8.48 206 4691 10.00 6.60 5.00 9 9 9 9 9


8.66 202 4691 10.00 6.60 5.00 9 9 9 9 9
9.25 189 4691 10.00 6.60 5.00 9 9 9 9 9
 169 5045 10.00 6.60 5.00 9 9 9 9 9
11.38 154 5045 10.00 6.60 5.00 9 9 9 9 9
12.56 139 5045 10.00 6.60 5.00 9 9 9 9 9
 128 5133 10.00 6.60 5.00 9 9 9 9 9
15.35 114 5399  6.42 4.88 9 9 9 9 9
 101 5399 8.69  4.35 9 9 9 9 9
18.41 95 5399 8.14 5.35  9 9 9 9 9
20.62 85 5399   3.64 9 9 9 9 9
23.41  5399 6.40 4.21 3.20 9 9 9
26.23  5399   2.86 9 9 9
29.08 60 4868 4.65 3.05 2.32 9 9 9 9
32.58 54 5399 4.60 3.02 2.30 9 9 9 9
35.75 49 4868  2.48 1.89 9 9 9
44.55 39 3983 2.48 1.63 1.24 9 9 9
56.65 31 3540  1.14  9 9 9
Based upon1750 rpm 1750 rpm 1150 rpm 875 rpm 1 hp 2 hp 5 hp 10 hp 20 hp 30 hp
Input Speed Input Speed Cface Adapter Maximum Input Power *
” 5IFNBYJNVNJOQVUQPXFSMJNJUTIPXOJTUIFMBSHFTUNPUPSQPXFSUZQJDBMMZDPNCJOFEXJUIUIFHFBSVOJU5IFTFWBMVFT
shown are not the mechanical limit and often may be increased through discussion with our sales or engineering department.
* 5IF/&."$GBDFQPXFSMJNJUNVTUBMTPCFDPOTJEFSFEXIFOTFMFDUJOHBSFEVDFS5IF$GBDF"EBQUFST.BYJNVN*OQVU
1PXFSWBMVFTBSFEJTQMBZFEVOEFSUIF"WBJMBCMFDPNCJOBUJPOTBOECBTFEPOBSQNNPUPS

lb W 56C 140TC 180TC 210TC


SK 672.1 53 51 51 53 

94 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


SK 673.1
NEMA C + W
Ratings & Combinations
Model Type Gear Output Output Maximum input power” Input NEMA C-Face*
Ratio Speed Torque Shaft Available Combinations
itot n2 T2 max
[rpm] [Ib-in] [hp] [hp] [hp] W 56C 140TC 180TC 210TC 250TC 280TC

SK 673.1 22.82  3983 4.85 3.18 2.42 9 9 9 9


25.19 69 4425 4.88 3.21 2.44 9 9 9 9
 63 4602 4.63 3.04 2.31 9 9 9 9
30.92  4691 4.21  2.11 9 9 9 9
34.12 51 5310 4.32 2.84 2.16 9 9 9 9
  5664 4.22  2.11 9 9 9 9
41.54 42 5664  2.49 1.89 9 9 9 9
44.85 39 5664 3.51 2.30  9 9 9 9
49.50 35 5664 3.18 2.09 1.59 9 9 9 9
55.12 32 5664 2.85  1.43 9 9 9 9
60.45 29 5664 2.60  1.30 9 9 9
65.95  5664 2.38  1.19 9 9 9
 24 5664 2.14 1.40  9 9 9

W + NEMA
 21 5664 1.88 1.23 0.94 9 9 9
94.86 18 5664 1.66 1.09 0.83 9 9 9
103.48  5664 1.52 1.00  9 9 9
115.89 15 5664 1.36 0.89 0.68 9 9 9
123.33 14 5664 1.28 0.84 0.64 9 9 9
130.55 13 5664 1.20  0.60 9 9 9
134.64 13 5664   0.58 9 9 9
143.30 12 5664 1.10  0.55 9 9 9
146.88 12 5664   0.54 9 9 9
161.45 11 5664  0.64 0.49 9 9 9
177.94 9.8 5664 0.88 0.58 0.44 9 9 9
181.88 9.6 5664 0.86  0.43 9 9 9
194.11 9 5664 0.81 0.53 0.41 9 9 9
219.00 8 5664   0.36 9 9 9
220.32  5664   0.36 9 9 9
248.20  5664 0.63 0.42 0.32 9 9 9
279.23 6.3 5664 0.56  0.28 9 9 9
304.61  5664 0.52 0.34 0.26 9 9 9
332.23 5.3 5664  0.31 0.24 9 9 9
362.43 4.8 5664 0.43 0.29 0.22 9 9 9
Based upon1750 rpm 1750 rpm 1150 rpm 875 rpm 1 hp 2 hp 5 hp 10 hp 20 hp 30 hp
Input Speed Input Speed Cface Adapter Maximum Input Power *
” 5IFNBYJNVNJOQVUQPXFSMJNJUTIPXOJTUIFMBSHFTUNPUPSQPXFSUZQJDBMMZDPNCJOFEXJUIUIFHFBSVOJU5IFTFWBMVFT
shown are not the mechanical limit and often may be increased through discussion with our sales or engineering department.
* 5IF/&."$GBDFQPXFSMJNJUNVTUBMTPCFDPOTJEFSFEXIFOTFMFDUJOHBSFEVDFS5IF$GBDF"EBQUFST.BYJNVN*OQVU
1PXFSWBMVFTBSFEJTQMBZFEVOEFSUIF"WBJMBCMFDPNCJOBUJPOTBOECBTFEPOBSQNNPUPS

lb W 56C 140TC 180TC


SK 673.1 55 53 53 60

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 95


SK 772.1
NEMA C + W
Ratings & Combinations
Model Type Gear Output Output Maximum input power” Input NEMA C-Face*
Ratio Speed Torque Shaft Available Combinations
itot n2 T2 max
[rpm] [Ib-in] [hp] [hp] [hp] W 56C 140TC 180TC 210TC 250TC 280TC

SK 772.1 3.12 561 4292 20.00 13.20 10.00 9 9


3.59   20.00 13.20 10.00 9 9
3.84 456 4691 20.00 13.20 10.00 9 9
4.42 396  20.00 13.20 10.00 9 9
  4956 20.00 13.20 10.00 9 9
5.38 325 5045 20.00 13.20 10.00 9 9 9 9 9
6.19 283 5133 20.00 13.20 10.00 9 9 9 9 9
6.63 264 5310 20.00 13.20 10.00 9 9 9 9 9
 229   13.12 9.98 9 9 9 9 9
8.12 216 5664   9.68 9 9 9 9 9
 195 5841 18.08 11.88 9.04 9 9 9 9 9
10.00  6018  10.98 8.36 9 9 9 9 9
10.60 165 6018  10.36  9 9 9 9 9
W + NEMA

11.06 158  15.33 10.08  9 9 9 9 9


 150  14.53 9.55  9 9 9 9 9
 134 6195 13.16 8.65 6.58 9 9 9 9 9
14.38 122  12.30 8.09 6.15 9 9 9 9 9
15.62 112  11.96  5.98 9 9 9 9 9
16.66 105 6815 11.36  5.68 9 9 9 9 9
18.46 95 6903 10.38 6.82 5.19 9 9 9 9 9
20.31 86  9.92 6.52 4.96 9 9 9 9 9
24.41   8.25 5.42 4.13 9 9 9 9
26.86 65   4.93  9 9 9 9
Based upon1750 rpm 1750 rpm 1150 rpm 875 rpm 1 hp 2 hp 5 hp 10 hp 20 hp 30 hp
Input Speed Input Speed Cface Adapter Maximum Input Power *
” 5IFNBYJNVNJOQVUQPXFSMJNJUTIPXOJTUIFMBSHFTUNPUPSQPXFSUZQJDBMMZDPNCJOFEXJUIUIFHFBSVOJU5IFTFWBMVFT
shown are not the mechanical limit and often may be increased through discussion with our sales or engineering department.
* 5IF/&."$GBDFQPXFSMJNJUNVTUBMTPCFDPOTJEFSFEXIFOTFMFDUJOHBSFEVDFS5IF$GBDF"EBQUFST.BYJNVN*OQVU
1PXFSWBMVFTBSFEJTQMBZFEVOEFSUIF"WBJMBCMFDPNCJOBUJPOTBOECBTFEPOBSQNNPUPS

lb W 56C 140TC 180TC 210TC


SK 772.1 93 88 88  105

96 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


SK 773.1
NEMA C + W
Ratings & Combinations
Model Type Gear Output Output Maximum input power” Input NEMA C-Face*
Ratio Speed Torque Shaft Available Combinations
itot n2 T2 max
[rpm] [Ib-in] [hp] [hp] [hp] W 56C 140TC 180TC 210TC 250TC 280TC

SK 773.1 21.49 81 6638 8.58 5.64 4.29 9 9 9 9 9


24.23     3.85 9 9 9 9 9
25.39 69   5.22  9 9 9 9 9
28.63 61   4.63 3.52 9 9 9 9 9
31.83 55  6.33 4.16  9 9 9 9 9
 49  5.63  2.82 9 9 9 9
39.06 45  5.35 3.51  9 9 9 9 9
43.43 40  4.92 3.24 2.46 9 9 9 9 9
   4.49 2.95 2.25 9 9 9 9 9
51.31 34   2.68 2.04 9 9 9 9 9
 30  3.62 2.38 1.81 9 9 9 9
63.42 28  3.29 2.16 1.65 9 9 9 9 9
68.92 25  3.03 1.99 1.52 9 9 9 9

W + NEMA
 24  2.91 1.91 1.45 9 9 9 9 9
 22    1.35 9 9 9 9
83.32 21  2.51 1.65 1.25 9 9 9 9 9
93.61 19  2.23  1.12 9 9 9 9
 18  2.16 1.42 1.08 9 9 9 9
111.92 16   1.23 0.93 9 9 9 9
 15  1.82 1.20 0.91 9 9 9
 13  1.51 0.99  9 9 9
151.1 12 6195 1.14   9 9 9
160.22 11  1.33 0.88  9 9 9
 9.8    0.59 9 9 9
189.31 9.2  1.10  0.55 9 9 9
206.11 8.5  1.04 0.68 0.52 9 9 9
224.49   0.93 0.61  9 9 9
243.53   0.86 0.56 0.43 9 9 9
260.18   0.82 0.54 0.41 9 9 9
265.24 6.6   0.52 0.39 9 9 9
 6.1   0.48 0.36 9 9 9
   0.68 0.45 0.34 9 9 9
 5.2  0.64 0.42 0.32 9 9 9
341.21 5.1  0.61 0.40 0.31 9 9 9
395.46 4.4  0.53 0.35 0.26 9 9 9
Based upon1750 rpm 1750 rpm 1150 rpm 875 rpm 1 hp 2 hp 5 hp 10 hp 20 hp 30 hp
Input Speed Input Speed Cface Adapter Maximum Input Power *
” 5IFNBYJNVNJOQVUQPXFSMJNJUTIPXOJTUIFMBSHFTUNPUPSQPXFSUZQJDBMMZDPNCJOFEXJUIUIFHFBSVOJU5IFTFWBMVFT
shown are not the mechanical limit and often may be increased through discussion with our sales or engineering department.
* 5IF/&."$GBDFQPXFSMJNJUNVTUBMTPCFDPOTJEFSFEXIFOTFMFDUJOHBSFEVDFS5IF$GBDF"EBQUFST.BYJNVN*OQVU
1PXFSWBMVFTBSFEJTQMBZFEVOEFSUIF"WBJMBCMFDPNCJOBUJPOTBOECBTFEPOBSQNNPUPS

lb W 56C 140TC 180TC 210TC


SK 773.1  93 93 101 110

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 


SK 872.1
NEMA C + W
Ratings & Combinations
Model Type Gear Output Output Maximum input power” Input NEMA C-Face*
Ratio Speed Torque Shaft Available Combinations
itot n2 T2 max
[rpm] [Ib-in] [hp] [hp] [hp] W 56C 140TC 180TC 210TC 250TC 280TC

SK 872.1 3.18 550  30.00 15.00 11.00 9 9


3.69   30.00 15.00 11.00 9 9
4.03 434  30.00 15.00 11.00 9 9 9 9
4.68   30.00 15.00 11.00 9 9 9 9
5.50 318  30.00 15.00 11.00 9 9 9 9
5.66 309  30.00 15.00 11.00 9 9 9 9 9 9
 266 10886 30.00 15.00 11.00 9 9 9 9 9 9
 226 11505 30.00 15.00 11.00 9 9 9 9 9 9
  11859 30.00 15.00 11.00 9 9 9 9 9 9
9.24 189 12213 30.00 15.00 11.00 9 9 9 9 9 9
10.44 168 12390 30.00 15.00 11.00 9 9 9 9 9 9
11.24 156 12390 30.00 15.00 11.00 9 9 9 9 9 9
12.48 140 13010 28.95 15.00 11.00 9 9 9 9 9 9
W + NEMA

  13010 26.20 15.00 11.00 9 9 9 9 9 9


15.18 115 13010 23.80 15.00 11.00 9 9 9 9 9 9
16.96 103 13629 22.31 14.66 11.00 9 9 9 9 9 9
18.67 94 13629  13.32 10.13 9 9 9 9 9 9
23.02  13806 16.65 10.94 8.33 9 9 9
25.44 69 14160 15.46 10.16  9 9 9
28.00 62 14160 14.04 9.23  9 9 9
29.08 60 13806 13.18 8.66 6.59 9 9
32.00 55 14160 12.29  6.14 9 9
35.08 50 10620 8.41 5.52 4.20 9 9 9
38.77 45 11505 8.24 5.41 4.12 9 9 9
42.67 41 12390 8.06 5.30 4.03 9 9 9
Based upon1750 rpm 1750 rpm 1150 rpm 875 rpm 1 hp 2 hp 5 hp 10 hp 20 hp 30 hp
Input Speed Input Speed Cface Adapter Maximum Input Power *
” 5IFNBYJNVNJOQVUQPXFSMJNJUTIPXOJTUIFMBSHFTUNPUPSQPXFSUZQJDBMMZDPNCJOFEXJUIUIFHFBSVOJU5IFTFWBMVFT
shown are not the mechanical limit and often may be increased through discussion with our sales or engineering department.
* 5IF/&."$GBDFQPXFSMJNJUNVTUBMTPCFDPOTJEFSFEXIFOTFMFDUJOHBSFEVDFS5IF$GBDF"EBQUFST.BYJNVN*OQVU
1PXFSWBMVFTBSFEJTQMBZFEVOEFSUIF"WBJMBCMFDPNCJOBUJPOTBOECBTFEPOBSQNNPUPS

lb W 56C 140TC 180TC 210TC 250TC


SK 872.1 192 180 180 196 196 

98 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


SK 873.1
NEMA C + W
Ratings & Combinations
Model Type Gear Output Output Maximum input power” Input NEMA C-Face*
Ratio Speed Torque Shaft Available Combinations
itot n2 T2 max
[rpm] [Ib-in] [hp] [hp] [hp] W 56C 140TC 180TC 210TC 250TC 280TC

SK 873.1 19.34 90 14160 20.33 13.36 10.16 9 9 9


21.38 82 14160 18.39 12.08 9.19 9 9 9
23.49  14603  11.34 8.63 9 9 9 9 9 9
25.69 68 14603    9 9 9 9 9 9
 63 14603  9.66  9 9 9 9 9 9
  14868 13.55 8.90  9 9 9 9 9 9
32.24 54 15045 12.96 8.51 6.48 9 9 9 9 9 9
35.63 49 15045   5.86 9 9 9 9 9 9
39.68 44 15045 10.53 6.92 5.26 9 9 9 9 9 9
45.53 38 15045 9.18 6.03 4.59 9 9 9 9 9 9
50.32 35 15045 8.30 5.46 4.15 9 9 9 9 9 9
55.35 32 15045  4.96  9 9 9 9 9
 29 15045 6.84 4.50 3.42 9 9 9 9 9 9

W + NEMA
 26 15045 6.19  3.09 9 9 9 9 9 9
 24 15045 5.62  2.81 9 9 9 9 9 9
83.08 21 15045 5.03 3.30 2.51 9 9 9 9 9 9
91.43 19 15045  3.00 2.28 9 9 9 9 9 9
101.02  15045 4.14   9 9 9 9 9
104.84  15045 3.98 2.62 1.99 9 9 9 9 9
115.88 15 15045 3.61  1.80 9 9 9 9 9
 14 15045 3.28 2.15 1.64 9 9 9 9 9
135.99 13 15045  2.02 1.54 9 9 9 9
150.31 12 15045  1.83 1.39 9 9 9 9
165.42 11 15045 2.53 1.66 1.26 9 9 9 9
190.86 9.2 15045 2.19 1.44 1.09 9 9 9
210.95 8.3 15045 1.98 1.30 0.99 9 9 9
232.16  15045 1.80 1.18 0.90 9 9 9
257.61 6.8 15045 1.62  0.81 9 9 9 9
284.73 6.1 15045  0.96  9 9 9 9
315.19 5.6 15045 1.33  0.66 9 9 9
348.37 5 15045 1.20  0.60 9 9 9
383.39 4.6 15045 1.09  0.54 9 9 9
399.60 4.4 15045 1.05 0.69 0.52 9 9 9
439.77 4 15045 0.95 0.62  9 9 9
Based upon1750 rpm 1750 rpm 1150 rpm 875 rpm 1 hp 2 hp 5 hp 10 hp 20 hp 30 hp
Input Speed Input Speed Cface Adapter Maximum Input Power *
” 5IFNBYJNVNJOQVUQPXFSMJNJUTIPXOJTUIFMBSHFTUNPUPSQPXFSUZQJDBMMZDPNCJOFEXJUIUIFHFBSVOJU5IFTFWBMVFT
shown are not the mechanical limit and often may be increased through discussion with our sales or engineering department.
* 5IF/&."$GBDFQPXFSMJNJUNVTUBMTPCFDPOTJEFSFEXIFOTFMFDUJOHBSFEVDFS5IF$GBDF"EBQUFST.BYJNVN*OQVU
1PXFSWBMVFTBSFEJTQMBZFEVOEFSUIF"WBJMBCMFDPNCJOBUJPOTBOECBTFEPOBSQNNPUPS

lb W 56C 140TC 180TC 210TC 250TC


SK 873.1 196 185 185 201 201 232

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 99


SK 972.1
NEMA C + W
Ratings & Combinations
Model Type Gear Output Output Maximum input power” Input NEMA C-Face*
Ratio Speed Torque Shaft Available Combinations
itot n2 T2 max
[rpm] [Ib-in] [hp] [hp] [hp] W 56C 140TC 180TC 210TC 250TC 280TC

SK 972.1 3.33 526 15045 50.00 33.00 25.00 X X


3.74 468 16151 50.00 33.00 25.00 X X X
4.56 384 17700 50.00 33.00 25.00 X X
5.25 333 17700 50.00 33.00 25.00 X X X X X
6.17 284 18408 50.00 33.00 25.00 X X X X
6.68 262 19824 50.00 33.00 25.00 X X X
7.19 243 19913 50.00 33.00 25.00 X X X X X
8.45 207 20798 50.00 33.00 25.00 X X X X
9.40 186 21948 50.00 33.00 25.00 X X X X X
10.35 169 21948 50.00 33.00 25.00 X X X X X
11.54 152 22302 50.00 33.00 25.00 X X X X X
12.86 136 23099 49.87 32.77 24.94 X X X X X X X
13.56 129 23099 47.30 31.08 23.65 X X X X
W + NEMA

14.16 124 23630 46.34 30.45 23.17 X X X X X X X


15.84 110 24249 42.51 27.93 21.25 X X X X
17.65 99 24780 38.98 25.62 19.49 X X X X
19.72 89 24780 34.89 22.93 17.45 X X X X
21.99 80 24780 31.29 20.56 15.64 X X X X
23.19 75 20355 24.37 16.02 12.19 X X X
27.66 63 23010 23.10 15.18 11.55 X X X
30.29 58 24780 22.72 14.93 11.36 X X X
33.36 52 25665 21.36 14.04 10.68 X X X
37.19 47 25665 19.16 12.59 9.58 X X X
42.76 41 25665 16.67 10.95 8.33 X X
Based upon1750 rpm 1750 rpm 1150 rpm 875 rpm 1 hp 2 hp 5 hp 10 hp 20 hp 30 hp
Input Speed Input Speed Cface Adapter Maximum Input Power *
” The maximum input power limit shown is the largest motor power typically combined with the gear unit. These values

shown are not the mechanical limit and often may be increased through discussion with our sales or engineering department.
* The NEMA C-face power limit must also be considered when selecting a reducer. The C-face Adapter’s Maximum Input
Power values are displayed under the Available combinations and based on a 1750 rpm motor.

lb W 56C 140TC 180TC 210TC 250TC 280TC


SK 972.1 278 267 267 283 283 314 336

100 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


SK 973.1
NEMA C + W
Ratings & Combinations
Model Type Gear Output Output Maximum input power” Input NEMA C-Face*
Ratio Speed Torque Shaft Available Combinations
itot n2 T2 max
[rpm] [Ib-in] [hp] [hp] [hp] W 56C 140TC 180TC 210TC 250TC 280TC

SK 973.1 22.42   30.69  15.34 9 9 9 9


25.51 69 26550 28.90 18.99 14.45 9 9 9 9
 64 26550   13.54 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
   24.60 16.16 12.30 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
31.95 55 28320 24.61  12.31 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
35.19 50 28320 22.35 14.68  9 9 9 9 9 9 9
  28320 21.05 13.83 10.52 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
42.51 41 28320 18.50 12.16 9.25 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
  28320 16.52 10.86 8.26 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
52.32 33 28320 15.03 9.88  9 9 9 9 9 9
55.66 31 28320 14.13 9.28  9 9 9 9 9 9 9
59.91 29 28320 13.13 8.63 6.56 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
65.98  28320 11.92  5.96 9 9 9 9 9 9 9

W + NEMA
68.50 26 29205 11.84  5.92 9 9 9 9 9 9
 23 29205    9 9 9 9 9 9
 23 29205 10.51 6.91 5.25 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
86.22 20 29205 9.41 6.18  9 9 9 9 9 9
94.96 18 29205 8.54 5.61  9 9 9 9 9 9
105.23  28320  4.91  9 9 9 9 9
120.26 15 29205  4.43  9 9 9 9 9
132.45 13 29205 6.12 4.02 3.06 9 9 9 9 9
157.60 11 26550 4.68  2.34 9 9 9 9
173.58 10 26550 4.25  2.12 9 9 9 9
179.32 9.8 29205 4.52  2.26 9 9 9 9
197.50 8.9 29205 4.11  2.05 9 9 9 9
234.77  29205 3.45   9 9 9 9
258.57 6.8 29205 3.14 2.06  9 9 9 9
295.50 5.9 29205  1.80  9 9 9 9
325.47 5.4 29205 2.49 1.64 1.25 9 9 9 9
362.89 4.8 29205 2.23  1.12 9 9 9
414.73 4.2 29205 1.96 1.28 0.98 9 9 9
456.77 3.8 29205   0.89 9 9 9
Based upon1750 rpm 1750 rpm 1150 rpm 875 rpm 1 hp 2 hp 5 hp 10 hp 20 hp 30 hp
Input Speed Input Speed Cface Adapter Maximum Input Power *
” 5IFNBYJNVNJOQVUQPXFSMJNJUTIPXOJTUIFMBSHFTUNPUPSQPXFSUZQJDBMMZDPNCJOFEXJUIUIFHFBSVOJU5IFTFWBMVFT
shown are not the mechanical limit and often may be increased through discussion with our sales or engineering department.
* 5IF/&."$GBDFQPXFSMJNJUNVTUBMTPCFDPOTJEFSFEXIFOTFMFDUJOHBSFEVDFS5IF$GBDF"EBQUFST.BYJNVN*OQVU
1PXFSWBMVFTBSFEJTQMBZFEVOEFSUIF"WBJMBCMFDPNCJOBUJPOTBOECBTFEPOBSQNNPUPS

lb W 56C 140TC 180TC 210TC 250TC 280TC


SK 973.1 282     318 340

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 101


Notes
NOTES

102 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


DIMENSIONS

Gearmotors AB (BR)
C (BR)
C

& C-Face AB
1.97
7.19
0.12
1.40

Reducers

0.0000
1.00 -0.0005
6.61

FP
t4,

0.45
1.11
1.11

3.54
t4,

0.59
t4,
t4, 1.34 0.35

DB2
4.33 2.95 5.12
t4, 5.91 2.36 6.30
t4, 3.1\SK372-Motor

t4,
C1 or C1*
t4, QA 0.94 GA1
t4, 45
° 2.36 BB1
B UY1
t4, F

B
F1
t4,

1.25 -0.0005
0.0000

BD1
t4,

AK1
BD
AK

U1
8.15
t4, 1.36
4.51

Y1
AJ

AJ
1
7.48 BB
2.36 GA

12.66
5.79 2.36
1.57 0.08 0.10 1.57
0.75 -0.0005
0.0000
5.59

0.35

0.83 .83
2.95

0.625 -0.0005
0.0000
0.44

1.28 0.35
4.33 2.28 4.33
5.51 1.79 5.31

www.nord.com
AB (BR)
AB UY1
15.60
B
F1

7.19 1.40
1.97 0.12 0.31 2.00
Y1
0.0000
1.00 -0.0005
4.88

0.45

1.11 0.96
2.56

0.875 -0.0005
0.0000
0.59

AJ
U1

0.35
2.95 5.12
1
1.02 2.36 6.30
SK372 W
3.35
4.09

103
SK 072.1 - Motor
SK 072.1F - Motor
SK 072.1 C (BR)
C
AB (BR) 4.92 0.75
AB 1.57 0.08

3 3 1
16x 16x1 4
1
4 -20

0.0000
0.75 -0.0005
4.88

FP
0.83

0.31
2.56

0.37
1.02 0.26

DB2
3.35 1.89 3.74
4.09 1.61 4.29

SK 072.1F
C (BR)
C
AB (BR) 4.92 0.75
AB 1.57
°
45
DIMENSIONS

Dime

3 3 1
16x 16x1 4
nsions in Inches

1
4 -20
B
F

4.89
0.0000
0.75 -0.0005
AK

FP
0.83
2.54

AJ

BQ BB
4.09 1.57 GA

Mounting Flange
BD (mm) BQ AJ AK BB BF GA
+0.0005
4.72 (120) 3.54  3.150 0.12 0.26 0.28
-0.0004
+0.0005
5.51 (140) 4.33 4.528  0.12 0.35 0.35
-0.0004
+0.0005
6.30 (160) 4.92 5.118 4.331 0.14 0.35 0.39
-0.0004

Motor Dimensions
Standard efficiency 63S/L 71S/L
Energy efficiency
AB 4.51 4.86
AB (BR) 4.84 5.24
C 13.24 14.11
C (BR) 15.44 16.39
FP 5.08 
DB2 0.30 0.30
(BR) Denotes Brakemotor

104 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


SK 072.1 - NEMA
SK 072.1F - NEMA
SK 072.1
C1
4.92 1.96 GA1
1.57 0.08 BB1 UY1

3 3 1

B
16x 16x1 4

F1
1
4 -20

Y1
0.0000
0.75 -0.0005

BD1
AK1
4.88

U1
0.83

0.31
2.56

AJ

0.37
1

1.02 0.26

DB2
3.35 1.89 3.74
4.09 1.61 4.29

SK 072.1F
C1
4.92 1.96 GA1
1.57 BB1 UY1
°
45

DIMENSIONS
nsions in Inches
3 3 1
16x 16x1 4

B
B

F1
1
4 -20
F

Y1
4.89
0.75 -0.0005
0.0000

Dime
BD1
AK1
AK

U1
0.83
2.54

AJ AJ
1

BB
BQ
1.57 GA
4.09

Mounting Flange
BD (mm) BQ AJ AK BB BF GA
+0.0005
4.72 (120) 3.54  3.150 0.12 0.26 0.28
-0.0004
+0.0005
5.51 (140) 4.33 4.528  0.12 0.35 0.35
-0.0004
+0.0005
6.30 (160) 4.92 5.118 4.331 0.14 0.35 0.39
-0.0004

NEMA Dimensions
Type "+ AK1 BB1 BD1 BF1 GA1 6 6: : C1 DB2
48C  3.000 0.188 4.33 0.28 0.39 0.500 0.56 0.125 8.30 -
56C  4.500 0.18 6.54 0.43  0.625  0.188  

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 105


SK 172.1 - Motor
SK 172.1F - Motor
SK 172.1 C (BR)
C
AB (BR) 5.79
AB 1.57 0.08

0.0000
0.75 -0.0005
5.59

FP
0.35
0.83 .83
2.95

0.44
1.28 0.35

DB2
4.33 2.28 4.33
5.51 1.79 5.31

SK 172.1F
C (BR)
C
AB (BR) 5.79
° AB 1.57
45
DIMENSIONS

Dime

B
F
nsions in Inches

0.75 -0.0005
0.0000
BD
AK

FP
5.51

0.83 3
2.89

AJ

5.51 BB
1.57 GA

Mounting Flange
BD (mm) AJ AK BB BF GA
+0.0005
4.72 (120) 3.94 3.150 0.12 0.26 0.31
-0.0004
+0.0005
5.51 (140) 4.53  0.12 0.35 0.31
-0.0004
+0.0005
6.30 (160) 5.12 4.331 0.14 0.35 0.39
-0.0004
+0.0005
7.87 (200) 6.50 5.118 0.14 0.43 
-0.0004

Motor Dimensions
Standard efficiency 63S/L 71S/L 80S/L 90S/L
Energy efficiency 80LH 90SH/LH
Premium efficiency 80LP 90SP/LP
AB 4.51 4.86 5.59 
AB (BR) 4.84 5.24 5.59 
C  14.93 15.80 
C (BR)   18.32 20.29
FP 5.08  6.43 
DB2 - - 0.30 0.65
(BR) Denotes Brakemotor

106 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


SK 172.1 - NEMA
SK 172.1F - NEMA
SK 172.1
C1
5.79 2.36 GA1
1.57 0.08 BB1 UY1

B
F1
Y1
0.75 -0.0005
0.0000

BD1
AK1
5.59

U1
0.83 0.83
2.95

AJ
1

0.44
1.28 0.35

DB2
4.33 2.28 4.33
5.51 1.79 5.31

SK 172.1F
C1
5.79 2.36 GA1
° 1.57 BB1 UY1
45
B

DIMENSIONS
nsions in Inches
F

Y1
0.75 -0.0005
0.0000

BD1
AK1

Dime
BD
AK

U1
5.51

0.83
2.89

AJ
AJ
1

5.51 BB
1.57 GA

Mounting Flange
BD (mm) AJ AK BB BF GA
+0.0005
4.72 (120) 3.94 3.150 0.12 0.26 0.31
-0.0004
+0.0005
5.51 (140) 4.53  0.12 0.35 0.31
-0.0004
+0.0005
6.30 (160) 5.12 4.331 0.14 0.35 0.39
-0.0004
+0.0005
7.87 (200) 6.50 5.118 0.14 0.43 
-0.0004

NEMA Dimensions
Type AJ1 AK1 BB1 BD1 BF1 GA1 U1 UY1 Y1 C1 DB2
56C  4.500 0.18 6.54 0.43  0.625  0.188 9.62 0.32
140TC  4.500 0.18 6.54 0.43   0.96 0.188 10.09 0.32

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 


SK 172.1 - W
SK 172.1F - W
SK 172.1
12.66
5.79 2.36
1.57 0.08 0.10 1.57

0.75 -0.0005
0.0000
5.59

0.35
0.83 .83
2.95

0.625 -0.0005
0.0000
0.44
1.28 0.35
4.33 2.28 4.33
5.51 1.79 5.31

SK 172.1F
12.66
5.79 2.36
° 1.57 0.10 1.57
45
B
F
DIMENSIONS

Dime

0.75 -0.0005
nsions in Inches

0.0000
BD
AK

5.51

0.83 0.70
2.89

AJ

0.625 -0.0005
0.0000
5.51 BB
1.57 GA

Mounting Flange
BD (mm) AJ AK BB BF GA
+0.0005
4.72 (120) 3.94 3.150 -0.0004
0.12 0.26 0.31
+0.0005
5.51 (140) 4.53  -0.0004
0.12 0.35 0.31
+0.0005
6.30 (160) 5.12 4.331 -0.0004
0.14 0.35 0.39
+0.0005
7.87 (200) 6.50 5.118 -0.0004
0.14 0.43 

108 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


SK 372.1/373.1 + Motor
SK 372.1 F/373.1F + Motor
SK372.1/373.1 C (BR)

AB (BR) C
7.19 1.40
AB
1.97 0.12

0.0000
1.00 -0.0005
6.61

FP
0.45
1.11
1.11
3.54

0.59
1.34 0.35

DB2
4.33 2.95 5.12
5.91 2.36 6.30
3.1\SK372-Motor

SK372.1F/373.1F
C (BR) or C (BR)*

AB (BR) C or C*
QA 1.40
AB
° 1.97
45
B
F

DIMENSIONS
nsions in Inches
6.57
0.0000
1.00 -0.0005
AK

FP
BD

Dime
1.11
3.54

AJ

5.91 BB
1.97 GA SK372F-Motor

Mounting Flange
BD (mm) AJ AK BB BF GA QA Style
+0.0005
4.72 (120)* 3.94 3.150 -0.0004
0.12 0.26 0.28  2
+0.0005
5.51 (140) 4.53  -0.000
0.12 0.35 0.35  1
+0.0005
6.30 (160) 5.12 4.331 -0.000
0.14 0.35 0.39  1
+0.0005
7.87 (200) 6.50 5.118 -0.000
0.14 0.43   1
+0.0005
9.84 (250) 8.46  -0.000
0.16 0.53 0.59  1

Motor Dimensions
Standard efficiency 63S/L 71S/L 80S/L 90S/L 100L
Energy efficiency 80LH 90SH/LH 100LH
Premium efficiency 80LP 90SP/LP 100LP
AB 4.51 4.86 5.59  6.65
AB (BR) 4.84 5.24 5.59  
C 16.32  18.88 20.45 
C (BR) 18.52  21.40 23.40 
C* [style 2 flange]  18.99 19.98 21.55 
C* (BR) [style 2 flange] 19.62 21.28 22.50 24.51 26.38
FP 5.08  6.43  
DB2 - - - 0.06 0.42
* When using the 4.72 (120) flange, the C1 and QA dimensions become larger.
(BR) Denotes Brakemotor

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 109


SK 372.1/373.1 - NEMA
SK 372.1F/373.1F - NEMA
SK 372.1/373.1
C1
7.19 1.40 GA1
1.97 0.12 BB1 UY1

B
F1
0.0000
1.00 -0.0005

BD1
AK1
6.61

U1
0.45
1.11
1.11
3.54

Y1
0.59

AJ
1
1.34 0.35
4.33 2.95 5.12

DB2
5.91 2.36 6.30
SK372-Nema

SK 372.1F/373.1F

C1 or C1*
QA 1.40 GA1
DIMENSIONS

Dime

° 1.97 BB1 UY1


45
nsions in Inches

B
F

B
F1
6.57
0.0000
1.00 -0.0005

BD1
AK1
AK

U1
BD

1.11
3.54

Y1
AJ

AJ
1
5.91 BB
1.97 GA
SK372F-Nema

Mounting Flange
BD (mm) AJ AK BB BF GA QA Style
+0.0005
4.72 (120)* 3.94 3.150 -0.0004
0.12 0.26 0.28  2
+0.0005
5.51 (140) 4.53  -0.000
0.12 0.35 0.35  1
+0.0005
6.30 (160) 5.12 4.331 -0.000
0.14 0.35 0.39  1
+0.0005
7.87 (200) 6.50 5.118 -0.000
0.14 0.43   1
+0.0005
9.84 (250) 8.46  -0.000
0.16 0.53 0.59  1

NEMA Dimensions
Type AJ1 AK1 BB1 BD1 BF1 GA1 U1 UY1 Y1 C1 C1* DB2
56C  4.500 0.18 6.54 0.43  0.625  0.188 12.25 13.35 -
140TC  4.500 0.18 6.54 0.43   0.96 0.188  13.82 -
180TC  8.500 0.23  0.59  1.125 1.24 0.250 12.95 14.05 1.05
* When using the 4.72 (120) flange, the C1 and QA dimensions become larger.

110 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


SK 372.1/373.1 - W
SK 372.1 F/373.1F - W
372.1/373.1
15.60
7.19 1.40
1.97 0.12 0.31 2.00

0.0000
1.00 -0.0005
6.61

0.45
1.11 1.11 0.96
3.54

0.875 -0.0005
0.0000
0.59
1.34 0.35
4.33 2.95 5.12
5.91 2.36 6.30
SK372 W

372.1F/373.1F

DIMENSIONS
QA 1.40

nsions in Inches
° 1.97 0.31 2.00
45
B
F

Dime
6.57
0.0000
1.00 -0.0005
AK
BD

1.11 0.96
3.54

0.875 -0.0005
0.0000
AJ

5.91 BB
1.97 GA
SK372F-W

Mounting Flange
BD (mm) AJ AK BB BF GA QA Style C
+0.0005
4.72 (120)* 3.94 3.150 0.12 0.26 0.28  2 
-0.0004
+0.0005
5.51 (140) 4.53  0.12 0.35 0.35  1 15.59
-0.000
+0.0005
6.30 (160) 5.12 4.331 0.14 0.35 0.39  1 15.59
-0.000
+0.0005
7.87 (200) 6.50 5.118 0.14 0.43   1 15.59
-0.000
+0.0005
9.84 (250) 8.46  -0.000
0.16 0.53 0.59  1 15.59

* When using the 4.72 (120) flange, the C and QA dimensions are larger.

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 111


SK 572.1/573.1 - Motor
SK 572.1F/573.1F - Motor
SK 572.1/573.1 - 1.25“ Shaft C (BR)
C
AB (BR) 9.07 0.94
AB 2.36 0.16

1.25 -0.0005
0.0000

FP
8.19

0.53
1.36
4.53

0.66
2.06 0.55
5.31 3.54 6.50
7.48 2.85 7.87

SK 572.1F/573.1F - 1.25“ Shaft


C (BR) or C (BR)*
C or C*
AB (BR) QA 0.94
°
45 AB 2.36
B
F
DIMENSIONS

Dime
nsions in Inches

1.25 -0.0005
0.0000
BD
AK

FP
8.15

1.36
4.51

AJ

7.48 BB
2.36 GA

Mounting Flange
BD (mm) AJ AK BB BF GA QA Style
+0.0005
5.51 (140)* 4.53  -0.000
0.12 0.35 0.35 10.35 2
+0.0005
6.30 (160)* 5.12 4.331 -0.000
0.14 0.35 0.39 10.35 2
+0.0005
7.87 (200) 6.50 5.118 -0.000
0.14 0.43  9.05 1
+0.0005
9.84 (250) 8.46  -0.000
0.16 0.53 0.59 9.05 1
+0.0006
11.81 (300) 10.43 9.055 -0.001
0.16 0.53  9.05 1

Motor Dimensions
Standard efficiency 63S/L 71S/L 80S/L 90S/L 100L 112M
Energy efficiency 80LH 90SH/LH 100LH 112MH
Premium efficiency 80LP 90SP/LP 100LP 112MP
AB 4.51 4.86 5.59  6.65  
AB (BR) 4.84 5.24 5.59    
C  19.35 20.33 21.91 23.13 24.00 24.99
C (BR) 19.98 21.63 22.85 24.86   28.69
C* [style 2 flange]  20.65 21.63 23.20 24.43 25.30 26.29
C* (BR) [style 2 flange] 21.28 22.93 24.15 26.16 28.03 29.00 29.99
FP 5.08  6.43    
* When using the 5.51 (140) flange or the 6.30 (160) flange, the C1 and QA dimensions become larger.
(BR) Denotes Brakemotor

112 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


SK 572.1/573.1 - NEMA
SK 572.1F/573.1F - NEMA
SK 572.1/573.1 - 1.25“ Shaft
C1
9.07 0.94 GA1
2.36 0.16 BB1
UY1

B
F1
1.25 -0.0005
0.0000

BD1
AK1

U1
8.19

0.53
1.36
4.53

Y1
0.66

AJ
1
2.06 0.55

DB2
5.31 3.54 6.50
7.48 2.85 7.87

SK 572.1F/573.1F - 1.25“ Shaft


C1 or C1*
QA 0.94 GA1
° 2.36 BB1
45
B UY1
F

DIMENSIONS
nsions in Inches
B
F1
1.25 -0.0005
0.0000

BD1
AK1
BD
AK

U1

Dime
8.15

1.36
4.51

Y1
AJ

AJ
1
7.48 BB
2.36 GA

Mounting Flange
BD (mm) AJ AK BB BF GA QA Style
+0.0005
5.51 (140)* 4.53  -0.000
0.12 0.35 0.35 10.35 2
+0.0005
6.30 (160)* 5.12 4.331 -0.000
0.14 0.35 0.39 10.35 2
+0.0005
7.87 (200) 6.50 5.118 -0.000
0.14 0.43  9.05 1
+0.0005
9.84 (250) 8.46  -0.000
0.16 0.53 0.59 9.05 1
+0.0006
11.81 (300) 10.43 9.055 -0.001
0.16 0.53  9.05 1

NEMA Dimensions
Type AJ1 AK1 BB1 BD1 BF1 GA1 U1 UY1 Y1 C1 C1* DB2
56C  4.500 0.18 6.54 0.43  0.625  0.188  15.00 -
140TC  4.500 0.18 6.54 0.43   0.96 0.188   -
180TC  8.500 0.23  0.59  1.125 1.24 0.250 14.40  0.06
* When using the 5.51 (140) flange or the 6.30 (160) flange, the C1 and QA dimensions become larger.

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 113


SK 572.1/573.1 - W
SK 572.1F/573.1F - W
SK 572.1/573.1 - 1.25“ Shaft 17.04
9.07 0.94
2.36 0.16 0.31 2.00

1.25 -0.0005
0.0000
8.19

0.53
1.36 0.96
4.53

0.875 -0.0005
0.0000
0.66
2.06 0.55
5.31 3.54 6.50
7.48 2.85 7.87

SK 572.1F/573.1F - 1.25“ Shaft


C
QA 0.94
° 2.36 0.31 2.00
45
B
F
DIMENSIONS

Dime
nsions in Inches

1.25 -0.0005
0.0000
BD
AK

8.15

1.36 0.96
4.51

AJ

0.875 -0.0005
0.0000
7.48 BB
2.36 GA

Mounting Flange
BD (mm) AJ AK BB BF GA QA Style C
+0.0005
5.51 (140)* 4.53  -0.000
0.12 0.35 0.35 10.35 2 18.33
+0.0005
6.30 (160)* 5.12 4.331 -0.000
0.14 0.35 0.39 10.35 2 18.33
+0.0005
7.87 (200) 6.50 5.118 -0.000
0.14 0.43  9.05 1 
+0.0005
9.84 (250) 8.46  -0.000
0.16 0.53 0.59 9.05 1 
+0.0006
11.81 (300) 10.43 9.055 -0.001
0.16 0.53  9.05 1 
* When using the 5.51 (140) flange or the 6.30 (160) flange, the C and QA dimensions become larger.

114 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


SK 572.1/573.1 + Motor
SK 572.1F/573.1F + Motor
C (BR)
SK 572.1/573.1 - 1.375“ Shaft
C
AB (BR) 9.47 0.94
AB 2.76 0.16

1.375 -0.0005
0.0000

FP
8.19

0.53
1.52
4.53

0.66
2.06 0.55
5.31 3.94 6.50
7.48 3.25 7.87

SK 572.1F/573.1F - 1.375“ Shaft


C (BR) or C (BR)*
C or C*
AB (BR) QA 0.94
° AB 2.76
45
B

DIMENSIONS
nsions in Inches
F
1.375 -0.0005
0.0000
BD
AK

Dime
FP
8.15

1.52
4.51

AJ

7.48 BB
2.76 GA

Mounting Flange
BD (mm) AJ AK BB BF GA QA Style
+0.0005
5.51 (140)* 4.53  -0.000
0.12 0.35 0.35  2
+0.0005
6.30 (160)* 5.12 4.331 -0.000
0.14 0.35 0.39  2
+0.0005
7.87 (200) 6.50 5.118 -0.000
0.14 0.43  9.45 1
+0.0005
9.84 (250) 8.46  -0.000
0.16 0.53 0.59 9.45 1
+0.0006
11.81 (300) 10.43 9.055 -0.001
0.16 0.53  9.45 1

Motor Dimensions
Standard efficiency 63S/L 4- 80S/L 90S/L 100L 112M
Energy efficiency 80LH 90SH/LH 100LH 112MH
Premium efficiency 80LP 90SP/LP 100LP 112MP
AB 4.51 4.86 5.59  6.65  
AB (BR) 4.84 5.24 5.59    
C    22.31 23.53 24.40 25.39
C (BR) 20.38 22.03 23.25 25.26  28.10 29.09
C* [style 2 flange]  21.05 22.03 23.61 24.83  26.69
C* (BR) [style 2 flange] 21.68 23.33 24.55 26.56 28.43 29.40 30.39
FP 5.08  6.43    
* When using the 5.51 (140) flange or the 6.30 (160) flange, the C1 and QA dimensions become larger.
(BR) Denotes Brakemotor

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 115


SK 572.1/573.1 - NEMA
SK 572.1F/573.1F - NEMA
SK 572.1/573.1 - 1.375“ Shaft
C1
9.47 0.94 GA1
2.76 0.16 BB1
UY1

B
F1
1.375 -0.0005
0.0000

BD1
AK1

U1
8.19

0.53
1.52
4.53

Y1
0.66

AJ
1
2.06 0.55

DB2
5.31 3.94 6.50
7.48 3.25 7.87

SK 572.1F/573.1F - 1.375“ Shaft

C1 or C1*
QA 0.94 GA1
DIMENSIONS

Dime

° 2.76 BB1
45
nsions in Inches

B UY1
F

B
F1
1.375 -0.0005
0.0000

BD1
AK1
BD
AK

U1
8.15

1.52
4.51

Y1
AJ

AJ
1
7.48 BB
2.76 GA

Mounting Flange
BD (mm) AJ AK BB BF GA QA Style
+0.0005
5.51 (140)* 4.53  -0.000
0.12 0.35 0.35  2
+0.0005
6.30 (160)* 5.12 4.331 -0.000
0.14 0.35 0.39  2
+0.0005
7.87 (200) 6.50 5.118 -0.000
0.14 0.43  9.45 1
+0.0005
9.84 (250) 8.46  -0.000
0.16 0.53 0.59 9.45 1
+0.0006
11.81 (300) 10.43 9.055 -0.001
0.16 0.53  9.45 1

NEMA Dimensions
Type AJ1 AK1 BB1 BD1 BF1 GA1 U1 UY1 Y1 C1 C1* DB2
56C  4.500 0.18 6.54 0.43  0.625  0.188 14.10 15.40 -
140TC  4.500 0.18 6.54 0.43   0.96 0.188 14.58  -
180TC  8.500 0.23  0.59  1.125 1.24 0.250 14.80 16.10 0.06
* When using the 5.51 (140) flange or the 6.30 (160) flange, the C1 and QA dimensions become larger.

116 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


SK 572.1/573.1 - W
SK 572.1F/573.1F - W
SK 572.1/573.1 - 1.375“ Shaft
17.43
9.47 0.94
2.76 0.16 0.31 2.00

1.375 -0.0005
0.0000
8.19

0.53
1.52 0.96
4.53

0.875 -0.0005
0.0000
0.66
2.06 0.55
5.31 3.94 6.50
7.48 3.25 7.87

SK 572.1F/573.1F - 1.375“ Shaft

C
QA 0.94

DIMENSIONS
nsions in Inches
° 2.76 0.31 2.00
45
B
F

Dime
1.375 -0.0005
0.0000
BD
AK

8.15

1.52 0.96
4.51

AJ

0.875 -0.0005
0.0000

7.48 BB
2.76 GA

Mounting Flange
BD (mm) AJ AK BB BF GA QA Style C
+0.0005
5.51 (140)* 4.53  0.12 0.35 0.35  2 
-0.000
+0.0005
6.30 (160)* 5.12 4.331 0.14 0.35 0.39  2 
-0.000
+0.0005
7.87 (200) 6.50 5.118 0.14 0.43  9.45 1 
-0.000
+0.0005
9.84 (250) 8.46  0.16 0.53 0.59 9.45 1 
-0.000
+0.0006
11.81 (300) 10.43 9.055 -0.001
0.16 0.53  9.45 1 

* When using the 5.51 (140) flange or the 6.30 (160) flange, the C and QA dimensions become larger.

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 


SK 672.1/673.1 - Motor
SK 672.1F/673.1F - Motor
SK 672.1/673.1
C (BR)
AB (BR) C
AB 10.27 ZB
2.75 0.16

0.0000
1.375 -0.0005

FP
9.13

0.29
0.68
5.12

1.52 1.52

1.06
2.17 0.55

DB2
5.91 3.93 7.68
8.27 3.14 9.25

SK 672.1F/673.1F

C
AB (BR) 10.27 ZB
AB 2.75
DIMENSIONS

Dime

°
45
nsions in Inches

B
F

0.0000
1.375 -0.0005
BD
AK

FP
9.09
0.29
5.08

1.52
AJ

8.27 BB
DB2

2.75 GA
SK672.1F-Motor

Mounting Flange
BD (mm) AJ AK BB BF GA
+0.0005
7.87 (200) 6.50 5.118 0.14 0.43 
-0.000
+0.0005
9.84 (250) 8.46  0.16 0.55 0.63
-0.000

Motor Dimensions
Standard efficiency 63S/L 71S/L 80S/L 90S/L 100L 112M 132S/M
Energy efficiency 80LH 90SH/LH 100LH 112MH 132SH/MH
Premium efficiency 80LP 90SP/LP 100LP 112MP 132SP/MP
AB 4.51 4.86 5.59  6.65   8.03
AB (BR) 4.84 5.24 5.59     
C 18.93 20.50 21.49 23.06 24.28 25.15 26.14 
C (BR) 21.13  24.01 26.01  28.85 29.84 
FP 5.08  6.43     10.45
DB2 - - - - - - - 0.11
ZB 0.93 0.93 0.93 0.93 0.93 0.93 0.93 1.16
(BR) Denotes Brakemotor

118 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


SK 672.1/673.1 - NEMA
SK 672.1F/673.1F - NEMA
SK 672.1/673.1
C1
10.27 ZB GA1
2.75 0.16 BB1
UY1

B
F1
0.0000
1.375 -0.0005

Y1
BD1
AK1
9.13

U1
0.29
0.68
5.12

1.52 1.52
AJ
1

1.06
2.17 0.55
5.91 3.93 7.68
8.27 3.14 9.25
SK672.1-NEMA 56C-180TC

SK 672.1F/673.1F

C1
10.27 ZB GA1

DIMENSIONS
2.75 BB1

nsions in Inches
°
45
UY1
B
F

B
F1

Dime
0.0000
1.375 -0.0005

Y1
BD1
BD

AK1
AK

U1
9.09
0.29
5.08

1.52
AJ AJ
1

8.27 BB
2.75 GA
SK672.1F-NEMA 56C-180TC

Mounting Flange
BD (mm) AJ AK BB BF GA
+0.0005
7.87 (200) 6.50 5.118 0.14 0.43 
-0.000
+0.0005
9.84 (250) 8.46  0.16 0.55 0.63
-0.000

NEMA Dimensions
Type AJ1 AK1 BB1 BD1 BF1 GA1 U1 UY1 Y1 C1 ZB
56C  4.500 0.18 6.54 0.43  0.625  0.188 14.86 0.93
140TC  4.500 0.18 6.54 0.43   0.96 0.188 15.33 0.93
180TC  8.500 0.23  0.59  1.125 1.24 0.250 15.56 0.93
210TC  8.500 0.23  0.59 0.98  1.52 0.312 16.39 1.16

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 119


SK 672.1/673.1 - W
SK 672.1/673.1F - W
SK 672.1/673.1
18.25
10.27 0.93
2.75 0.16 0.31 2.00

0.0000
1.375 -0.0005
9.13

0.29
0.68
5.12

1.52 1.52 0.96

0.0000
0.875 -0.0005
1.06
2.17 0.55
5.91 3.93 7.68
8.27 3.14 9.25

SK 672.1F/673.1F

18.25
10.27 0.93
2.75 0.31 2.00
DIMENSIONS

Dime

°
45
nsions in Inches

B
F

0.0000
1.375 -0.0005
BD
AK

9.09
0.29
5.08

1.52 0.96
AJ

0.0000
0.875 -0.0005
8.27 BB
2.75 GA
SK672F-W

Mounting Flange
BD (mm) AJ AK BB BF GA
+0.0005
7.87 (200) 6.50 5.118 0.14 0.43 
-0.000
+0.0005
9.84 (250) 8.46  0.16 0.55 0.63
-0.000

120 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


SK 772.1/773.1 - Motor
SK 772.1F/773.1F - Motor
SK 772.1/773.1 C (BR)
AB(BR) C
AB 11.00
3.15 0.16
3 x3 x21
8 8 4
5 -11
8
11.18

FP
9.45

0.98
1.79
5.51

0.20
+0.0000
1.625 -0.0005

0.98
2.75 0.69

6.69 4.53 8.07

9.06 3.74 9.65


9.33 SK 772.1 - 112M

SK 772.1F/773.1F
C (BR)

C
AB(BR) 11.00
33 3 1
8x 8x2 4

DIMENSIONS
nsions in Inches
° AB 3.15
45 5 -11
8
B
F

Dime
11.16

AK
BD

FP
9.43

1.79
5.49

0.20
0.0000
1.625 -0.0005

AJ
BB
9.33
3.15 GA

SK772F-Motor

Mounting Flange
BD (mm) AJ AK BB BF GA
+0.0005
7.87 (200) 6.50 5.118 0.16 0.43 0.47
-0.0004
+0.0005
9.84 (250) 8.46 7.087 0.16 0.53 0.59
-0.000
+0.0006
11.81 (300) 10.43 9.055 0.16 0.53 0.71
-0.001

Motor Dimensions
Standard efficiency 71S/L 80S/L 90S/L 100L 112M 132S/M 160M/L
Energy efficiency 80LH 90SH/LH 100LH 112MH 132SH/MH 160MH 160LH
Premium efficiency 80LP 90SP/LP 100LP 112MP 132SP/MP 160MP 160LP
AB 4.86 5.59 5.79 6.65 7.05 7.05 8.03 9.53 9.53
AB (BR) 5.24 5.59 5.79 6.77 7.17 7.17 7.91 9.53 9.53
C 20.08 21.06 22.63 23.85 24.72 25.72 28.15 31.20 32.96
C (BR) 22.36 23.58 25.59 27.46 28.43 29.65 32.36 36.52 37.41
FP 5.72 6.43 7.19 7.90 8.87 8.87 10.45 12.56 12.56
(BR) Denotes Brakemotor

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 121


SK 772.1/773.1 - NEMA
SK 772.1F/773.1F - NEMA
SK 772.1/773.1
C1
11.00 GA1
3.15 0.16 BB1 UY1
3 x3 3 x3 x21
8 8 8 8 4

B
F1
5 5 -11
8 8
11.18

0.20

AK1
BD1

U1
9.47

0.98

Y1
1.79 1.79
5.51

+0.0000
1.625 -0.0005

0.98

AJ
1
2.75 0.69
6.69 4.53 8.07
9.06 3.74 9.65
9.33 SK 772 210TC

SK 772.1F/773.1F

C1
11.00 GA1
3 x3 x21
DIMENSIONS

Dime

8 8 4 3.15 BB1 UY1


°
45 5 -11
nsions in Inches

B
B

F1
F
11.16

0.20

AK1
BD1
AK
BD

U1
9.43

Y1
1.79
5.49

1.625 -0.0005
0.0000

AJ
AJ

1
BB
9.33
3.15 GA

Mounting Flange
BD (mm) AJ AK BB BF GA
+0.0005
7.87 (200) 6.50 5.118 0.16 0.43 0.47
-0.0004
+0.0005
9.84 (250) 8.46 7.087 0.16 0.53 
-0.000
+0.0006
11.81 (300) 10.43 9.055 0.16 0.53 0.71
-0.001

NEMA Dimensions
Type AJ1 AK1 BB1 BD1 BF1 GA1 U1 UY1 Y1 C1
56C 5.875 4.500 0.18 6.54 0.43 0.47 0.625 0.71 0.188 15.61
140TC 5.875 4.500 0.18 6.54 0.43 0.47 0.875 0.96 0.188 15.61
180TC 7.250 8.500 0.23 9.17 0.59 0.71 1.125 1.24 0.250 16.52
210TC 7.250 8.500 0.23 9.17 0.59 0.98 1.375 1.518 0.312 17.65

122 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


SK 772.1/773.1 - W
SK 772.1F/773.1F - W
SK 772.1/773.1
17.78
11.00
3.15 0.16 0.31 2.00
3 x3
3 x3 1 1
8 8 8x 8x2 4 3 x3 x1
16 16 4
5 5
8 8-11 1 -20
4
11.18

0.20
9.45

0.96

0.98
1.79
1.79
5.51

+0.0000
0.875 -0.0005
1.625 -0.0005
0.0000

0.98
2.75 0.69
6.69 4.53 8.07
9.06 3.74 9.65
9.33
SK772-W

SK 772.1F/773.1F

17.78
11.00
3 x3 x21

DIMENSIONS
nsions in Inches
8 8 4 3.15 0.31 2.00
°
45 5 -11
8 3 x3 x11
B

16 16 4
F

1 -20
4

Dime
11.16

0.20
AK
BD
9.43

0.96
1.79
5.49

+0.0000
0.875 -0.0005
+0.0000
1.625 -0.0005

AJ
BB
9.33
3.15 GA

SK 772F W

Mounting Flange
BD (mm) AJ AK BB BF GA
+0.0005
7.87 (200) 6.50 5.118 0.16 0.43 0.47
-0.0004
+0.0005
9.84 (250) 8.46 7.087 0.16 0.53 
-0.000
+0.0006
11.81 (300) 10.43 9.055 0.16 0.53 0.71
-0.001

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 123


SK 872.1/873.1 - Motor
SK 872.1F/873.1F - Motor
SK 872.1/873.1 C (BR)

C
AB (BR) 14.12
AB 3.94 0.20
1 1 5
2x 2x2 8
3 -10
4

0.24

FP
14.17
12.15

1.38
1.38
+0.0000
2.125 -0.0010
7.09

2.35

3.15 0.69

DB2
8.46 5.55 10.24
SK 872 - 132 M
11.42 4.53 12.20
11.81

SK 872.1F/873.1F
C (BR)

C
AB (BR) 14.12
1 1 5
2x 2x2 8
DIMENSIONS

Dime

° AB 3.94
45 3 -10
4
nsions in Inches

B
F

0.24
BD
AK

FP
14.17
12.15
7.09

+0.0000
2.125 -0.0010

2.35
AJ

BB
11.81 3.94 GA
DB2

SK 872F - 132 M

Mounting Flange
BD (mm) "+ AK BB BF GA
+0.0005
9.84 (250) 8.46  0.16 0.53 0.63
-0.000
+0.0006
11.81 (300) 10.43 9.055 0.16 0.53 
-0.001
+0.0000
13.78 (350) 11.81 9.843 0.20 0.69 
-0.001

Motor Dimensions
Standard eff. 90S/L 100L 112M 132S/M 160M/L 180MX 180LX
Energy eff. 90SH/LH 100LH 112MH 132SH/MH 160M/H 160LH 180MH/LH
Premium eff. 90SP/LP 100LP 112MP 132SP/MP 160MP 160LP 180MP/LP
AB  6.65   8.03 9.53 9.53 9.53 9.53 10.04
AB (BR)      9.53 9.53 9.53 9.53 9.53
C  26.19  28.06 30.49 33.54 35.30 33.54 35.30 38.66
C (BR)  29.80    38.86 40.53 38.86 40.58 43.66
FP     10.45 12.56 12.56 12.56 12.56 14.26
DB2 - - - - - - - - - 0.04
(BR) Denotes Brakemotor

124 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


SK 872.1/873.1 - NEMA
SK 872.1F/873.1F - NEMA
SK 872.1/873.1
C1
14.12 GA1
3.94 0.20 BB1
UY1
1 11 x1 x2 5
2x 22 2 8

B
3 3 -10

F1
4 4

0.24

AK1
BD1

U1
14.17
12.15

1.38

Y1
1.38
7.09

+0.0000
2.125 -0.0010
2.35
2.35

AJ
1
3.15 0.69
8.46 5.55 10.24
11.42 4.53 12.20
SK 872 210TC
11.81

SK 872.1F/873.1F

C1

1 1 5
14.12 GA1
2x 2x2 8
° 3.94 BB1
45 3 -10 UY1

DIMENSIONS
nsions in Inches
4
B

B
F

F1

Dime
0.24

AK1
BD1
AK
BD

U1
14.17
12.15

Y1
7.09

+0.0000
-0.0010

2.35
AJ

AJ
1
BB
2.125

11.81 3.94 GA
SK 872F 210TC

Mounting Flange
BD (mm) AJ AK BB BF GA
+0.0005
9.84 (250) 8.46 7.087 0.16 0.53 0.63
-0.000
+0.0006
11.81 (300) 10.43 9.055 0.16 0.53 0.79
-0.001
+0.0000
13.78 (350) 11.81 9.843 0.20 0.69 0.79
-0.001

NEMA Dimensions
Type AJ1 AK1 BB1 BD1 BF1 GA1 U1 UY1 Y1 C1
56C 5.875 4.500 0.18 6.54 0.43 0.47 0.625 0.71 0.188 18.46
140TC 5.875 4.500 0.18 6.54 0.43 0.63 0.875 0.96 0.188 18.46
180TC 7.250 8.500 0.23 9.17 0.59 0.71 1.125 1.24 0.250 19.76
210TC 7.250 8.500 0.23 9.17 0.59 0.98 1.375 1.518 0.312 22.05
250TC 7.250 8.500 0.23 9.17 0.59 0.98 1.625 1.80 0.375 22.05

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 125


SK 872.1/873.1 - W
SK 872.1F/873.1F - W
SK 872.1/873.1
21.72
14.12
3.94 0.20 0.32 2.36
1 11 x1 x2 5
2x 22x 2 8 1 x 14 x 1 58
3 - 3 4
4 4-10 1
2-13

0.24
14.17
12.15

1.38

1.38
1.24
7.09

+0.0000
2.125 -0.0010
2.35
2.35

+0.0000
1.125 -0.0005
3.15 0.69
8.46 5.55 10.24
11.42 4.53 12.20
11.81

SK 872.1F/873.1F

21.72

1 x1 x2 5
14.12
2 2 8
° 3.94 0.32 2.36
45 3 -10
DIMENSIONS

Dime

4
1 1 5
4 x 4 x1 8
nsions in Inches

B
F

1 -13
2

0.24
AK
BD
14.17
12.15

1.24
7.09

+0.0000
1.125 -0.0005
+0.0000
-0.0010

2.35
AJ

BB
2.125

11.81 3.94 GA

Mounting Flange
BD (mm) AJ AK BB BF GA
+0.0005
9.84 (250) 8.46 7.087 0.16 0.53 0.63
-0.000
+0.0006
11.81 (300) 10.43 9.055 0.16 0.53 0.79
-0.001
+0.0000
13.78 (350) 11.81 9.843 0.20 0.69 0.79
-0.001

126 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


SK 972.1/973.1 - Motor
SK 972.1F/973.1F - Motor
SK 972.1/973.1 C (BR)
C

AB (BR) 16.75
4.72 0.24
AB
5 5 1
5 x 5 8x 8x3 4
8 8 3 -10
3 4
4

0.45
17.01

FP
14.65

2.65

+0.0000
2.375 -0.0010
2.65

1.97
8.86

1.97
0.87
3.54
6.33 12.20
9.84
5.21 14.37
13.39
13.70

SK 972.1F/973.1F
C (BR)
C
AB (BR) 16.75
° 5 x 5 x3 1
45 AB 4.72

DIMENSIONS
8 8 4

nsions in Inches
3 -10
4
B
F

Dime
BD
AK
17.01

0.45

FP
14.65

2.65
+0.0000
2.375 -0.0010
8.86

AJ
BB
13.70 4.72 GA

Mounting Flange
BD (mm) AJ AK BB BF GA
+0.0006
11.81 (300) 10.43 9.055 0.16 0.53 
-0.001
+0.0000
13.78 (350) 11.81 9.843 0.20 0.69 
-0.001
+0.0000
17.72 (450)   0.20 0.69 
-0.001

Motor Dimensions
Standard eff. 90S/L 100L 112M 132S/M 160M/L 180MX 180LX 200L 225S
Energy eff. 90SH/LH 100LH 112MH 132SH/MH 160M/H 160LH 180MH/LH 200LH 225SH
Premium eff. 90SP/LP 100LP 112MP 132SP/MP 160MP 160LP 180MP/LP
AB  6.65   8.03 9.53 9.53 9.53 9.53 10.04 12.01 12.01
AB (BR)      9.53 9.53 9.53 9.53 9.53 12.01 12.01
C  28.81 29.68  33.10 36.16  36.16  41.28 44.23 44.23
C (BR) 30.54 32.41  35.40   43.15  43.19 46.28 50.80 50.80
FP     10.45 12.56 12.56 12.56 12.56 14.26 15.83 15.83
(BR) Denotes Brakemotor

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 


SK 972.1/973.1 - NEMA
SK 972.1F/973.1F - NEMA
SK 972.1/973.1
C1
16.75
4.72 0.24 GA1

5 x 5 5 x 5 x3 1
BB1 UY1
8 88 8 4
3 3 -10

B
4 4

F1
17.01

0.45

AK1
BD1

U1
14.65

2.65 2.65

Y1
+0.0000
2.375 -0.0010

1.97
8.86

AJ
1
1.97
3.54 0.87
9.84 6.33 12.20
13.39 5.21 14.37
13.70

SK 972.1F/973.1F

C1
16.75
DIMENSIONS

Dime

° 5 x 5 x3 1
45 4.72 GA1
nsions in Inches

8 8 4
3 -10
4 BB1 UY1
B
F

B
F1
17.01

0.45
AK
BD

AK1
BD1

U1
14.65

2.65

Y1
+0.0000
2.375 -0.0010
8.86

AJ
1
AJ
BB
13.70 4.72 GA

Mounting Flange
BD (mm) AJ AK BB BF GA
+0.0006
11.81 (300) 10.43 9.055 0.16 0.53 
-0.001
+0.0000
13.78 (350) 11.81 9.843 0.20 0.69 
-0.001
+0.0000
17.72 (450)   0.20 0.69 
-0.001

NEMA Dimensions
Type AJ1 AK1 BB1 BD1 BF1 GA1 U1 UY1 Y1 C1
56C  4.500 0.18 6.54 0.43  0.625  0.188 21.08
140TC  4.500 0.18 6.54 0.43   0.96 0.188 21.08
180TC  8.500 0.23  0.59  1.125 1.24 0.250 22.38
210TC  8.500 0.23  0.59 0.98  1.52 0.312 24.66
250TC  8.500 0.23  0.59 0.98 1.625 1.80  24.66
280TC 9.000 10.500 0.23  0.55   2.10 0.500 

128 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


SK 972.1/973.1 - W
SK 972.1F/973.1F - W
SK 972.1/973.1
25.11
16.75
4.72 0.24 0.31 3.12
5 x 55x 5 1
8 88x 8x3 4
3 3 x 3 x 21
3 -10 8 8 2
4 4 5 -11
8
17.01

0.45
14.65

2.652.65

+0.0000
2.375 -0.0010
1.66

1.97
8.86

+0.0000
1.500 -0.0005
1.97
3.54 0.87
9.84 6.33 12.20
13.39 5.21 14.37
13.70

SK 972.1F/973.1F

25.11
16.75

DIMENSIONS
nsions in Inches
° 5 x 5 x3 1
45 8 8 4 4.72 0.31 3.12
3 -10
4
B

3 x 3 x 21
F

8 8 2

Dime
5 -11
8
17.01

0.45
AK
BD
14.65

2.65 1.66
+0.0000
2.375 -0.0010

+0.0000
1.500 -0.0005
8.86

AJ
BB
13.70 4.72 GA

Mounting Flange
BD (mm) AJ AK BB BF GA
+0.0006
11.81 (300) 10.43 9.055 0.16 0.53 
-0.001
+0.0000
13.78 (350) 11.81 9.843 0.20 0.69 
-0.001
+0.0000
17.72 (450)   0.20 0.69 
-0.001

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 129


IEC
Dimensions
SK 072.1 - IEC 56..71
SK 072.1F - IEC 56..71
49.3 o Øe
f t

Ød

u
Øb H7

l Øa Øs

a b e f s o d l t u
IEC 56 - C105 105  85 3.0  29.5 9 20 11.4 3
IEC 56 - A120 120 80 100 3.5  29.5 9 20 11.4 3
IEC 63 - C90* 90 60  3.0 6 29.5 11 23 12.8 4
IEC 63 - C120 120 80 100 3.5  29.5 11 23 12.8 4
IEC 63 - A140 140 95 115 3.5 9 29.5 11 23 12.8 4
IEC 71 - C105 105  85 3.0  29.5 14 30 16.3 5
IEC 71 - C140 140 95 115 3.5 9 29.5 14 30 16.3 5
DIMENSIONS

Dim

*Standard
ensions in mm

SK 172.1 - IEC 56..90


SK 172.1F - IEC 56..90

60.3 o Øe
f t
Ød

u
Øb H7

Øa

l Øs

a b e f s o d l t u
IEC 56 - C105 105  85 3.0  32.5 9 20 11.4 3
IEC 56 - A120 120 80 100 3.5  32.5 9 20 11.4 3
IEC 63 - C90* 90 60  3.0 6 32.5 11 23 12.8 4
IEC 63 - C120 120 80 100 3.5  32.5 11 23 12.8 4
IEC 63 - A140 140 95 115 3.5 9 32.5 11 23 12.8 4
IEC 71 - C105 105  85 3.0  32.5 14 30 16.3 5
IEC 71 - C140 140 95 115 3.5 9 32.5 14 30 16.3 5
IEC 71 - A160 160 110 130 4.0 9 32.5 14 30 16.3 5
IEC 80 - C120* 120 80 100 3.5  32.5 19 40 21.8 6
IEC 80 - C160 160 110 130 4.0 9 32.5 19 40 21.8 6
IEC 80 - A200 200 130 165 4.0 M10x20 32.5 19 40 21.8 6
IEC 90 - C140* 140 95 115 3.5 9 45.5 24 50  8
IEC 90 - C160 160 110 130 4.0 9 45.5 24 50  8
IEC 90 - A200 200 130 165 4.0 M10x20 45.5 24 50  8
*Standard

130 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


IEC
Dimensions
SK 372.1 - IEC 63..90 SK 373.1 - IEC 63..90
SK 372.1F - IEC 63..90 SK 373.1F - IEC 63..90
Gear Ratio 90 q1 Gear Ratio 91 q1
≥16.50 56 ≥82.57 56
<16.50 40 <82.57 40

q1 o Øe
f Ød
t

u
Øb H7

Øa

l Øs

a b e f s o d l t u
IEC 63 - C90* 90 60  3.0 6 32.5 11 23 12.8 4

DIMENSIONS
IEC 63 - C120 120 80 100 3.5  32.5 11 23 12.8 4

ensions in mm
IEC 63 - A140 140 95 115 3.5 9 32.5 11 23 12.8 4
IEC 71 - C105 105  85 3.0  32.5 14 30 16.3 5
5

Dim
IEC 71 - C140 140 95 115 3.5 9 32.5 14 30 16.3
IEC 71 - A160 160 110 130 4.0 9 32.5 14 30 16.3 5
IEC 80 - C120* 120 80 100 3.5  32.5 19 40 21.8 6
IEC 80 - C160 160 110 130 4.0 9 32.5 19 40 21.8 6
IEC 80 - A200 200 130 165 4.0 M10x20 32.5 19 40 21.8 6
IEC 90 - C140* 140 95 115 3.5 9 45.5 24 50  8
IEC 90 - C160 160 110 130 4.0 9 45.5 24 50  8
IEC 90 - A200 200 130 165 4.0 M10x20 45.5 24 50  8
*Standard

SK 372.1 - IEC 100 SK 373.1 - IEC 63..90


SK 372.1F - IEC 100 SK 373.1F - IEC 63..90
Øe
o q t
Ød

u
Øb H7

Øa

f Øs
l

q a b e f s o d l t u
IEC 100 218 250 180 215 5 M12 82 28 60 31.3 8

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 131


IEC
Dimensions
SK 572.1 - IEC 63..90 SK 573.1 - IEC 63..90
SK 572.1F - IEC 63..90 SK 573.1F - IEC 63..90
Gear Ratio 92 q1 Gear Ratio 93 q1
≥21.85 56 ≥109.12 56
<21.85 40 <109.12 40

q1 o Øe
f t
Ød

u
Øb H7

Øa

l Øs

a b e f s o d l t u
IEC 63 - C90* 90 60  3.0 6 32.5 11 23 12.8 4
DIMENSIONS

Dim

IEC 63 - C120 120 80 100 3.5  32.5 11 23 12.8 4


ensions in mm

IEC 63 - A140 140 95 115 3.5 9 32.5 11 23 12.8 4


IEC 71 - C105 105  85 3.0  32.5 14 30 16.3 5
IEC 71 - C140 140 95 115 3.5 9 32.5 14 30 16.3 5
IEC 71 - A160 160 110 130 4.0 9 32.5 14 30 16.3 5
IEC 80 - C120* 120 80 100 3.5  32.5 19 40 21.8 6
IEC 80 - C160 160 110 130 4.0 9 32.5 19 40 21.8 6
IEC 80 - A200 200 130 165 4.0 M10x20 32.5 19 40 21.8 6
IEC 90 - C140* 140 95 115 3.5 9 45.5 24 50  8
IEC 90 - C160 160 110 130 4.0 9 45.5 24 50  8
IEC 90 - A200 200 130 165 4.0 M10x20 45.5 24 50  8
*Standard

SK 572.1 - IEC 100..112 SK 573.1 - IEC 100..112


SK 572.1F - IEC 100..112 SK 573.1F - IEC 100..112
Øe
o t
Ød

u
Øb H7

Øa

f Øs
l

a b e f s o d l t u
IEC 100 250 180 215 5 M12 82 28 60 31.3 8
IEC 112 250 180 215 5 M12 82 28 60 31.3 8

132 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


IEC
Dimensions
SK 672.1 - IEC 63..90 SK 673.1 - IEC 63..90
SK 672.1F - IEC 63..90 SK 673.1F - IEC 63..90
Gear Ratio 94 q1 Gear Ratio 95 q1
≥23.41 56 ≥115.89 56
<23.41 40 <115.89 40

q1 o Øe
f t
Ød

u
Øb H7

Øa

l Øs

a b e f s o d l t u
IEC 63 - C90* 90 60  3.0 6 32.5 11 23 12.8 4

DIMENSIONS
IEC 63 - C120 120 80 100 3.5  32.5 11 23 12.8 4

ensions in mm
IEC 63 - A140 140 95 115 3.5 9 32.5 11 23 12.8 4
IEC 71 - C105 105  85 3.0  32.5 14 30 16.3 5

Dim
IEC 71 - C140 140 95 115 3.5 9 32.5 14 30 16.3 5
IEC 71 - A160 160 110 130 4.0 9 32.5 14 30 16.3 5
IEC 80 - C120* 120 80 100 3.5  32.5 19 40 21.8 6
IEC 80 - C160 160 110 130 4.0 9 32.5 19 40 21.8 6
IEC 80 - A200 200 130 165 4.0 M10x20 32.5 19 40 21.8 6
IEC 90 - C140* 140 95 115 3.5 9 45.5 24 50  8
IEC 90 - C160 160 110 130 4.0 9 45.5 24 50  8
IEC 90 - A200 200 130 165 4.0 M10x20 45.5 24 50  8
*Standard

SK 672.1 - IEC 100..132 SK 673.1 - IEC 100..132


SK 672.1F - IEC 100..132 SK 673.1F - IEC 100..132
Øe
o t
Ød

u
Øb H7

Øa

f Øs
l

a b e f s o d l t u
IEC 100 250 180 215 5 M12 82 28 60 31.3 8
IEC 112 250 180 215 5 M12 82 28 60 31.3 8
IEC 132 300 230 265 5 M12 106 38 80 41.3 10

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 133


IEC
Dimensions
SK 772.1 - IEC63...160 SK 773.1 - IEC63...160
SK 772.1F - IEC 63...160 SK 773.1F - IEC 63...160

Øe
o
Øs
l

Øb

Øa
Ød

u
f
DIMENSIONS

Dim

a b e f s o d l t u
ensions in mm

IEC 71 160 110 130 4.0 M8 88 14 30 16.3 5


IEC 80 200 130 165 4.0 M10 108 19 40 21.8 6
IEC 90 200 130 165 4.0 M10 108 24 50  8
IEC 100 250 180 215 5.0 M12 125 28 60 31.3 8
IEC 112 250 180 215 5.0 M12 125 28 60 31.3 8
IEC 132 300 230 265 5.0 M12 156 38 80 41.3 10

134 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


IEC
Dimensions
SK 872.1 - IEC63...160 SK 873.1 - IEC63...160
SK 872.1F - IEC 63...160 SK 873.1F - IEC 63...160

Øe
o
Øs
l

Øb

Øa
Ød

u
f

a b e f s o d l t u

DIMENSIONS
ensions in mm
IEC 90 200 130 165 4.0 M10 109 24 50  8
IEC 100 250 180 215 5.0 M12 133 28 60 31.3 8
IEC 112 250 180 215 5.0 M12 133 28 60 31.3 8

Dim
IEC 132 300 230 265 5.0 M12 190 38 80 41.3 10
IEC 160 350 250 300 6.0 M16 194 42 110 45.3 12
IEC 180 350 250 300 6.0 M16 194 48 110 51.8 14

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 135


IEC
Dimensions
SK 972.1 - IEC63...160 SK 973.1 - IEC63...160
SK 972.1F - IEC 63...160 SK 973.1F - IEC 63...160

Øe
o
Øs
l

Øb

Øa
Ød

u
f

a b e f s o d l t u
IEC 90 200 130 165 4.0 M10 109 24 50  8
IEC 100 250 180 215 5.0 M12 133 28 60 31.3 8
DIMENSIONS

Dim
ensions in mm

IEC 112 250 180 215 5.0 M12 133 28 60 31.3 8


IEC 132 300 230 265 5.0 M12 190 38 80 41.3 10
IEC 160 350 250 300 6.0 M16 194 42 110 45.3 12
IEC 180 350 250 300 6.0 M16 194 48 110 51.8 14
IEC 200* 400 300 350 6.0 M16 245 55 110 59.3 16
* Available for SK 972.1 & SK 972.1F only

136 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


Flange Z (B14)
Dimensions
SK 072.1-673.1Z
V UY
X

AJ3
BD3
AK3
U

Y1
BB3 BF3

BF2

X1

SK 772.1-973.1Z
V UY
X

DIMENSIONS
nsions in Inches
AJ3
BD3
AK3
U

Dime
Y1

BB3 BF3

BF2

X1

BD3 AK3 AJ3 BB3 BF2 BF3 X1 Y1 U UY KEY V X


SK 072.1Z  2.205 2.68 0.49 .Y Ø 0.20 x 0.63 0.35 1.29  0.83 3/16 x 3/16 x 1-1/4  0.08
SK 172.1Z 4.21 2.953 3.62 0.59 .Y Ø Y    0.83 3/16 x 3/16 x 1-1/4  0.08
SK 372.1Z
5.16  4.33  M8 x 0.63 Ø Y 0.41 2.13 1.000 1.11 1/4 x 1/4 x 1-1/4  0.12
SK 373.1Z
SK 572.1Z*
6.30   0.55 .Y Ø Y   1.250 1.36 5/16 x 5/16 x2-1/8 2.36 0.16
SK 573.1Z*
SK 572.1Z*
6.30   0.55 .Y Ø Y    1.52 5/16 x 5/16 x 2-1/8  0.16
SK 573.1Z*
SK 672.1Z
 5.315 6.30 0.55 .Y Ø Y  3.05  1.52 5/16 x 5/16 x2-1/8  0.16
SK 673.1Z
SK 772.1Z
5.98 4.13 5.12 0.63 .Y Ø Y  2.44 1.625  3/8 x 3/8 x 2-1/4 3.15 0.16
SK 773.1Z
SK 872.1Z
 5.31 6.50  .Y Ø Y 0.98 3.11 2.125 2.25 1/2 x 1/2 x 2-5/8 3.94 0.20
SK 873.1Z
SK 972.1Z
9.29 6.61  0.98 M16 x 1.18 Ø 0.63 x 1.38 1.10   2.65 5/8 x 5/8 x 3-1/4  0.24
SK 973.1Z
* When ordering this size unit with specific flange or shaft options the OHL information is derated from what is specified. Ö 34

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 


Foot Flange XZ (B14)
Dimensions
SK 072.1-673.1XZ

BB2
X UY

V
2
AJ
AK2
U

Y1
BD
3

BJ3
BA
BF3

BF2

X1
SK 772.1-973.1XZ

BB2 UY
X
DIMENSIONS

Dime

V 2
nsions in Inches

AJ
AK2
U

Y1

BD
3

BJ3
BF3
BA
BF2

X1

BD3 AK2 AJ2 BB2 BF2 BF3 X1 Y1 BA BJ3 U UY KEY V X


SK 072.1XZ 3.35 2.205 2.68 0.49 M6 x 0.47 Ø 0.20 x 0.63 0.35 1.29 1.89 1.61 0.750 0.83 3/16 x 3/16 x 1-1/4 1.57 0.08
SK 172.1XZ 4.33 2.953 3.62 0.59 M8 x 0.71 Ø 0.32 x 0.57 0.47 1.73 2.28 1.79 0.750 0.83 3/16 x 3/16 x 1-1/4 1.57 0.08
SK 372.1XZ
5.12 3.740 4.33 0.79 M8 x 0.63 Ø 0.24 x 0.79 0.41 2.13 2.95 2.36 1.000 1.11 1/4 x 1/4 x 1-1/4 1.97 0.12
SK 373.1XZ
SK 572.1XZ*
6.30 4.724 5.71 0.55 M10 x 0.67 Ø 0.32 x 0.79 0.67 2.76 3.94 3.25 1.250 1.36 1/4 x 1/4 x 1-5/8 2.36 0.16
SK 573.1XZ*
SK 572.1XZ*
6.30 4.724 5.71 0.55 M10 x 0.67 Ø 0.32 x 0.79 0.67 2.76 3.94 3.25 1.375 1.52 5/16 x 5/16 x2-1/8 2.75 0.16
SK 573.1XZ*
SK 672.1XZ
7.09 5.315 6.30 0.55 M10 x 0.79 Ø 0.39 x 0.79 0.79 3.05 3.94 3.15 1.375 1.52 5/16 x 5/16 x2-1/8 2.75 0.16
SK 673.1XZ
SK 772.1XZ
6.85 4.016 5.12 0.47 M12 x 0.79 Ø 0.47 x 0.79 0.79 2.44 4.53 3.74 1.625 1.79 3/8 x 3/8 x 2-1/4 3.15 0.16
SK 773.1XZ
SK 872.1XZ
8.27 5.118 6.50 0.47 M12 x 0.79 Ø 0.47 x 1.18 0.98 3.11 5.51 4.53 2.125 2.25 1/2 x 1/2 x 2-5/8 3.94 0.20
SK 873.1XZ
SK 972.1XZ
10.24 6.102 7.87 0.59 M16 x 0.98 Ø 0.63 x 1.38 1.10 3.78 6.30 5.22 2.375 2.65 5/8 x 5/8 x 3-1/4 4.72 0.24
SK 973.1XZ
* When ordering this size unit with specific flange or shaft options the OHL information is derated from what is specified. Ö 34

138 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


Foot Flange XF (B5)
Dimensions
SK 072.1-673.1XF
UY UY UY
GA
V ° ° °
X 45 45 45

B
F

F
AJ
BD
AK
U

AJ AJ

BB
BQ
AH2
I II III
BA

Pic BD AK BB AJ GA BQ BF BA AH2 U UY KEY V X


SK 072.1XF I  3.150 0.12 3.94 0.28 3.54 0.26 1.89   0.83 3/16 x 3/16 x 1-1/4  0.08
 3.150 0.12 3.94 0.31 - 0.26 2.28 
SK 172.1XF II  0.83 3/16 x 3/16 x 1-1/4  0.08
5.51  0.12 4.53 0.31 - 0.35 2.28 
SK 372.1XF 5.51  0.12 4.53 0.35 - 0.34 2.95 

DIMENSIONS
II 1.000 1.11 1/4 x 1/4 x 1-1/4  0.12

nsions in Inches
SK 373.1XF 6.30 4.331 0.14 5.12 0.39 - 0.34 2.95 
SK 572.1XF*
II  5.118 0.14 6.50  - 0.43 3.94  1.250 1.36 1/4 x 1/4 x 1-5/8 2.36 0.16
SK 573.1XF*

Dime
SK 572.1XF*
II  5.118 0.14 6.50  - 0.43 3.94   1.52 5/16 x 5/16 x 2-1/8  0.16
SK 573.1XF*
SK 672.1XF
III  5.118 0.16 6.50  - 0.43 3.46   1.52 5/16 x 5/16 x 2-1/8  0.16
SK 673.1XF
* When ordering this size unit with specific flange or shaft options the OHL information is derated from what is specified. Ö 34

SK 772.1-973.1XF UY
GA
°
V X 45
B
F
BD
AK
U

AJ

BB II
AH2

BA

Pic. BD AK BB AJ GA BF BA AH2 U UY KEY V X


SK 772.1XF  5.12 0.16 6.50  0.43 4.53 3.15
II 1.625  3/8 x 3/8 x 2-1/4 3.15 0.16
SK 773.1XF 9.84  0.16 8.46 0.59 0.53 4.53 3.15
SK 872.1XF 9.84  0.16 8.46 0.63 0.53 5.51 3.94
II 2.125 2.35 1/2 x 1/2 x 2-5/8 3.94 0.20
SK 873.1XF 11.81 9.06 0.16 10.43  0.53 5.51 3.94
SK 972.1XF 11.81 9.06 0.16 10.43  0.53 6.30 
II  2.65 5/8 x 5/8 x 3-1/4  0.24
SK 973.1XF  9.84 0.20 11.81  0.69 6.30 

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 139


Output Shaft
Dimensions
SK 072.1-973.1 Inch
V
M M V

UY U UY U

KEY KEY

U UY KEY V M Tap
SK 072.1  0.83 3/16 x 3/16 x 1-1/4  1/4-20
SK 172.1  0.83 3/16 x 3/16 x 1-1/4  1/4-20
SK 372.1
1.000 1.11 1/4 x 1/4 x 1-1/4  3/8-16
SK 373.1
SK 572.1*
1.250 1.36 1/4 x 1/4 x 1-15/8 2.36 1/2-13
SK 573.1*
SK 572.1*
 1.52 5/16 x 5/16 x 2-1/8  5/8-11
SK 573.1*
SK 672.1
 1.52 5/16 x 5/16 x 2-1/8  5/8-11
SK 673.1
SK 772.1
1.625  3/8 x 3/8 x 2-1/4 3.15 5/8-11
SK 773.1
DIMENSIONS

Dime

SK 872.1
2.125 2.25 1/2 x 1/2 x 2-5/8 3.94 3/4-10
nsions in Inches

SK 873.1
SK 972.1
 2.65 5/8 x 5/8 x 3-1/4  3/4-10
SK 973.1
* When ordering this size unit with specific flange or shaft options the OHL information is derated from what is specified. Ö 34

SK 072.1-973.1 Metric V
M M V

UY U UY U

KEY KEY

U UY KEY V M Tap
SK 072.1 20 22.5 6 x 6 x 32 40 M6
SK 172.1 20 22.5 6 x 6 x 32 40 M6
SK 372.1
25 28.0 YY 50 M10
SK 373.1
SK 572.1*
30 33.0 YY 60 M10
SK 573.1*
SK 572.1*
35 38.0 10 x 8 x 60  M12
SK 573.1*
SK 672.1
35 38.0 10 x 8 x 60  M12
SK 673.1
SK 772.1
40 43.0 YY 80 M16
SK 773.1
SK 872.1
50 53.5 14 x 9 x 80 100 M16
SK 873.1
SK 972.1
60 64.0 18 x 11 x 100 120 M20
SK 973.1
* When ordering this size unit with specific flange or shaft options the OHL information is derated from what is specified. Ö 34

140 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


Motors

Motors
t0SEFS'PSN
t/&."$'BDF.PUPST
t&OHJOFFSJOH*OGPSNBUJPO
t0QUJPOT
t&OWJSPONFOUBM0QUJPOT
t"EEJUJPOBM0QUJPOT
t3BUJOHT5BCMFT
t%JNFOTJPOT
t$POOFDUJPO%JBHSBNT

www.nord.com
Motor Power Nn In
Type Pn Full- Full-Load Cur-
load rent
230Va) 460Va)
[hp] [kW] [rpm] [A] [A]
63S/4 0.16 0.12  0.88 0.44 FW EA
63L/4 0.25 0.18 1680 1.12 0.56 EC
ØDA

71S/4 0.33 0.25  1.56 


71L/4 0.5   1.90 0.95
80S/4  0.55   1.35
80L/4 1  1650 3.66 1.83 WE D
90S/4 1.5 1.1 1660 4.84 2.42
90L/4 2 1.5 1660 6.34 
100L/4 3 2.2  9.0 4.50
100LA/4 5   15.2  CM
132S/4  5.5  19.8 9.9
132M/4 10   25.8 12.9
160M/4 15 11  38.4 19.2

G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 141


Motor
Order Form
Frame Size Poles Motor Options Brake Size Brake Options
SK
63 S 4 Electrical Motor Options BRE 5 ˆHL - Hand Release Lever
71 SH 2 ˆH - Energy Efficient Motor BRE 10 ˆFHL - Locking Hand Release Lever
80 M 6 ˆP - Premium Efficient Motor BRE 20 ˆHLH - Hand Release Lever with Hole
90 MH 4-2 ˆTW - Thermostat BRE 40 ˆRG - Corrosion Protected Brake
100 MX 8-2 ˆTF - Thermistor BRE 60 ˆSR - Dust and Corrosion Protected Brake
112 L 8-4 ˆSH - Space Heater (select voltage) BRE 100 ˆADJ_____Nm - Adjust Brake Torque
132 LA 12-2  € 110 Volt € 230 Volt € 460 Volt BRE 150 ˆBIP66 - IP66 Brake Enclosure
160 LH Other ˆISO H - Class H insulation BRE 250 ˆMIK - Micro-switch
180 LX ˆWU - High Resistance Rotor BRE 400 ˆBSH - Brake Heating/Bifilar Coil
200 ˆ4-2 - 2-Speed, 4/2 Pole, 1800/3600rpm BRE 800 ˆNRB1 - Quiet Brake Release
225 ˆ8-2 - 2-Speed, 8/2 Pole, 900/3600rpm ˆNRB2 - Quiet Brake Motor Operation
ˆECR - Single Phase Motor ˆFBR - Brass Foil

Environmental Options ˆDBR - Double Brake


ˆNSD+ - Nord Severe Duty Paint ˆG...P - High Performance Rectifier
ˆNSDx3 - Nord Extreme Duty Paint ˆG...V - Sealed Rectifier
ˆRD - Canopy Drip Cover ˆIR - Current Sensing Relay
ˆRDD - Double Fan Cover
ˆKB - Condensation Drain Holes (plugged) Rectifier Selection Ö 209 - 221
ˆKBO - Condensation Drain Holes (open) Rectifier Wiring
ˆIP66 - IP66 Enclosure Protection € Across the line (from motor terminal box)
ˆKKV - Terminal Box Sealed with Resin € Separate power source (frequency inverter, soft starter)
ˆAICM - Additional Insulation
ˆEP - Epoxy Dipped Windings Brake Supply Voltage Braking Method
€24 VDC €Method 10
Paint Frequency Inverter Related Options €115 VAC €Method 15
€
Unpainted Aluminum Alloy ˆF - Blower Fan (200-575V 1 & 3 Phase) €200 VAC €Method 20
€
Stainless Steel Paint ˆFC - Blower Cooling Fan (115V, 1 Phase) €
230 VAC €Method 25
€
NSD+ (gray) ˆIG__ - Incremental Encoder €
400 VAC €Method 30
€
NSD+W (white) ˆIG__P - Incremental Encoder with Plug €
460 VAC €Method 35
€
/4%9 HSBZ ˆAG - Absolute Encoder €
500 VAC €Method 40
€
/4%98 XIJUF ˆMG - Magnetic Encoder €
575 VAC €Method 45
€ € €
MOTORS

Special _______ Other ____________ Method 50


Additional Motor Options €Method 55
ˆOL - Totally Enclosed Non-Ventilated (TENV) * More info on page 201
ˆOL/H - (TENV) Without Fan Cover
ˆWE - Second Shaft Extension (Fan Side) Hand Release Position
ˆHR - Hand Wheel HL 2
ˆZ - High Inertia Cast Iron Fan €
HL1
ˆRLS - Motor Backstop (rotation viewing fan) €
HL2
€ Clockwise € Counter-Clockwise €
HL3
ˆEKK - Small Terminal Box (not UL approved) €
HL4
HL 1

HL 3

ˆMS - Quick Power Plug Connector

HL 4

TB2
Mounting Voltage & Frequency Terminal Box Pos. Conduit Entry Loc. CE III* CE II
€
Integral to gearbox €
230/460V-60Hz €
TB1 €CE I
CE IV
€
NEMA C-Face €
575V-60Hz €
TB2 €CE II
TB1

TB3

€
NEMA foot mount €
208V-60Hz €
TB3 €CE III
€
IEC B5 Mount €
400V-50Hz €
TB4 €CE IV
€
IEC B14 Mount €
115/230V, 60Hz-1-ph. CE I*
TB4
€IEC foot Mount €
Other
Mtg. Pos. M1 Shown * Brakemotor Mtg. Pos. M1 Shown

142 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


Stocked NEMA
C-Face Motors
NEMA C-Face Motors Stocked NEMA C-Face Motors
5IF/BUJPOBM&MFDUSJDBM.BOVGBDUVSFST"TTPDJBUJPO /&."  Stocked NEMA C-face motors are offered in standard effi-
provides standardization of electrical equipment, enabling DJFODZ FOFSHZFGmDJFOUBOEJOBCSBLFNPUPSEFTJHO5IFZ
customers to select from a range of safe, effective and com- BSFBWBJMBCMFJO7)[BOE7)[VQUPIQ
patible products. A NEMA C-face motor has a machined Part numbers for stocked NEMA C-face motors are in the
face with a pilot and threaded holes for direct mounting table below.
onto a NORD reducer or other industrial equipment. NORD
offers NEMA C-face motors stocked as finished goods and Assembled per Order NEMA C-Face Motors
will also assemble NEMA C-face motors to your specifica- NORD will assemble a NEMA C-face motor to your specifi-
tions. For ratings, see page 164. cations based upon the available motoroptions from this
catalog.
Motor Type Power Part Number Part Number Weight
230/460V-60Hz 575V-60Hz [lb]
High Performance Motors
63S/4-56C 1/6 hp 31110012 31110013 
63L/4-56C 1/4 hp 31610012 31610013 9.3
71S/4-56C 1/3 hp 32110012 32110013 11.9
71L/4-56C 1/2 hp 32610012 32610013 13.9
80S/4-56C 3/4 hp 33110012 33110013 
80L/4-56C 1 hp 33610022 n/a 19.8
Energy Efficient Motors
80LH/4-56C 1 hp 33610094 33610095 19.8
80LH/4-143TC 1 hp 33610092 33610093 19.8
90SH/4-145TC 1.5 hp 34110092 34110093 26.5
90LH/4-145TC 2 hp 34610092 34610093 30.9
100LH/4-182TC 3 hp 35610092 35610093 
112MH/4-184TC 5 hp 36110082 36110083 83.6
132SH/4-213TC IQ 36410092 36410093 
132MH/4-215TC 10 hp   121.3
160MH/4-254TC TW 15 hp   160.9
160LH/4-256TC TW 20 hp   198.4
Premium Efficient Motors
80 LP/4-56C TW 1 hp 33610294 33610295
80 LP/4-143TC TW 1 hp 33610292 33610293 22.5
90 SP/4-145TC TW 1.5 hp 34110292 34110293 33.3
90 LP/4-145TC TW 2 hp 34610292 34610293 36.8
100 LP/4-182TC TW 3 hp 35110292 35110293 55.6
112MP/4-184TC TW 5 hp 36110292 36110293 
132 SP/4-213TC-TW IQ 36410292 36410293 121.3
132 MP/4-215TC-TW 10 hp   
160 MP/4-254TC-TW 15 hp   205.0
160 LP/4-256TC-TW 20 hp   269.0
Brakemotors
63S/4-56C BRE5 HL 1/6 hp 31110034 ” 31110035 12.4
63L/4-56C BRE5 HL 1/4 hp 31610034 ” 31610035 

MOTORS
71S/4-56C BRE5 HL 1/3 hp 32110034 ” 32110035 16.3
71L/4-56C BRE5 HL 1/2 hp 32610034 ” 32610035 18.3
80S/4-56C BRE10 HL 3/4 hp 33110034 ” 33110035 24.3
80L/4-56C BRE10 HL 1 hp 33610024 ” 33610025 26.5
80L/4-143TC BRE10 HL 1 hp 33610034 ” 33610035 26.5
Energy Efficient Brakemotors
80LH/4-56C BRE10 HL 1 hp 33610082 ” 33610083 19.8
80LH/4-143TC BRE10 HL 1 hp 33610084 ” 33610085 19.8
90SH/4-145TC BRE20 HL 1.5 hp 34110084 ” 34110085 26.5
90LH/4-145TC BRE20 HL 2 hp 34610084 ” 34610085 30.9
100LH/4-182TC BRE40 HL 3 hp 35110084 ” 35110085 
112MH/4-184TC BRE40 HL 5 hp 36110084 ” 36110085 83.6
132SH/4-213TC BRE60 HL IQ 36410084 ” 36410085 123.4
132MH/4-215TC BRE100 HL 10 hp ”  156.5
160MH/4-254TC TW BRE150 HL 15 hp ”  220.4
160LH/4-256TC TW BRE250 HL 20 hp ”  242.4
Premium Efficient Brakemotors
80LP/4-56C BRE10 HL 1 hp 33610282 ” 33610283 19.8
80LP/4-143TC BRE10 HL 1 hp 33610284 ” 33610285 19.8
90SP/4-145TC BRE20 HL 1.5 hp 34110284 ” 34110285 26.5
90LP/4-145TC BRE20 HL 2 hp 34610284 ” 34610285 30.9
100LP/4-182TC BRE40 HL 3 hp 35110284 ” 35110285 
112MP/4-184TC BRE40 HL 5 hp 36110284 ” 36110285 83.6
132SP/4-213TC BRE60 HL IQ 36410284 ” 36410285 123.4
132MP/4-215TC BRE100 HL 10 hp ”  156.5
160MP/4-254TC TW BRE150 HL 15 hp ”  220.4
160LP/4-256TC TW BRE250 HL 20 hp ”  242.4
” 7NPUPSTIBWFCSBLFTZTUFNTTVQQMJFEXJUI7"$UPB(7&-SFDUJmFSUIBUPVUQVUT7%$UPUIFCSBLFDPJM
7NPUPSTIBWFCSBLFTZTUFNTTVQQMJFEXJUI7"$UPB()&-SFDUJmFSUIBUPVUQVUT7%$UPUIFCSBLFDPJM

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 143


Global
Standards
Standards IEC 60038 – Standard voltages
All motors are in accordance with existing standards NORD motors carry the CE mark in accordance
and regulations: XJUI UIF -PX 7PMUBHF %JSFDUJWF BOE  JG JOTUBMMFE
properly, the Electromagnetic Compatibility Direc-
NEMA MG 1 - Motors and Generators: UJWF &.$ 5IF$&NBSLJTSFRVJSFEGPSJOTUBMMB-
t &MFDUSJDBMQFSGPSNBODF UJPOJO&VSPQFBO6OJPO &6 TUBUFT
t .PUPSTGPSPQFSBUJPOPOWBSJBCMF"$WFDUPSESJWF
Many NORD motors from frame size 63 to 315 are
UL 1004 – Electric Motors BO6OEFSXSJUFST-BCPSBUPSJFT3FDPHOJ[FEDPNQP-
OFOUQFS6-TUBOEBSE
CSA C22.2 No. 100-04 - Frames 63-180 File number E191510
Motors and Generators: 'SBNFT 'JMFOVNCFS&

Industrial Products 5IF $BOBEJBO 4UBOEBSET "TTPDJBUJPO $64 NBSL


IEC 60034 parts 1, 5, 6, 8, 9, 11, 12 and 14. indicates that CSA has tested and approved NORD
t 1BSU o (FOFSBMSVMFT $64 NPUPSTBDDPSEJOHUPCPUI64BOE$BOBEJBOTUBO-
t 1BSU o 5ZQFTPGFODMPTVSFT EBSET*UJTFRVJWBMFOUUPUIF6OEFSXSJUFST-BCPSB-
UPSJFT36SFDPHOJUJPONBSL 6-TUBOEBSE BOE
t 1BSU o 5ZQFTPGDPPMJOH the CSA mark according to CSA Standard C22.2
t 1BSU o 5FSNJOBMMFBEEFTJHOBUJPOTBOETFOTFPGSPUBUJPO No. 100-04
t 1BSU o /PJTFMJNJUT Frames 63-180 File number LR112560
t 1BSUo *OUFHSBUFEUIFSNBMQSPUFDUJPO Frame 200+ File number LR13494
t 1BSUo 4UBSUJOH1FSGPSNBODF
NORD Energy Efficient motors up to frame 180
t 1BSUo .FDIBOJDBMWJCSBUJPO IBWF CFFO FWBMVBUFE CZ UIF 6OJUFE 4UBUFT %F-
partment of Energy and recieved a Certificate of
$PNQMJBODF UP DFSUJGZ UIF FGmDJFODZ SBUJOHT 5IF
certificate of compliance is CC 092B.

NORD Premium Efficient motors up to frame 180


Inverter/Vector Duty IBWFCFFOFWBMVBUFECZUIF6OJUFE4UBUFT%FQBSU-
ment of Energy and recieved a Certificate of Com-
/03%TJOHMFoTQFFENPUPSTBSF*OWFSUFS7FDUPS%VUZ QMJBODFUPDFSUJGZUIFFGmDJFODZSBUJOHT5IFDFSUJm-
5IFDPOTUSVDUJPOPGUIF/03%motors insulating sys- cate of compliance is CC 092B.
tem takes into account the non-sinusoidal wave forms NORD energy efficient motors carry the CSA en-
produced by variable frequency drives. NORD uses FSHZ FGmDJFODZ WFSJmDBUJPO NBSL  5IJT NBSL FO-
high grade insulating components and extra first turn energy verified sures that CSA has verified that NORD motors are
MOTORS

protection as well as double coated wire to ensure designed and manufactured to meet energy effi-
long service life when connected to AC vector drives. DJFODZSFRVJSFNFOUTOVNCFS&&7
NORD motors can produce full torque at zero speed if China Compulsory Certification
properly sized, selected and controlled. /S

(045® certificate for the import of motors into


Russia.

For more information on current motor efficiency


regulations please see page .

144 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


Standard Design
& Construction
Standard Motor Construction Inverter/Vector Duty – Voltage Spikes
Our motors are an important part of our ability to pro- All NORD motors are constructed with an insulating
vide a high quality, competitive, and complete drive system designed to withstand the repeated voltage
system. NORD motors are designed for across the-line spikes generated by modern AC vector drives.
or inverter/vector duty operation. NORD motors are 5IF JOTVMBUJPO TZTUFN XJUITUBOET UIF SBUJOHT JO
constructed with superior insulating methods to pro- conformance with NEMA MG 1-2009 Section 31.4.4.2
vide excellent moisture protection, low temperature 7PMUBHF4QJLFT
rise, and voltage spike resistance in accordance with
NEMA MG1. Low rotor inertia and high starting torque 7peak¨7rated with a Rise time ≤ 0.1μs.
allow peak performance in difficult applications involv-
ing high start/stop cycling rates or rapid acceleration/ Insulation System
deceleration. Standard motors offer protection from 5IF /03% NPUPS JOTVMBUJPO TZTUFN JT EFTJHOFE UP
the elements with many standard and optional design provide a superior degree of protection. NORD
features. utilizes the following insulation components:
Some of the standard design bernefits include: t .BHOFUXJSFoEPVCMFDPBUFEJOTVMBUJPO
t 4IBGUMJQTFBMTPOCPUIFOETPGUIFNPUPSTIBGUT t 7BSOJTIEJQJNQSFHOBUJPO
t 4MPUMJOFST
t 4tator to endbell connections sealed to exclude moisture. t 1IBTFQBQFSTFQBSBUPST
t %PVCMFDPBUFENBHOFUJDXJSFJOTVMBUJPO t 5PQTUJDLT
t 8JSFTMFFWFDPOOFDUPST
t *OWFSUFSWFDUPSEVUZJOTVMBUJPOTZTUFNDPOGPSNTUP 
NEMA MG1-2009, section 31.4.4.2 voltage spikes. Other motor manufacturers eliminate some of these
insulating components for cost reduction which leads
t .PJTUVSFSFTJTUBOUWBSOJTIEJQQFEXJOEJOHTXJUI  to less reliability.
improved varnish materials.
t Inorganic insulating components for tropical protection. Tropical Protection (Anti-fungal)
t $POEVJUCPYTFBMFEXJUIHBTLFUT As a standard the NORD motor insulation system is
t $PSSPTJPOSFTJTUBOUBMMPZNBUFSJBMT USPQJDBMMZQSPUFDUFE5IFJOTVMBUJOHBOEDPOTUSVDUJPO
components are made of inorganic materials that
t 5ISFBEFEDBCMFFOUSZIPMFT resist fungal growth.

Terminal Block Low Inertia


Each NORD motor uses a terminal block, which is a 5IFNPUPSJOFSUJBJOBMM/03%NPUPSTJTFYUSFNFMZMPX

MOTORS
superior method of wire termination when compared which allows for an increased dynamic motor control
to pigtail leads. A terminal block ensures long-term capability. Low motor inertia is a significant advan-
reliability of the power connections. tage when using NORD motors with AC vector drives
or controllers. NORD motors have the ability to cycle
more frequently and require less mechanical energy
UPTUBSUUIBOUIFTUBOEBSE/&."GSBNFNPUPST5IJT
leaves more energy to start the load.

High Torque
NORD motors produce a higher starting torque than
XIBUJTSFRVJSFECZ/&."TUBOEBSET5IJTJTBDIJFWFE
through improved motor winding, rotor design and
Non-Sparking Fan construction.

5IF TUBOEBSE /03% NPUPS GBO JT B OPOTQBSLJOH EF- Service Factor
TJHO5IFGBOXJMMBMTPQSPWJEFQSPQFSBJSnPXJOFJUIFS
direction of rotation. /03% NPUPST XJUI SBUJOHT PG FJUIFS 7)[
BOE7)[IBWFBTFSWJDFGBDUPSPG"M-
most all other motors have a service factor of 1.1 or
1.0.

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 145


Standard Design
& Construction
Poles / speeds Voltage and Frequency Variation
NORD offers a variety of single and two speed 7PMUBHFBOEGSFRVFODZWBSJBUJPOTBSFCBTFEVQPOUIF
motors in addition to the standard 4 pole motor. assumption that the nameplate horsepower will not
NORD single speed motors are inverter/vector duty be exceeded and that the motor temperature may in-
rated, however, it is not recommended to run a NORD crease. Standard allowable deviations are based upon
two speed motor with an AC vector drive. the type of motor labeling.
Number Synchronous Synchronous NEMA and CSA Labeled Motors
Notes:
of Poles Speed at 60Hz Speed at 50Hz
7BSJBUJPOT BSF CBTFE VQPO UIF OPNJOBM VUJMJ[BUJPO
Single Speed Motors WPMUBHF  BOE OPU UIF TFSWJDF TVQQMZ  WPMUBHF BT QFS
4 1800 rpm 1500 rpm – "/4*$7PMUBHFBOEGSFRVFODZUPMFSBODFTGPMMPX
the guidelines set forth in NEMA MG-1.
2 3600 rpm 3000 rpm –
6 1200 rpm 1000 rpm – Service Voltages Utilization Voltages
7 7
Two Speed Motors
7 7
4-2 1800/3600 rpm 1500/3000 rpm Single winding
7 7
8-2 900/3600 rpm SQN 5XPXJOEJOH
7 7
8-4 900/1800 rpm SQN Single winding 7 7
Other speeds available upon request.
t "QQSPWFEWPMUBHFWBSJBUJPOBUSBUFEGSFRVFODZJTœ
t "QQSPWFEGSFRVFODZWBSJBUJPOTBUSBUFEWPMUBHFJTœ
Voltage and Frequency
t "QQSPWFEDPNCJOFEWPMUBHFGSFRVFODZWBSJBUJPOœ
NORD motors are available in a number of voltage
and frequency options. All standard voltages are US and Canadian Standard (CUS)
commonly available. Optional voltages may be pro- $64 NPUPS DPOTUSVDUJPO EFmOFT UIBU /03% NPUPST
vided, but may include an increase in price and an ex- BSF DPOTUSVDUFE JO BDDPSEBODF UP 6-  FMFDUSJD
tended lead time. It also may be possible to provide NPUPST BOE$4"$/P NPUPSTBOEHFO-
motors with special voltages and frequency operation FSBUPST  HVJEFMJOFT  5IJT PQUJPO JT TUBOEBSE GPS 
points.   BOE7PMUPQFSBUJPOBU)[
Standard Voltages .PUPST OBNFQMBUFE XJUI UIF $64 PQUJPO XJMM CF
Single speed motors Two speed motors marked and  JOEJDBUJOH UIBU UIF 6OEFSXSJUFST
7)[ VQUPIQ 7)[ Laboratories and CSA have tested and approved
7)[ IQBOEMBSHFS 7)[ /03% NPUPST BDDPSEJOH UP CPUI 64 BOE $BOBEJBO
MOTORS

7)[ 7)[ standards.


7)[ 7)[
CE Labeled Motors
Optional Voltages Per IEC 60038, allowable service voltage variations on
Single speed motors Two speed motors in the current system, compared to the previous sys-
7)[ tem, are as indicated.
VQUPIQ OPUBWBJMBCMFJOFOFSHZ Previous Service Voltages Current Service Voltages
efficient design)
7 7 7 7 7 7 
7)[ Other voltages &
frequencies available 7 7 7 7 
7)[
upon request t 1FS&/ BœWPMUBHFWBSJBUJPOBOEB
7)[
Other voltages & frequencies
 œGSFRVFODZWBSJBUJPODBOCFUPMFSBUFE
available upon request t 5IF BMMPXFE WBSJBUJPOT BSF CBTFE VQPO UIF WPMUBHF
 PSWPMUBHFSBOHF JOEJDBUFEPOUIFNPUPSOBNFQMBUF

146 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


Standard Design
& Construction
Insulation Class Enclosure
NORD motors are constructed with a thermal class F 5IF/03%TUBOEBSENPUPSTBSFQSPWJEFEXJUI5PUBMMZ
JOTVMBUJOH TZTUFN  5IFTFT NPUPST BSF BMTP EFTJHOFE &ODMPTFE 'BO$PPMFE 5&'$  XJUI BO *1 FODMPTVSF
GPSBDMBTT#UFNQFSBUVSFSJTFPGVQUP¡$5IFVTF rating. Other enclosures are available, including
of class F insulation with a class B temperature rise 5PUBMMZ &ODMPTFE /PO7FOUJMBUFE 5&/7  5PUBMMZ
provides increased operating life. Motors constructed &ODMPTFE#MPXFS$PPMFE 5&#$ BOE*1
with class H insulation are also available as an option.
5IF NPUPS JOUFHSBM DPPMJOH GBO QSPWJEFT QSPQFS BJS
nPXJOFJUIFSEJSFDUJPOPGSPUBUJPO5IF*&$DPPMJOH
classification is IC 411 according to IEC 60034-6.
IP Enclosures per IEC 60034-5 - Simplified
1st digit 2nd digit
Foreign body protection Water protection
0 No protection 0 No Protection
Protected against solid Protected against
1 PCKFDUTNN JO JOEJ- 1 dripping water
ameter and larger
Protected against solid Protected against
2 PCKFDUTNN JO JO 2 dripping water up to a
diameter and larger 15 degree angle
Protected against solid
3 Protection against
Ambient Temperature PCKFDUTNN JO JO 3 sprayed water
diameter and larger
NORD motors are designed to operate with a maxi- Protected against solid Protection against
4 PCKFDUTNN JO JO 4
NVN BNCJFOU UFNQFSBUVSF PG ¡$ ¡'   *G UIF diameter and larger splashed water
NPUPST PQFSBUJOH FOWJSPONFOU FYDFFET ¡$  UIF
motor’s nominal power Pn either needs to be de-rated Protection against
5 Protected against dust 5 water jets
TFFUBCMFCFMPX PSVTFVQHSBEFEJOTVMBUJPO
Protection against high
Ambient temp [°F] 113 122 131 140 6 Dust tight 6 pressure water jets
Ambient temp [°C] 45 50 55 60
Protection against
De-rate factor 0.96 0.92  0.82 7 -- 7 intermittent
submersion in water
Motor Rated Power = [Pn x De-rate factor]
Protection against
8 -- 8 continuous
Elevation submersion in water

MOTORS
NORD motors are designed to operate at an eleva-
UJPOPGVQUPGU N BCPWFTFBMFWFM"U
higher elevations the air is thinner resulting in less
DPPMJOHDBQBDJUZ*GUIFNPUPSTOPNJOBMQPXFS 1n)
JOTUBMMBUJPOFMFWBUJPOFYDFFETGU N UIF
motor’s nominal power either needs to be de-rated
TFFUBCMFCFMPX PSSFRVJSFTVQHSBEFEJOTVMBUJPO
Altitude [ft] 5000 6500 8200 10000 11500 13000
Altitude [m] 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000
De-rate Factor  0.94 0.90 0.86 0.83 0.80
Motor Rated Power = [Pn x De-rate factor]

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 


Standard Design
& Construction
Duty Classes Protective Features
5IFGPMMPXJOHEVUZUZQFTBSFEFmOFEJO*&$ All NORD Motors and Speed Reducers are constructed
to provide a high degree of protection against wet
Duty Type Explanation Excerpts and severe environments. NORD motors and speed
Continuous operation at a constant load, the reducers are sealed against moisture ingress and use
S1 corrosion and moisture resistant components. NORD
motor reaches thermal equilibrium
has recently made many enhancements in the motor
Short-time operation at a constant load for a
given time followed by a time of rest until the
and gear units standard construction to provide
motor is completely cooled down to ambient improved environmental protection. Many of the
S2
temperature. standard protection features of the NORD units are
Example: S2-10 minutes only available at an additional cost from other motor
Recommended values for determination: 10, 30 min. and gear drive suppliers. NORD designs all gearmotors,
Sequential intermittent operation, identical run speed reducers and motors for installation in harsh
BOESFTUDZDMFTXJUIBDPOTUBOUMPBE5FNQFSBUVSF industrial, commercial and municipal installation
equilibrium is never reached. Starting current has environments.
MJUUMF FGGFDU PO UFNQFSBUVSF SJTF  5IF DZDMJD EVSB-
UJPOGBDUPS DEG JOEJDBUFTUIFQPSUJPOPGPQFSBUJPO
S3
UJNFJOSFMBUJPOUPBDPNQMFUFEVUZDZDMF5IFUZQJ- Motors for Indoor Operation - Option Codes
cal duty cycle time is 10 minutes, unless otherwise
specified. Dry Conditions Wet or Humid
&YBNQMF4 Conditions
3FDPNNFOEFEWBMVFTGPSEFUFSNJOBUJPO   Ambient Temperature
– KB, SH
Fluctuation
Continuous operation with intermittent load se-
quential, identical cycles of running with constant Paint – NSD+
S6 load and running with no load. No rest periods.
&YBNQMF4
3FDPNNFOEFEWBMVFTGPSEFUFSNJOBUJPO   Vertical
Motor RD RDD
Mount
Power Increasing Factor for Short-term &
Intermittent Operation
Motor ratings in this catalog are based on continu- Motors for Outdoor Operation - Option Codes
PVTEVUZPQFSBUJPO 4 *GBNPUPSJTEFTJHOFEGPS4 Sheltered from Exposed to
duty, but is to be operated for short-time or intermit- the Elements the Elements
tent operation it can be subjected to higher loads.
Ambient Temperature
5IF BWBJMBCMF NPUPS QPXFS DBO CF SBJTFE BCPWF UIF KB, SH ,# 4) ,,7
MOTORS

Fluctuation
NPUPSSBUFEQPXFSCZUIFiJODSFBTJOHGBDUPSwJOUIF
table below. Paint NSD+ NSDx3

Duty Type Increasing


Vertical
factor
Motor RD RDD
10 min 1.40 Mount
S2 Operating time
30 min 1.15
 1.33
S3 $ZDMJDEVSBUJPOGBDUPS DEG  1.18 Option Code Key
 1.08 KB Condensation Drain Holes - Plugged Page 152
 1.45 SH Space Heater Page 151
S6 $ZDMJDEVSBUJPOGBDUPS DEG  1.35 ,,7 5FSNJOBM#PY4FBMFEXJUI3FTJO Page 152
 1.15 NSD+ NORD Severe Duty Paint Page 20
Motor Rated Power = [Pn x Increasing factor]
NSDx3 /03%4FWFSF&YUSFNF%VUZ91BJOU Page 20
NSDtuph 5VQI4FBMFE4VSGBDF$POWFSTJPO Page 21
RD Canopy Drip Cover Page 152
RDD Double Fan Cover Page 152

148 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


General
Motor Options
Motor Options & Construction
/03%NPUPSTBSFTUPDLFEJOPOFPGUXPXBZT5IFmSTUNFUIPEJTUPTUPDLBDPNQMFUFNPUPSUIBUJTSFBEZ
UP CFBTTFNCMFEUPBHFBS SFEVDFSPSTIJQQFEBTBTUBOEBMPOFNPUPS5IFTFDPOENFUIPE UIFNPUPSJTBT-
TFNCMFEGSPNDPNQPOFOUQBSUT5IF Mod next to a motor option designates that the option can be added
UP BDPNQMFUFNPUPSCZTJNQMFNPEJmDBUJPO5IF Build next to a motor option indicates that the motor will
need to be built from component parts in order to incorporate the motor option.

Motor Options
Abbreviation Description Mod Build Page
AG Absolute Encoder 9 161
AICM Additional Insulation 9 152
ECR Single Phase Motors, 60Hz 9 151
EKK Small Terminal Box 9 155
EP Epoxy Dipped Windings 9 152
F Blower Cooling Fan 9 156
FC Blower Cooling Fan 9 156
HR Hand Wheel 9 153
IG...P Incremental Encoder 9 160
ISO H Class H Insulation 9 151
KB Plugged Condensation Drain Holes 9 152
KBO Open Condensation Drain Holes 9 152
KKV Terminal Box Sealed with Resin 9 152
MG Magnetic Encoder 159
MS Quick Power Plug Connector 9 155
OL Totally Enclosed Non-Ventilated 9 153
OL/H Totally Enclosed Non Ventilated without Fan Cover 9 153
RD Canopy Drip Cover 9 152
RDD Double Fan Cover 9 152
RLS Motor Backstop 9 154
SH Space Heater 9 151

MOTORS
TF Thermistor 9 150
TW Thermostat 9 150
WE 2nd Shaft Extension on Fan Side 9 153
WU High Resistance Rotor 9 151
Z High Inertia Cast Iron Fan 9 154
- IP65 Enclosure Protection 9 152
- IP66 Enclosure Protection 9 152
- Paint Coatings 9 20

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 149


General
Options
Motor Protection
Selecting appropriate motor protection is a key B EFWJDF DBMMFE B iNPUPS PWFSMPBEw PS B iIFBUFSw
GBDUPS JO SFMJBCMF NPUPS PQFSBUJPO  5IFSF BSF UXP Current based protection is effective in some con-
common classes of motor protection; current based ditions. NORD can provide two different types of
and temperature based. Electrical installation NPUPSUFNQFSBUVSFCBTFEQSPUFDUJPO B15$UIFSN-
codes require at least two types of protection in the JTUPS 5' PSBCJNFUBMMJDUIFSNPTUBU 58 5FNQFSB-
motor circuit, both of which are normally current ture based protection is more effective motor pro-
based. First is short-circuit protection, normally ac- tection in many situations, this is explained in the
DPNQMJTIFECZGVTFTPSDJSDVJUCSFBLFST5IF4FDPOE table below.
JT iNPUPS PWFSMPBE QSPUFDUJPOw BOE JT OPSNBMMZ

© = Good protection
Motor PTC Thermistor Bi-metallic Switch
§¨= Limited protection Fuses
Overloads (TF) (TW)
ª = No protection
0WFSDVSSFOUVQUP ª © © ©
High inertia starting ª §¨ © §¨
Frequent motor starts ª §¨ © ©
Stalling §¨ §¨ §¨ §¨
Single phasing ª §¨ © ©
Supply voltage deviations ª © © ©
Supply frequency deviations ª © © ©
Inadequate motor cooling ª ª © ©
Bearing Damage ª ª © ©

Thermostats (TW & 2TW) Build Thermistors (TF) Build

Motor thermostats or bi-metallic switches can be 8JUIBTFQBSBUFDPOUSPMNPEVMFPSUSJQQJOHEFWJDF FY


wired directly into the control circuit without a sepa- ,JSXBO*/5 UIFSNJTUPSTBSFVTFEUPTFOTFPWFSMPBE
SBUFDPOUSPMNPEVMFPSUSJQQJOHEFWJDF5IFSNPTUBUT and temperature conditions by converting the critical
operate on a relatively high control voltage so they operating temperature limit into internal resistance
are much less sensitive to voltage interference from changes. Due to their small size, heat sink construc-
the main power supply. One may often run thermo- tion, and high change in resistance value, minor re-
stat leads and motor power leads next to each other sistance variations caused by relatively long lead runs
XIFO VTJOH UIF BQQSPQSJBUF TIJFMEFE DBCMF 5IF JO- NBZ CF UPMFSBUFE 5IJT GFBUVSF BMTP BMMPXT GPS POF
MOTORS

staller is responsible for wiring the thermostats onto controller to be used for several temperature sensing
UIFNPUPSDPOUSPMDJSDVJU5IFMFBETNBZCFMBCFMFEJO locations. Many variable frequency drives come with
a variety of ways as indicated. on-board thermistor inputs. NORD does not supply
the thermistor control module.
Standard connection Series connected, one per phase
Contact /$ /PSNBMMZ$MPTFE "VUP3FTFUUJOH Standard Connection 5ISFFEFWJDFT TFSJFTDPOOFDUFE 
one per phase
Response Temperature ¡' ¡$ 4IVU0GG%FWJDF Type 1PTJUJWFUFNQFSBUVSFDPFGmDJFOU 15$
(Option TW)
Response Temperature ¡' ¡$ 4IVU0GG%FWJDF Transition Temperature ¡$œ¡$
(Option 2TW) ¡' ¡$ "MBSN%FWJDF Resistance yû CFMPXUSBOTJUJPO
Nominal Current "NQBU7 Lû BCPWFUSBOTJUJPO
Resistance Nû Reed Current N"
Switch Rebound NT Max Voltage 7
Insulation Rating 7"$ Lead Identification P1 and P2 or
(inside terminal box) 51BOE51
Cycles 10,000 max
Lead Identification P1 and P2 or
(inside terminal box) 5#BOE5#5#BOE5# WARNING
t 5IFSNPTUBUTBOE5IFSNJTUPSTXJMMBVUPNBUJDBMMZSFTFU
t All wiring must be completed by qualified personal
and adhere to all local installation codes.

150 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


General
Options
Space Heater (SH) Build High Resistance Rotor (WU) Build

Motors subjected to extreme temperature fluctua- 6TJOH4JMVNJOSPUPSNBUFSJBM /03%PGGFSTBIJHISF-


tions or severe climatic conditions can be damaged sistance rotor to soften the motors operation and
by the formation of condensation. NORD can allow higher overload torques.
provide anti-condensation space heaters inside the
motor to heat up the windings when the motor is Single Phase Motors, 60Hz (ECR) Build
OPU PQFSBUJOH  5IJT XJMM QSFWFOU NPJTUVSF GSPN
GPSNJOH JOTJEF UIF NPUPS  5IF TQBDF IFBUFST NVTU 5IF &$3 TFSJFT PG TJOHMF QIBTF NPUPST JT JOUFOEFE
not be switched on while the motor is running. for demanding operation at 60Hz with a supply
WPMUBHF PG 7 PS 7  5IF QFSNJTTJCMF WPMUBHF
SBOHFJT7 5IF&$3NPUPSTIBWFB
? Space Heater Voltage Must be specified
1.15 service factor and are available from 0.16 - 2
hp.

Voltages available
7o)[
7o)[
7o)[
other voltages available on request

Class H Insulation (ISO H) Build

NORD motors can be manufactured with a class H


insulation system. Standard NORD motors include
double coated magnetic wire windings. When these
windings are paired with a class H insulation it
provides extra temperature capacity for the motor
and will increase the motor’s life. Class H insulation
rated motors are also an advantage in some severe
applications such as:

t *ODSFBTFEBNCJFOUUFNQFSBUVSFJOTUBMMBUJPOTBCPWF
 ¡$ ¡'

MOTORS
t *ODSFBTFE FMFWBUJPO JOTUBMMBUJPOT o BCPWF  GU
 N
t "QQMJDBUJPOTXJUIBIJHIOVNCFSPGTUBSUTQFSIPVS
t " MPXFS PQFSBUJOH GSFRVFODZ TVDI BT XIFO VTFE
with an AC vector drive
t 'PSBEEJUJPOBMJOGPSNBUJPOPOJOTVMBUJPODMBTTTFF
page .

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 151


Environmental
Options
Paint Coatings Mod IP66 Enclosure Protection Mod

NORD’s standard paint coating is a two component, NORD motors can be provided with an IP66 enclosure
aliphatic polyurethane finish contaning 316 stain- protection. IP66 protection is suitable for wet, high-
MFTT TUFFM NBUFSJBM  5IJT HSBZ TUBJOMFTT TUFFM QBJOU pressure wash down and extremely dusty environ-
has excellent appearance and outstanding physical ments, and includes all requirements included in IP65
properties. It is suitable for both indoor and out- enclosure protection.
door applications. For more information and an
explanation of all of our paint options please see 1st digit 2nd digit
IP IP
Foreign body protection Water protection
page 20.
Protection against high
6 Dust tight 6
Condensation Drain Holes pressure water jets

NORD motors can be equipped with condensation


ESBJO IPMFT  5IFTF ESBJO IPMFT BSF QMBDFE JO UIF Terminal Box Sealed with Resin (KKV) Mod
NPUPS FOECFMMT BU UIF MPXFTU QPTTJCMF QPJOU  5IF
drain holes are closed at the factory with plastic snap5FSNJOBMCPYFTNBZCFTFBMFEXJUIBnFYJCMF FMFDUSJ-
JO QMVHT  5IFZ BMMPX GPS DPOEFOTBUJPO BDDVNVMB-cally safe resin to ensure that contaminants, water,
tion in the motor to drain after the closing plugs are and moisture cannot pass through the terminal box
removed. JOUPUIFTUBUPSCPEZ5IJTPQUJPOJTIFMQGVMJOFYUSFNFMZ
dusty, wet and humid environments. Another envi-
5IF NPUPS ESBJO IPMFT DBO CF QSPWJEFE CZ /03% ronment where this option is helpful is in installations
FJUIFSPQFO ,#0 PSTFBMFEXJUIBDMPTJOHQMVH ,#  that have frequent large temperature swings where
condensation may form.
IMPORTANT NOTE Additional Insulation (AICM) Build

5IFNPUPSNVTUCFJOTUBMMFEJOUIFNPVOUJOHPSJ- NORD can provide additional insulation inside the


entation specified on the nameplate or the drain motor to provide additional electrical protection in
holes will not function properly and may result extremely wet or corrosive environments. An elec-
with the motor filling with water. trically safe insulating material is coated internally in
the stator windings and on the rotor body.
Condensation Drain Holes, Build
Plugged (KB) Epoxy Dipped Windings (EP) Build
KB drain holes are plugged for shipment. In order for In extremely wet environments, the motor windings
the holes to effectively drain moisture, the plugs must are dipped in epoxy for improved moisture protection.
MOTORS

be removed before using the motor. 5IFNPUPSDBOBMTPCFUSFBUFEXJUIUIFTUBOEBSE/03%


4FWFSF %VUZ  /4%  QBDLBHF GPS BO FWFO IJHIFS
Condensation Drain Holes, Build degree of protection.
Open (KBO)
Canopy Drip Cover (RD) Mod
,#0ESBJOIPMFTBSFTIJQQFEPQFO OPUQMVHHFE 
For wet or dirty installations where the
IP65 Enclosure Protection Mod fan end of the motor is mounted up,
NORD offers a canopy drip cover to block
NORD motors can be provided with an IP65 enclosure this falling water or debris, thus forcing
protection. IP65 protection is suitable for wet, low- water or debris to repel from the motor’s
pressure wash down and extremely dusty environ- fan guard, .
ments.
1st digit 2nd digit Double Fan Cover (RDD) Mod
IP IP
Foreign body protection Water protection
For wet or dirty installations where the
Protection against fan end of the motor is mounted up, the
6 Dust tight 5
water jets NORD Double Fan Cover provides protec-
tion against falling or wind blown water,
snow, dirt or debris from entering the back
of the motor.

152 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


Additional
Options
Totally Enclosed Non-Ventilated (OL) Mod 2nd Shaft Extension on Fan Side (WE) Build

NORD can provide totally enclosed non-ventilated NORD can provide a second shaft extension on the
5&/7  NPUPS FODMPTVSF  5&/7 NPUPST QSPWJEF CFO- fan side of the motor that protrudes through the
efits in certain operating environments; such as ex- GBODPWFS5IJTFYUFOTJPODBOCFVTFEBTBQPXFS
tremely dusty or dirty applications, where cooling fans take-off or to mount customer supplied devices
may have material accumulation, which can be detri- such as encoders and tachometers.
NFOUBMUPUIFNPUPSBOEUIFBQQMJDBUJPO5IF0-TFSJFT
of motors are the standard fan cooled motor construc- 5IF TIBGU FYUFOTJPO DBO CF QSPWJEFE PO NPUPST
tion including the fan cover, but provided without the XJUI BOE XJUIPVU CSBLFT  5IF TIBGU FYUFOTJPO
GBO5&/7NPUPSTDBOBMTPCFVTFEUPSFEVDFDPPMJOH DBOOPUCFVTFEPONPUPSTXJUICMPXFSGBOT ' PS
fan noise on a standard motor. '$ 'PSEJNFOTJPOTTFFQBHFT188 - 194.
"5&/7NPUPSTGSBNFTJ[FJTMBSHFSUIFOBUPUBMMZFO-
DMPTFE GBO DPPMFE 5&'$  NPUPS  'PS JOUFSNJUUFOU PQ-
FSBUJPO B5&/7NPUPSDBOCFPQFSBUFEBUBEVUZ
cycle at full rated power.

Hand Wheel (HR) Build

Motors can be supplied with a hand wheel that is


MPDBUFEPOUIFTFDPOETIBGUFYUFOTJPO5IFIBOE
wheel can be used for manual operation during
power outages, or for machine positioning setup.
5IJTPQUJPOJTOPUBWBJMBCMFPO/&."EJNFOTJPOFE
Totally Enclosed Non-Ventilated, Build
motors. For dimensions see pages 188 - 194.
without Fan Cover (OL/H)
5IF0-)TFSJFTPG5&/7NPUPSTBSFNPSFDPNQBDUJO
TQBDFUIBOUIF0-TFSJFT5IFZEPOPUJODMVEFUIFSPUPS
shaft extension through the back bearing end bell or

MOTORS
the fan cover.

WARNING
5IF DVTUPNFS JT SFRVJSFE UP QSPWJEF BQQSPQSJBUF
safety guarding for the rotating hand wheel.

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 153


Additional
Options
High Inertia Cast Iron Fan (Z) Build

An optional cast iron motor cooling fan is available.


5IJTGBOJTVTFEBTBNFDIBOJDBMTPGUTUBSUBOEPSTPGU
TUPQ5IJTGBOBEETJOFSUJBUPUIFNPUPS5IFIJHIJO-
ertia fan can also be used for a flywheel effect to store
NFDIBOJDBMFOFSHZ5IJTDBOCFIFMQGVMJOTNPPUIJOH
SBQJEMPBEDIBOHFT5IFDBTUJSPOGBOSFQMBDFTUIFTUBO-
EBSEQMBTUJDNPUPSGBO5IFNPUPSMFOHUIJTUIFTBNF
as a brakemotor.
Motor Frame Fan Inertia Jz[lb-ft2]
71 
80 0.1140
90 
100 0.2684
112 0.5653
132 0.9500

Motor Backstop (RLS) Build

NORD can provide backstops on many motor frames.


A backstop will prevent the motor from rotating in
one direction. A common use is to prevent a motor
from allowing a load to move backwards when power
is removed. A motor brake is an alternative that may
be used for this same purpose. A backstop adds
additional length to the motor. For the motor length
CW
extension, see the table below.

The allowable direction of rotation


? must be specified in the order. CCW

Allowable Shaft Rotation


MOTORS

Clockwise - Back of Motor


Counter Clockwise - Back of Motor

Motor Size Backstop Torque Minimum Speed Motor Extension


[lb-in] [rpm] [in]
80S/L 1150 860 2.52
90S/L 1150 860 2.95
100L 1150 860 3.58
112M   3.66
132S/M   4.21
160M/L   
180MX/LX   
200L 9120 630 
225S/M 9120 630 
250M 22130 400 9.84
280S/M 51330 320 11.02

For all motor dimensions please see pages 188 - 194.

154 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


Additional
Options
Quick Power Plug Connector (MS) Mod Quick Power Plug Kits:
5IFRVJDLQPXFSQMVHDPOOFDUPS .4 JTBTJNQMFBOE Includes conduit box, mounting hardware & Male
fast way to connect and disconnect a motor or brake Harting Motor Plug
NPUPS  5IF .4 DPOOFDUPS JT BWBJMBCMF PO /03%
P/N Motor size
UISFFQIBTF NPUPST GSPN GSBNF TJ[F  UP  5IF
motor connections are made by a modular power 11035350  
plug manfacturer by Harting. After the first instal- 13035350 80 + 90 + 100
lation, the motor can be quickly changed by simply 16035350 112
plugging and unplugging the electrical connections. 16335350 132
5IJT XJMM FOTVSF UIF OFX NPUPS JT QSPQFSMZ XJSFE
5IJTJTBTJHOJmDBOUBEWBOUBHFUPFRVJQNFOUCVJMEFST Power Plug Positions
who fabricate machinery on site and then ship to
BOPUIFSMPDBUJPO5IFNPUPSXJUIUIF.4DPOOFDUPS
can simply be plugged in during final installation.

NORD supplies the male connector half mounted on


UIF NPUPS DPOEVJU CPY  5IF DVTUPNFS NVTU TVQQMZ
the female connector half mounted on the power
wiring. NORD supplies a protective plastic cover on
the motor male connector half to protect from dirt
and damage prior to installation. Power plug position must be specified
?
Power Plug Position
€I €II €III

Mod
Small Terminal Box (EKK)
5IFNPUPSUFSNJOBMCPYDBOCFQSPWJEFEBTBTNBMMFS 
POFQJFDF UFSNJOBM EFTJHO  5IJT PQUJPO JT WBMJE GPS
TUBOEBSENPUPSTIQ GSBNFTJ[F BOE
is not available for Brakemotors.
Advantages:

MOTORS
 t
4JNQMFNPUPSXJSJOH
 t
"DDVSBUFXJSJOHPGNPUPSBUmOBMKPCTJUF
 t
'BTUNPUPSSFQMBDFNFOU
 t
"DDVSBUFXJSJOHPGSFQMBDFNFOUNPUPS
 t
*EFBMGPSQPSUBCMFFRVJQNFOU
 t
3FEVDFTUIFSFRVJSFEQFSTPOOFMGPS
motor replacement
 t 'BTUFSNPUPSDIBOHFTSFEVDFEPXOUJNF

EKK Dimensions
Plug ratings: Motor Frame g1 n p S3
63 3.94 2.95 2.95 2x M16 x 1.5
Manufacturer Harting 71 4.29 2.95 2.95 2x M16 x 1.5
HAN 10 ES/HAN 10ESS HAN 10 C-Modular 80 4.88 3.62 3.62 2x M20 x 1.5
Connector
Cage Clamp Connectors 90 5.08 3.62 3.62 2x M20 x 1.5
Number of Pins 10-Male 9-Male 100 5.51 3.62 3.62 2x M20 x 1.5
Voltage 7"$QFS6-$4" 7"$QFS6-$4" 112 5.91 3.62 3.62 2x M20 x 1.5
Current 16A - Continuous 40A - Continuous 132 6.85 4.13 4.13 2x M25 x 1.5

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 155


AC Vector Drive
Related Options
Blower Cooling Fan (F & FC) Mod

NORD offers continuous running motor mounted


cooling fans that provide motor cooling at low
motor speeds. When a motor is operated on an AC
vector drive at low frequency, standard rotor fans do
not provide adequate airflow for cooling. NORD’s
separate powered motor cooling fans provide that
OFDFTTBSZ BJSnPX  5IFTF TFQBSBUFMZ QPXFSFE GBOT
replace the standard motor fan and its cover.

Blower
Cooling
Fan
Option F – 3ph 220-575V 50/60Hz
60Hz Ratings 50Hz Ratings
Motor Frame SE EE PE Voltage Current Power Voltage Current Power
[V] [A] [W] [V] [A] [W]
Three phase low-voltage connection - A(Delta)
63 S/L 220 – 332 0.08 23 220 – 290 0.10 
71 S/L 220 – 332 0.08 24 220 – 290 0.10 30
80 S/L SH/LH LP 220 – 332 0.08 25 220 – 290 0.10 29
90 S/L SH/LH SP/LP 220 – 332 0.21 64 220 – 290 0.28 86
100 L/LA LH/AH LP/AP 220 – 332 0.21 66 220 – 290  86
112 M SH/MH/LH MP 220 – 332 0.23  220 – 290  85
132 S/M/LA SH/MH SP/MP 220 – 332 0.25  220 – 290 0.32 96
160 - 225 M/L SH/MH/LH MP/LP 220 – 322 0.49 165 220 – 290 0.52 155
180 MX/LX MH/LH MP/PL 220 – 322 0.49 165 220 – 290 0.52 155
200 L/LX LH/XH 220 – 322 0.49 165 220 – 290 0.52 155
225 S/L 220 – 322 0.49 165 220 – 290 0.52 155
225 SH/LH 220 – 332 0.25  220 – 290 0.32 96
250 M MH 220 – 332 0.25  220 – 290 0.32 96
280 S/L SH/LH 220 – 322 0.49 165 220 – 290 0.52 155
315 M/MA/L SH/MAH 220 – 322 0.49 165 220 – 290 0.52 155
Three phase high-voltage connection - (Y)
MOTORS

63 S/L o 0.04 23 380 – 500 0.05 29


71 S/L o 0.04 25 380 – 500 0.05 30
80 S/L SH/LH LP o 0.04 26 380 – 500 0.05 29
90 S/L SH/LH SP/LP o 0.12 62 380 – 500 0.16 82
100 L/LA LH/AH LP/AP o 0.12 66 380 – 500 0.16 83
112 M SH/MH/LH MP o 0.13  380 – 500 0.16 82
132 S/M/LA SH/MH SP/MP o 0.14  380 – 500 0.18 96
160 - 225 M/L SH/MH/LH MP/LP o 0.28 165 380 – 500 0.29 155
180 MX/LX MH/LH MP/PL o 0.28 165 380 – 500 0.29 155
200 L/LX LH/XH o 0.28 165 380 – 500 0.29 155
225 S/L o 0.28 165 380 – 500 0.29 155
225 SH/LH o 0.14  380 – 500 0.18 96
250 M MH o 0.14  380 – 500 0.18 96
280 S/L SH/LH o 0.28 165 380 – 500 0.29 155
315 M/MA/L SH/MAH o 0.28 165 380 – 500 0.29 155

156 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


AC Vector Drive
Related Options
Option F – 1ph 220-575V 50/60Hz
60Hz Ratings 50Hz Ratings
Motor Frame SE EE PE Voltage Current Power Voltage Current Power
[V] [A] [W] [V] [A] [W]
Single phase connection - A (Delta)
63 S/L o 0.11 38 o 0.1 
71 S/L o 0.12 41 o 0.1 28
80 S/L SH/LH LP o 0.13 44 o 0.11 29
90 S/L SH/LH SP/LP o 0.25 88 o 0.26 
100 L/LA LH/AH LP/AP o 0.28 88 o 0.26 
112 M SH/MH/LH MP o 0.31  o 0.26 
132 S/M/LA SH/MH SP/MP o  89 o 0.29 82
160 M/L SH/MH/LH MP/LP o 0.41 140 o 0.45 128
180 MX/LX MH/LH MP/PL o 0.41 140 o 0.45 128
200 L/LX LH/XH o 0.41 140 o 0.45 128
225 S/L o 0.41 140 o 0.45 128
225 SH/LH o  89 o 0.29 82
250 M MH o  89 o 0.29 82
280 S/L SH/LH o 0.41 140 o 0.45 128
315 M/MA/L SH/MAH o 0.41 140 o 0.45 128

Option FC – 1ph 115V 50/60Hz


60Hz Ratings 50Hz Ratings
Motor Frame SE EE PE Voltage Current Power Voltage Current Power
[V] [A] [W] [V] [A] [W]
Single Phase Connection - A (Delta)
63 S/L 100 – 135 0.23 42 100 – 135 0.3 42
71 S/L 100 – 135 0.23  100 – 135 0.3 44
80 S/L SH/LH LP 100 – 135   100 – 135 0.3 43
90 S/L SH/LH SP/LP 100 – 135 0.46 102 100 – 135  
100 L/LA LH/AH LP/AP 100 – 135 0.53 105 100 – 135 0.54 
112 M SH/MH/LH MP 100 – 135 0.6 115 100 – 135 0.55 80

MOTORS

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 


Encoder
Options
Encoder Overview Magnetic Encoders vs. Optical Encoders
Magnetic Encoders use a magnetized wheel spinning
in relationship to a fixed magneto-resistive sensor.
5IFXIFFMDBVTFTQSFEJDUBCMFSFTQPOTFTJOUIFTFOTPS 
based on the strength of the magnetic field.

0QUJDBM&ODPEFSTVTFBTQJOOJOHEJTLBOEBNBTL5IF
mask lets light pass through in predictable patterns
for interpretation by a photo-electric sensor. In both
cases the sensor produces a digital output format
that is easily interfaced by the PLC or computer.

t .BHOFUJD*ODSFNFOUBM&ODPEFS 1BHF159)
t 0QUJDBM*ODSFNFOUBM&ODPEFST 1BHF160).
In many of today’s drive applications encoders are
needed when it necessary to monitor travel distance, Types of Common Pulse Signals
position, or speed. Encoders use integrated electron-
ics to convert sensor detected signals into a digital Incremental encoders can provide different pulse
output format that is easily interfaced with program- signals for each full rotation of the encoder.
NBCMFMPHJDDPOUSPMMFST 1-$T BOEDPNQVUFST
Quadrature pulse signals are represented by two
NORD offers a variety of encoder solutions that will FODPEFS PVUQVU TJHOBMT "  # DIBOOFM  QIBTFE
satisfy almost any application. NORD will also work ¡ FMFDUSJDBMMZ BQBSU UIFTF TJHOBMT IFMQ EFUFSNJOF
closely with our customers to satisfy many specific direction of rotation by monitoring the phase rela-
encoder requirements or meet specifications for a tionship between the two channels.
variety of protocols.
Differential signals are complimentary or mirror
Incremental Encoders JNBHF<IJHI "# BOEMPX "# >PVUQVUTJHOBMT
that are generated in order to greatly reduce the
Incremental encoders can be used to monitor position encoder’s susceptibility to electrical interference or
or speed. Position is determined by counting pulses noise. When noise occurs during a given pulse, a
from a zero mark or home position. Speed or velocity mirror image does not result and that small portion
data is generated by looking at the time interval of the total signal can be ignored.
between pulses or the number of pulses within a
given time period A Marker Pulse or Index signal ; DIBOOFM  DBO CF
MOTORS

provided as one pulse per revolution signal for


With incremental encoders it is necessary to re- pulse count verification on the A and/or B channels.
initialize the system and return the system to the 5IJT QVMTF JT TPNFUJNFT VTFE GPS FSSPS EFUFDUJPO PS
home position in the event of a power loss. re-homing the system after a power failure or fault
condition.
5IFGPMMPXJOHQBHFTBSFBOFYQMBOBUJPOPGUIFUZQFT
of incremental encoders that NORD offers. Absolute Encoders
Absolute encoders use a disc system with digital
coding on concentric tracks. A unique pattern is
BTTJHOFE UP FWFSZ QPTJUJPO  5SVF QPTJUJPO WFSJmDB-
tion and reference to home is maintained offering
optimal recovery from system and/or power failures.
Absolute encoder’s also come in a variety of output
protocols or interfaces. Additional incremental
tracks are often specified to provide speed control
along with accurate position monitoring.

t "CTPMVUF&ODPEFST 1BHF161).
t "CTPMVUF&ODPEFSTGPS/03%7FDUPS%SJWFT 1BHF162).

158 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


Encoder
Options
Magnetic-Incremental Encoder (MG)
NORD offers a competitively priced magnetic encoder Technical Data
that is easily adaptable to the 63 to 180 frame NORD Interface HTL (push-pull) / Quadrature
motors. The magnetic encoder utilizes a special screw Supply Voltage 10-30 VDC
installed to the motor’s rotor shaft in order to create Current 40 mA Max / < 30 mA (no load)
a permanent rotating magnetic field. Pulse Count 1 PPR, 32 PPR or 256 PPR
Speed Range 0-5000 rpm
A small [0.78 inch (20 mm)] sensor pick-up is mounted Protection Class IP 68
to the back of the motor fan shroud. The sensor Temp. -4 to 176ºF (-20 to 80ºC)
converts the changing magnetic fields into HTL,
push-pull output signals that can be read by a PLC or Wire Color Designation
computer. Quadrature (2 channels, A and B) output Red (+) Supply Voltage
signals are phased electrically apart by 90° in order to Black (-) Supply Voltage
help determine the direction of rotation by monitor- Brown Channel A
ing the phase relationship between the two channels. Orange Channel B
Our design enables the encoder’s implementation Cable Size 0.19 in x 39 in Lg
near the vicinity of our electric brakes. Wires 4
Gauge 22 AWG
Fan Cover
Pulse Count Connection Options (Supplier)
Motor Shaft with 01 = 1 PPR O = Open-end cable
M6 or M8 thread 20 = 32 PPR M = M12 motor terminal box plug
Rotating Magnetic Screw (Lumberg Automation P/N RSFM4/0.5M)
45 = 256 PPR N = M12 male plug connector
Magnetic Sensor
(Lumberg Automation P/N RSC4/9)
Fastening Plate V = Coupling connector
(Phoenix Contact, Quickon P/N 1641879)
Connector Wiring
M12 Connectors Coupling Connector
(Option M or N) (Option V)
Advantages Pin Wire Color Pin Wire Color Designation
• Cost effective, compact, and easy to mount 1 Brown 1 Red (+) Supply Voltage
(63– 180 frame motors). 2 Black 2 Brown (-) Supply Voltage
• Minimal dimensional change to back of motor 3 White 3 Orange Channel A

MOTORS
(page 188). 4 Blue 4 Blue Channel B
• Non-contacting measuring method using
magnetics.
• Accurate resolution, vibration and shock resistancy Ordering Example
in order to increase durability. Encoder Type: MG - Pulse Count - Option

MG 45 M

M12 Connector Plug


256 PPR (pulses per revolution)
Magnetic Encoder

A Magnetic HTL encoder, with a 256 pulse count that


is connected by a M12 connector

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 159


Encoder
Options
Optical-Incremental Encoder (IG..P) Build

NORD offers optical incremental encoders to monitor


position or speed. These encoders are typically mounted
to the back side of the electric motor shaft. Common
interface logic types include: TTL, HTL and Line Driver.
NORD will also work closely with our customers to
provide specified encoder pulse counts or control logic.
Standard Motor Encoder with
Optical incremental encoders pass light from a light with Encoder Brake Option
emitting diode (LED) through a partially masked
rotating code disc onto a photo-electric receiver. The
receiver converts light pulse signals into a square
wave digital output format that is easily interfaced by
programmable logic controllers (PLC’s) and computers.
With optical incremental encoders it is necessary to
re-initialize the system and return the system to the Encoder with Brake Option, Blower
home position in the event of power loss. F Type Fan Fan with Encoder

Advantages M12 Connecter Pin Color Signal


1 0V WH
• Quadrature, differential and marker pulse 1 2 2 +V BN
output signals 3 A GN
• Accurate resolution up to 5000 ppr. 7 8 3 4 A\ YE
• Sturdy double bearing design offers high tolerance 5 B GY
to shock and vibration. 6 4 6 B\ PK
7 Z BU
• Short-circuit proof outputs and reverse 5
8 Z\ RD
connection protection.
• M12 (8-pin) male plug fixed to motor fan cover
for easy wiring and adaptability.

NORD Type IG1 P IG2 P IG4 P IG11 P IG21 P IG41 P IG12 P IG22 P IG42 P IG13 P IG23 P IG43 P
Part Number 19551500 19551510 19551520 19551502 19551512 19551522 19551501 19551511 19551521 19551503 19551513 19551523
Interface TTL/RS422 (26C31) TTL/RS422 (26C31) HTL/Push-pull (IC-WE) Line Driver (7272)
MOTORS

Logic [VDC] 5 5 10-30 5-30


Pulse Count [PPR] 1024 2048 4096 1024 2048 4096 1024 2048 4096 1024 2048 4096
Power Supply [VDC] 4-6 4-6 4-6 10-30 10-30 10-30 10-30 10-30 10-30 5-30 5-30 5-30
Max Current Draw [mA] 100 150
Max Frequency [kHz] 300
Temperature Range -4°F to176°F (-20°C to 80°C)
IP Rating IP66
Cable M12 8-pin male plug

Pre-fabricated Encoder Cables


NORD can provide Turck pre-fabricated encoder molded cordsets (M12, 8-pin, shielded, twisted pair)
Length In-line Right-angle
NORD P/N Turck P/N NORD P/N Turck P/N
2m 19551580 E-RKC 8T-264-2 19551584 E-WKC 8T-264-2
5m 19551581 E-RKC 8T-264-5 19551585 E-WKC 8T-264-5
10m 19551582 E-RKC 8T-264-10 19551586 E-WKC 8T-264-10
15m 19551583 E-RKC 8T-264-15 19551587 E-WKC 8T-264-15
Field Wireable Connector 19551588 CMB 8181-0 - -
Custom order from Turck E-RKC 8T-264-* order from Turck E-WKC 8T-264-*
• The above encoder cables are provided with the shielding NOT connected thru the plug nut
• Providing a conducting path thru the cable nut and attaching the shield to ground on both ends of the cable is a possible source of
electrical noise

160 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


Encoder
Options
Absolute Encoder (AG)
Absolute encoders do not lose position or home-po- NORD typically provides multi-turn absolute encoders
sition reference when power is removed. Absolute mounted to the back side of the electric motor shaft.
encoders provide a higher degree of safety than Multi-turn encoders provide turns counting in ap-
when using incremental encoders in applications plications involving more than one revolution of
where a loss of position could result in damage to the the encoder shaft. Single-turn encoders can also be
machinery or injury to the operator. supplied and they are best suited for short travel,
motion control applications where position verifica-
NORD absolute encoders are available with different tion is required within a single turn of the encoder
data protocols or interfaces and many cases they can shaft.
also be supplied with optional incremental tracks to
provide accurate position and speed sensing feedback.
We will also work closely with our customers to meet
the specifications of the equipment builder or systems
integrator.

Turck Absolute Encoders (AG)


Turck Type T8.F3683 T8.F3668 T8.5860 T8.5883
Interface SSI or BiSS-C® o CANopen® o DeviceNet™ n SSI or BiSS-C®
Supply Voltage 7%$PS7%$ 7%$ 7%$ 7%$PS7%$
Single-turn Resolution  CJU CJU EFGBVMU  13 bit CJU
CJU NBY
Multi-turn Resolution 12, 16 or 24 bit 12 bit 12 bit 12 bit
Incremental Options 55-34 113 PS None None 55-34 113 PS
4JO$PT 113 4JO$PT 113
Shaft Version Ø 8 mm hollow shaft Ø 8 x 14.5 mm blind Ø 12 x 30 mm blind Ø 12 mm hollow shaft
hollow shaft hollow shaft
Temperature Range -40 to +194 ºF -40 to +185 ºF UP ' UP '
UP $ UP $ UP $ UP $
IP Rating *1 *1 *1 *1

Turck Type T8.5888 T8.5888 T8.5888 T8.5888


Interface CANopen® o & p &UIFS$"5® 130'*#64® q 130'*/&5®
Supply Voltage 7%$ 7%$ 7%$ 7%$
Single-turn Resolution CJU EFGBVMU  CJU EFGBVMU  CJU EFGBVMU  CJU EFGBVMU 

MOTORS
CJU NBY CJU NBY CJU NBY CJU NBY
Multi-turn Resolution 12 bit 12 bit 12 bit 12 bit
Incremental Options 55-34 113 None None None
Shaft Version Ø 12 mm Ø 12 x 30 mm Ø 12 x 30 mm Ø 12 x 30 mm
hollow shaft blind hollow shaft blind hollow shaft blind hollow shaft
Temperature Range UP ' UP ' UP ' -40 to +185 ºF
UP $ UP $ UP $ UP $
IP Rating *1 *1 *1 *1

n DeviceNet™ encoders are subject to magnet interference due to the hall-effect sensors used.
o Device specific CANopen® profile DS406 V3.2 is also available.
p CANopen® Lift© profile DS417 V1.1 is also available.
q Linedriver / RS485 is functionally integrated.

BiSS® is a registered trademark of iC-Haus GmbH.


CANopen® is a registered trademark of the Controller Area Network (CAN) automation user’s group.
CANopen® Lift© is copyright protected by the CAN in Automation (CiA) users group that specified the CANopen® application profile.
DeviceNet™ is a trademark of the Open DeviceNet Vendor Association, Inc. (ODVA).
EtherCAT® is a registered trademark of the EtherCat Technolgy Group (donated by Beckhoff Automation GmbH).
EtherNET was a trademark of Xerox Corporation, which relinquished the trademark when it was standardized by 95 IEEE 802.3.
PROFIBUS-DP® is a registered trademark of PROFIBUS User Organization and PROFIBUS International.
PROFINET® is a registered trademark of PROFIBUS and PROFINET International (PI).

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 161


Encoder
Options
Absolute Encoder (AG) - For AC Vector Drives
Many NORD AC variable frequency drives have an 5IF UBCMF JOEJDBUFT XIJDI FODPEFS PQUJPOT DPOUBJO
on-board CANopen® interface allowing the user to incremental tracks so that speed control can also be
implement vector-drive position control. monitored, which is necessary when speed control is
required in addition to positive control.
5IFFODPEFSTMJTUFEJOUIFUBCMFCFMPXDPNNVOJDBUF
VTJOH $"/PQFO¥ QSPmMF %4 7 EFWJDF TQFDJmD Consult the appropriate NORD user manuals for
add-ons allow parameterization of the absolute frequency drive and encoder wiring. Also consult
encoder directly from the NORD frequency inverter. the encoder manufacture’s documentation for the
encoder terminal assignments.

Absolute Encoders (AG) - For NORD AC Variable Frequency Inverters


Turck Type T8.5888 T8.5888 T8.5888 T8.5888
(NORD P/N) (19551883) (19551891) (19551881) (19551886)
NORD AC VFD Type SK2xxE, SK53xE SK53xE SK53xE SK2xxE
Interface CANopen® profile CANopen® profile CANopen® profile CANopen® profile
%47n %47n %47n %47n
Supply Voltage 7%$ 7%$ 7%$ 7%$
Single-turn Resolution CJU  CJU  CJU  CJU 
Multi-turn Resolution CJU  CJU  CJU  CJU 
Node address/Baud rate 51 / 125 o 51 / 125 p 51 / 125 o 51 / 125 o
(kbits/s) mYFEmYFE mYFEmYFE mYFEmYFE mYFEmYFE
Incremental Output None None 55-34 113 )5-1VTI1VMM 113
Shaft Version Ø 12 x 30 mm Ø 12 x 30 mm Ø 12 x 30 mm Ø 12 x 30 mm
blind hollow shaft blind hollow shaft blind hollow shaft blind hollow shaft
Temperature Range UP ¡' UP ¡' UP ¡' UP ¡'
UP ¡$ UP ¡$ UP ¡$ UP ¡$
IP Rating *1 *1 *1 *1
Electrical Connection Removable Bus Cover Fixed Connection - 3 x M12 Connectors 3 x M12 Connectors
with Cable Glands N 3BEJBM$BCMF #VTJO 55- #VTPVU #VTJO )5- #VTPVU

NORD AC Vector Drive Encoder Compatability


NORD Turck Encoder Type
AC Vector Drive (NORD P/N)
MOTORS

T8.5888 T8.5888 T8.5888 T8.5888


(19551883) (19551891) (19551881) (19551886)
SK530E 9 9 9
SK200E 9q 9
SK210E 9q 9
SK220E 9q 9
SK230E 9q 9
SK205E 9 9
SK215E 9 9
SK225E 9 9
SK235E 9 9

n CANopen® profile DS406 V3.2 contains device specific add-ons to work with NORD AC Variable Frequency Drives
o Device specific CANopen® profile DS406 V3.2 is also available.
p CANopen® Lift© profile DS417 V1.1 is also available.
q Linedriver / RS485 is functionally integrated.

CANopen® is a registered trademark of the Controller Area Network (CAN) automation user's group

162 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


Motor Ratings

Motor Ratings
t)[74UBOEBSE&GG
t)[7&OFSHZ&GG
t)[71SFNJVN&GG
t)[74UBOEBSE&GG
t)[7&OFSHZ&GG
t)[71SFNJVN&GG
t)[74UBOEBSE&GG
t)[4UBOEBSE&GG
t)[77
Energy Eff.
t)[77
Premium Eff.
t&OFSHZ&GmDJFODZ3FHVMBUJPOT
t.PUPS&GmDJFODZ3BUJOHT

www.nord.com
Motor Power Nn In
Type Pn Full- Full-Load Cur-
load rent
230Va) 460Va)
[hp] [kW] [rpm] [A] [A]
63S/4 0.16 0.12  0.88 0.44
63L/4 0.25 0.18 1680 1.12 0.56
71S/4 0.33 0.25  1.56 
71L/4 0.5   1.90 0.95
80S/4  0.55   1.35
80L/4 1  1650 3.66 1.83
90S/4 1.5 1.1 1660 4.84 2.42
90L/4 2 1.5 1660 6.34 
100L/4 3 2.2  9.0 4.50
100LA/4 5   15.2 
132S/4  5.5  19.8 9.9
132M/4 10   25.8 12.9
160M/4 15 11  38.4 19.2

163
Performance Data
Standard Efficiency
230/460V – 60Hz
*OWFSUFSEVUZt5&'$
4ZODISPOPVTTQFFESQN!)[tQPMFt5ISFFQIBTF
7PMUBHFT7o)[t4FSWJDF'BDUPS
$POUJOVPVT%VUZt¡$"NCJFOUtVQUPGU&MFWBUJPO
$MBTT#UFNQFSBUVSFSJTFt$MBTT'JOTVMBUJPO
Motor Power Nn In Ia/In Code Torque Ta/Tn Tk/Tn pf Eff. Jm
Type Pn Full- Full-Load Letter Tn Inertia
load Current
230V 460V
[hp] [kW] [rpm] [A] [A] [%] [lb-in] [%] [lb-ft2
63 S/4 0.16 0.12  0.88 0.44 250 F 5.9  3.5 0.66 52.0 0.0050
63 L/4 0.25 0.18 1680 1.12 0.56  E 9.4 2.3 2.5   0.0066
71 S/4 0.33 0.25  1.56  310 G 12.2 2.4  0.64 63.0 0.015
71 L/4 0.5   1.90 0.95 350 F 18.3 2.3  0.69  0.018
80 S/4  0.55   1.35 350 F  2.2 2.3   0.030
80 L/4 1  1650 3.66 1.83 390 G 38.2 2.2 2.3   0.039
90 S/4 1.5 1.1 1660 4.84 2.42 490 G  2.5 2.8   0.056
90 L/4 2 1.5 1660 6.34  510 G  2.5 2.8 0.80  
100 L/4 3 2.2  9.00 4.50 490 G 111 2.3 2.6 0.81  
100 LA/4 5   15.2  510 G 183  3.1  81.0 
132 S/4  5.5  19.8 9.90 540 G  2.4  0.82 85.0 0.553
132 M/4 10   25.8 12.9 630 H 363 2.9 3.2 0.84  
160 M/4 15 11  35.8  820 H 534 2.9 3.8 0.85  1.19
160 L/4 20 15  48.4 24.2 850 K  2.9 3.9  89.4 1.59
180 MX/4 25 18.5  59 29.5 880 + 895 3.4 4.3  90.5 1.90
180 LX/4 30 22    890 H  3.6 4.4 0.80 92.8 2.18
200 L/4 40 30   48.5  + 1428 2.9 3.6 0.85 91.0 
225 S/4 50   - 58  H  3.1 3.5 0.86 93.0 
225 M/4 60 45  -  840 + 2136 3.1 3.6 0.88  8.54
MOTORS

250 M/4  55  - 89 610 + 2653 2.4 2.8 0.84 93.0 16.3
280 S/4 100   - 118  K 3525 2.5 3.0 0.84 93.6 28.2
280 M/4 125 90  - 144  K 4411 2.5 3.0 0.86 94.5 33.0
315 S/4 150 110  -  640 K  2.5  0.85 94.5 46.0
315 M/4  132  - 205 680 K 6162  2.9 0.85 95.0 54.8
315 L/4 200 150  - 230 680 K   2.8 0.85 95.0 68.3
B .PUPSTGSBNFBOEMBSHFSBSFTUBOEBSEMZQSPWJEFEBTTJOHMFWPMUBHF7BOEOPUBTEVBMWPMUBHF

Pn - Full load power Ta/Tn - Locked-rotor torque ratio


Nn - Full load speed Tk - Break-down torque
In - Full load current Tk/Tn - Break-down torque ratio
Ia - Locked-rotor current pf - Power factor
Ia/In - Locked-rotor current ratio (%) Eff - Normal efficiency
Tn - Full-load torque Jm - Motor inertia
Ta - Locked-rotor torque

164 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


Performance Data
Energy Efficient &1"DU
230/460V – 60Hz / EE
*OWFSUFSEVUZt5&'$
4ZODISPOPVTTQFFESQN!)[tQPMFt5ISFFQIBTF
7PMUBHFT7o)[t4FSWJDF'BDUPS
$POUJOVPVT%VUZt¡$"NCJFOUtVQUPGU&MFWBUJPO
$MBTT#UFNQFSBUVSFSJTFt$MBTT'JOTVMBUJPO CC092B energy verified

Motor Power Nn In Ia/In Code Torque Ta/Tn Tk/Tn pf Eff. Jm


Type Pn Full- Full-Load Letter Tn Inertia
load Current
230V 460V
[hp] [kW] [rpm] [A] [A] [%] [lb-in] [%] [lb-ft2]
80 LH/4 1   3.88 1.94 600 K 36.0 4.6 4.3 0.59 82.5 0.045
90 SH/4 1.5 1.1  4.30 2.15 630 L 54.3 3.5 3.8  84.0 0.081
90 LH/4 2 1.5  6.30 3.15  K  4.3 4.5  84.0 0.093
100 LH/4 3 2.2  8.60 4.30  L  3.6    
112 MH/4 5 3  14.4  810 L  4.0 4.8   0.304
132 SH/4  5.5  20.9 10.5 820 M 266 4.3 4.6  89.5 
132 MH/4 10    13.5  M 356 3.2 4.0  89.5 0.840
160 MH/4 15 11  26.0 18.0  K 534 3.2 3.8 0.84  1.59
160 LH/4 20 15  48.0 24.0 880 M  3.5 4.2 0.84 92.6 2.18
180 MH/4 25 18.5  60.0 30.0 850 K 885 3.5 3.6 0.84 92.4 3.08
180 LH/4 30 22   35.0 830 K 1,062 3.6 3.6 0.85 92.4 3.80
200 LH/4 40 30  96.0 48.0 830 K 1,420 3.0 3.6 0.84 93.0 
225 SH/4 50   - 59.0 680 K    3.0 0.84 93.9 9.44
225 MH/4 60 45  -  690 K 2,118 2.8 3.0 0.85 94.1 11.5
250 MH/4  55  - 86.0  K 2,641 2.6 3.0 0.86 95.1 20.3
280 SH/4 100   - 114  K 3,525 2.5 2.8 0.86 95.0 33.0
280 MH/4 125 90  - 144  L 4,401  3.0 0.86 95.0 40.6
315 SH/4 150 110  -   K    2.8  95.0 54.8

MOTORS
315 MH/4  132  - 198  L 6,158  2.8  95.4 68.3
315 RH/4 200 160  - 225  L   3.0 2.9  95.4 82.1
315 LH/4 250 200  - 280  L   3.2 3.0  95.8 100
B .PUPSTGSBNFBOEMBSHFSBSFTUBOEBSEMZQSPWJEFEBTTJOHMFWPMUBHF7BOEOPUBTEVBMWPMUBHF

Pn - Full load power Ta/Tn - Locked-rotor torque ratio


Nn - Full load speed Tk - Break-down torque
In - Full load current Tk/Tn - Break-down torque ratio
Ia - Locked-rotor current pf - Power factor
Ia/In - Locked-rotor current ratio (%) Eff - Normal efficiency
Tn - Full-load torque Jm - Motor inertia
Ta - Locked-rotor torque

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 165


Performance Data
Premium Efficient &*4"
230/460V – 60Hz / PE
*OWFSUFSEVUZt5&'$
4ZODISPOPVTTQFFESQN!)[tQPMFt5ISFFQIBTF
7PMUBHFT7o)[t4FSWJDF'BDUPS
$POUJOVPVT%VUZt¡$"NCJFOUtVQUPGU&MFWBUJPO
$MBTT#UFNQFSBUVSFSJTFt$MBTT'JOTVMBUJPO CC092B energy verified

Motor Power Nn In Ia/In Code Torque Ta/Tn Tk/Tn pf Eff. Jm


Type Pn Full- Full-Load Letter Tn Inertia
load Current
230V 460V
[hp] [kW] [rpm] [A] [A] [%] [lb-in] [%] [lb-ft2
80 LP/4 1   3.14  650 L 36.4 3.4 3.8  86.1 0.045
90 SP/4 1.5 1.1  4.20 2.10 840 + 54.3 4.1 4.9  86.9 0.081
90 LP/4 2 1.5  5.60 2.80  K  3.8 4.2   0.093
100 LP/4 3 2.2   3.84 920 L  3.0 4.5  90.0 0.192
112 MP/4 5   13.0 6.50 910 L 180 3.8 4.3 0.80 90.3 0.332
132 SP/4  5.5  19.5 9.80 1020 L   5.0   
132 MP/4 10   26.6 13.3 960 +   5.0   0.831
160 MP/4 15 11  35.6  880 K 534 3.2 3.8 0.84 92.5 1.59
160 LP/4 20 15   23.8 1080 L  4.3 4.6 0.85 93.0 2.18
180 MP/4 25 18.5  61.0 30.3 860 K 885 3.4 3.6 0.82 93.6 3.80
180 LP/4 30 22   34.8 880 + 1062 3.3 3.4 0.85 93.6 3.80

Pn - Full load power Ta/Tn - Locked-rotor torque ratio


Nn - Full load speed Tk - Break-down torque
In - Full load current Tk/Tn - Break-down torque ratio
Ia - Locked-rotor current pf - Power factor
Ia/In - Locked-rotor current ratio (%) Eff - Normal efficiency
Tn - Full-load torque Jm - Motor inertia
Ta - Locked-rotor torque
MOTORS

166 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


Performance Data
Standard Efficiency
575V – 60Hz
*OWFSUFSEVUZt5&'$
4ZODISPOPVTTQFFESQN!)[tQPMFt5ISFFQIBTF
7PMUBHFT7o)[t4FSWJDF'BDUPS
$POUJOVPVT%VUZt¡$"NCJFOUtVQUPGU&MFWBUJPO
$MBTT#UFNQFSBUVSFSJTFt$MBTT'JOTVMBUJPO

Motor Power Nn In Ia/In Code Torque Ta/Tn Tk/Tn pf Eff. Jm


Type Pn Full-load Full-Load Letter Tn Inertia
Current
575V
[hp] [kW] [rpm] [A] [%] [lb-in] [%] [lb-ft2
63 S/4 0.16 0.12   250 F 5.9  3.5 0.66 52.0 0.0050
63 L/4 0.25 0.18 1680 0.46  E 9.4 2.3 2.5   0.0066
71 S/4 0.33 0.25  0.66 310 G 12.2 2.4  0.64 63.0 0.015
71 L/4 0.5   0.80 350 F 18.3 2.3  0.69  0.018
80 S/4  0.55  1.12 350 F  2.2 2.3   0.030
80 L/4 1  1650 1.46 390 G 38.2 2.2 2.3   0.039
90 S/4 1.5 1.1 1660 1.94 490 G  2.5 2.8   0.056
90 L/4 2 1.5 1660 2.54 510 G  2.5 2.8 0.80  
100 L/4 3 2.2  3.63 490 G 111 2.3 2.6 0.81  
100 LA/4 5   6.10 510 G 183  3.1  81.0 
132 S/4  5.5   540 G  2.4  0.82 85.0 0.553
132 M/4 10   10.3 630 H 363 2.9 3.2 0.84  
160 M/4 15 11  14.5 820 H 534 2.9 3.8 0.85  1.19
160 L/4 20 15  19.3 850 K  2.9 3.9  894.0 1.59
180 MX/4 25 185  23.6 880 + 895 3.4 4.3  905.0 1.90
180 LX/4 30 22  29.8 890 H  3.6 4.4 0.80 928.0 2.18
200 L/4 40 30  38.8  + 1428 2.9 3.6 0.85 91.0 
225 S/4 50   46.4  H  3.1 3.5 0.86 93.0 

MOTORS
225 M/4 60 45  56 840 + 2136 3.1 3.6 0.88  8.54
250 M/4  55   610 + 2653 2.4 2.8 0.84 93.0 16.3
280 S/4 100   94  K 3525 2.5 3.0 0.84 93.6 28.2
280 M/4 125 90  115  K 4411 2.5 3.0 0.86 94.5 33.0
315 S/4 150 110  138 640 K  2.5  0.85 94.5 46.0
315 M/4  132  164 680 K 6162  2.9 0.85 95.0 54.8
315 L/4 200 150  184 680 K   2.8 0.85 95.0 68.3

Pn - Full load power Ta/Tn - Locked-rotor torque ratio


Nn - Full load speed Tk - Break-down torque
In - Full load current Tk/Tn - Break-down torque ratio
Ia - Locked-rotor current pf - Power factor
Ia/In - Locked-rotor current ratio (%) Eff - Normal efficiency
Tn - Full-load torque Jm - Motor inertia
Ta - Locked-rotor torque

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 


Performance Data
Energy Efficient &1"DU
575V – 60Hz / EE
*OWFSUFSEVUZt5&'$
4ZODISPOPVTTQFFESQN!)[tQPMFt5ISFFQIBTF
7PMUBHFT7o)[t4FSWJDF'BDUPS
$POUJOVPVT%VUZt¡$"NCJFOUtVQUPGU&MFWBUJPO
$MBTT#UFNQFSBUVSFSJTFt$MBTT'JOTVMBUJPO CC092B energy verified

Motor Power Nn In Ia/In Code Torque Ta/Tn Tk/Tn pf Eff. Jm


Type Pn Full-load Full-Load Letter Tn Inertia
Current
575V
[hp] [kW] [rpm] [A] [%] [lb-in] [%] [lb-ft2]
80 LH/4 1   1.50 600 K 36.0 4.6 4.3 0.59 82.5 0.045
90 SH/4 1.5 1.1   630 L 54.3 3.5 3.8  84.0 0.081
90 LH/4 2 1.5  2.45  K  4.3 4.5  84.0 0.093
100 LH/4 3 2.2  3.40  L  3.6    
112 MH/4 5 3  5.60 810 L  4.0 4.8   0.304
132 SH/4  5.5  8.30 820 M 266 4.3 4.6  89.5 
132 MH/4 10   10.8  M 356 3.2 4.0  89.5 0.840
160 MH/4 15 11  14.4  K 534 3.2 3.8 0.84  1.59
160 LH/4 20 15  19.2 880 M  3.5 4.2 0.84 92.6 2.18
180 MH/4 25 18.5  24.0 850 K 885 3.5 3.6 0.84 92.4 3.08
180 LH/4 30 22  28.0 830 K 1,062 3.6 3.6 0.85 92.4 3.80
200 LH/4 40 30  38.4 830 K 1,420 3.0 3.6 0.84 93.0 
225 SH/4 50    680 K    3.0 0.84 93.9 9.44
225 MH/4 60 45  56 690 K 2,118 2.8 3.0 0.85 94.1 11.5
250 MH/4  55    K 2,641 2.6 3.0 0.86 95.1 20.3
280 SH/4 100   92  K 3,525 2.5 2.8 0.86 95.0 33.0
280 MH/4 125 90  114  L 4,401  3.0 0.86 95.0 40.6
315 SH/4 150 110  136  K    2.8  95.0 54.8
MOTORS

315 MH/4  132  158  L 6,158  2.8  95.4 68.3
315 RH/4 200 150  180  L   3.0 2.9  95.4 82.1
315 LH/4 250   225  L   3.2 3.0  95.8 100

Pn - Full load power Ta/Tn - Locked-rotor torque ratio


Nn - Full load speed Tk - Break-down torque
In - Full load current Tk/Tn - Break-down torque ratio
Ia - Locked-rotor current pf - Power factor
Ia/In - Locked-rotor current ratio (%) Eff - Normal efficiency
Tn - Full-load torque Jm - Motor inertia
Ta - Locked-rotor torque

168 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


Performance Data
Premium Efficient &*4"
575V – 60Hz / PE
*OWFSUFSEVUZt5&'$
4ZODISPOPVTTQFFESQN!)[tQPMFt5ISFFQIBTF
7PMUBHFT7o)[t4FSWJDF'BDUPS
$POUJOVPVT%VUZt¡$"NCJFOUtVQUPGU&MFWBUJPO
$MBTT#UFNQFSBUVSFSJTFt$MBTT'JOTVMBUJPO CC092B energy verified

Motor Power Nn In Ia/In Code Torque Ta/Tn Tk/Tn pf Eff. Jm


Type Pn Full Full-Load Letter Tn Inertia
Load Current
575V
[hp] [kW] [rpm] [A] [%] [lb-in] [%] [lb-ft2]
80 LP/4 1   1.30 650 L 36.4 3.4 3.8  86.1 0.045
90 SP/4 1.5 1.1  1.68 840 + 54.3 4.1 4.9  86.9 0.081
90 LP/4 2 1.5  2.24  K  3.8 4.2   0.093
100 LP/4 3 2.2   920 L  3.0 4.5  90.0 0.192
112 MP/4 5   5.20 910 L 180 3.8 4.3 0.80 90.3 0.332
132 SP/4  5.5   1020 L   5.0   
132 MP/4 10   10.6 960 +   5.0   0.831
160 MP/4 15 11  14.2 880 K 534 3.2 3.8 0.84 92.5 1.59
160 LP/4 20 15  19.0 1080 L  4.3 4.6 0.85 93.0 2.18
180 MP/4 25 18.5  24.2 860 K 885 3.4 3.6 0.82 93.6 3.80
180 LP/4 30 22   880 + 1062 3.3 3.4 0.85 93.6 3.80

Pn - Full load power Ta/Tn - Locked-rotor torque ratio


Nn - Full load speed Tk - Break-down torque
In - Full load current Tk/Tn - Break-down torque ratio
Ia - Locked-rotor current pf - Power factor
Ia/In - Locked-rotor current ratio (%) Eff - Normal efficiency
Tn - Full-load torque Jm - Motor inertia
Ta - Locked-rotor torque

MOTORS

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 169


Performance Data
Standard Efficiency
200-208V – 60Hz
*OWFSUFSEVUZt*OEVDUJPONPUPSt5&'$
4ZODISPOPVTTQFFESQN!)[tQPMFt5ISFFQIBTF
7PMUBHFT7o)[t4FSWJDF'BDUPS
$POUJOVPVT%VUZt¡$"NCJFOUtVQUPGU&MFWBUJPO
$MBTT#UFNQFSBUVSFSJTFt$MBTT'JOTVMBUJPO
Motor Power Nn In Ia/In Code Torque Ta/Tn Tk/Tn pf Eff. Jm
Type Pn Full-load 208V Letter Tn Inertia

[hp] [kW] [rpm] [A] [%] [lb-in] [%] [lb-ft2]


63S/4 0.16 0.12  1.06 250 F 5.9  3.5 0.66 52.0 0.0050
63L/4 0.25 0.18 1680 1.43  E 9.4 2.3 2.5   0.0066
71S/4 0.33 0.25 1655  310 G 12.6 2.4   63.0 0.015
71L/4 0.5   2.10 350 F 18.3 2.3  0.69  0.018
80S/4  0.55  3.00 350 F  2.2 2.3   0.030
80L/4 1  1650 4.05 390 G 38.2 2.2 2.3   0.039
90S/4 1.5 1.1 1660 5.35 490 +  2.5 2.8   0.056
90L/4 2 1.5 1660  510 G  2.5 2.8 0.80  
100L/4 3 2.2  10.35 490 + 110 2.3 2.6 0.81  
100LA/4 5   16.80 510 G 183  3.1  81.0 

Pn - Full load power Ta/Tn - Locked-rotor torque ratio


Nn - Full load speed Tk - Break-down torque
In - Full load current Tk/Tn - Break-down torque ratio
Ia - Locked-rotor current pf - Power factor
Ia/In - Locked-rotor current ratio (%) Eff - Normal efficiency
Tn - Full-load torque Jm - Motor inertia
Ta - Locked-rotor torque
MOTORS

 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


Performance Data
Standard Efficiency
400V – 50Hz
*OWFSUFSEVUZt*OEVDUJPONPUPSt5&'$
4ZODISPOPVTTQFFESQN!)[tQPMFt5ISFFQIBTF
7PMUBHFT7o)[t4FSWJDF'BDUPS
$POUJOVPVT%VUZt¡$"NCJFOUtVQUPGU&MFWBUJPO
$MBTT#UFNQFSBUVSFSJTFt$MBTT'JOTVMBUJPO
Motor Type Power Nn In Ia/In Code Torque Ta/Tn Tk/Tn pf Eff. Jm
Pn Full-Load 400 V Letter Tn Inertia
(380-420V)
[hp] [kW] [rpm] [A] [%] [lb-in [%] [lb-ft2]
63 S/4 0.16 0.12 1335 0.55 290 H    0.64 49.9 0.0050
63 L/4 0.25 0.18 1360 0.68 330 G 11.2 2.5 2.6 0.64 56.2 0.0066
71 S/4 0.33 0.25 1380  330 F 15.3 2.2 2.1  61.3 
71 L/4 0.5  1380 1.09 360 F  2.0 2.4  64.4 0.020
80 S/4  0.55  1.52 330 E 33.8 1.9 2.0   0.026
80 L/4 1   2.10 350 F 46.1 2.0 2.1   0.034
90 S/4 1.5 1.1 1395 2.81 440 G 66.6 2.3 2.6   0.056
90 L/4 2 1.5 1395 3.55 480 G 90.8 2.3 2.6   
100 L/4 3 2.2 1440 5.22 510 G 129 2.3 3.0  80.8 
100 LA/4 4 3 1415 6.54 540 G  2.5 2.9 0.80 83.3 0.142
112 M/4 5.4 4 1445 8.30 530 G 234 2.3 2.8 0.80 85.1 0.261
132 S/4  5.5 1445 11.4 550 G 322 2.1  0.81  
132 M/4 10  1445 14.8 550 F 438 2.5 2.8 0.84  
132 MA/4 12.5 9.2 1450 18.8 600 H 536 2.6 3.1 0.80 86.9 0.831
160 M/4 15 11 1455 20.9 650 G 639 2.4 2.9 0.85 88.8 1.19
160 L/4 20 15 1460 28.2  + 868 2.9 3.5 0.85  1.59
180 MX/4 25 18.5 1460 35.4  +  3.2 3.8 0.83 90.3 1.90
180 LX/4 30 22 1460 42.6  +  3.3 3.8 0.82 90.3 2.18
200 LX/4 40 30   690 H  2.6 3.0 0.83  3.80

MOTORS
225 S/4 50     H 2126 2.8 3.2  91.2 
225 M/4 60 45  81.0  + 2586 2.8 3.3   8.54
250 M/4  55 1480 101 610 G 3140 2.4 2.8 0.85 92.1 16.4
280 S/4 100  1485   H  2.5 3.0 0.85  28.5
280 M/4 125 90 1485 162  H 5120 2.5 3.0 0.86 93.0 33.2
315 S/4 150 110 1488 200 640 G 6245 2.5 2.8 0.85 93.3 45.1
315 M/4  132 1488 240 680 H   2.9 0.85 93.5 54.6
315 L/4 200 160 1486 285 680 H   2.8 0.86 93.8 68.8
315 L/4 250 200 1486 350 650 H  2.6 2.8 0.88 94.0 83.1
B .PUPSTIQ L8 BOECFMPXBSFSBUFE:WPMUT NPUPSTBCPWFIQ L8 BSFSBUFE:WPMUT
Pn - Full load power Ta/Tn - Locked-rotor torque ratio
Nn - Full load speed Tk - Break-down torque
In - Full load current Tk/Tn - Break-down torque ratio
Ia - Locked-rotor current pf - Power factor
Ia/In - Locked-rotor current ratio (%) Eff - Normal efficiency
Tn - Full-load torque Jm - Motor inertia
Ta - Locked-rotor torque

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 


Performance Data
Energy Efficient &1"DU
400V (380-420V) – 50Hz
*OWFSUFSEVUZt*OEVDUJPONPUPSt5&'$
4ZODISPOPVTTQFFESQN!)[tQPMFt5ISFFQIBTF
7PMUBHFT7 7 o)[t4FSWJDF'BDUPS
$POUJOVPVT%VUZt¡$"NCJFOUtVQUPGU&MFWBUJPO
$MBTT#UFNQFSBUVSFSJTFt$MBTT'JOTVMBUJPO
Motor Type Power Nn In Ia/In Code Torque Ta/Tn Tk/Tn pf Eff. Jm
Pn Full-Load 400V Letter Tn Inertia
(380-420V)
[hp] [kW] [rpm] [A] [%] [lb-in] [%] [lb-ft2]
80 SH/4  0.55 1,420 1.41 510 H  3.1 3.2  80.8 0.033
80 LH/4 1  1,415  520 H 44.8 3.0 3.1  82.4 0.045
90 SH/4 1.5 1.1 1,435 2.42 610 H 64.8 3.1 3.5 0.80 81.8 0.081
90 LH/4 2 1.5 1,415 3.34 580 H 89.6 3.3 3.5  82.8 0.093
100 LH/4 3 2.2 1,445 4.65  + 129  4.3  86.6 
100 AH/4 4 3 1,425 6.59 630 +  3.1 3.5  85.6 
112 MH/4 5.4 4 1,440 8.02  + 235 3.1 3.6 0.83  0.332
132 SH/4  5.5 1,460   + 318 3.1 3.5 0.84 88.2 
132 MH/4 10  1,460 15.0  + 434 3.3 3.9 0.81 89.3 0.831
132 LH/4 12.5 9.2 1,450 19.6  K 536 3.4 3.8  89.3 0.831
160 SH/4 12.5 9.2 1,465  820 + 531 3.3 3.6  90.5 1.59
160 MH/4 15 11 1,465 20.6  H 634 2.9 3.4 0.86 91.2 1.59
160 LH/4 20 15 1,465   + 865 3.0 3.5  92.0 2.18
180 MH/4 25 18.5   34.6  + 1060 2.9 3.2 0.84 92.2 3.08
180 LH/4 30 22   40.3  + 1260 2.8 3.1 0.86 92.2 3.80
200 XH/4 40 30   59  +  2.8 3.1 0.80 92.4 3.80
200 LH/4 40 30 1,465 54  H  3.0 3.2  92.3 
225 SH/4 50  1,480 68 680 H 2112  3.0 0.85  9.49
225 MH/4 60 45 1,480 82 690 H 2569 2.8 3.0 0.85 93.1 11.6
MOTORS

250 MH/4  55 1,485 98  H 3129 2.6 3.0  93.5 20.4
280 SH/4 100  1,485 132 680 G  2.5 2.9  94.0 33.2
280 MH/4 120 90 1,486 160  H   3.1 0.86 94.2 40.3
315 SH/4 150 110 1,488 193  H 6245  2.9  94.5 54.6
315 MH/4  132 1,488 230  H   2.9 0.88  68.8
315 RH/4 215 160 1,490   H  3.0 3.0 0.88 94.9 83.1
315 LH/4 268 200 1,490 345  H 11340 3.2 3.0 0.88 95.1 
B .PUPSTIQ L8 BOECFMPXBSFSBUFE:WPMUT NPUPSTBCPWFIQ L8 BSFSBUFE:WPMUT

Pn - Full load power Ta/Tn - Locked-rotor torque ratio


Nn - Full load speed Tk - Break-down torque
In - Full load current Tk/Tn - Break-down torque ratio
Ia - Locked-rotor current pf - Power factor
Ia/In - Locked-rotor current ratio (%) Eff - Normal efficiency
Tn - Full-load torque Jm - Motor inertia
Ta - Locked-rotor torque

 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


Performance Data
Premium Efficienct
400V (380-420V) – 50Hz
*OWFSUFSEVUZt*OEVDUJPONPUPSt5&'$
4ZODISPOPVTTQFFESQN!)[tQPMFt5ISFFQIBTF
7PMUBHFT7 7 o)[t4FSWJDF'BDUPS
$POUJOVPVT%VUZt¡$"NCJFOUtVQUPGU&MFWBUJPO
$MBTT#UFNQFSBUVSFSJTFt$MBTT'JOTVMBUJPO
Motor Type Power Nn In Ia/In Code Torque Ta/Tn Tk/Tn pf Eff. Jm
Pn Full-Load 400V Letter Tn Inertia
(380-420V)
[hp] [kW] [rpm] [A] [%] [lb-in] [%] [lb-ft2]
80 LP/4 1  1,415  540 H 44.8 3.0 3.1   0.045
90 SP/4 1.5 1.1 1,430 2.38  + 65.0 3.6 4.0  85.3 0.081
90 LP/4 2 1.5 1,415 3.23 590 H 89.6 3.3 3.5  85.3 0.093
100 LP/4 3 2.2 1,465  820 K  2.6 3.9 0.83 88.1 0.192
100 AP/4 4 3 1,460 6.05  +  2.4 3.6 0.81 88.1 0.192
112 MP/4 5.4 4 1,440   + 235 3.4 3.6 0.83 88.6 0.332
132 SP/4  5.5 1,465 10.9 860 K   4.0 0.80 90.9 
132 MP/4 10  1,460 15.0 820 K 434 3.9 4.2 0.80 90.9 0.831
160 MP/4 15 11 1,465 20.5  H 634 2.9 3.4 0.85 91.4 1.59
160 LP/4 20 15 1,465  910 K 865 3.8 4.3 0.85 92.3 2.18
180 MP/4 25 18.5 1,480 34.0  + 1056 2.9 3.4 0.84 93.1 3.80
180 LP/4 30 22   39.3 800 + 1260 2.8 3.2  93.1 3.80
B .PUPSTIQ L8 BOECFMPXBSFSBUFE:WPMUT NPUPSTBCPWFIQ L8 BSFSBUFE:WPMUT

Pn - Full load power Ta/Tn - Locked-rotor torque ratio


Nn - Full load speed Tk - Break-down torque
In - Full load current Tk/Tn - Break-down torque ratio
Ia - Locked-rotor current pf - Power factor
Ia/In - Locked-rotor current ratio (%) Eff - Normal efficiency
Tn - Full-load torque Jm - Motor inertia
Ta - Locked-rotor torque

MOTORS

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 


(QHUJ\(IÀFLHQF\
Regulations
Energy Efficiency Global Regulation Motor Classes Covered by
United States EISA Efficiency Requirements
General Purpose Motors per NEMA MG1
5IF 6OJUFE 4UBUFT IBT JNQMFNFOUFE BNFOEFE NP-
UPSFGmDJFODZSFHVMBUJPOT5IJTQSPDFTTTUBSUFEXJUI 1-500hp
UIF i1VCMJD -BX w  XIJDI IBE CFFO QBTTFE 2, 4, 6 & 8 pole
UISPVHI MFHJTMBUJPO PO %FDFNCFS     BOE JT
DBMMFEUIFi&OFSHZ*OEFQFOEFODFBOE4FDVSJUZ"DUw 7BOECFMPX QIBTF )[
&*4"   5IJT MFHJTMBUJPO JO NPTU DBTFT SFQMBDFT UIF NEMA Designs A, B, C & equivalent IEC equivalents
existing law that governed motor efficiency in the 5&'$o5PUBMMZ&ODMPTFE'BO$PPMFE
64" &OFSHZ1PMJDZ"DUPS&1"DU *OHFOFSBM &*4"JO-
creases the efficiency requirements for many motors. ODP – Open Drip Proof
&*4"JODMVEFTBi1SFNJVN&GmDJFODZwNPUPSDMBTTJO 91o&YQMPTJPO1SPPG "5&9
addition to the two existing efficiency classes of mo-
UPSTUIBUIBECFFOVUJMJ[FE5IJTMBXUPPLFGGFDUPO Increased enclosure protections
December 19, 2010 wheras all motors produced after &YBNQMFTJODMVEF8BTIEPXO 4FWFSFEVUZ y
that date must meet EISA requirements. Motors that NEMA Frames 140 and larger
had been in stock at that time are exempt and still IEC Frames 90 & Larger
may be sold.
/&."5GSBNF BOE6GSBNF *&$FRVJWBMFOUT
5IF&*4"MBXBMTPFYQBOEFEUIFTDPQFPGNPUPSTSF-
RVJSFEUPNFFUFGmDJFODZMFWFMT5IFGPMMPXJOHDMBTT-
es of motors were not included in EPAct but now Any of the following are exemptions from the
must meet efficiency requirements per EISA: EISA requirements:

Motor Types Covered in the Motor Classes not Covered by


EISA Efficiency Requirements EISA Efficiency Requirements
6GSBNFNPUPST Definite or Special Purpose per NEMA MG1
NEMA electrical design C motors Integral gearmotor motors
Closed coupled pump motors
Less than 1 hp
Footless motors
7FSUJDBMTPMJETIBGUUISVTUNPUPST Multi-speed motors
8-pole motors Single-phase motors
7PMUBHFTPUIFSUIFOPS DC Motors
MOTORS

201-500 hp motors NEMA Design D high slip


*OUIJTMBX UIF64%FQBSUNFOUPG&OFSHZ %0& IBT NEMA 56 or smaller frame
been responsible for writing the new regulation re- IEC 80 or smaller frame
RVJSFNFOUT  5IFTF SFHVMBUJPOT DMBSJGZ IPX UIF MBX
has been implemented and provide an increased lev- 50Hz motors
FMPGEFUBJMJOUFSNTPGTQFDJmDT5IFSFHVMBUJPOTBSF *OUFSNJUUFOUEVUZNPUPST 4PS4
JODMVEFEJOUIF'FEFSBM3FHJTUFS7PMVNF / 5&/7o5PUBMMZ&ODMPTFE/PO7FOUJMBUFE
.POEBZ .BSDI o1BSU5IFSFHVMBUJPOT
also indicate what style of motors must conform to 5&"0o5PUBMMZ&ODMPTFE"JS0WFS
each efficiency level explained. 5&#$o5PUBMMZ&ODMPTFE#MPXFS$PPMFE
Integrated AC drive
4,&PS4,&DPNCJOFEXJUINPUPS

 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


(QHUJ\(IÀFLHQF\
Regulations
Efficiency Requirements for Motors Standard Efficient Motors
According to EISA, when motors have a mandated ef- A standard efficiency motor is defined as a rotating
ficiency requirement they are categorized into two machine rated for continuous duty operation that
classes, Subtype I and Subtype II. In general, motors converts electrical power into mechanical power and:
that needed to be energy efficient per EPAct stan-
dards now must be premium efficient, Subtype I.  t JT BO FMFDUSJD JOEVDUJPO NPUPS XJUI B QPMZQIBTF 
squirrel cage type design,
Motors that did not have a required efficiency per
t IBTBNJOJNVNPVUQVUSBUJOHPG)1 L8 
EPAct but now require an efficiency level in EISA are
JODMVEFE JO4VCUZQF** FOFSHZFGmDJFOU 5IFGPMMPX-   BOEVQUPBOEJODMVEJOH)1 L8
ing is a more detailed list of motors included in each t has a rated voltage of not more than 600 volts AC.
efficiency category. t IBTBSBUFEGSFRVFODZPG)[PS)[
Premium efficiency [Subtype I] – t JT PQFO PS FODMPTFE DPOTUSVDUJPO BOE JODMVEFT
must match all of the following criteria explosion-proof enclosures,
IEC or NEMA footed or foot+flange  t JTDPOTUSVDUFEUP/&."5GSBNF6GSBNF
1-200hp dimensions or the IEC equivalent dimensions,
Poles 2,4,6  t JT/&."EFTJHO" #PS$ PS*&$EFTJHO/PS)
7)[ t JTEFTJHOFEUPPQFSBUFBUBTJOHMFTQFFE
Motor or brakemotor t IBT  PSQPMFDPOTUSVDUJPO
NEMA 140 frame& larger or IEC 90 frame & larger t JTPGGPPUNPVOUFEDPOTUSVDUJPOPSnBOHF
NEMA Design A or B mounted construction with or without feet or
detachable feet.
Energy efficiency [Subtype II] -
t IBTBO*1DPEFGSPNUP
Meets the premium efficiency guidelines except:
Footless IEC or NEMA Flange Premium efficient motors
/&."$PS*&$#PS#
A premium efficicency motor, is defined in the de-
0UIFS)[WPMUBHFT MJLF7BOE7 scription above, and includes all of the additional
8 pole classifications:
201-500hp  t SBUFETJ[FPG)1ö)1PS*&$EFTJHONPUPSPG
NEMA Design C   TJ[FHSFBUFSUIBOL8öL8 BOE
6'SBNF t   PSQPMFT BOE
Canada  t /&."5GSBNFPS*&$GSBNFEFTJHOBUJPOPGPS
above, and
5ISFFQIBTF FMFDUSJD JOEVDUJPO NPUPST BSF JODMVEFE t /&."EFTJHO"PS# PS*&$EFTJHO/ BOE

MOTORS
in the products governed under Canada's Energy Ef-  t TUBOEBSE/&."TIBGU 3TIBGUPS4TIBGUPSBO*&$
mDJFODZ 3FHVMBUJPOT UIF 3FHVMBUJPOT  /BUVSBM 3F- equivalent.
TPVSDFT$BOBEB /3$BO QSPQPTFTUPBNFOEUIF3FH-
ulations in order to Energy efficient motors
 t Enforce more stringent Minimum Energy a motor, as defined in the premium efficiency catego-
  1FSGPSNBODF 4UBOEBSET .&14  PO TVQQMJFST GPS ry, with any of the following classifications, including
electric motors, imported or shipped inter- integral gearmotors:
provincially for sale or lease in Canada, and  t QPMFDPOTUSVDUJPO PS
 t &YQBOEUIFTDPQFUPJODMVEFNPUPSTXIJDIXFSF  t 6GSBNFPSFRVJWBMFOU*&$EJNFOTJPOT PS
previously excluded from the Regulations.
 t /&."EFTJHO$PS*&$EFTJHO) PS
5IF VQEBUFE 3FHVMBUJPOT GPS NPUPST TPME JO $BOBEB t DMPTFDPVQMFEQVNQNPUPS PS
contains three elements:
t mSFQVNQEVUZNPUPS PS
 t *ODSFBTFUIFNPUPSFGmDJFODZSFRVJSFNFOUTGPS  t WFSUJDBMMZNPVOUFE TPMJE TIBGU UISVTU NPUPS  BT
  UP  )1  UP  L8  DMBTT NPUPST UP tested in the horizontal configuration, or
include premium efficiency levels. t GPPUMFTTDPOTUSVDUJPO PS
 t &MJNJOBUFNPTUPGUIFDVSSFOUFYDMVTJPOTGPSUP  t     PS QPMF  /&." EFTJHO # NPUPS PG TJ[F
  )1 UPL8 NPUPSTTPUIBUUIFZXJMM greater than 200 HP and up to and including 500
be required to meet the current efficiency levels. HP or IEC design N motor of size greater than 150
 t &YUFOEDPWFSBHFUPJODMVEFUP)1 L8   L8BOEVQUPBOEJODMVEJOHL8
to 185 kW) motors, which were previously exclud-
ed, to the current efficiency level standards.

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 


(QHUJ\(IÀFLHQF\
Regulations
Effective dates:
European Union
t +VOF  NPUPSTTIBMMOPUCFMFTTFGmDJFOUUIBO
/FXFGmDJFODZDMBTTFT*& *& *&5IFOFXTUBOEBSE the IE2 efficiencies
IEC 60034-30:2008 replaces the various national sys- t +BOVBSZ    NPUPST XJUI B SBUFE PVUQVU PG
UFNT"UUIFTBNFUJNF XJUIUIF*&$   L8 TIBMM OPU CF MFTT FGmDJFOU UIBO UIF *&
standard, a new procedure for the measurement of or should meet the IE2 efficiency and be used with
efficiency has been introduced which also contributes an AC drive;
to international cohesiveness. t +BOVBSZ    BMM NPUPST XJUI B SBUFE PVUQVU
 PG  L8 TIBMM OPU CF MFTT FGmDJFOU UIBO
Efficiency Levels the IE3 or meet IE2 standards and be used in
"TPG+VOF POMZNPUPSTPGFGmDJFODZDMBTT*& conjunction with an AC speed drive.
or better may be used for continuous operation of
TUBOEBSENPUPSTXJUIIQ L8 BOENPSFJOUIF Exceptions
&65IFCBTJTGPSUIJTJT&S1&$70 t 4VCNFSTJCMFNPUPST
Efficiency Level Efficiency Level t .PUPST DPNQMFUFMZ JOUFHSBUFE JO B QSPEVDU HFBS 
(Europe - New) (Europe - Old) pump, fan or compressor,…) where the energy
IEC600034-30 CEMEP performance cannot be tested separate from the
IE3 New product
IE2 EFF1 t .PUPSTTQFDJmDBMMZEFTJHOFEUPPQFSBUF
IE1 EFF2
o At altitudes exceeding 1000 meters elevation;
 P8IFSFBNCJFOUUFNQFSBUVSFJTBCPWF¡$
Motors included in the efficiency requirements  P*ONBYPQFSBUJOHUFNQFSBUVSFBCPWF¡$
 P8IFSFBNCJFOUUFNQFSBUVSFTBSFMFTTUIBO¡$
t 4JOHMF TQFFE  UISFFQIBTF JOEVDUJPO NPUPST  )[   PSMFTTUIBO¡$GPSBOBJSDPPMFENPUPST
or 50/60 Hz o Water cooled motors with cooling water below 5
t  BOEQPMFT    ¡$PSFYDFFEJOH¡$
t 3BUFEWPMUBHFVQUP7  o In explosive atmospheres per Directive 94/9/EC
t 3BUFEQPXFSCFUXFFOL8BOEL8 t #SBLFNPUPST
t $POUJOVPVTEVUZPQFSBUJPO4PS4XJUIDZDMJD
 EVSBUJPOGBDUPSPGPSIJHIFS 
MOTORS

 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


(QHUJ\(IÀFLHQF\
Regulations
USA
Directive Preferred Voltages Circuit Frequency
EISA 2007 7 ::: 60Hz

Designation Energy Efficient Premium Efficient


Power range IQL8 IQL8
Mandatory Implementation Date  12.19.2010
Number of Poles 2,4,6,8 2,4,6
Relevant Exceptions 1. Special Shafts
t)JHI&OFSHZ&GmDJFODZ /03%HFBSNPUPST EJSFDUBUUBDINFOU
t1SFNJVN&GmDJFODZ 5&"0 5&/7
5PUBMMZFODMPTFEBJSPWFSBOEOPOWFOUJMBUFENPUPST
3. Switchable multi-speed motors
*OUFSNJUUBOUPQFSBUJPO4IPSU5FSN0QFSBUJPO
5IFEJSFDUJWFPOMZBQQMJFTUPNPUPSTJODPOUJOVPVTPQFSBUJPO
Other operating modes are exempted from the directive, e.g.:
t4
t4 Explanation of Duty Classes Ö 148
t4
5. Single phase motors
Relevant Exceptions N/A 1. Flange version motors
7FSUJDBMTIBGUPVUMFU
3. NEMA Desinged C face Motors
.PUPSTXJUIWPMUBHFTMFTTUIBO7BOEPUIFSUIBO
7PS7JODMVEJOHB UPMFSBODF

Motor Data Ö 164 - 

Mexico
Directive Preferred Voltages Circuit Frequency
NOM-016 ENER-2010 7 å: 60Hz
7

MOTORS
Designation MEPS
Power range IQL8
Mandatory Implementation Date 12.19.2010
Number of Poles 2,4,6,8
Relevant Exceptions 1. Switchable pole motors
t.&14 2. Single phase motors
3. Intermittent operation / Short term operation
5IFEJSFDUJWFPOMZBQQMJFTUPNPUPSTJODPOUJOVPVTPQFSBUJPO
Other operating modes are exempted from the directive. e.g.:
t4
t4 Explanation of Duty Classes Ö 148
t4
Motor Data Ö 164 - 

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 


(QHUJ\(IÀFLHQF\
Regulations
Canada
Directive Preferred Voltages Circuit Frequency
Energy Efficiency Regulations 1997 7 å: 60Hz
6QEBUFE#VMMFUJOPO"NFOEJOHUIF
4UBOEBSET+VOF

Designation Energy Efficient Premium Efficient


Power range IQL8 IQL8
Mandatory Implementation Date  01.01.2011
Number of Poles 2,4,6,8 2,4,6
Relevant Exceptions 5&/7
t)JHI&OFSHZ&GmDJFODZ Non-ventilated motors
t1SFNJVN&GmDJFODZ 2. Switchable multi-speed motors
*OUFSNJUUBOUPQFSBUJPO4IPSU5FSN0QFSBUJPO
5IFEJSFDUJWFPOMZBQQMJFTUPNPUPSTJODPOUJOVPVTPQFSBUJPO
Other operating modes are exempted from the directive:
t4
t4 Explanation of Duty Classes Ö 148
t4
Motor Data Ö 164 - 
4. Single phase motors
Relevant Exceptions N/A 1. Gear Motors
2. Flange version motors
7FSUJDBMTIBGUPVUMFU
4. NEMA Design C or IEC Design H
NORD IE2 or "high efficiency" motors have
IEC Design H characteristics.
MOTORS

 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


(QHUJ\(IÀFLHQF\
Regulations
European Union
Directive Preferred Voltages Circuit Frequency
ErP 2009/125/IEC 7 å: 50Hz
VO 640-2009 7

Designation IE2 / High Efficient IE3 / Premium Efficient


Power range L8
GPS1öL8 IQ
Mandatory Implementation Date 06.16.2011
GPS1L8 IQ
Number of Poles 2,4,6
Relevant Exceptions 1. Intermittent operation / Short term operation
t*& 5IFEJSFDUJWFPOMZBQQMJFTUPNPUPSTJODPOUJOVPVTPQFSBUJPO0QFSBUJOHNPEFTPUIFS
t*& than S1 as per IEC 60034-1 are exempted from the regulations. e.g.:
t4
t4 Explanation of Duty Classes Ö 148
t4
Motor Data Ö 164 - 
2. Brake Motors
3. Switchable multi-speed motors
"5&9NPUPST
.PUPSTGPSFYQMPTJPOQSPUFDUJPO HBTBOEEVTU BSFFYFNQUFEGSPNUIFEJSFDUJWF
but may be classified according to IE
5. Ambient temperature
5IFEJSFDUJWFEPFTOPUBQQMZUPNPUPSTXIJDIBSFSBUFEGPS
BNCJFOUUFNQFSBUVSFT$PS'JF
t5amb $ $
6. Installation altitude
5IFEJSFDUJWFEPFTOPUBQQMZUPNPUPSTXIJDIBSFSBUFEGPSBOJOTUBMMBUJPOBMUJUVEF
greater than 1000m above sea level.
4JOHMFQIBTFNPUPST
Special Features N/A IE2 + Frequency Inverters
IE2 motors that may be used with inverters
can also be used as an alternative to IE3

MOTORS

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 


(QHUJ\(IÀFLHQF\
Regulations
Switzerland
Directive Preferred Voltages Circuit Frequency
Eenergy Ordinance AS2009 7 å: 50Hz
7 50/60Hz

Designation IE2 / High Efficient IE3 / Premium Efficient


Power range L8
Mandatory Implementation Date  open
Number of Poles 2,4,6
Relevant Exceptions 1. Intermittent operation / Short term operation
t*& 5IFEJSFDUJWFPOMZBQQMJFTUPNPUPSTJODPOUJOVPVTPQFSBUJPO4PS40QFSBUJOH
t*& modes other than S1 as per IEC 60034-1 are exempted from the regulations. e.g.:
t4
t4 Explanation of Duty Classes Ö 148
t4
Motor Data Ö 164 - 
2. Switchable multi-speed motors
3. AC vector drive operation.
Special motors for AC vector drive operation as per standard IEC 60034-25 of the
International Electrical Engineering Commission.
"5&9NPUPST
.PUPSTGPSFYQMPTJPOQSPUFDUJPO HBTBOEEVTU BSFFYFNQUFEGSPNUIFEJSFDUJWF
but may be classified according to IE.
5. Ambient temperature
5IFBCPWFEJSFDUJWFEPFTOPUBQQMZUPNPUPSTXIJDIBSFSBUFEGPS
BNCJFOUUFNQFSBUVSFT$PS' VQUP8 PS$ FH
t5amb $ $
6. Installation altitude
5IFEJSFDUJWFEPFTOPUBQQMZUPNPUPSTXIJDIBSFSBUFEGPSBOJOTUBMMBUJPOBMUJUVEF
greater than 1000m above sea level.
4JOHMFQIBTFNPUPST
MOTORS

180 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


(QHUJ\(IÀFLHQF\
Regulations
China
Directive Preferred Voltages Circuit Frequency
GB 18613-2006 7 å: 50Hz
.BYJNVN7

Designation Grade 2 Grade 1


Power range 0.55 - 315kW 3.0 - 315kW
Mandatory Implementation Date  7PMVOUBSZ
Number of Poles 2,4,6
Relevant Exceptions *OUFSNJUUBOUPQFSBUJPO4IPSU 5FSN0QFSBUJPO
t(SBEF 5IFEJSFDUJWFPOMZBQQMJFTUPNPUPSTJODPOUJOVPVTPQFSBUJPO0QFSBUJOHNPEFTPUIFSUIBO4
t(SBEF as per IEC 60034-1 are exempted from the regulations. eg:
t4
t4 Explanation of Duty Classes Ö 148
t4
Motor Data Ö 164 - 
2. Switchable multi-speed motors
3. Single phase motors

South Korea
Directive Preferred Voltages Circuit Frequency
MKE's Notification 2009-317 7 å: 60Hz
7

Designation MEPS
Power range L8 L8 L8
Mandatory Implementation Date  01.01.2010 
Number of Poles 2,4,6,8*
Relevant Exceptions 5IF%JSFDUJWFPOMZBQQMJFT UPNPUPSTJODPOUJOVPVTPQFSBUJPO0QFSBUJOHNPEFTPUIFSUIBO4
t.&14 as per IEC 60034-1 are exempted from the regulations. e.g. :
t4

MOTORS
t4 Explanation of Duty Classes Ö 148
t4
Motor Data Ö 164 - 
2. Switchable multi-speed motors
5&/7OPOWFOUJMBUFENPUPST
4. 6-pole motors with powers above 160kW
5. 8-pole motors with powers above 110kW
6. Single phase motors
5IFTUBUVUPSZ.&14DPNFTJOUPFGGFDUBUBMBUFSEBUFGPSQPMFNPUPST
GSPNL8
GSPNL8

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 181


(QHUJ\(IÀFLHQF\
Regulations
Australia
Directive Preferred Voltages Circuit Frequency
MEPS AS/NZS 1359.5 7 å: 50Hz

Designation MEPS High Efficiency (Premium Efficient)


Power range L8 L8
Mandatory Implementation Date 04.01.2006 7PMVOUBSZ
Number of Poles 2,4,6,8
Relevant Exceptions *OUFSNJUUBOUPQFSBUJPO4IPSU5FSN0QFSBUJPO
t.&14 5IFEJSFDUJWFPOMZBQQMJFTUPNPUPSTJODPOUJOVPVTPQFSBUJPO0QFSBUJOHNPEFTPUIFS
t)JHI&GmDJFODZ than S1 as per IEC 60034-1 are exempted from the regulations. eg:
t4
t4 Explanation of Duty Classes Ö 148
t4
Motor Data Ö 164 - 
2. Motors for AC vector drive operation
3. Switchable multi-speed motors
4. Single phase motors

Brazil
Directive Preferred Voltages Circuit Frequency
Decreto nº 4.508 7 å: 60Hz
7

Designation ALTO RENDIMENTO


Power range L8
Mandatory Implementation Date 12.08.2009
Number of Poles 2,4,6, 8
Relevant Exceptions 1. Intermittent operation / Short term operation
t"-503&/%*.&/50 5IFEJSFDUJWFPOMZBQQMJFTUPNPUPSTJODPOUJOVPVTPQFSBUJPO0QFSBUJOHNPEFTPUIFS
than S1 as per IEC 60034-1 are exempted from the regulations. e.g.:
t4
MOTORS

t4 Explanation of Duty Classes Ö 148


t4
Motor Data Ö 164 - 
2. Motors for AC vector drive operation.
3. Switchable multi-speed motors
4. 6-pole motors with powers above 150kW
5. 8-pole motors with powers above 110kW
6. Single phase motors

182 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


0RWRU(IÀFLHQF\
Ratings
US & Canadian Motor Efficiencies for Energy Efficient 60Hz Motors
Full-Load Efficiencies of General Purpose Electric Motors [Subtype II] - Energy efficiency
Motor Horse- Nominal full load efficiency
power Open motors Enclosed motors
8 pole 6 pole 4 pole 2 pole 8 pole 6 pole 4 pole 2 pole
1  80.0 82.5  80.0 82.5 
1.5  84.0 84.0 82.5  85.5 84.0 82.5
2 85.5 85.5 84.0 84.0 82.5 86.5 84.0 84.0
3 86.5 86.5 86.5 84.0 84.0   85.5
5    85.5 85.5   
7.5 88.5 88.5 88.5  85.5 89.5 89.5 88.5
10 89.5 90.2 89.5 88.5 88.5 89.5 89.5 89.5
15 89.5 90.2 91.0 89.5 88.5 90.2 91.0 90.2
20 90.2 91.0 91.0 90.2 89.5 90.2 91.0 90.2
25 90.2   91.0 89.5  92.4 91.0
30 91.0 92.4 92.4 91.0 91.0  92.4 91.0
40 91.0 93.0 93.0  91.0 93.0 93.0 
50  93.0 93.0 92.4  93.0 93.0 92.4
60 92.4 93.6 93.6 93.0  93.6 93.6 93.0
75 93.6 93.6 94.1 93.0 93.0 93.6 94.1 93.0
100 93.6 94.1 94.1 93.0 93.0 94.1 94.5 93.6
125 93.6 94.1 94.5 93.6 93.6 94.1 94.5 94.5
150 93.6 94.5 95.0 93.6 93.6 95.0 95.0 94.5
200 93.6 94.5 95.0 94.5 94.1 95.0 95.0 95.0
250 94.5 94.5 95.4 94.5 94.5 95.0 95.0 95.4

US & Canadian Motor Efficiencies for Premium Efficient 60Hz Motors


Full-Load Efficiencies of General Purpose Electric Motors [Subtype I Premium Efficiency
Motor Horse- Nominal full load efficiency
power Open motors Enclosed motors
6 pole 4 pole 2 pole 6 pole 4 pole 2 pole

MOTORS
1 82.5 85.5  82.5 85.5 
1.5 86.5 86.5 84.0  86.5 84.0
2  86.5 85.5 88.5 86.5 85.5
3 88.5 89.5 85.5 89.5 89.5 86.5
5 89.5 89.5 86.5 89.5 89.5 88.5
7.5 90.2 91.0 88.5 91.0  89.5
10   89.5 91.0  90.2
15  93.0 90.2  92.4 91.0
20 92.4 93.0 91.0  93.0 91.0
25 93.0 93.6  93.0 93.6 
30 93.6 94.1  93.0 93.6 
40 94.1 94.1 92.4 94.1 94.1 92.4
50 94.1 94.5 93.0 94.1 94.5 93.0
60 94.5 95.0 93.6 94.5 95.0 93.6
75 94.5 95.0 93.6 94.5 95.4 93.6
100 95.0 95.4 93.6 95.0 95.4 94.1
125 95.0 95.4 94.1 95.0 95.4 95.0
150 95.4 95.8 94.1 95.8 95.8 95.0
200 95.4 95.8 95.0 95.8 96.2 95.4

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 183


0RWRU(IÀFLHQF\
Ratings
European Motor Efficiencies 50Hz
Efficiency Classes of IE1, IE2, and IE3 motors
Motor IE1, 50Hz IE2, 50HZ IE3, 50Hz
Power
[kW] 2 pole 4 pole 6 pole 2 pole 4 pole 6 pole 2 pole 4 pole 6 pole

0.75        82.5 
1.1     81.4   84.1 81.0
1.5    81.3 82.8  84.2 85.3 82.5
2.2    83.2 84.3 81.8 85.9  84.3
3.0 81.5 81.5  84.6 85.5 83.3   85.6
4.0 83.1 83.1 81.4 85.8 86.6 84.6 88.1 88.6 86.8
5.5   83.1   86.0 89.2 89.6 88.0
7.5 86.0 86.0  88.1   90.1 90.4 89.1
11   86.4 89.4 89.8  91.2 91.4 90.3
15    90.3 90.6  91.9 92.1 91.2
18.5 89.3 89.3 88.6 90.9 91.2 90.4 92.4 92.6 
22 89.9 89.9 89.2 91.3 91.6 90.9  93.0 92.2
30   90.2 92.0 92.3  93.3 93.6 92.9
37 91.2 91.2 90.8 92.5  92.2  93.9 93.3
45   91.4 92.9 93.1  94.0 94.2 
55 92.1 92.1 91.9 93.2 93.5 93.1 94.3 94.6 94.1
75   92.6 93.8 94.0   95.0 94.6
90 93.0 93.0 92.9 94.1 94.2 94.0 95.0 95.2 94.9
110 93.3 93.3 93.3 94.3 94.5 94.3 95.2 95.4 95.1
132 93.5 93.5 93.5 94.6  94.6 95.4 95.6 95.4
160 93.8 93.8 93.8 94.8 94.9 94.8 95.6 95.8 95.6
200-375 94.0 94.0 94.0 95.0 95.1 95.0 95.8 96.0 95.8
Efficiency classes for 50Hz in accordance with IEC 60034-30:2008
MOTORS

184 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


0RWRU(IÀFLHQF\
Ratings
European Motor Efficiencies 60Hz
Efficiency Classes of IE1, IE2, and IE3 motors
Motor IE1, 60Hz IE2, 60HZ IE3, 60Hz
Power
[kW] 2 pole 4 pole 6 pole 2 pole 4 pole 6 pole 2 pole 4 pole 6 pole
0.75     82.5 80.0  85.5 82.5
1.1    82.5 84.0 85.5 84.0 86.5 
1.5 81.0 81.5  84.0 84.0 86.5 85.5 86.5 88.5
2.2 81.5 83.0  85.5   86.5 89.5 89.5
3.7 84.5 85.0 83.5    88.5 89.5 89.5
5.5 86.0  85.0 88.5 89.5 89.5 89.5  91.0
7.5   86.0 89.5 89.5 89.5 90.2  91.0
11  88.5 89.0 90.2 91.0 90.2 91.0 92.4 
15 88.5 89.5 89.5 90.2 91.0 90.2 91.0 93.0 
18.5 89.5 90.5 90.2 91.0 92.4   93.6 93.0
22 89.5 91.0 91.0 91.0 92.4   93.6 93.0
30 90.2    93.0 93.0 92.4 94.1 94.1
37 91.5 92.4  92.4 93.0 93.0 93.0 94.5 94.1
45  93.0  93.0 93.6 93.6 93.6 95.0 94.5
55 92.4 93.0 92.1 93.0 94.1 93.6 93.6 95.4 94.5
75 93.0 93.2 93.0 93.6 94.5 94.1 94.1 95.4 95.0
90 93.0 93.2 93.0 94.5 94.5 94.1 95.0 95.4 95.0
110 93.0 93.5 94.1 94.5 95.0 95.0 95.0 95.8 95.8
150 94.1 94.5 94.1 95.0 95.0 95.0 95.4 96.2 95.8
185-375 94.1 94.5 94.1 95.4 95.4 95.0 95.8 96.2 95.8
Efficiency classes for 60Hz in accordance with IEC 60030-30:2008

MOTORS

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 185


Notes
MOTORS

186 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


Motor Dimensions

Motors
Dimensions L

t*( ' *('0QUJPO


Motor Dimensions
t*( ' *('0QUJPO
Brakemotor Dimensions
t)3 .4%JNFOTJPOT
t.(%JNFOTJPOT ML

t8& 3% 3%%


Motor Dimensions
t8& 3% 3%%
Brakemotor Dimensions
t$POEVJU#PY ML hS AD
Cable Entry Dimensions
t$POOFDUJPO%JBHSBNT

4.13
ØAS
RD M16 x 1.5 mm to 1/2” NPT
3.74
m
ML hS AD

4.13
ØAS

n RD M16 x 1.5 mm to 1/2” NPT


3.74
m

www.nord.com
Frames 63-132
230 / 460V, 60Hz, 3Ø 200 / 400V, 50Hz, 3Ø
190 / 380V, 60Hz, 3Ø
120094410
MG
ML
WIRING DIAGRAM
3 PHASE MOTOR
T4 T5 T6
Y

T7 T8 T9
T1 T2 T3
Ød1

L1 L2 L3

High Voltage

T4 T5 T6

T7 T8 T9
YY
T1 T2 T3
L1 L2 L3
Low Voltage


IG, F, IGF Option
Motor Dimensions
L

Motor

ML

Option IG
Incremental
Encoder

ML hS AD

Option F

4.13
Forced ØAS

Cooling Fan
RD M16 x 1.5 mm to 1/2” NPT
3.74
m
ML hS AD

Option IG F
Incremental

4.13
ØAS

Encoder &
Forced
Cooliong Fan RD M16 x 1.5 mm to 1/2” NPT
3.74
m

Motor Efficiency IG F IG F
Frame
MOTORS

Size SE EE PE ML ML AS hS AD m ML AS hS AD m
63 S/L  3.46 5.24 1.46 4.49 4.21 6.22 5.24 1.46 4.49 4.21
71 S/L 2.20 3.50 5.91 1.46 4.84 4.21  5.91 1.46 4.84 4.21
80 S/L SH/LH LP 2.40 3.54 6.69  5.20 4.21 5.51 6.69  5.20 4.21
90 S/L SH/LH SP/LP 2.83 4.09  1.18 5.59 4.61   1.18 5.59 4.61
100 L/LA LH/AH LP/AP    1.10 5.94 4.61 6.10  1.10 5.94 4.61
112 SH/LH 2.68 3.90 9.80 1.30 6.42 4.61  9.80 1.30 6.42 4.61
112 M MH MP 2.68 3.90 9.80 1.30 6.42 4.61  9.80 1.30 6.42 4.61
132 S/M/LA SH/MH SP/MP 2.48 4.53 11.81 0.98  5.00 11.81 0.98  5.00
160 M/L SH/MH MP  5.91 13.31 1.26 8.25 5.00 13.31 1.26 8.25 5.00
160 LH LP   13.31 1.26 8.25 5.00 13.31 1.26 8.25 5.00
180 MX  5.91 13.31 1.26 8.25 5.00 13.31 1.26 8.25 5.00
180 LX   13.31 1.26 8.25 5.00 13.31 1.26 8.25 5.00
180 MH/LH MP/PL  6.02 13.31 1.26 8.25 5.00 13.31 1.26 8.25 5.00
* Not available with NEMA dimensioned motors.

188 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


IG, F, IGF Option
Brakemotor Dimensions
L

BRE
Motor

ML

Option IG
Incremental
Encoder

ML hS AD

Option F

4.13
Forced ØAS

Cooling Fan
RD M16 x 1.5 mm to 1/2” NPT
3.74
m
ML hS AD

Option IG F
Incremental

4.13
Encoder &
ØAS

Forced
Cooliong Fan RD M16 x 1.5 mm to 1/2” NPT
3.74
m

Motor Efficiency IG F IG F
Frame

MOTORS
Size SE EE PE ML ML AS hS AD m ML AS hS AD m
63 S/L 2.44 3.54 5.24 1.46 4.49 4.21 4.92 5.24 1.46 4.49 4.21
71 S/L 2.91  5.91 1.46 4.84 4.21  5.91 1.46 4.84 4.21
80 S/L SH/LH LP 2.24 3.54 6.69  5.20 4.21 5.51 6.69  5.20 4.21
90 S/L SH/LH SP/LP  3.94  1.18 5.59 4.61   1.18 5.59 4.61
100 L/LA LH/AH LP/AP  4.13  1.10 5.94 4.61 5.51  1.10 5.94 4.61
112 SH/LH 2.52 4.13 9.80 1.30 6.42 4.61 5.51 9.80 1.30 6.42 4.61
112 M MH MP 2.52 4.13 9.80 1.30 6.42 4.61 5.51 9.80 1.30 6.42 4.61
132 S/M/LA SH/MH SP/MP 2.56 4.92 11.81 0.98  5.00 11.81 0.98  5.00
160 M/L SH/MH MP   13.31 1.26 8.25 5.00 13.31 1.26 8.25 5.00
160 LH LP   13.31 1.26 8.25 5.00 13.31 1.26 8.25 5.00
180 MX   13.31 1.26 8.25 5.00 13.31 1.26 8.25 5.00
180 LX   13.31 1.26 8.25 5.00 13.31 1.26 8.25 5.00
180 MH/LH MP/PL   13.31 1.26 8.25 5.00 13.31 1.26 8.25 5.00
* Not available with NEMA dimensioned motors.

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 189


HR, MS Option
Dimensions
ML LL 1.81

AD
Ød1
Option HR Option MS

Standard Motor
Motor Efficiency HR MS
Frame
Size SE EE PE ML d1 LL AD
63 S/L - - 1.54 3.94 4.49 5.51
71 S/L - -  3.94 4.49 
80 S/L SH/LH LP 1.93 3.94 4.49 6.22
90 S (B3) - - 1.65 6.30 4.49 6.42
90 S/L SH/LH SP/LP 2.64 6.30 4.49 6.42
100 L/LA LH/AH LP/AP 2.99 6.30 4.49 6.85
112 - SH/LH - 2.91 6.30 4.49 
112 M MH MP 2.91 6.30 4.49 
132 S (B3) - - 3.19  4.80 8.03
132 S/M/LA SH/MH SP/MP 4.69  4.80 8.03
160 M/L SH/MH MP 5.59 12.40 - -
160 - LH LP 5.59 12.40 - -
180 MX - - 5.59 12.40 - -
180 LX - - 5.59 12.40 - -
180 - MH/LH MP/PL 5.59 12.40 - -
* Not available with NEMA dimensioned motors.

Brakemotor
MOTORS

Motor Efficiency HR MS
Frame
Size SE EE PE ML d1 LL AD
63 S/L - - 1.69 3.94 4.49 5.51
71 S/L - - 1.69 3.94 4.49 
80 S/L SH/LH LP  3.94 4.49 6.22
90 S (B3) - - 1.30 6.30 4.49 6.42
90 S/L SH/LH SP/LP 2.28 6.30 4.49 6.42
100 L/LA LH/AH LP/AP 3.15 6.30 4.49 6.85
112 - SH/LH - 3.03 6.30 4.49 
112 M MH MP 3.03 6.30 4.49 
132 S (B3) - -   4.80 8.03
132 S/M/LA SH/MH SP/MP   4.80 8.03
160 M/L SH/MH MP 5.59 12.40 - -
160 - LH LP 5.59 12.40 - -
180 MX - - 5.59 12.40 - -
180 LX - - 5.59 12.40 - -
180 - MH/LH MP/PL 5.59 12.40 - -
* Not available with NEMA dimensioned motors.

190 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


MG Option
Dimensions

MG MLS

Option MG

MG With Cover

MG MLS

Option MG BRE

Brakemotor
MG With Cover

MOTORS
Motor Efficiency MG BRE + MG
Frame
Size SE EE PE MG MLS BRE + MG BRE + MLS
63 S/L - - 0.43  0.59 1.02
71 S/L - -  0.91  1.10
80 S/L SH/LH LP 0.39   0.83
90 S/L SH/LH SP/LP 0.55 0.91 0.51 
100 L/LA LH/AH LP/AP 0.51 0.83 0.51 
112 - SH/LH -  0.83 0.51 
112 M MH MP  0.83 0.51 0.83
132 S/M/MA SH/MH SP/MP 0.39 0.83 0.35 
160 M/L SH/MH/LH MP/LP
Available on Request
180 - MH/LH MP/LP

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 191


WE, RD, RDD Option
Motor Dimensions

FW EA DS DO

Standard EC GC

ØDA
Motor

ØAO
ØAS
FA
WE DC RD RDD
MOTORS

Motor Efficiency WE RD RDD


Frame
Size SE EE PE DA GC CW EA FW DC EC FA ØAS DS ØAO DO
[mm] [in]
63 S/L - - 11 12.5 23 23 0 M4 16 4 4.84 0.43 6.02 1.06
71 S/L - - 11 12.5 24 23 1 M4 16 4 5.43 0.43 6.65 0.94
80 S/L SH/LH LP 14 16.0 33 30 3 M5 20 5 6.14 0.59  1.22
90 S/L SH/LH SP/LP 19 21.5  40  M6 32 6 6.93 0.59  1.22
100 L/LA LH/AH LP/AP 24  56 50 6 M8 40 8  0.59 8.86 1.10
112 - SH/LH - 24  54 50 4 M8 40 8 8.58 0.59 10.43 1.50
112 M MH MP 24  54 50 4 M8 40 8 8.58 0.59 10.16 1.50
132 S/M/LA SH/MH SP/MP 32 35.0 90 80 10 M12  10 10.12  12.51 1.61
160 M/L SH/MH MP 42 45.0 119 110 9 M16 90 12 12.20  14.45 
160 - LH LP 42 45.0 119 110 9 M16 90 12 12.20  14.45 
180 MX - - 42 45.0 119 110 9 M16 90 12 12.20  14.45 
180 LX - - 42 45.0 119 110 9 M16 90 12 12.20  14.45 
180 - MH/LH MP/PL 48 51.5 119 110 9 M16 100 14    

192 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


WE, RD, RDD Option
Brakemotor Dimensions

FW EA DS DO

Standard EC GC

ØDA
BRE Motor

ØAS

ØAO
FA
WE DC RD RDD

MOTORS
Motor Efficiency WE RD RDD
Frame
Size SE EE PE DA GC CW EA FW DC EC FA ØAS DS ØAO DO
[mm] [in]
63 S/L - - 11 12.5  23 4 M4 16 4 4.84 0.43 6.02 1.06
71 S/L - - 11 12.5  23 4 M4 16 4 5.43 0.43 6.65 0.94
80 S/L SH/LH LP 14 16.0 34 30 4 M5 20 5 6.14 0.59  1.22
90 S/L SH/LH SP/LP 19 21.5 48 40 8 M6 32 6 6.93 0.59  1.22
100 L/LA LH/AH LP/AP 24  60 50 10 M8 40 8  0.59 8.86 1.10
112 - SH/LH - 24   50  M8 40 8 8.58 0.59 10.43 1.50
112 M MH MP 24   50  M8 40 8 8.58 0.59 10.16 1.50
132 S/M/LA SH/MH SP/MP 32 35.0 90 80 10 M12  10 10.12  12.51 1.61
160 M/L SH/MH MP 42 45.0 119 110 9 M16 90 12 12.20  14.45 
160 - LH LP 42 45.0 119 110 9 M16 90 12 12.20  14.45 
180 MX - - 42 45.0 119 110 9 M16 90 12 12.20  14.45 
180 LX - - 42 45.0 119 110 9 M16 90 12 12.20  14.45 
180 - MH/LH MP/PL 48 51.5 119 110 9 M16 100 14    

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 193


Dimensions
Conduit Box & Cable Entry

LL
AD

AG

Motor Efficiency Conduit Box & Cable Entry


Frame
Size
SE EE PE AD AG LL O Conduit Adapter
63 S/L - - 4.53 3.94 3.94 .9 /15
71 S/L - - 4.88 3.94 3.94 .9 /15
80 S/L SH/LH LP 5.59 4.49 4.49 .9 /15
90 S/L SH/LH SP/LP  4.49 4.49 .9 /15
100 L/LA LH/AH LP/AP 6.65 4.49 4.49 .9 /15
112 - SH/LH -  4.49 4.49 .9 /15
112 M MH MP  4.49 4.49 .9 /15
132 S/M/LA SH/MH SP/MP 8.03 4.80 4.80 .9 /15
160 M/L SH/MH MP 9.53   .9 /15
160 LH LP 9.53   .9 /15
MOTORS

180 MX - - 9.53   .9 /15


180 LX - - 9.53   .9 /15
180 - MH/LH MP/PL 10.20   .9 /15

Brakemotor Efficiency Conduit Box & Cable Entry


Frame
Size
SE EE PE AD AG LL O Conduit Adapter
63 S/L - - 4.84 3.50 5.28 .9 /15
71 S/L - - 5.20 3.50 5.28 .9 /15
80 S/L SH/LH LP 5.59 4.25 6.02 .9 /15
90 S/L SH/LH SP/LP  4.25 6.02 .9 /15
100 L/LA LH/AH LP/AP  4.25 6.02 .9 /15
112 - SH/LH -  4.25 6.02 .9 /15
112 M MH MP  4.25 6.02 .9 /15
132 S/M/LA SH/MH SP/MP    .9 /15
160 M/L SH/MH MP 9.53   .9 /15
160 - LH LP 9.53   .9 /15
180 MX - - 9.53   .9 /15
180 LX - - 9.53   .9 /15
180 - MH/LH MP/PL 10.20   .9 /15

194 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


Connection Diagrams
Connection Diagrams
NORD Frames 63-225 NORD mfg by Siemens - Frames 200 + NORD mfg by Siemens - Frames 200 +
230 / 460V, 60Hz, 3Ø 200 / 400V, 50Hz, 3Ø 230 / 460V, 60Hz, 3Ø 200 / 400V, 50Hz, 3Ø 230 / 460V, 60Hz, 3Ø 200 / 400V, 50Hz, 3Ø
190 / 380V, 60Hz, 3Ø 190 / 380V, 60Hz, 3Ø
120094410

WIRING DIAGRAM WIRING DIAGRAM WIRING DIAGRAM


3 PHASE MOTOR 3 PHASE MOTOR 3 PHASE MOTOR
high voltage L2 Y high voltage L1 L2 L3
T4 T5 T6
Y
U1 T1 V1 T2 W1 T3 T2 (V1)
L1 L3 T1 (U1) T3 (W1)
T7 T8 T9
V2 T5 V5 T8 T8 (V3) T5 (V2)
T1 T2 T3
U2 T4 U5 T7 T7 (U3) T4 (U2)
L1 L2 L3
W2 T6 W5 T9 T9 (W3) T6 (W2)
Y
High Voltage

low voltage L2 YY low voltage L1 L2 L3


T4 T5 T6
V1 T2 T1 (U1) T2 (V1) T3 (W1)
U1 T1 W1 T3
T7 T8 T9 L1 L3
V2 T5 V5 T8 T8 (V3) T5 (V2)
YY
T1 T2 T3 U2 T4 U5 T7 T7 (U3) T4 (U2)

L1 L2 L3 W2 T6 W5 T9 T9 (W3) T6 (W2) YY
Low Voltage *JUMPER WIRES NEEDED

NORD Frames 63 - 225


460 / 800V, 60Hz, 3Ø 230 / 400V, 50Hz, 3Ø
208 / 360V, 60Hz, 3Ø 400 / 690V, 50Hz, 3Ø NORD - 2 - SPEED MOTORS NORD - 2 - SPEED MOTORS
332 / 575V, 60Hz, 3Ø SINGLE WINDING (4-2 & 8-4 POLE) DUAL WINDING (8-2 POLE)

L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3
WIRING DIAGRAM
3 PHASE MOTOR T4 T5 T6
2 - SPEED MOTORS

T4 T5 T6

2 - SPEED MOTORS
2U 2V 2W 2U 2V 2W
SINGLE WINDING

DUAL WINDING
Y HIGH SPEED HIGH SPEED
T1 1U T2 1V T3 1W
T1 T2 T3
T6 T4 T5 1U 1V 1W
W2 U2 V2

MOTORS
T1 T2 T3
U1 V1 W1
high voltage L1 L2 L3 T4 T5 T6 T4 T5 T6
2U 2V 2W 2U 2V 2W

LOW SPEED LOW SPEED


T6 T4 T5 T1 1U T2 1V T3 1W
W2 U2 V2 T1 T2 T3
1U 1V 1W

T1 T2 T3
L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3
U1 V1 W1 Customer Supplied
low voltage L1 L2 L3 Starter Contacts

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 195


Connection Diagrams
Connection Diagrams

FROM MOTOR
TERMINAL
BLOCK * MAX. OPERATING FROM MOTOR
TERMINAL
BLOCK
* NC (NORMALLY CLOSED)
VOLTAGE 2.5V. * CONTACTS RATED 1.6A
* SWITCH TEMP. AT 2.50 VAC
155°C * 6-500 VAC
* RESPONSE TIME WORKING RANGE
TO
TO < 5 SECONDS CONTROL * AUTOMATIC RESET AT
CONTROL
DEVICE
DEVICE 30 ± 15°C TEMP. DROP

THERMISTOR THERMISTATS
120095240

120095230
“TF” OPTION “TW” OPTION

OPTION “F” 1 PH OPTION “F” 3 PH

380-575V
50 / 60 Hz
1 PHASE
115V* 230V
50/60 Hz 50 / 60 Hz

220-332V
50 / 60 Hz

* CAPACITOR IS SUPPLIED * CAPACITOR IS SUPPLIED


120095450

120095250
BLOWER COOLING FAN BLOWER COOLING FAN
“FC” OPTION “F” OPTION
MOTORS

TERMINAL
FROM MOTOR BLOCK

TO
CONTROL
DEVICE

SPACE HEATER
120095220

“SH” OPTION

196 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


Brakes

Brakes
t0QFSBUJPO
t4FMFDUJPO5PSRVF
t.FDIBOJDBM0QUJPOT
t3FDUJmFST
t4FMFDUJPO1FSGPSNBODF
t$POOFDUJPO%JBHSBNT

www.nord.com

G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 


General
Information
Motor Brake (Option BRE)
5IFTUBOEBSE/03%NPUPSCSBLFJTTQSJOHTFUXIFO
QPXFSJTSFNPWFEGSPNUIF#3&DJSDVJU QPXFSPGG 
5IFCSBLFDPJMVUJMJ[FTB%$WPMUBHFTVQQMJFEUISPVHI
a rectified power source.

Advantages
t &BDI /03% NPUPS GSBNF TJ[F IBT B OVNCFS PG
brake sizes available, with different torque capacities.
t #SBLFUPSRVFBEKVTUNFOUTBSFQPTTJCMFCZDIBOHJOH
the brake spring combinations. In addition, brake
 TJ[FT GSPN  /N  MCGU  BSF UZQJDBMMZ
supplied with an additional spanner-nut adjust-
ment on the back of the brake.
t /03% CSBLFT QSPWJEF B IJHI EFHSFF PG TBGFUZ
because when power is removed the brake will Brake Selection
automatically set to hold the load. 5IF TFMFDUJPO PG B NPUPS CSBLF TZTUFN JT CSPLFO
t 5IF CSBLF SPUPS PS CSBLF EJTD JT FOWJSPONFOUBMMZ EPXOJOUPmWFQIBTFT5IFTFMFDUJPOPGUIFCSBLJOH
safe and asbestos-free. UPSRVF  UIF TFMFDUJPO PG UIF CSBLJOH UJNFT SFMFBTF
times and setting times), the selection of the elec-
t 5IF DPOOFDUJPO CFUXFFO UIF SFDUJmFS BOE UIF trical supply and connection, the selection of brake
brake coil is completed at the factory and the options, and the final phase is the verification of the
brake air-gap is factory-set but can be adjusted in permissible brake work.
the event of wear.
Each NORD motor may be supplied with a number of
Basic Brake Operation brake torque sizes. Each brake may be adjusted to
5IF TUBOEBSE /03% NPUPS CSBLF JT iTQSJOH TFUw EJGGFSFOUCSBLFUPSRVFWBMVFT QBHFT199 - 200)
When power is removed and the brake is de-ener-
HJ[FE QPXFSPGG  UIF CSBLF TQSJOHT FYFSU B GPSDF Selection steps
against the armature plate in turn preventing the  #SBLFUPSRVFTFMFDUJPO QBHF199)
CSBLFSPUPS PSCSBLFEJTD GSPNSPUBUJOH8IFOUIF
 #SBLFUJNFTFMFDUSJDBMTFMFDUJPO QBHF201)
CSBLFDPJMJTFOFSHJ[FE QPXFSPO BNBHOFUJDmFME
pulls the armature plate across the air gap to the 3) Electrical supply and connection
BRAKES

brake casing, which releases the brake rotor and al-  QBHF202 & 224-234)
lows the motor shaft to rotate.  #SBLFPQUJPOT QBHF205)
NORD brakes are DC voltage brakes and in most in-  #SBLFXPSLWFSJmDBUJPO QBHF223)
stances are supplied with a motor mounted brake
rectifier for easy connections to AC power. AC pow-
er is taken directly form the power line or from the
terminal block of the motor and converted to DC by
the supplied rectifier.

IMPORTANT NOTE
If the motor is connected to a frequency inverter,
soft start, or is a two-speed motor, the AC power
must be supplied separately to the brake rectifier.

198 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


Brake Torque
Selection
Brake Torque Selection General Selection Considerations
Each NORD motor size has a number of brake torque NORD relies on the equipment builder to specify
sizes available. The BRE value in the table below is appropriate brake sizing for their application, while
the standard brake torque size for each motor. giving consideration to the following:

Example for ordering: SK 32 - S/4 BRE10 • For most applications, we advise sizing the brake
to 1.5 - 2 times the motor rated torque.
(BRE 10 indicates a brake torque size of 10 Nm) • For vertical applications, it may be advisable to size
the brake size up to 3 times the motor rated
CAUTIONS torque.
• For some applications, it may be necessary to specify
• BRE800 and BRE1200 brakes may only be con- a reduced brake torque setting to prevent excess-
trolled with a fast reaction rectifier (overexcitation), ive peak load conditions developed at the reducer
the maximum permissable nominal currents of the output.
rectifier must be considered! • On travel drive applications, excessive brake
torque may lead to wheel skid; in addition on
crane applications excess hoist-cable swing can
result.

Motor Size & Efficiency Brake Size and Torque


Frame SE EE PE BRE5 BRE10 BRE20 BRE40 BRE60 BRE100 BRE150 BRE250 BRE400 BRE800 BRE1200
Size Nm 5 10 20 40 60 100 150 250 400 800 1200
lb-in 44 89 177 354 531 885 1328 2213 3540 7080 10620
lb-ft 3.7 7.4 14.8 29.5 44.3 73.8 111 184 295 590 885
63 S/L Std. Opt. * #
71 S/L Std. Opt. *
80 S SH Std. Opt. Opt. *
80 L LH LP Opt. Std. Opt. *
90 S SH SP Opt. Std. Opt.
90 L LH LP Opt. Std. Opt.
100 L LH LP Std. Opt. Opt. #
100 LA AH AP Opt. Std. Opt. #
112 SH Opt. Std. Opt.
112 M MH MP Opt. Opt. Std.

BRAKES
132 S SH SP Std. Opt. Opt. *
132 M MH MP Opt. Std. Opt. *
132 MA Opt. Opt. Std. *
160 SH Opt. Std. Opt.
160 M MH MP Opt. Std. Opt.
160 L LH LP Opt. Opt. Std.
180 MX Opt. Std.
180 LX Opt. Std.
180 MH MP Std. Opt.
180 LH LP Std. Opt.
200 LX XH Opt. Std.
200 L Opt. Std.
225 S SH Std. Opt. *2)
250 M MH Opt. Std. *2)
280 S SH Std. *2) Opt. *3)
280 M MH Std. *2) Opt. *3)
kg 2 3 5.5 7 10 16 22 32 50 80 100
Weight
lb 4.4 6.6 12.1 15.4 22 35 49 71 110 176 220
kg-m2 x 10-3 0.015 0.045 0.153 0.45 0.86 1.22 2.85 6.65 19.5 39 39
Inertia
lb-ft2 x 10-3 0.356 1.068 3.63 10.68 20.4 29.0 67.6 158 463 925 925
2)
* IP66 brake not possible When used as a stopping brake, evaluation is essential. Std - Standard Offering
3)
# Manual brake release option not possible Designed as a holding brake or emergency stop only. Opt - Optional Offering

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 199


Brake Torque
Selection

CAUTIONS
t #SBLFUPSRVF5IFCSBLFUPSRVFJTNFBTVSFEXJUIBNFBOGSJDUJPOSBEJVTPGUIFCSBLFQBETVSGBDFXJUIB
DJSDVNGFSFOUJBMTQFFEPGNTFD GQN 
t #SBLFUPSRVFUPMFSBODF For different applications and operating conditions, brake torque can vary from
DPNQBSFEUPUIFSBUFECSBLFUPSRVF
t )PJTUJOH MJGUJOHMPXFSJOH BQQMJDBUJPOTNVTUIBWFUIFCSBLFXJSFEGPSGBTUSFTQPOTF %$TXJUDIJOH 
t *OJUJBMPQFSBUJPOXFBSJOQFSJPE*OOFXDPOEJUJPO UIFCSBLFXJMMIBWFBSFEVDFEUPSRVFPGVQUP
*OPSEFSUPBDIJFWFGVMMSBUFECSBLFUPSRVF BTIPSUSVOJOQFSJPEJTSFRVJSFE5IFSVOJOUJNFXJMMWBSZ
depending on system loads.
t The brake rotor or brake pad - must be protected against foreign matter, oil and grease. Contaminants of
this type can greatly influence wear and reduce breaking torque.

Brake Torque Adjustment Spanner Nut Adjustment


“Brake Size" Torque Max. Minimum
Brake torque adjustments are possible by chang-
Reduction* Turns Torque“
ing the brake spring combinations or by removing
springs. [Nm] [lb-ft] [Nm] [lb-ft]
BRE 5 0.2 0.15 6 0.8 0.59
Brake Torque Reduction - Spring Removal
BRE10 0.2 0.15 12 1.6 1.18
"Brake Size" 7 Springs 5 Springs 3 Springs BRE20 0.3 0.22 12 4.4 3.25
[Nm] [lb-ft] [Nm] [lb-ft] [Nm] [lb-ft] BRE40 1  9 8.0 5.90
BRE 5 5  3.5 2.6 2 1.5
“ With the minimum number of springs and
BRE10 10   5.2 4 3.0 maximum number of turns to the spanner nut.
BRE20 20 14.8 14 10.3 8 5.9 * Per each turn of the spanner nut
BRE40 40 29.5 28   12.5
BRE60 60 44.3 43  26 19.2
*O BEEJUJPO  CSBLF TJ[FT GSPN  /N  MCGU 
are typically supplied with a threaded adjustment nut
BRE100 100   51.6 42 31.0
or spanner nut. Additional fine torque adjustment
BRE150 150 111   65  can be made by unscrewing the spanner nut a num-
"Brake Size" 8 Springs 6 Springs 4 Springs CFSPGUVSOTPSiDMJDLTwXJUIBTQBOOFSXSFODI
[Nm] [lb-ft] [Nm] [lb-ft] [Nm] [lb-ft]
BRAKES

BRE250 250 184  138 125 92


BRE400 400 295 300 221 200 148
BRE800 800 590 600 443 400 295
BRE1200 1200 885 900 664 600 443

When adjusting the brake torque, start by removing


the outer springs at opposite corners to prevent un-
even brake wear.

0O CSBLF TJ[FT  /N  MCGU  GVMM CSBLF


UPSRVF JT BDIJFWFE XJUI BMM   TQSJOHT 5IF CSBLF
springs are placed in such a manner where there are
 JOOFSBOE  PVUFSTQSJOHT

0OCSBLFTJ[FT/N MCGU GVMMCSBLF


UPSRVF JT BDIJFWFE XJUI BMM   TQSJOHT 5IF CSBLF
springs are placed in such a manner where there are
 JOOFSBOE  PVUFSTQSJOHT

200 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


Brake Times &
Electrical Selection
Brake Times & Electrical Selection Selection Sugestions
Brake timing performance is critical in selecting the When Fast or Very Fast Stopping is Recommended
optimal brake system. NORD brakes can provide ex-
Any applications that require quick stops and positive
DFQUJPOBMQFSGPSNBODFJOUFSNTPGUIFSFMFBTF TUBSU 
action at stand-still.
UJNFTBOEFOHBHFNFOU TUPQ UJNFT6TFUIFGPMMPX-
ing guidelines in order to select the correct brake con-
Recommended Applications
trol components and connections.
t DPOWFZPSTBOEJODMJOFEDPOWFZPST
1) Determine if the brake needs to be wired directly t IPJTUTBOEMJGUT
from the motor terminal block or powered by a t CVMLNBUFSJBMIBOEMJOHFRVJQNFOU
separate source.  CVDLFUFMFWBUPST JEMFSDPOWFZPST 
- If you are using a frequency inverter, soft-start or
a two speed motor you will need to supply the CAUTIONS
rectifier from.
t Hoisting (lifting/lowering) applications - must
- If the motor is powered direct across-the-line the have the brake wired for fast response.
rectifier power can be supplied from the motor’s
terminal block.
When Fast-Release is Recommended (Overexcitation)
2)8IBUUZQFPGQFSGPSNBODFEP*OFFE Any application that is very high-cycling with fre-
  *TUIFTUBOEBSECSBLFQFSGPSNBODF0, RVFOUTUBSUTBOETUPQT5IFTFBQQMJDBUJPOTSFRVJSFUIF
brake to release very-quickly in order to avoid exces-
- Is a higher performance required for fast brake sive heat build-up in the AC motor and brake coil.
  SFMFBTFPSWFSZGBTUCSBLFTUPQQJOH
Recommended Applications
3) Determine the brake supply voltage and check the
rectifier compatibility table on 202 t *OEFYDPOWFZPST
t %JWFSUFST
t 4UPSBHFBOESFUSJFWBMDSBOFTZTUFNT

Power Source Brake Release Brake engagement Braking Method Rectifier


(start) (stop) *

Standard 4UBOEBSE "$TXJUDIJOH 10 (7&()&(6&

BRAKES
Standard 'BTU %$TXJUDIJOH 15 (7&()&(6&
Motor
Standard 7FSZ'BTU 3FEVDFEQPXFSIPMEJOH 40 GPE/PMG
Terminal Block
'BTU 0WFSFYDJUBUJPO 4UBOEBSE "$TXJUDIJOH 30 GPE/PMG

'BTU 0WFSFYDJUBUJPO 'BTU %$TXJUDIJOH 35 GPE/PMG

Standard 4UBOEBSE "$TXJUDIJOH 20 (7&()&(6&

Standard 'BTU %$TXJUDIJOH 25 (7&()&(6&


Separate
Standard 7FSZ'BTU 3FEVDFEQPXFSIPMEJOH 55 (161.(
Power Source
'BTU 0WFSFYDJUBUJPO 4UBOEBSE "$TXJUDIJOH 45 (161.(

'BTU 0WFSFYDJUBUJPO 'BTU %$TXJUDIJOH 50 (161.(


* Braking methods referenced in connection diagrams on pages 224 - 226
Rectifier Styles
GV - 'VMM8BWF3FDUJmFS #SJEHF GPE - Hybrid Rectifier, Full wave then switches to half wave.
GH - Half Wave Rectifier PMG - Hybrid Rectifier, Full wave then switches to half wave.
GU - Combo Rectifier, Can be connected full or half wave GPU - Hybrid Rectifier, Full wave, then switches to half wave.
Has integrated DC Switching via voltage sensing.

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 201


Electrical
Selection
Brake Rectifier Compatability
Supply Coil Braking Rectifier Rectifier

BRE 5

BRE 10

BRE 20

BRE 40

BRE 60

BRE 100

BRE 150

BRE 250

BRE 400

BRE 800

BRE 1200
Voltage Voltage Method Type P/N
(VAC) (VDC)

115 105 20 GVE20L 19141000 X X X X X X X


(105-120) 105 25 GVE20L 19141000 X X X X X X X
208 105 10 GHE40L 19141010 X X X X X X X
(200-208) 180 10 GVE20L 19141000 X X X X X X X X X
105 15 GHE40L 19141010 X X X X X X X
180 15 GVE20L 19141000 X X X X X X X X X
105 20 GHE40L 19141010 X X X X X X X
180 20 GVE20L 19141000 X X X X X X X X X
105 25 GHE40L 19141010 X X X X X X X
180 25 GVE20L 19141000 X X X X X X X X X
105 30 GPE20L 19140230 X X X X
105 30 PMG500 19140200 X X X X X X X
105 35 GPE20L 19140230 X X X X
105 35 PMG500 19140200 X X X X X X X
180 40 GPE20L 19140230 X X X X X X X
180 40 PMG500 19140200 X X X X
105 45 GPU20L 19140090 X X X X
105 45 PMG500 19140200 X X X X X X X
105 50 GPU20L 19140090 X X X X
105 50 PMG500 19140200 X X X X X X X
180 55 GPU20L 19140090 X X X X X X X
180 55 PMG500 19140200 X X X X
230 105 10 GHE40L 19141010 X X X X X X X
(220-240) 205 10 GVE20L 19141000 X X X X X X X X X
105 15 GHE40L 19141010 X X X X X X X
205 15 GVE20L 19141000 X X X X X X X X X
BRAKES

105 20 GHE40L 19141010 X X X X X X X


205 20 GUE40V 19140300 X X X X X X X
205 20 GVE20L 19141000 X X X X X X X X X
105 25 GHE40L 19141010 X X X X X X X
205 25 GUE40V 19140300 X X X X X X X
205 25 GVE20L 19141000 X X X X X X X X X
105 30 GPE20L 19140230 X X X X
105 30 PMG500 19140200 X X X X X X X
105 35 GPE20L 19140230 X X X X X X X
105 35 PMG500 19140200 X X X X
205 40 GPE20L 19140230 X X X X X X X
205 40 PMG500 19140200 X X X X
105 45 GPU20L 19140090 X X X X
105 45 PMG500 19140200 X X X X X X X
105 50 GPU20L 19140090 X X X X
105 50 PMG500 19140200 X X X X X X X
205 55 GPU20L 19140090 X X X X X X X
205 55 PMG500 19140200 X X X X

202 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


Electrical
Selection
Brake Rectifier Compatability
Supply Coil Braking Rectifier Rectifier

BRE 5

BRE 10

BRE 20

BRE 40

BRE 60

BRE 100

BRE 150

BRE 250

BRE 400

BRE 800

BRE 1200
Voltage Voltage Method Type P/N
(VAC) (VDC)

332 180 30 GPE40L 19140240 X X X X X X X


180 30 PMG500 19140200 X X X X
180 35 GPE40L 19140240 X X X X X X X
180 35 PMG500 19140200 X X X X
180 45 GPU40L 19140170 X X X X X X X
180 50 GPU40L 19140170 X X X X X X X
400 180 10 GHE40L 19141010 X X X X X X X X X
(380-415) 180 15 GHE40L 19141010 X X X X X X X X X
180 20 GHE40L 19141010 X X X X X X X X X
180 25 GHE40L 19141010 X X X X X X X X X
180 30 GPE40L 19140240 X X X X X X X
180 30 PMG500 19140200 X X X X
180 35 GPE40L 19140240 X X X X X X X
180 35 PMG500 19140200 X X X X
180 45 GPU20L 19140090 X X X X X X X
180 45 PMG500 19140200 X X X X
180 50 GPU20L 19140090 X X X X X X X
180 50 PMG500 19140200 X X X X
460 205 10 GHE40L 19141010 X X X X X X X X X
(440-480) 205 15 GHE40L 19141010 X X X X X X X X X
205 20 GHE40L 19141010 X X X X X X X X X
205 20 GUE40V 19140300 X X X X X X X
205 25 GHE40L 19141010 X X X X X X X X X
205 25 GUE40V 19140300 X X X X X X X
205 30 GPE40L 19140240 X X X X X X X
205 30 PMG500 19140200 X X X X

BRAKES
205 35 GPE40L 19140240 X X X X X X X
205 35 PMG500 19140200 X X X X
205 45 GPU40L 19140170 X X X X X X X
205 45 PMG500 19140200 X X X X
205 50 GPU40L 19140170 X X X X X X X
205 50 PMG500 19140200 X X X X
575 250 10 GHE50L 19141020 X X X X X X X X X
(550-600) 250 15 GHE50L 19141020 X X X X X X X X X
250 20 GHE50L 19141020 X X X X X X X X X
250 25 GHE50L 19141020 X X X X X X X X X

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 203


Brake
Options
Brake Options
Abbreviation Description Page
ADJ Torque Adjustment - Brake torque may be adjusted at the factory 200
DBR Double Brake (2xBRE) - Double brakes are used for redundancy and additional safety 208
FBR Brass Foil - Provides a brass foil in the brake air-gap to provide faster braking times 206
FHL Locking Hand Release Lever - Lockable manual hand release lever 205
HL Hand Release Lever - Manual hand release lever 205
HLH Hand Release Lever with Hole - Hand lever with 5.5mm hole 205
IP66 IP66 Brake Enclosure - Brake with IP66 enclosure 205
IR Current Sensing Relay - Fast brake engagement (stopping) without external control equipment 
MIK Micro-Switch - Brake fitted with a micro-switch for sensing the brake state (released or engaged) 206
NRB1 Quiet Brake Release - An o-ring is placed between the coil body and the armature plate for noise reduction 206
NRB2 Quiet Brake Motor Operation - An o-ring is placed between the carrier hub & the armature plate
to prevent clattering.
206
RG Corrosion Protected Brake - Corrosion protected brake 205
SR Dust & Corrosion Protected Brake - Dust & corrosion protected brake 205
5HFWLÀHU2SWLRQV
Abbreviation Description Page

5HFWLÀHUV Most NORD brakes are provided with a rectifier that converts AC voltage to DC voltage. Rectifiers are
used because most motors are AC powered, but brakes require DC power.
209
G...V 6HDOHG5HFWLÀHU- Rectifiers sealed with an electrically safe resin 209
GP... +LJK3HUIRUPDQFH5HFWLÀHU - Improves brake release and stopping times 209
GU... 'XDO5HFWLÀHU - Full/Half-Wave 209
PMG +LJK3HUIRUPDQFH5HFWLÀHU - Improves brake release & stopping times - High current capacity 218
EBRG 'LJLWDO,QSXW'XDO5HFWLÀHU 220

Brake Nomenclature
BRE – –

Additional Brake Options


BRAKES

Brake Size/Torque Rating


Brake

Ordering Examples
BRE 100 HL RG IR BRE 40 FHL SR
Current Sensing Relay
Corrosion Protected Brake Dust & Corrosion Prot. Brake
Hand Release Lever Locking Hand Release Lever
100 Nm Brake Torque 40 Nm Brake Torque
Brake Brake

Brake, 100 Nm with a hand release lever, corrosion Brake, 40 Nm with a locking hand release lever and
protected brake, and a current sensing relay. dust & corrosion protected brake.

204 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


Brake
Options
Hand Release Lever (HL) Mod Corrosion Protected Brake (RG) Build

5IF IBOE SFMFBTF PQUJPO BMMPXT UIF CSBLF UP CF 5IFCSBLFJTmUUFEXJUIBTUBJOMFTTTUFFMCSBLFQMBUF
manually released without requiring that the brake to provide additional corrosion protection in severe
CF FOFSHJ[FE XJUI WPMUBHF  5IF MFWFS IBT B TQSJOH and wet environments.
return that allows the brake to be hand released and
SFUVSOFE BVUPNBUJDBMMZUPJUTTFUQPTJUJPO5IFIBOE
release lever can be unscrewed for easy removal. Dust & Corrosion Build
Protected Brake (SR)
A rubber-sealing boot is installed on the brake to
provide additional protection in dusty environments.
5IJT GFBUVSF JODMVEFT UIF TUBJOMFTT TUFFM CSBLF QMBUF
3( 

Dust Boot
Stainless Steel
Brake Plate

Locking Hand Release Lever (FHL) Mod

5IJTPQUJPOBMMPXTUIFCSBLFUPCFNBOVBMMZSFMFBTFE
and locked off without requiring voltage to the
CSBLF5IFMPDLNFDIBOJTNQSFWFOUTUIFTQSJOHGSPN
returning the brake to a closed state without manual
BDUJPO CZ UIF VTFS  5IF IBOE SFMFBTF MFWFS DBO CF
unscrewed for easy removal.

IP66 Brake Enclosure (IP66) Build

A sealed brake with IP66 enclosure protection can


BMTPCFQSPWJEFE5IJTCSBLFIBTBEJGGFSFOUNFDIBO-
ical housing that provides a higher degree of protec-
tion against severe environments.

BRAKES
Brake Heating Build

Brakes can be provided with a number of different


heating systems. Contact NORD to discuss the details
Hand Release Lever With Hole (HLH) Build
of your application
5IFIBOESFMFBTFMFWFSTDBOCFQSPWJEFEXJUIBNN
UISPVHI IPMF  5IF IPMF DBO CF VTFE GPS BUUBDIJOH
external pulling devices such as a cord to release the
CSBLFBUBEJTUBODF5IJTPQUJPOJTBWBJMBCMFGPSCSBLF
sizes BRE5 to BRE60.

Hand Release Lever Location


? Required for HL, FHL and HLH
Position 2
Position 1

€Position 1
€Position 2
Position 3

€Position 3
€Position 4 Position 4

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 205


Brake
Options
Quiet Brake Release (NRB1) Build Micro Switch (MIK) Build

5P SFEVDF UIF OPJTF PG UIF CSBLF SFMFBTF  BO PSJOH 5IF NJDSP TXJUDI NPOJUPST UIF SFMFBTF TUBUF PG UIF
can be placed between the brake coil body and the brake and can be wired into external control circuitry
BSNBUVSFQMBUF TUBUJPOBSZEJTD 5IFPSJOHEBNQFOT UP QSPWJEF BEEJUJPOBM TBGFUZ  5IF TXJUDI DBO BMTP
the impact caused by the armature plate hitting the be used to detect certain brake service problems
brake coil body during the release process. When including excessive brake wear.
PSEFSJOH/3# UIF43 %VTU#PPU PQUJPOJTSFRVJSFE
5IF 43 PQUJPO BMTP JODMVEFT UIF 3( TUBJOMFTT TUFFM
corrosion plate.

Quiet Brake Motor Operation (NRB2) Build

Noise due to vibration in the brake components is


possible during motor operation particularly with
variable frequency drive or single phase motor
PQFSBUJPO5PSFEVDFUIJTWJCSBUJPO UIFCSBLFDBOCF
constructed with an o-ring between the brake carrier
IVCBOEUIFCSBLFEJTD5IJTPSJOHXJMMQSFWFOUUIF
clattering caused by the rapid micro speed changes Brass Foil (FBR) Build
in the motor caused by inverter or single phase
operation. NORD brakes can be fitted with a brass foil in be-
tween the armature plate and the brake coil body.
5IFGPJMBDUTBTBNBHOFUJDSFTJTUBODFUPXFBLFOUIF
brake coil’s magnetic attraction to the armature
NRB1 QMBUF5IFXFBLFSNBHOFUJDBUUSBDUJPOCFUXFFOUIF
armature plate and the brake coil will provide faster
CSBLF SFBDUJPO TUPQQJOH  UJNFT  5IF CSBLF SFMFBTF
Dust Boot (SR)
Needed for NRB1 TUBSU  UJNFT XJMM CF JODSFBTFE  5IF CSBTT GPJM JT OPS-
mally used in combination with the fast GP rectifiers
in over excitation mode.
Corrosion Protection (RG)
Included in SR Brass Foil (FBR) Brass Foil (FBR)

NRB2
BRAKES

206 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


Brake
Options
Current Sensing Relay (IR) Mod

The current sensing relay, is used to achieve a fast brake engagement (stopping) without the
use of external control equipment or additional wiring. The relay is mounted directly on the
conduit box, and is powered from the motor’s terminal block. The power leads for the relay
replace one of the brass jumper bars on the terminal block of any single speed motor. The
switch leads are connected to terminals 3 and 4 of the rectifier. When the power to the motor
is shut off, the IR relay opens the brake circuit on the DC side which allows the brake to
de-magnetize quickly.

CAUTIONS
Current Sensing Relay Requirements
n Brake must be powered from the motor’s terminal block (not seperately powered)
n Motor must be single speed and should not be powered by a frequency inverter or soft starter.

Part number 18556010 18556020


Reissmann Part Number RSR 25-46 RSR 50-46
Primary Current Rating (black/white wires) 25AAC 50 AAC
Maximum Primary Current (black/white wires) 75AAC 150 AAC
Maximum Time at Maximum Primary Current 0.2 s 0.2 s
Maximum Cycles per hour 500 500
Switching Voltage 42 - 550VDC 42 - 550VDC
Switching Current (red/blue wires) 1.0 ADC 1.0 ADC
Holding Current  ˂ 0.7 AAC ˂ 0.7 AAC
Delay Time  18 ms 18 ms
Enclosure Rating IP65 IP65
Ambient Temp. - 25 to 90 °C (- 40 to 167 °F) - 25 to 90 °C (- 40 to 167 °F)
 Relative to the distortion created by the magnetising current of the motor.
 Additional setting time delay added to the DC-setting time of the brake circuit.

IR Relay Wiring Diagram


Rectifier IR-Relay Wires

BRAKES
to Rectifier

Model Type Part Number Design Red Blue


GVE20L 1914000 Full-wave 4 3
GHE40L 19141010 Half-wave 4 3
GHE50L 19141020 Half-wave 4 3
GPE20L 19140230 Push-hybrid 4 3
GPE40L 19140240 Push-hybrid 4 3

Conduit Box Thread Adapter


Thread Motor Frame Part Number
M20 63-71 18542006*
M25 80-90 18522253
RECTIFICADORES

M32 100-132 18522320


M40 160-180 18522400 + 18522253
* Spacer

EL
RELÉ
IR
ADAPTER
DE ROSCA

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 207


Brake
Options
Double Brakes (DBR) Build

Some applications require two independent brakes to


CAUTIONS
meet industry safety guidelines.
t /ORD recommends delayed operation of one
of the brakes. If the brakes are operated
Double Brakes for Theatrical Applications simultaneously, the combined torques may
Many international standards for braking systems result in excessive torque for the gear unit
used on theatre hoists mandate the use of brakes or other mechanical system elements. If the
that automatically set when power is removed. Re- brakes are set at the same time even in an E-stop
dundancy is also required with the system brakes. If condition, the gear units must be sized to handle
one brake fails, the other brake can still operate the this increased torque.
system by running independently and parallel to each
PUIFS/03%%#3 Y#3& CSBLFTZTUFNTBSFEFTJHOFE
UPNFFUUIFTFSFRVJSFNFOUT5IF/03%EPVCMFCSBLFT
BSFBMTPEFTJHOFEGPSRVJFUPQFSBUJPOE# " 

Some safety standards require that the load brake hold


1.25 times the rated load at test. We recommend selecting
the brake for approximately 1.6 to a maximum of 2.0
times the required operating torque for each brake.

5IF /03% EPVCMF UIFBUSF CSBLFT EP OPU OFFE UP


be worn-in and will achieve their full braking toque
initially.

5XP CSBLF SFDUJmFST BSF SFRVJSFE GPS PQFSBUJOH B


EPVCMFCSBLFTZTUFNT5IFTFXJMMCFQSPWJEFEBTMPPTF
parts and are normally mounted in the customers
control panel.

5IF EPVCMF CSBLF PQUJPO XJMM BEE NPUPS MFOHUI


compared to the single brake.

Motor Brake 7 Springs 5 Springs 4 Springs


BRAKES

[Nm] [lb-ft] [Nm] [lb-ft] [Nm] [lb-ft]


63S/L DBR6 2x6 2 x 4.4 2x4 2x3 2 x 3.5 2 x 2.6
71S/L DBR6 2x6 2 x 4.4 2x4 2x3 2 x 3.5 2 x 2.6
80S DBR6 2x6 2 x 4.4 2x4 2x3 2 x 3.5 2 x 2.6
80L DBR12 2 x 12.5 2 x 9.2 2 x 8.5 2 x 6.3 Y 2 x 5.2
90S DBR12 2 x 12.5 2 x 9.2 2 x 8.5 2 x 6.3 Y 2 x 5.2
90L DBR25 2 x 25 2 x 18.4 Y 2 x 12.9 2 x 14 2 x 10.3
100L DBR25 2 x 25 2 x 18.4 Y 2 x 12.9 2 x 14 2 x 10.3
100LA/4 DBR50 2 x 50 Y 2 x 35 2 x 26 2 x 28 Y
112M DBR50 2 x 50 Y 2 x 35 2 x 26 2 x 28 Y
132S DBR75 Y 2 x 55 2 x 52 2 x 38 2 x 42 2 x 31
132M DBR125 2 x 125 2 x 92 2 x 89 2 x 66 Y 2 x 52
160M DBR187 Y 2 x 138 2 x 132 Y Y Y
160L DBR187 Y 2 x 138 2 x 132 Y Y Y
180MX/LX DBR300 2 x 300 2 x 221 2 x 225 2 x 166 2 x 150 2 x 111
200L DBR500 2 x 500 2 x 369 Y Y 2 x 250 2 x 184

208 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


%UDNH5HFWLÀHU
Overview
Brake Control Rectifiers Rectifier Protection
NORD brake control rectifiers convert AC voltage to Coated Electronics (G...L)
DC voltage. Rectifiers are used because in many in- NORD standard rectifiers are provided with each
stances AC voltage is used to power the motor, but brake motor (except 24 VDC brakes) unless a sealed
DC voltage is required to power the brake, and DC or high performance rectifier is specified.
power is not typically available. NORD brakemotors
typically include a rectifier that is located inside the Standard Rectifiers
terminal box. NORD rectifiers can be powered by the Nomenclature Part # Type Color
motor terminal block, or by a separate power source. GVE20L 19141000 Full-wave Black
GHE40L 19141010 Half-wave Yellow
Rectifier Advantages GHE50L 19141020 Half-wave Grey
• Individual power source for each brake.
• Compact size, mounted inside the terminal box. Potted Electronics G…V
• Multiple types, voltage options and NORD offers rectifiers that are sealed with an elec-
release/engagement modes available. trically safe resin to ensure that water and moisture
• Mountable in a separate control cabinet. will not pass into the rectifier. Sealed rectifiers have
• Integral protection against voltage spikes. the same brake performance ratings as the standard
rectifier and can be beneficial if water is present in
the motors terminal box.
Sealed Rectifiers
Nomenclature Part # Type Color
GVE20V 19141030 Full-wave Black
GHE40V 19141040 Half-wave Yellow
GHE50V 19141050 Half-wave Grey
GUE40V 19140300 Full/Half-Wave Black

Rectifier Types
Rectifier Terminals Description Full-wave rectifier:
1, 1a, 1b & 2 Brake Supply AC Voltage The DC output voltage is 90% of the applied input AC
3&4 DC-Switching Contact or Jumper
voltage.

5&6 Connection to Brake Coil Half-wave rectifier:


The DC output voltage is 45% of the applied input AC

BRAKES
Rectifier Nomenclature voltage.
G H E 4 0 L
Dual Rectifier (Full/Half Wave):
The GUE rectifier is a “dual” rectifier that is either a
full-wave or a half-wave rectifier depending on how
Electronic Protection it is connected. An advantage for using this rectifier is
L = Varnish coated when using it together with a 205 VDC brake coil, it is
V = Encapsulated able to operate on either a 230 VAC or 460 VAC power
Voltage Range connection.
20 = up to 275VAC input Push-Hybrid rectifier (Full/Half Wave):
40 = up to 480VAC input
50 = up to 575VAC input These rectifiers are designed to switch from an initial
full-wave mode to a final half-wave mode. They
Type of DC Switching include GPE, GPU, and PMG rectifier types and are
E = External DC-switching (contact) utilized to improve brake performance by providing
U = Internal DC-switching (voltage) faster stopping times or shorter brake release times.
Type of Rectifier
H= Half-wave
V = Full-wave (bridge)
P = Push-Hybrid (full & half-wave)
U= Dual (full & half-wave)
Rectifier

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 209


Stopping
Methods
Stopping Methods
NORD brake rectifiers have the ability to provide different stopping performance. The different perfor-
mance is achieved by using a different rectifier and/or wiring the rectifier differently. The different meth-
ods include:

• Standard Stopping (AC Switching)


• Fast Stopping (DC Switching)
• Fast Stopping (DC Switching via Integrated Voltage Sensing)
• Very Fast Stopping (Reduced Power Holding and DC Switching)
• Very Fast Stopping (Reduced Power Holding and DC Switching via Integrated Voltage Sensing)

Standard Stopping (AC Switching) Fast Stopping (DC switching)


The rectifier can be wired to operate by supplying and DC switching directly interrupts the current flow in the
removing AC power, commonly called AC switching. DC circuit of the rectifier. This provides much faster
The advantage to using AC switching is that the stopping, because you do not need to wait for the
rectifier can be powered directly from the motor’s motor’s magnetic field to de-energize. To implement
terminal block and no additional wiring is required. DC switching, a normally open relay must be installed
However, tapping into the motor’s terminal block between terminals 3 and 4 on the rectifier for rectifier
gives the slower stopping time due to the de-energiz- types GVE, GHE, and GPE. For GPU type rectifiers
ing time of the motor’s magnetic field. The stopping simply remove the jumper between terminals 3 & 4 to
time can be improved by wiring the rectifier from an activate DC switching.
external power supply.

GVE/GHE/GPE GPU

AC BRAKE
VOLTAGE

Power Brake Brake Braking Rectifier


Power Brake Brake Braking Rectifier Source Release engagement Method *
Source Release engagement Method *
BRAKES

(start) (stop)
(start) (stop)
Fast GVE
Motor Standard 15
Standard GVE Motor (DC switching) or GHE
Terminal Standard 10
(AC switching) or GHE Terminal
Block
Block GPE
Fast Fast
Motor GPE 35 or
Fast Standard (Overexcitation) (DC switching)
Terminal 30 or PMG 500
(Overexcitation) (AC switching)
Block PMG 500
GVE
Fast
Seperate GVE Standard 25 GHE or
Standard Seperate (DC switching)
Power Standard 20 GHE or GUE
(AC switching) Power
Source GUE
Source GPU
Fast Fast
Seperate GPU 50 or
Fast Standard (Overexcitation) (DC switching)
Power 45 or PMG 500
(Overexcitation) (AC switching)
Source PMG 500
* Braking methods referenced in connection diagrams on pages 224 - 226.
* Braking methods referenced in connection diagrams on pages 224 - 226.

210 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


Stopping
Methods
Fast Stopping Very Fast Stopping
(DC switching Via Integrated Voltage Sensing) (DC switching Via Reduced Power Holding)
0VS(16SFDUJmFSTJOUFHSBUF%$4XJUDIJOHCZTFOTJOH In reduced power holding, the rectifier initially sup-
the AC voltage supplied to the rectifier. When no plies the rated DC voltage to the brake coil. When
voltage is first applied, the rectifier operates as a
WPMUBHF JT QSFTFOU UIF (16 SFDUJmFS BVUPNBUJDBMMZ
PQFOT UIF %$ DJSDVJU 5IF (16 SFDUJmFS JT QSJNBSJMZ
GVMMXBWF SFDUJmFS  PG UIF BQQMJFE "$ WPMUBHF 
designed for use with a separate brake power source, releasing the brake in the standard time. After the
such as inverter powered motors, soft-start motors, brake is released, the rectifier switches to half-wave
and two-speed motors. NPEF  PG UIF BQQMJFE %$ WPMUBHF  XFBLFOJOH
UIF CSBLFT NBHOFUJD mFME 5IF XFBLFS mFME XJMM BM-
5IF(16SFDUJmFSJTQSJNBSJMZEFTJHOFEGPSVTFXJUIB low the brake to stop more quickly when power is
separate brake power source, such as inverter pow- removed. In this method the brake coil is selected as
ered motors, soft-start motors, and two-speed motors. if the brake system is powered by a full-wave rectifier.
5IFSFGPSF  UIF CSBLF DPJMT %$WPMUBHF SBUJOH TIPVME
CFPGUIF"$WPMUBHFBQQMJFEUPUIFSFDUJmFS

Terminals 1 & 2 - Brake system connection to AC supply voltage


Terminals 3 & 4 - /P+VNQFS$POOFDUFE Terminals 1 & 2 - Brake system connection to AC supply voltage
Terminals 5 & 6 - %$7PMUBHF$POOFDUJPOUPUIFCSBLFDPJM *OTUBMMFE+VNQFSGPS"$TXJUDIJOHPS
Terminals 3 & 4 -
4XJUDIDPOUBDU BTTIPXO GPS%$TXJUDIJOH
Power Brake Brake Braking Rectifier
Terminals 5 & 6 - %$7PMUBHF$POOFDUJPOUPUIFCSBLFDPJM
Source Release engagement Method *
(start) (stop) * The normally open contact/s (NO) is not supplied by NORD. It must close
at the same time power is supplied to the brake. The contact must be
Seperate capable of switching inductive loads and/or be rated IEC AC3.
Fast Fast
Power 50 (16 RAPID BRAKE REACTION TIME
0WFSFYDJUBUJPO %$TXJUDIJOH
Source (DC SWITCHING)

* Braking methods referenced in connection diagrams on pages 224 - 226. PMG 500

BRAKES
+

Terminals ~ & ~ - Brake system connection to AC supply voltage


Terminals + & - - %$7PMUBHF$POOFDUJPOUPUIFCSBLFDPJM
*OTUBMMFE+VNQFSGPS"$TXJUDIJOHPS
Terminals & -
4XJUDIDPOUBDU BTTIPXO GPS%$TXJUDIJOH

* The normally open contact/s (NO) is not supplied by NORD. It must close
at the same time power is supplied to the brake. The contact must be
capable of switching inductive loads and/or be rated IEC AC3.

Power Brake Brake Braking Rectifier


Source Release engagement Method *
(start) (stop)
Motor 7FSZ'BTU GPE
Terminal Standard 3FEVDFE 40 or
Block Power Holding) PMG 500
Seperate 7FSZ'BTU (16
Power Standard 3FEVDFE 55 or
Source Power Holding) PMG 500
* Braking methods referenced in connection diagrams on pages 224 - 226.

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 211


Stopping
Methods
Very Fast Stopping
(DC switching Via Reduced Power Holding
& Integrated Voltage Sensing)
In reduced power holding, the rectifier initially sup-
plies the rated DC voltage to the brake coil. When
voltage is first applied, the rectifier operates as a
GVMMXBWF SFDUJmFS  PG UIF BQQMJFE "$ WPMUBHF 
releasing the brake in the standard time. After the
brake is released, the rectifier switches to half-wave
NPEF  PG UIF BQQMJFE %$ WPMUBHF  XFBLFOJOH Terminals 1 & 2 - Brake system connection to AC supply voltage
UIF CSBLFT NBHOFUJD mFME 5IF XFBLFS mFME XJMM BM- Terminals 3 & 4 - /P+VNQFS$POOFDUFE
low the brake to stop more quickly when power is Terminals 5 & 6 - %$7PMUBHF$POOFDUJPOUPUIFCSBLFDPJM
removed. In this method the brake coil is selected as
if the brake system is powered by a full-wave rectifier. Power Brake Brake Braking Rectifier
5IFSFGPSF  UIF CSBLF DPJMT %$WPMUBHF SBUJOH TIPVME Source Release engagement Method *
CFPGUIF"$WPMUBHFBQQMJFEUPUIFSFDUJmFS (start) (stop)

Seperate 7FSZ'BTU
5IFTF(16SFDUJmFSTJOUFHSBUF%$4XJUDIJOH XIJDIJT Power Standard 3FEVDFE 55 (16
triggered by sensing the AC voltage supplied to the Source Power Holding)
SFDUJmFS8IFOOPWPMUBHFJTQSFTFOUUIF(16SFDUJmFS
* Braking methods referenced in connection diagrams on pages 224 - 226.
BVUPNBUJDBMMZPQFOTUIF%$DJSDVJU5IF(16SFDUJmFS
is primarily designed for use with a separate brake
power source, such as inverter powered motors, soft-
start motors, and two-speed motors.
BRAKES

212 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


Release
Methods

Release Methods (Motor Starting)


/03%CSBLFSFDUJmFSTDBOQSPWJEFEJGGFSFOUUZQFTPGSFMFBTFQFSGPSNBODF5IFEJGGFSFODFJOQFSGPSNBODFJT
BDIJFWFECZVTJOHBEJGGFSFOUSFDUJmFSBOEPSXJSJOHUIFSFDUJmFSEJGGFSFOUMZ5IFEJGGFSFOUNFUIPETJODMVEF

 t 4UBOEBSE#SBLF3FMFBTF $POTUBOU7PMUBHF
 t 'BTU#SBLF3FMFBTF 0WFSFYDJUBUJPO

Standard Brake Release (Constant Voltage) Fast Brake Release (Overexcitation)


For the standard brake release method the DC Brake In overexcitation the rectifier initially over-voltages
coil is supplied by a constant rated DC voltage to mag- UIF CSBLF DPJM  5IJT PWFSFYDJUBUJPO PG UIF SFDUJmFS
OFUJ[FUIFCSBLFDPJMBOESFMFBTFUIFCSBLF5ZQJDBMMZ produces a magnetic field in the brake coil that is
the DC brake voltage is supplied via a brake rectifier. stronger than normal, releasing the brake much more
5IFCSBLFSFDUJmFSDPOWFSUT"$TVQQMZWPMUBHFUP%$ RVJDLMZ5IFSFDUJmFSJTUIFOTXJUDIFEPWFSUPBMPXFS
output voltage to power the brake. NORD can supply holding voltage so as not to thermally overload the
rectifiers that are either full-wave or half-wave de- brake coil. In this method the brake coil is selected
TJHOT5IFCSBLFJTSFMFBTFECZTVQQMZJOHUIFSFDUJmFS as if the brake system is powered by a half-wave rec-
with AC voltage which in turn supplies the brake coil UJmFS  5IFSFGPSF  UIF CSBLF DPJMT %$WPMUBHF SBUJOH
with the needed DC voltage. TIPVMECFPGUIF"$WPMUBHFBQQMJFEUPUIFSFDUJ-
mFS5IJTUZQFPGCSBLFDPOUSPMJTBMTPDBMMFEi7PMUBHF
Example 'PSDJOHwBOEi4VQFSDIBSHJOHw
Full-Wave Example
 4ZTUFNWPMUBHF 7"$
 #SBLFDPJM 7%$  4ZTUFNWPMUBHF 7"$
 #SBLFDPJM 7%$
Half-Wave
 4ZTUFNWPMUBHF 7%$  *OJUJBMCSBLFSFMFBTFWPMUBHF 7%$
 #SBLFDPJM 7%$  )PMEJOHCSBLFWPMUBHF 7%$

BRAKES

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 213


Full-Wave
5HFWLÀHUV *9(
Full-Wave Rectifiers (GVE) Braking Method
Our Full-Wave rectifiers’ DC output voltage is 90% of Braking Break Release Brake Engage Power Source
the applied input AC voltage. Method (Start) (Stop)
Standard Motor
GVE Rectifier Dimensions 10 Standard
(AC-Switching) terminals
Fast Motor
0.24 in 15 Standard
6.0 mm (DC-switching) terminals
0.14 in Standard Separate
3.5 mm 20 Standard
0.14 in (AC-Switching) power
3.5 mm
Fast Separate
25 Standard
0.20 in
(DC-switching) power
5.0 mm
1.50 in
38.0 mm Basic Connection (AC & DC Switching)
The GVE brake system can be connected for standard
stopping (AC-Switching) or fast stopping (DC-Switching).

1.06 in
27.0 mm STANDARD STOPPING
AC-SWITCHING
BRAKING
1.89 in 1.46 in 0.16 in METHOD
48.0 mm 37.0 mm 4.0 mm 10 or 20

IMPORTANT NOTE
If the motor is connected to a frequency inverter, soft start,
1&2 3&4 5&6
or is a two-speed motor, the AC power must be supplied to
AC BRAKE VOLTAGE JUMPER DC BRAKE
the brake rectifier seperately from the motor power.
FAST STOPPING
DC-SWITCHING
Ratings & Part Numbers
BRAKING
Model Type GVE20L GVE20V METHOD
GVE RECTIFIER
15 or 25
Part Number 19141000 19141030
Protection (electronics) Coated Encapsulated
BRAKES

Color Black
Input Voltage (VAC) 110-275 +/- 10% VAC
Output Voltage (VDC) (VDC =0.90 x VAC)
1&2 3&4 5&6
Rated Current @ 40°C 1.5 A AC BRAKE VOLTAGE NORMALLY OPEN CONTACT DC BRAKE
Rated Current @ 75°C 1.0 A * The normally open contact/s (NO) is not supplied by NORD it must close at the same
time power is supplied to the brake. The contact must be capable of switching
Temperature Range -20 °C to 75 °C inductive loads and/or be rated at IEC AC3.

DC-Switching via External Contact or IR Relay

214 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


Half-Wave
5HFWLÀHUV *+(
Half-Wave Rectifiers (GHE) Braking Method
Our Half-Wave rectifiers’ DC output voltage is 45% of Braking Break Release Brake Engage Power Source
the applied input AC voltage. Method (Start) (Stop)
Standard Motor
GHE Rectifier Dimensions 10 Standard
(AC-Switching) terminals
Fast Motor
0.24 in 15 Standard
6.0 mm (DC-switching) terminals
0.14 in Standard Separate
3.5 mm 20 Standard
0.14 in (AC-Switching) power
3.5 mm
Fast Separate
25 Standard
0.20 in
(DC-switching) power
5.0 mm
1.50 in
38.0 mm Basic Connection (AC & DC Switching)
The GVE brake system can be connected for standard
stopping (AC-Switching) or fast stopping (DC-Switching)

1.06 in
27.0 mm STANDARD STOPPING
AC-SWITCHING
BRAKING
1.89 in 1.46 in METHOD
48.0 mm 37.0 mm
0.16 in
4.0 mm
H
10 or 20

IMPORTANT NOTE
If the motor is connected to a frequency inverter, soft start,
or is a two-speed motor, the AC power must be supplied to 1&2 3&4 5&6
the brake rectifier seperately from the motor power. AC BRAKE VOLTAGE JUMPER DC BRAKE

FAST STOPPING
Ratings & Part Numbers
DC-SWITCHING
Model Type GHE40L GHE40V
BRAKING
Part Number 19141010 19141040 METHOD
GHE RECTIFIER
Protection (electronics) Coated Encapsulated 15 or 25

BRAKES
Color Yellow
Input Voltage (VAC) 200-480VAC +/- 10%
Output Voltage (VDC) (VDC =0.45 x VAC)
Rated Current @ 40°C 2.0ADC
1&2 3&4 5&6
Rated Current at 75°C 1.0ADC
AC BRAKE VOLTAGE NORMALLY OPEN CONTACT DC BRAKE
Temperature Range -20°C to 75°C
* The normally open contact/s (NO) is not supplied by NORD it must close at the same
time power is supplied to the brake. The contact must be capable of switching
DC-Switching via External Contact inductive loads and/or be rated at IEC AC3.

Model Type GHE50L GHE50V


Part Number 19141020 19141050
Protection (electronics) Coated Encapsulated
Color Grey
Input Voltage (VAC) 200-575VAC +/- 10%
Output Voltage (VDC) (VDC =0.45 x VAC)
Rated Current @ 40°C 2.0ADC
Rated Current @ 75°C 1.0ADC
Temperature Range -20°C to 75°C
DC-Switching via External Contact or IR Relay

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 215


Dual-Wave
5HFWLÀHUV *8(
Dual-Wave Rectifiers (GUE) Braking Method
The GUE rectifier is a “dual” rectifier that is either a Braking Break Release Brake Engage Power Source
full-wave or a half-wave rectifier depending on how Method (Start) (Stop)
it is connected. An advantage for using this rectifier is Standard Motor
when using it together with a 205VDC brake coil, it is 10 Standard
(AC-Switching) terminals
able to operate on either a 230 VAC or 460VAC power Fast Motor
connection. 15 Standard
(DC-switching) terminals
Standard Separate
GUE Rectifier Dimensions 20 Standard
(AC-Switching) power
Fast Separate
25 Standard
0.14 in (DC-switching) power
3.5 mm
0.14 in
3.5 mm
Basic Connection (AC & DC Switching)
The GUE brake system can be connected for standard
a b

0.20 in
5.0 mm
stopping (AC-Switching) or fast stopping (DC-Switching)
1.95 in
49.5 mm
STANDARD STOPPING
AC-SWITCHING
BRAKING
METHOD
460V 230V OV 205V=
~ ~ ~ 10 or 20
0.75 in
19.0 mm

2.34 in 1.54 in 0.12 in


59.5 mm 39.0 mm 3.0 mm or

1B & 2 3&4 5&6


AC BRAKE VOLTAGE JUMPER DC BRAKE
IMPORTANT NOTE
FAST STOPPING
If the motor is connected to a frequency inverter, soft start, DC-SWITCHING
or is a two-speed motor, the AC power must be supplied to BRAKING
the brake rectifier seperately from the motor power. METHOD
460V 230V OV
~ ~ ~
205V= 15 or 25

Ratings & Part Numbers


BRAKES

Model Type GUE40V


Part Number 19140300 or
Protection (electronics) Coated
1&2 3&4 5&6
Color Black AC BRAKE VOLTAGE NORMALLY OPEN CONTACT DC BRAKE
Input Voltage (VAC) 230-460VAC +/- 10% * The normally open contact/s (NO) is not supplied by NORD it must close at the same
time power is supplied to the brake. The contact must be capable of switching
Output Voltage (VDC) (VDC =0.45 x VAC) - As Half-Wave inductive loads and/or be rated at IEC AC3.

(VDC =0.90 x VAC) - As Full-Wave


Rated Current @ 40°C 0.7 A
Rated Current @ 75°C 0.5 A
Temperature Range -20°C to 75°C
DC-Switching via External Contact or IR Relay

216 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


3XVK+\EULG5HFWLÀHUV
External DC Switching (GPE)
Push-Hybrid Rectifiers Ratings & Part Numbers
External DC Switching (GPE)
Model Type GPE20L GPE40L
Like the standard NORD brake control rectifiers, Part Number 19140230 19140240
NORD’s fast acting brake control rectifiers convert Protection (electronics) Coated Coated
AC voltage to DC voltage. The “Fast Acting Brake Color Black
Rectifiers”are utilized to improve brake performance
Input Voltage (VAC) 200V-275V 380V-480V
and are often recommended in order to provide
shorter brake release times or to provide faster stop- Output Voltage (VDC) (VDC =0.45 x VAC) - As Half-Wave
(VDC =0.90 x VAC) - As Full-Wave
ping times.
Rated Current @ 40°C 0.7 A 0.7 A
All of the fast acting rectifiers are a two-stage “push” Rated Current @ 75°C 0.5 A 0.5A
design meaning that when power is first applied Temperature Range -20°C to 75°C
these rectifiers operate like a full-wave rectifier and
DC-Switching via External Contact or IR Relay
then after a relatively short period of time they act
like a half-wave rectifier. For example, the GPE type
Braking Method
rectifiers start out in full-wave mode when power is
first applied and then after approximately 250 ms Braking Break Release Brake Engage Power
they act like a half-wave rectifiers. Method (Start) (Stop) Source
Very Fast Motor
40 Standard
(Reduced Power Holding) terminals
GPE rectifiers were designed for external control of Fast Standard Motor
the brake’s DC-switching. Primarily used in across- 30
(Overecitation) (AC Switching) terminals
the-line applications where the brake power is sup- Fast Fast Motor
35
plied by the motor terminals and may also be used in (Overecitation) (DC Switching) terminals
situations where the brake power is supplied sepa-
rate from the motor. Basic Connection (AC & DC Switching)
There are two ways to apply the fast acting rectifiers: The GPE brake system can be connected for standard
stopping (AC-Switching), fast stopping (DC-Switching)
• The first method, known as “Overexcitation,” and very fast stopping (Reduced power holding & DC-
provides fast brake release. The brake coil is Switching). Fast brake release can also be achieved by
selected like a half-wave system (45% of the AC selecting a different brake coil combination.
supply voltage).
• The second method, known as “Reduced Power STANDARD STOPPING (AC-SWITCHING)
Holding,” provides very fast brake stopping. The
brake coil is selected like a full-wave system (90% BRAKING
P METHOD

BRAKES
of the AC supply voltage). 30

IMPORTANT NOTE
If the motor is connected to a frequency inverter, soft start,
or is a two-speed motor, the AC power must be supplied to 1&2 3&4 5&6
the brake rectifier seperately from the motor power. AC BRAKE VOLTAGE JUMPER DC BRAKE

GPE Rectifier Dimensions FAST & VERY FAST STOPPING (DC-SWITCHING)


BRAKING
0.14 in
GPE RECTIFIER METHOD
3.5 mm
0.14 in
3.5 mm 35 or 40

0.20 in
5.0 mm
1.95 in
49.5 mm

1&2 3&4 5&6


AC BRAKE VOLTAGE NORMALLY OPEN CONTACT DC BRAKE

0.75 in
* The normally open contact/s (NO) is not supplied by NORD it must close at the same
time power is supplied to the brake. The contact must be capable of switching
19.0 mm inductive loads and/or be rated at IEC AC3.

2.34 in 1.54 in 0.12 in


59.5 mm 39.0 mm 3.0 mm

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 217


3XVK+\EULG5HFWLÀHUV
External DC Switching (PMG)
Push-Hybrid Rectifiers Ratings & Part Numbers
External DC Switching (PMG)
Model Type PMG 500
Like the standard NORD brake control rectifiers, Part Number 19140200
NORD’s fast acting brake control rectifiers convert Protection (electronics) Coated
AC voltage to DC voltage. The “Fast Acting Brake
Color Black
Rectifiers”are utilized to improve brake performance
and are often recommended in order to provide Input Voltage (VAC) 200-500VAC +/- 10%
shorter brake release times or to provide faster stop- Output Voltage (VDC) (VDC =0.45 x VAC) - As Half-Wave
ping times. (VDC =0.90 x VAC) - As Full-Wave
Rated Current @ 40°C 4.0 A
All of the fast acting rectifiers are a two-stage “push”
design meaning that when power is first applied Rated Current @ 75°C 2.8 A
these rectifiers operate like a full-wave rectifier and Temperature Range -15°C to 80°C
then after a relatively short period of time they act DC-Switching via External Contact
like a half-wave rectifier. For example, the PMG type
rectifiers start out in full-wave mode when power is Braking Method
first applied and then after approximately 250 ms Braking Break Release Brake Engage Power
they act like a half-wave rectifiers. Method (Start) (Stop) Source
Very Fast Motor
40 Standard
PMG rectifiers were designed for external control of (Reduced Power Holding) terminals
the brake’s DC-switching. Primarily used in across- 30
Fast Standard Motor
the-line applications where the brake power is sup- (Overecitation) (AC Switching) terminals
plied by the motor terminals and may also be used in Fast Fast Motor
35
(Overecitation) (DC Switching) terminals
situations where the brake power is supplied sepa-
Very Fast Seperate
rate from the motor. 55 Standard
(Reduced Power Holding) power
There are two ways to apply the fast acting rectifiers: Fast Standard Seperate
45
(Overecitation) (AC Switching) power
• The first method, known as “Overexcitation,” Fast Fast Seperate
50
provides fast brake release. The brake coil is (Overecitation) (DC Switching) power
selected like a half-wave system (45% of the AC
supply voltage). Basic Connection (AC & DC Switching)
• The second method, known as “Reduced Power The PMG brake system can be connected for standard
Holding,” provides very fast brake stopping. The stopping (AC-Switching), fast stopping (DC-Switching)
brake coil is selected like a full-wave system (90% and very fast stopping (Reduced power holding & DC-
of the AC supply voltage). Switching). Fast brake release can also be achieved by
selecting a different brake coil combination.
BRAKES

IMPORTANT NOTE STANDARD STOPPING (AC-SWITCHING)


BRAKING
If the motor is connected to a frequency inverter, soft start, METHOD
or is a two-speed motor, the AC power must be supplied to PMG 500
30 or 45
the brake rectifier seperately from the motor power.
+
PMG Rectifier Dimensions
2.60
~&~ +&- &
2.17 AC BRAKE VOLTAGE DC BRAKE JUMPER
0.31
0.16

0.39
FAST & VERY FAST STOPPING (DC-SWITCHING)
BRAKING
METHOD
Ø 0.17

PMG 500
1.81

35 or 40
50 or 55
+

*
~&~ +&- &
0.73

AC BRAKE VOLTAGE DC BRAKE NORMALLY OPEN CONTACT


* The normally open contact/s (NO) is not supplied by NORD it must close at the same
time power is supplied to the brake. The contact must be capable of switching
inductive loads and/or be rated at IEC AC3.

218 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


3XVK+\EULG5HFWLÀHUV
Integrated DC Switching (GPU)
Push-Hybrid Rectifiers GPU Rectifier Dimensions
Integrated DC Switching (GPU)
0.14 in
Like the standard NORD brake control rectifiers, 0.14 in
3.5 mm
3.5 mm

NORD’s fast acting brake control rectifiers convert


AC voltage to DC voltage. The “Fast Acting Brake 0.20 in
5.0 mm
Rectifiers”are utilized to improve brake performance 1.95 in

and are often recommended in order to provide 49.5 mm

shorter brake release times or to provide faster stop-


ping times.
The GPU fast acting rectifiers are a two-stage “push” 0.75 in
design meaning that when power is first applied 19.0 mm

these rectifiers operate like a full-wave rectifier and 2.34 in


59.5 mm
1.54 in
39.0 mm
0.12 in
3.0 mm
then after a relatively short period of time they act
like a half-wave rectifier. For example, the GPU type Ratings & Part Numbers
rectifiers start out in full-wave mode when power is
Model Type GPU20L GPU40L
first applied and then after approximately 250 ms
Part Number 19140090 19140170
they act like a half-wave rectifiers.
Protection (electronics) Coated Coated
GPU rectifiers were designed for integrated control Color Black
of the brake’s DC-switching and for voltage sens- Input Voltage (VAC) 200V-275V 380V-480V
ing. Primarily used in applications where the brake Output Voltage (VDC) (VDC =0.45 x VAC) - As Half-Wave
power is supplied by the motor terminals and includes (VDC =0.90 x VAC) - As Full-Wave
applications that involve two-speed motors and
Rated Current @ 40°C 0.7A 0.7 A
motors that are powered by an inverter or soft-starter..
Rated Current @ 75°C 0.5A 0.5A
There are two ways to apply the fast acting rectifiers: Temperature Range -20°C to 75°C
• The first method, known as “Overexcitation,” DC-Switching via Internal Activation
provides fast brake release. The brake coil is
selected like a half-wave system (45% of the AC Basic Connection (AC & DC Switching)
supply voltage). The GPU brake system can be connected for standard
• The second method, known as “Reduced Power stopping (AC-Switching), fast stopping (DC-Switching)
Holding,” provides very fast brake stopping. The and very fast stopping (Reduced power holding & DC-
brake coil is selected like a full-wave system (90% Switching). Fast brake release can also be achieved by
of the AC supply voltage). selecting a different brake coil combination.
STANDARD STOPPING
IMPORTANT NOTE

BRAKES
AC-SWITCHING
BRAKING
The GPU rectifier may also be utilized for across-the-line GPU RECTIFIER METHOD
applications; however it must always be powered separate 45
from the motor and have its own pair of contactors or
starters. It is unadvisable to use the motor terminal block
to supply the GPU rectifier’s AC power due to the motor’s
slow energy dissipation when switched off.
1&2 3&4 5&6

IMPORTANT NOTE AC BRAKE VOLTAGE JUMPER DC BRAKE

FAST & VERY FAST STOPPING


If the motor is connected to a frequency inverter, soft start, DC-SWITCHING
or is a two-speed motor, the AC power must be supplied to
BRAKING
the brake rectifier seperately from the motor power. METHOD
GPU RECTIFIER
50 or 55

Braking Method
Braking Break Release Brake Engage Power
Method (Start) (Stop) Source
Very Fast Seperate
55 Standard
(Reduced Power Holding) power
Fast Standard Seperate 1&2 3&4 5&6
45
(Overecitation) (AC Switching) power AC BRAKE VOLTAGE - DC BRAKE
Fast Fast Seperate
50
(Overecitation) (DC Switching) power

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 219


Digital Input
'XDO:DYH5HFWLÀHUV (%*5
Digital Input Activated Dual Braking Method
Full & Half Wave Rectifiers (EBGR) Braking Break Release Brake engage Power source
The EGBR-1 provides brake control by an internal Method (Start) (Stop)
24VDC signal or contact closure. This allows the 25 Standard
Fast Separate
motor brake to be easily operated by an external (DC-switching) power
controller like a PLC or an AC drive without the need
for a piloting relay. The rectifier can be connected as Basic Connection
either a full-wave or half-wave brake power source,
similar to the GUE rectifier. The EBGR module also The EBGR rectifiers have integrated DC-switching to
provides status notification to an external device like allow for fast brake engagement.
a PLC. The device is designed for DIN rail mounting.
+24VDC 44 44 +24VDC
The module must be supplied with 24VDC power +24VDC DI C5
Brake Status
B5 +24VDC DO
Control Notification
connected to terminal 44 and control ground to Common 40 40 Common
terminal 40 for proper operation. The terminals 44
and 40 are bridged to terminal 44 and 40 on the
opposite side of the rectifier. This power is the source
for the digital output used as an acknowledgement to
a supervisory device (PLC or Drive). The digital input 380~500V~ L1E 79
100~275V~ L1B AC DC Brake Brake
controls both the on/off state of the brake coil power, Neutral N/L2
Input Output
80
Coil

acknowledging the digital output. In the event that


the brake coil becomes detached the acknowledge-
ment will not function, indicating a problem with the
brake or wiring. Description Terminal Position
Description
EBGR Rectifier Dimensions
24VDC power supply input bridged to output 44

3.35 0.89 Digital input used to control DC brake coil C5 1 Top Layer
Common reference signal ground DC 40
AC main power Half-wave rectifier input 380-500VAC LE1
AC main power Full-wave rectifier input 100-275VAC LB1 2 Top Layer
Neutral or line 2 common AC connection N/L2
Common 24VDC power supply from input side 44
2.77

Digital output DC brake coil status B5 3 Bottom Layer


BRAKES

Common DC reference signal ground 40


DC brake coil connection Plus + 79
No connect - 4 Bottom Layer
DC brake coil connection minus - 80

CAUTION
Ratings & Part Numbers
Model Type EBGR Be sure not to connect higher voltage AC mains to the DC
rated terminals as this will result in damage to the unit.
Part Number 19140990
AC terminals include numbers and the DC terminals are
Protection (electronics) IP20 all numbers only. Follow UL standards for protection.
100-275V +/- 10% (Terminal L1B & N/L2)
Input Voltage (VAC) Terminals Screw type Terminal blocks
380 - 500V +/- 10% (Terminal L1E & N/L2)
Cable cross section 0.2 to 2.5mm 12-30 AWG
(VDC =0.90 x VAC) (Full-Wave)
Output Voltage (VDC) PE connection Grounded through DIN rail Snap on rail must be grounded.
(VDC =0.45 x VAC) (Half Wave)
Rated Current @ 40°C 0.7A Main Line Voltage Brake Coil Voltage Terminal Number
230 VAC 205 VDC L1B + N/L2
Rated Current @ 75°C 0.5A
400 VAC 180 VDC L1E + N/L2
Temperature Range -20°C to 75°C
460 VAC 205 VDC L1E + N/L2
DC-Switching Integrated

220 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


Standard
Components
Standard Brake Components
Standard brake components will be provided if no brake components are specified by the customer.

Motor Voltage 230/460V-60Hz (208-230/460V) (YY/Y)


Brake Sizes BRE5-BRE400 BRE800-BRE1200
Brake Coil Voltage 7%$ No standard – must be specified
Rectifier (7&-oGVMMXBWF PMG500
Brake AC Supply 7"$ No standard – must be specified
Notes – 5IF 7"$ TUBOEBSE CSBLF DBO CF VTFE PO FJUIFS NPUPS WPMUBHF DPOOFDUJPO 7 PS 7  XIFO UIF NPUPS JT QPXFSFE
directly with line power and the brake voltage is provided by the motor terminals. When the brake is separately powered, like inverter
PQFSBUJPO UIFCSBLF"$WPMUBHFTIPVMENBUDIUIFNPUPSDPOOFDUFEWPMUBHF7"$PS7"$"7"$CSBLFSFRVJSFTBEJGGFSFOU
rectifier to be specified.

Motor Voltage 460/800V-60Hz (Δ/Y)


Brake Sizes BRE5-BRE400 BRE800-BRE1200
Brake Coil Voltage 7%$ 7%$
Rectifier GHE40L – half-wave PMG500
Brake AC Supply 7"$ 7"$

Motor Voltage 332/575V-60Hz (Δ/Y)


Brake Sizes BRE5-BRE400 BRE400-BRE1200
Brake Coil Voltage 7%$ No standard – must be specified
Rectifier GHE50L – half-wave No standard – must be specified
Brake AC Supply 7"$ No standard – must be specified

Motor Voltage 208/360V-60Hz (Δ/Y)


Brake Sizes BRE5-BRE400 BRE800-BRE1200
Brake Coil Voltage 7%$ No standard – must be specified
Rectifier (7&-oGVMMXBWF PMG500
Brake AC Supply 7"$ No standard – must be specified

BRAKES
Motor Voltage 230/400V-50Hz (220-240/380-420V) (Δ/Y)
Brake Sizes BRE5-BRE400 BRE800-BRE1200
Brake Coil Voltage 7%$ No standard – must be specified
Rectifier (7&-oGVMMXBWF PMG500
Brake AC Supply 7"$ No standard – must be specified

Motor Voltage 400/690-50Hz (380-420/660-720V) (Δ/Y)


Brake Sizes BRE5-BRE400 BRE800-BRE1200
Brake Coil Voltage 7%$ No standard – must be specified
Rectifier GHE40L – half-wave No standard – must be specified
Brake AC Supply 7"$ No standard – must be specified

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 221


Brake
Performance Data
Brake Performance Data
Brake Size BRE5 BRE10 BRE20 BRE40 BRE60 BRE100 BRE150 BRE250 BRE400 BRE800* BRE1200*
[lb-ft] 3.7 7.4 15 30 44 74 110 185 295 590 1180
Brake torque – max [lb-in] 44 89 177 354 531 885 1330 2200 3500 7100 10600
[Nm] 5 10 20 40 60 100 150 250 400 800 1200
Power coil P [W] 22 28 39 42 50 75 76 100 140 140 140
[in] 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.012 0.012 0.016 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.024 0.024
Nominal air gap
[mm] 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.6 0.6
Maximum air gap [in] 0.024 0.013 n/a 0.035 0.039 0.043 0.043 0.047 0.047 0.047 0.047
(re-adjust) a [mm] 0.6 0.8 n/a 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
Max brake pad wear - [in] 0.118 0.118 0.039 0.118 0.138 0.138 0.138 0.138 0.138 0.138 0.138
must be replaced [mm] 3 3 1 3 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
Minimum brake [in] 0.177 0.217 0.295 0.374 0.453 0.492 0.571 0.571 0.650 0.650 0.650
pad thickness [mm] 4.5 5.5 7.5 9.5 11.5 12.5 14.5 14.5 16.5 16.5 16.5
3
Max work per cycle W [Jx10 ] 3 6 12 25 35 50 75 105 150 112 112
Work until re-adjust W [Jx107] 5 12 20 35 60 125 200 340 420 420 210
Heat load per cycle [J/s] 80 100 130 160 200 250 300 350 400 600 600
Release time (start) t [ms] 35 45 70 80 120 160 200 220 230 400 450
Release time (start) t [ms] 15 15 28 28 75 110 110 n/a n/a n/a n/a
Setting time (stop) t [ms] 70 95 140 175 210 280 350 500 800 1000 600
Setting time (stop) t [ms] 30 45 30 75 90 120 150 180 200 250 180
Setting time (stop) t [ms] 5 6 11 12 12 13 17 24 n/a n/a n/a
IR relay delay (stop) t [ms] 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 n/a n/a
Current – 250VDC coil [A] 0.09 0.11 0.16 0.18 0.19 0.31 0.31 0.4 0.6 0.6 0.6
Current – 225VDC coil [A] 0.09 0.13 0.18 0.20 0.22 0.35 0.36 0.5 0.6 0.6 0.6
Current – 205VDC coil [A] 0.11 0.13 0.22 0.24 0.28 0.44 0.45 0.5 0.7 0.7 0.7
Current – 180VDC coil [A] 0.12 0.16 0.21 0.25 0.30 0.46 0.47 0.6 0.8 0.8 0.8
Current – 105VDC coil [A] 0.21 0.32 0.36 0.46 0.60 0.88 0.89 1.1 1.3 1.3 1.3
BRAKES

Current – 24VDC coil [A] 0.92 1.17 1.63 1.75 2.08 3.10 3.20 4.2 5.9 5.9 5.9
* Holding Brakes with emergency-stop properties - switched with fast acting brake rectifier

222 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


Brake
Calculations
Brake Size Calculation Abbreviation Key
5PSRVF BOE JOFSUJBT CFMPX BSF CBTFE PO UIF NPUPS c/h = Number of brakes per hour
speed. Load side torques must always be divided by
J [lb-ft2] = Inertia
the gear reduction ratio. Inertias must be divided by
2
the squarePGUIFHFBSSBUJP:PVNVTUBMTPDPOTJEFS Jmotor [lb-ft ] = Motor inertia
any external reduction ratio outside the gearbox. i = System reduction ratio
Safety factors. Based on ap-
Selection for holding loads TUBUJD plication and according to
industry rules and practices
K =
Treq = Tstat = Tload × K Hoisting >2
Hoisting with people >2..3
Selection for stopping loads TUBUJD EZOBNJD 5SBWFMESJWFTUP
TB [lb-in] = Brake torque
Jload
Ȉ J = Jmotor + i2
Tdyn [lb-in] = Dynamic torque
Treq [lb-in] = Required brake torque
Tload [lb-in] = Load torque
5ZQJDBMMZPUIFSJOFSUJBT MJLFUIFHFBSCPY DBOCFJHOPSFE Tstat [lb-in] = Static torque
n [rpm] = Motor speed

Tdyn = Ȉ
J×n tr [sec] = Stopping time
25.7 × t W [J] = Brake work
Maximum brake work for one
Treq = (Tdyn + Tload ) × K Wmax [J] =
brake operations

'PSESJWJOHMPBETVTFo5load
'PSPWFSIBVMJOHMPBETVTF 5load

Brake Work Verification

W=Ȉ
J × n2 TB
× W < Wmax

BRAKES
5880 TB + Tload
Braking Work (J)

'PSESJWJOHMPBETVTF 5load
'PSPWFSIBVMJOHMPBETVTFo5load

5IF QFSNJTTJCMF WBMVFT GPS 8max 'SJDUJPO XPSL 


depend on the stopping frequency. See diagram at
right.

In applications where the brake is operated fre-


quently, two brake work values should be evaluated
to ensure adequate brake life: the braking work
compared to the braking frequency and the maximum
work limit for a single operation, such as an E-stop.
Reviewing these two values will help determine the
optimal solution and ensure long brake life.

Braking Frequency (Brakes/hr)

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 223


Connections
GHE & GVE Rectifiers
GHE & GVE Connection Diagrams
BR101A BR101B BR101C BR601A
POWERED FROM
MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK
10 POWERED FROM
MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK
10 POWERED FROM
MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK
10 POWERED FROM
MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK 10
STANDARD RELEASE STANDARD RELEASE STANDARD RELEASE STANDARD RELEASE
NORMAL STOPPING (AC-SWITCHING) NORMAL STOPPING (AC-SWITCHING) NORMAL STOPPING (AC-SWITCHING) NORMAL STOPPING (AC-SWITCHING)

RECTIFIER RECTIFIER RECTIFIER RECTIFIER

JUMPER BRAKE COIL VB-DC JUMPER BRAKE COIL VB-DC JUMPER BRAKE COIL VB-DC JUMPER BRAKE COIL VB-DC

LOW HIGH HIGH W2 U2 V2 LOW


VB-AC VOLTAGE VB-AC VOLTAGE VOLTAGE VB-AC VOLTAGE
VB-AC U1 V1 W1

Vmotor MOTOR Vmotor MOTOR Vmotor MOTOR Vmotor MOTOR


STARTER STARTER STARTER STARTER

MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC
208-230YY/460Y GVE20 208 VAC 230 VAC 205 VDC 230YY/460Y GVE20 460 VAC 230 VAC 205 VDC 230YY/460Y GHE40 460 VAC 460 VAC 205 VDC 208/360Y GVE20 208 VAC 208 VAC 180 VDC
230YY/460Y GVE20 230 VAC 230 VAC 205 VDC 230YY/460Y GHE40 460 VAC 230 VAC 105 VDC 230/400Y GVE20 230 VAC 230 VAC 205 VDC
230YY/460Y GHE40 230 VAC 230 VAC 105 VDC 400/690Y GHE40 400 VAC 400 VAC 180 VDC
460/Y GHE40 460 VAC 460 VAC 205 VDC
BR601B BR601C POWERED FROM BR603A BR603B
POWERED FROM POWERED FROM
POWERED FROM
MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK
10 MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK 10 MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK 15 MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK
15
STANDARD RELEASE STANDARD RELEASE STANDARD RELEASE STANDARD RELEASE
NORMAL STOPPING (AC-SWITCHING) NORMAL STOPPING (AC-SWITCHING) FAST STOPPING (DC-SWITCHING) FAST STOPPING (DC-SWITCHING)

VB-AC RECTIFIER VB-AC RECTIFIER


RECTIFIER RECTIFIER
VB-AC VB-AC
BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC
BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC
JUMPER JUMPER

W2 U2 V2 HIGH W2 U2 V2 HIGH LOW HIGH


VOLTAGE VOLTAGE W2 U2 V2 VOLTAGE W2 U2 V2 VOLTAGE
U1 V1 W1 U1 V1 W1
U1 V1 W1 U1 V1 W1
Vmotor MOTOR Vmotor MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR
STARTER STARTER STARTER STARTER
Vmotor Vmotor

MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC
BRAKES

230/400Y GVE20 400 VAC 230 VAC 205 VDC 332/575Y GHE50 575 VAC 575 VAC 250 VDC 208/360Y GVE20 208 VAC 208 VAC 180 VDC 230/400Y GVE20 400 VAC 230 VAC 105 VDC
230/400Y GVE20 230 VAC 230 VAC 205 VDC
400/690Y GHE40 400 VAC 400 VAC 180 VDC
460/Y GHE40 460 VAC 460 VAC 205 VDC
BR603C BR103A BR103B BR103C
POWERED FROM POWERED FROM POWERED FROM POWERED FROM
MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK
15 MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK 15 MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK 15 MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK 15
STANDARD RELEASE STANDARD RELEASE STANDARD RELEASE STANDARD RELEASE
FAST STOPPING (DC-SWITCHING) FAST STOPPING (DC-SWITCHING) FAST STOPPING (DC-SWITCHING) FAST STOPPING (DC-SWITCHING)

VB-AC RECTIFIER RECTIFIER VB-AC RECTIFIER VB-AC RECTIFIER

BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC

HIGH LOW HIGH HIGH


W2 U2 V2 VOLTAGE VOLTAGE VOLTAGE VOLTAGE
VB-AC
U1 V1 W1

MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR


STARTER STARTER STARTER STARTER
Vmotor Vmotor Vmotor Vmotor

MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC
332/575Y GHE50 575 VAC 575 VAC 250 VDC 208-230YY/460Y GVE20 208 VAC 230 VAC 205 VDC 230YY/460Y GVE20 460 VAC 230 VAC 205 VDC 230YY/460Y GHE40 460 VAC 460 VAC 205 VDC
230YY/460Y GVE20 230 VAC 230 VAC 205 VDC
230YY/460Y GHE40 230 VAC 230 VAC 105 VDC

* The normally open contact/s (NO) is not supplied by NORD. It must close at the same time power is supplied to the
brake. The contact must be capable of switching inductive loads and/or be rated IEC AC3.
___ = Braking Method

224 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


Connections
GHE & GVE Rectifiers
GHE & GVE Connection Diagrams
BR102A BR102B BR602A BR602B
SEPERATE POWER SOURCE 20 SEPERATE POWER SOURCE 20 SEPERATE POWER SOURCE 20 SEPERATE POWER SOURCE 20
STANDARD RELEASE STANDARD RELEASE STANDARD RELEASE STANDARD RELEASE
NORMAL STOPPING (AC-SWITCHING) NORMAL STOPPING (AC-SWITCHING) NORMAL STOPPING (AC-SWITCHING) NORMAL STOPPING (AC-SWITCHING)

RECTIFIER RECTIFIER RECTIFIER RECTIFIER

JUMPER JUMPER JUMPER JUMPER


BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC

LOW HIGH LOW HIGH


VOLTAGE VOLTAGE W2 U2 V2 VOLTAGE W2 U2 V2 VOLTAGE

U1 V1 W1 U1 V1 W1

MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR


STARTER STARTER STARTER STARTER
Vmotor VB-AC Vmotor VB-AC Vmotor VB-AC Vmotor
VB-AC
MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC
208-230YY/460Y GVE20 208 VAC 230 VAC 205 VDC 230YY/460Y GVE20 460 VAC 115 VAC 105 VDC 208/360Y GVE20 208 VAC 208 VAC 180 VDC 230/400Y GHE40 400VAC 230 VAC 105 VDC
230YY/460Y GVE20 230 VAC 115 VAC 105 VDC 230YY/460Y GVE20 460 VAC 230 VAC 205 VDC 230/400Y GVE20 230 VAC 230 VAC 205 VDC 230/400Y GHE20 400VAC 230 VAC 205VDC
230YY/460Y GVE20 230 VAC 230 VAC 205 VDC 230YY/460Y GHE40 460 VAC 460 VAC 205 VDC 400/690Y GHE40 400 VAC 400 VAC 180 VDC 230/400Y GHE40 400 VAC 400 VAC 180 VDC
230YY/460Y GHE40 230 VAC 230 VAC 105 VDC 460/Y GHE40 460 VAC 460 VAC 205 VDC 332/575Y GHE50 575 VAC 575 VAC 250 VDC
BR104A BR104B BR604A BR604B
SEPERATE POWER SOURCE
25 SEPERATE POWER SOURCE 25 SEPERATE POWER SOURCE 25 SEPERATE POWER SOURCE 25
STANDARD RELEASE STANDARD RELEASE STANDARD RELEASE STANDARD RELEASE
FAST STOPPING (DC-SWITCHING) FAST STOPPING (DC-SWITCHING) FAST STOPPING (DC-SWITCHING) FAST STOPPING (DC-SWITCHING)

RECTIFIER RECTIFIER RECTIFIER RECTIFIER

BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC

LOW HIGH LOW HIGH


VOLTAGE VOLTAGE W2 U2 V2 VOLTAGE W2 U2 V2 VOLTAGE

U1 V1 W1 U1 V1 W1
MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR
STARTER STARTER STARTER STARTER
VB-AC Vmotor VB-AC Vmotor Vmotor Vmotor
VB-AC VB-AC
MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC
208-230YY/460Y GVE20 208 VAC 230 VAC 205 VDC 230YY/460Y GVE20 460 VAC 115 VAC 105 VDC 208/360Y GHE20 208 VAC 208 VAC 105 VDC 230/400Y GHE40 400VAC 230 VAC 105 VDC

BRAKES
230YY/460Y GVE20 230 VAC 115 VAC 105 VDC 230YY/460Y GVE20 460 VAC 230 VAC 205 VDC 230/400Y GHE20 230 VAC 230 VAC 105 VDC 230/400Y GHE20 400VAC 230 VAC 205VDC
230YY/460Y GVE20 230 VAC 230 VAC 205 VDC 230YY/460Y GHE40 460 VAC 460 VAC 205 VDC 400/690Y GHE40 400 VAC 400 VAC 180 VDC 230/400Y GHE40 400 VAC 400 VAC 180 VDC
230YY/460Y GHE40 230 VAC 230 VAC 105 VDC 460/Y GHE40 460 VAC 460 VAC 205 VDC 332/575Y GHE50 575 VAC 575 VAC 250 VDC

* The normally open contact/s (NO) is not supplied by NORD. It must close at the same time power is supplied to the
brake. The contact must be capable of switching inductive loads and/or be rated IEC AC3.
___ = Braking Method

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 225


Connections
GUE Rectifiers
GUE Dual Rectifier - Connection Diagrams
GU101A GU101B GU101D GU103A
POWERED FROM POWERED FROM POWERED FROM
MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK 10 MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK 10 POWERED FROM
MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK 10 MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK 15
STANDARD RELEASE STANDARD RELEASE STANDARD RELEASE STANDARD RELEASE
STANDARD STOPPING (AC-SWITCHING) STANDARD STOPPING (AC-SWITCHING) STANDARD STOPPING (AC-SWITCHING) FAST STOPPING (DC-SWITCHING)

VB-AC RECTIFIER VB-AC RECTIFIER VB-AC RECTIFIER VB-AC RECTIFIER


a b a b a b a b

JUMPER JUMPER JUMPER


BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC

LOW HIGH HIGH LOW


VOLTAGE VOLTAGE VOLTAGE VOLTAGE

MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR


STARTER STARTER STARTER STARTER
Vmotor Vmotor Vmotor Vmotor

MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC
208-230YY/460Y GUE40V 208 VAC 230 VAC 205 VDC 208-230YY/460Y GUE40V 460 VAC 460 VAC 205 VDC 230YY/460Y GUE40V 460 VAC 230 VAC 205 VDC 208-230YY/460Y GUE40V 208 VAC 230 VAC 205 VDC
230YY/460Y GUE40V 230 VAC 230 VAC 205 VDC 230YY/460Y GUE40V 460 VAC 460 VAC 205 VDC 230YY/460Y GUE40V 230 VAC 230 VAC 205 VDC

GU103B GU103D GU102A GU102B


POWERED FROM POWERED FROM
MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK 15 MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK 15 SEPERATE POWER SOURCE
20 SEPERATE POWER SOURCE 20
STANDARD RELEASE STANDARD RELEASE STANDARD RELEASE STANDARD RELEASE
FAST STOPPING (DC-SWITCHING) FAST STOPPING (DC-SWITCHING) STANDARD STOPPING (AC-SWITCHING) STANDARD STOPPING (AC-SWITCHING)

VB-AC RECTIFIER VB-AC RECTIFIER RECTIFIER RECTIFIER


a b a b a b a b

JUMPER BRAKE COIL VB-DC JUMPER BRAKE COIL VB-DC


BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC

HIGH HIGH LOW HIGH


VOLTAGE VOLTAGE VOLTAGE VOLTAGE

MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR


STARTER STARTER STARTER STARTER
Vmotor Vmotor Vmotor Vmotor
VB-AC VB-AC
MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC
208-230YY/460Y GUE40V 460 VAC 460 VAC 205 VDC 230YY/460Y GUE40V 460 VAC 230 VAC 205 VDC 208-230YY/460Y GUE40V 208 VAC 230 VAC 205 VDC 208-230YY/460Y GUE40V 460 VAC 460 VAC 205 VDC
BRAKES

230YY/460Y GUE40V 460 VAC 460 VAC 205 VDC 230YY/460Y GUE40V 230 VAC 230 VAC 205 VDC 230YY/460Y GUE40V 460 VAC 460 VAC 205 VDC
208-230YY/460Y GUE40V 208 VAC 115 VAC 105 VDC
230YY/460Y GUE40V 230 VAC 115 VAC 105 VDC
GU104A GU104B
SEPERATE POWER SOURCE 25 SEPERATE POWER SOURCE 25
STANDARD RELEASE STANDARD RELEASE
FAST STOPPING (DC-SWITCHING) FAST STOPPING (DC-SWITCHING)

RECTIFIER RECTIFIER
a b a b

BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC

LOW HIGH
VOLTAGE VOLTAGE

MOTOR MOTOR
STARTER STARTER
VB-AC Vmotor VB-AC Vmotor

MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC
208-230YY/460Y GUE40V 208 VAC 230 VAC 205 VDC 208-230YY/460Y GUE40V 460 VAC 460 VAC 205 VDC
230YY/460Y GUE40V 230 VAC 230 VAC 205 VDC 230YY/460Y GUE40V 460 VAC 460 VAC 205 VDC
208-230YY/460Y GUE40V 208 VAC 115 VAC 105 VDC
230YY/460Y GUE40V 230 VAC 115 VAC 105 VDC

* The normally open contact/s (NO) is not supplied by NORD. It must close at the same time power is supplied to the
brake. The contact must be capable of switching inductive loads and/or be rated IEC AC3.
___ = Braking Method

226 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


Connections
*3(5HFWLÀHUV
GPE Rectifier - Connection Diagrams
GP101A GP101B GP101C GP101D
POWERED FROM
MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK
30 POWERED FROM
MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK
30 POWERED FROM
MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK
30 POWERED FROM
MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK
30
FAST-RELEASE (OVER EXCITATION) FAST-RELEASE (OVER EXCITATION) FAST-RELEASE (OVER EXCITATION) FAST-RELEASE (OVER EXCITATION)
NORMAL STOPPING (AC-SWITCHING) NORMAL STOPPING (AC-SWITCHING) NORMAL STOPPING (AC-SWITCHING) NORMAL STOPPING (AC-SWITCHING)

RECTIFIER RECTIFIER RECTIFIER RECTIFIER

JUMPER BRAKE COIL VB-DC JUMPER BRAKE COIL VB-DC JUMPER BRAKE COIL VB-DC JUMPER BRAKE COIL VB-DC

LOW HIGH HIGH W2 U2 V2 LOW


VB-AC VOLTAGE VB-AC VOLTAGE VOLTAGE VB-AC VOLTAGE
VB-AC U1 V1 W1

Vmotor MOTOR Vmotor MOTOR Vmotor MOTOR Vmotor MOTOR


STARTER STARTER STARTER STARTER

MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC
230YY/460Y GPE20L 230 VAC 230 VAC 105 VDC 230YY/460Y GPE20L 460 VAC 230 VAC 105 VDC 230YY/460Y GPE40L 460 VAC 460 VAC 205 VDC 208/360Y GPE20L 208 VAC 208 VAC 105 VDC
230/400Y GPE20L 230 VAC 230 VAC 105 VDC
400/690Y GPE40L 400 VAC 400 VAC 180 VDC
460/Y GPE40L 460 VAC 460 VAC 205 VDC
GP101E GP102A GP102B GP102C
POWERED FROM
MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK
30
POWERED FROM
MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK
35 POWERED FROM
MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK
35 POWERED FROM
MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK
35
FAST-RELEASE (OVER EXCITATION) FAST-RELEASE (OVER EXCITATION) FAST-RELEASE (OVER EXCITATION) FAST-RELEASE (OVER EXCITATION)
NORMAL STOPPING (AC-SWITCHING) FAST STOPPING (DC-SWITCHING) FAST STOPPING (DC-SWITCHING) FAST STOPPING (DC-SWITCHING)

RECTIFIER VB-AC RECTIFIER VB-AC RECTIFIER


RECTIFIER
VB-AC
BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC
BRAKE COIL VB-DC
JUMPER

W2 U2 V2 HIGH LOW HIGH HIGH


VOLTAGE VOLTAGE VOLTAGE VOLTAGE
U1 V1 W1
VB-AC

Vmotor MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR


STARTER STARTER STARTER STARTER
Vmotor Vmotor Vmotor

MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC
230/400Y GPE20L 400 VAC 230 VAC 105 VDC 230YY/460Y GPE20L 230 VAC 230 VAC 105 VDC 230YY/460Y GPE20L 460 VAC 230 VAC 105 VDC 230YY/460Y GPE40L 460 VAC 460 VAC 205 VDC

BRAKES
332/575Y GPE40L 575 VAC 332 VAC 180 VDC

GP102D GP102E GP103A GP103B


35
POWERED FROM POWERED FROM
POWERED FROM
MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK
POWERED FROM
MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK
35 MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK 40 MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK 40
STANDARD RELEASE STANDARD RELEASE
FAST-RELEASE (OVER EXCITATION) FAST-RELEASE (OVER EXCITATION)
VERY FAST STOPPING VERY FAST STOPPING
FAST STOPPING (DC-SWITCHING) FAST STOPPING (DC-SWITCHING) (DC-SWITCHING + REDUCED POWER HOLDING) (DC-SWITCHING + REDUCED POWER HOLDING)

VB-AC RECTIFIER VB-AC RECTIFIER VB-AC RECTIFIER VB-AC RECTIFIER

BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC

LOW HIGH LOW HIGH


W2 U2 V2 VOLTAGE W2 U2 V2 VOLTAGE VOLTAGE VOLTAGE

U1 V1 W1 U1 V1 W1

MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR


STARTER STARTER STARTER STARTER
Vmotor Vmotor Vmotor Vmotor

MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC
208/360Y GPE20L 208 VAC 208 VAC 105 VDC 230/400Y GPE20L 400 VAC 230 VAC 105 VDC 230YY/460Y GPE20L 230 VAC 230 VAC 205 VDC 230YY/460Y GPE20L 460 VAC 230 VAC 205 VDC
230/400Y GPE20L 230 VAC 230 VAC 105 VDC 332/575Y GPE40L 575 VAC 332 VAC 180 VDC
400/690Y GPE40L 400 VAC 400 VAC 180 VDC
460/Y GPE40L 460 VAC 460 VAC 205 VDC

* The normally open contact/s (NO) is not supplied by NORD. It must close at the same time power is supplied to the
brake. The contact must be capable of switching inductive loads and/or be rated IEC AC3.
___ = Braking Method

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 


Connections
*385HFWLÀHUV
GPU Rectifier - Connection Diagrams
GP103C GP103D POWERED FROM GP104A GP104B
40 45
POWERED FROM
MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK 40 MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK
SEPERATE POWER SOURCE 45 SEPERATE POWER SOURCE
STANDARD RELEASE STANDARD RELEASE
FAST-RELEASE (OVER EXCITATION) FAST-RELEASE (OVER EXCITATION)
VERY FAST STOPPING VERY FAST STOPPING
(DC-SWITCHING + REDUCED POWER HOLDING) (DC-SWITCHING + REDUCED POWER HOLDING) NORMAL STOPPING (AC-SWITCHING) NORMAL STOPPING (AC-SWITCHING)

VB-AC RECTIFIER VB-AC RECTIFIER RECTIFIER RECTIFIER

BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC JUMPER JUMPER


BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC

LOW HIGH LOW HIGH


W2 U2 V2 VOLTAGE W2 U2 V2 VOLTAGE VOLTAGE VOLTAGE

U1 V1 W1 U1 V1 W1

MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR


STARTER STARTER STARTER STARTER
Vmotor Vmotor VB-AC Vmotor VB-AC Vmotor

MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC
208/360Y GPE20L 208 VAC 208 VAC 180 VDC 230/400Y GPE20L 400 VAC 230 VAC 205 VDC 230YY/460Y GPU20L 230 VAC 230 VAC 105 VDC 230YY/460Y GPU20L 460 VAC 230 VAC 105 VDC
230/400Y GPE20L 230 VAC 230 VAC 205 VDC

GP104C GP104D GP104E GP105A


SEPERATE POWER SOURCE 45 SEPERATE POWER SOURCE 45 SEPERATE POWER SOURCE 45 SEPERATE POWER SOURCE 50
FAST-RELEASE (OVER EXCITATION) FAST-RELEASE (OVER EXCITATION) FAST-RELEASE (OVER EXCITATION) FAST-RELEASE (OVER EXCITATION)
NORMAL STOPPING (AC-SWITCHING) NORMAL STOPPING (AC-SWITCHING) NORMAL STOPPING (AC-SWITCHING) FAST STOPPING (DC-SWITCHING)

RECTIFIER RECTIFIER RECTIFIER RECTIFIER

JUMPER JUMPER JUMPER


BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC

HIGH LOW HIGH LOW


VOLTAGE W2 U2 V2 VOLTAGE W2 U2 V2 VOLTAGE VOLTAGE

U1 V1 W1 U1 V1 W1

MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR


STARTER STARTER STARTER STARTER
VB-AC Vmotor VB-AC Vmotor VB-AC Vmotor VB-AC Vmotor

MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC
230YY/460Y GPU40L 460 VAC 460 VAC 205 VDC 208/360Y GPU20L 208 VAC 208 VAC 105 VDC 230/400Y GPU20L 400 VAC 230 VAC 105 VDC 230YY/460Y GPU20L 230 VAC 230 VAC 105 VDC
BRAKES

230/400Y GPU20L 230 VAC 230 VAC 105 VDC 332/575Y GPU40L 575 VAC 332 VAC 180 VDC
400/690Y GPU40L 400 VAC 400 VAC 180 VDC
460/Y GPU40L 460 VAC 460 VAC 205 VDC
GP105B GP105C GP105D GP105E
SEPERATE POWER SOURCE 50 SEPERATE POWER SOURCE 50 SEPERATE POWER SOURCE 50 SEPERATE POWER SOURCE 50
FAST-RELEASE (OVER EXCITATION) FAST-RELEASE (OVER EXCITATION) FAST-RELEASE (OVER EXCITATION) FAST-RELEASE (OVER EXCITATION)
FAST STOPPING (DC-SWITCHING) FAST STOPPING (DC-SWITCHING) FAST STOPPING (DC-SWITCHING) FAST STOPPING (DC-SWITCHING)

RECTIFIER RECTIFIER RECTIFIER RECTIFIER

BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC

HIGH HIGH LOW HIGH


VOLTAGE VOLTAGE W2 U2 V2 VOLTAGE W2 U2 V2 VOLTAGE

U1 V1 W1 U1 V1 W1

MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR


STARTER STARTER STARTER STARTER
VB-AC Vmotor VB-AC Vmotor VB-AC Vmotor VB-AC Vmotor

MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-ACVB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC
230YY/460Y GPU20L 460 VAC 230 VAC 105 VDC 230YY/460Y GPU40L 460 VAC 460 VAC 205 VDC 208/360Y GPU20L 208 VAC 208 VAC 105 VDC 230/400Y GPU20L 400 VAC 230 VAC 105 VDC
230/400Y GPU20L 230 VAC 230 VAC 105 VDC 332/575Y GPU40L 575 VAC 332 VAC 180 VDC
400/690Y GPU40L 400 VAC 400 VAC 180 VDC
460/Y GPU40L 460 VAC 460 VAC 205 VDC

* The normally open contact/s (NO) is not supplied by NORD. It must close at the same time power is supplied to the
brake. The contact must be capable of switching inductive loads and/or be rated IEC AC3.
___ = Braking Method

228 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


Connections
*3( *385HFWLÀHUV
GPE & GPU Rectifier - Connection Diagrams
GP106A GP106B GP106C GP106D
SEPERATE POWER SOURCE
55 SEPERATE POWER SOURCE
55 SEPERATE POWER SOURCE
55 SEPERATE POWER SOURCE
55
STANDARD RELEASE STANDARD RELEASE STANDARD RELEASE STANDARD RELEASE
VERY FAST STOPPING VERY FAST STOPPING VERY FAST STOPPING VERY FAST STOPPING
(DC-SWITCHING + REDUCED POWER HOLDING) (DC-SWITCHING + REDUCED POWER HOLDING) (DC-SWITCHING + REDUCED POWER HOLDING) (DC-SWITCHING + REDUCED POWER HOLDING)

RECTIFIER RECTIFIER RECTIFIER RECTIFIER

BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC

LOW HIGH LOW HIGH


VOLTAGE VOLTAGE W2 U2 V2 VOLTAGE W2 U2 V2 VOLTAGE

U1 V1 W1 U1 V1 W1

MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR


STARTER STARTER STARTER STARTER
Vmotor Vmotor VB-AC Vmotor Vmotor
VB-AC VB-AC VB-AC
MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC
MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC
230YY/460Y GPU20L 230 VAC 230 VAC 205 VDC 230YY/460Y GPU20L 460 VAC 230 VAC 205 VDC 208/360Y GPU20L 208 VAC 208 VAC 180 VDC 230/400Y GPU20L 400 VAC 230 VAC 205 VDC
230/400Y GPU20L 230 VAC 230 VAC 205 VDC

PMG101A PMG101B PMG101C PMG101D


POWERED FROM
MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK
30 POWERED FROM
MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK
30 POWERED FROM
MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK
30 POWERED FROM
MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK
30
FAST-RELEASE (OVER EXCITATION) FAST-RELEASE (OVER EXCITATION) FAST-RELEASE (OVER EXCITATION) FAST-RELEASE (OVER EXCITATION)
NORMAL STOPPING (AC-SWITCHING) NORMAL STOPPING (AC-SWITCHING) NORMAL STOPPING (AC-SWITCHING) NORMAL STOPPING (AC-SWITCHING)

VB-AC RECTIFIER VB-AC RECTIFIER VB-AC RECTIFIER VB-AC RECTIFIER


+ + + +

JUMPER JUMPER JUMPER JUMPER


BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC

LOW HIGH HIGH LOW


VOLTAGE VOLTAGE VOLTAGE W2 U2 V2 VOLTAGE

U1 V1 W1

MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR


STARTER STARTER STARTER STARTER
Vmotor Vmotor Vmotor Vmotor

MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC

BRAKES
230YY/460Y PMG500 230 VAC 230 VAC 105 VDC 230YY/460Y PMG500 460 VAC 230 VAC 105 VDC 230YY/460Y PMG500 460 VAC 460 VAC 205 VDC 208/360Y PMG500 208 VAC 208 VAC 105 VDC
230/400Y PMG500 230 VAC 230 VAC 105 VDC
400/690Y PMG500 400 VAC 400 VAC 180 VDC
460/Y PMG500 460 VAC 460 VAC 205 VDC
PMG101E PMG102A PMG102B PMG102C
POWERED FROM
MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK
30 POWERED FROM
MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK
35 POWERED FROM
MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK
35 POWERED FROM
MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK
35
FAST-RELEASE (OVER EXCITATION) FAST-RELEASE (OVER EXCITATION) FAST-RELEASE (OVER EXCITATION) FAST-RELEASE (OVER EXCITATION)
NORMAL STOPPING (AC-SWITCHING) FAST STOPPING (DC-SWITCHING) FAST STOPPING (DC-SWITCHING) FAST STOPPING (DC-SWITCHING)

VB-AC RECTIFIER RECTIFIER VB-AC RECTIFIER VB-AC RECTIFIER


+ + + +

JUMPER BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC
BRAKE COIL VB-DC

HIGH LOW HIGH HIGH


W2 U2 V2 VOLTAGE VOLTAGE VOLTAGE VOLTAGE
VB-AC
U1 V1 W1

MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR


STARTER STARTER STARTER STARTER
Vmotor Vmotor Vmotor Vmotor

MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC
230/400Y PMG500 400 VAC 230 VAC 105 VDC 230YY/460Y PMG500 230 VAC 230 VAC 105 VDC 230YY/460Y PMG500 460 VAC 230 VAC 105 VDC 230YY/460Y PMG500 460 VAC 460 VAC 205 VDC

* The normally open contact/s (NO) is not supplied by NORD. It must close at the same time power is supplied to the
brake. The contact must be capable of switching inductive loads and/or be rated IEC AC3.
___ = Braking Method

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 229


Connections
30*5HFWLÀHUV
PMG Rectifier - Connection Diagrams
PMG102D PMG102E PMG103A PMG103B
35 35
POWERED FROM POWERED FROM
POWERED FROM
MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK
POWERED FROM
MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK 40 MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK 40
STANDARD RELEASE STANDARD RELEASE
FAST-RELEASE (OVER EXCITATION) FAST-RELEASE (OVER EXCITATION)
VERY FAST STOPPING VERY FAST STOPPING
FAST STOPPING (DC-SWITCHING) FAST STOPPING (DC-SWITCHING) (DC-SWITCHING + REDUCED POWER HOLDING) (DC-SWITCHING + REDUCED POWER HOLDING)

VB-AC RECTIFIER VB-AC RECTIFIER VB-AC RECTIFIER VB-AC RECTIFIER


+ + + +

BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC

LOW HIGH LOW HIGH


W2 U2 V2
VOLTAGE W2 U2 V2
VOLTAGE VOLTAGE VOLTAGE

U1 V1 W1 U1 V1 W1

MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR


STARTER STARTER STARTER STARTER
Vmotor Vmotor Vmotor Vmotor

MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC
208/360Y PMG500 208 VAC 208 VAC 105 VDC 230/400Y PMG500 400 VAC 230 VAC 105 VDC 230YY/460Y PMG500 230 VAC 230 VAC 205 VDC 230YY/460Y PMG500 460 VAC 230 VAC 205 VDC
230/400Y PMG500 230 VAC 230 VAC 105 VDC
400/690Y PMG500 400 VAC 400 VAC 180 VDC
460/Y PMG500 460 VAC 460 VAC 205 VDC
PMG103C PMG103D PMG104A PMG104B
POWERED FROM
40 45
POWERED FROM
MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK 40 MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK
SEPERATE POWER SOURCE 45 SEPERATE POWER SOURCE
STANDARD RELEASE STANDARD RELEASE
FAST-RELEASE (OVER EXCITATION) FAST-RELEASE (OVER EXCITATION)
VERY FAST STOPPING VERY FAST STOPPING
(DC-SWITCHING + REDUCED POWER HOLDING) (DC-SWITCHING + REDUCED POWER HOLDING) NORMAL STOPPING (AC-SWITCHING) NORMAL STOPPING (AC-SWITCHING)

VB-AC RECTIFIER VB-AC RECTIFIER RECTIFIER RECTIFIER


+ + + +

BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC JUMPER JUMPER


BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC

LOW HIGH LOW HIGH


W2 U2 V2 VOLTAGE W2 U2 V2 VOLTAGE VOLTAGE VOLTAGE

U1 V1 W1 U1 V1 W1

MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR


STARTER STARTER STARTER STARTER
Vmotor Vmotor VB-AC Vmotor VB-AC Vmotor

MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC
208/360Y PMG500 208 VAC 208 VAC 180 VDC 230/400Y PMG500 400 VAC 230 VAC 205 VDC 230YY/460Y PMG500 230 VAC 230 VAC 105 VDC 230YY/460Y PMG500 460 VAC 230 VAC 105 VDC
BRAKES

230/400Y PMG500 230 VAC 230 VAC 205 VDC

PMG104C PMG104D PMG104E PMG105A

SEPERATE POWER SOURCE 45 SEPERATE POWER SOURCE 45 SEPERATE POWER SOURCE 45 SEPERATE POWER SOURCE 50
FAST-RELEASE (OVER EXCITATION) FAST-RELEASE (OVER EXCITATION) FAST-RELEASE (OVER EXCITATION) FAST-RELEASE (OVER EXCITATION)
NORMAL STOPPING (AC-SWITCHING) NORMAL STOPPING (AC-SWITCHING) NORMAL STOPPING (AC-SWITCHING) FAST STOPPING (DC-SWITCHING)

RECTIFIER RECTIFIER RECTIFIER RECTIFIER


+ + + +

JUMPER JUMPER JUMPER BRAKE COIL VB-DC


BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC

HIGH LOW HIGH LOW


VOLTAGE W2 U2 V2 VOLTAGE W2 U2 V2 VOLTAGE VOLTAGE

U1 V1 W1 U1 V1 W1

MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR


STARTER STARTER STARTER STARTER
VB-AC Vmotor Vmotor Vmotor Vmotor
VB-AC VB-AC VB-AC
MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC
230YY/460Y PMG500 460 VAC 460 VAC 205 VDC 208/360Y PMG500 208 VAC 208 VAC 105 VDC 230/400Y PMG500 400 VAC 230 VAC 105 VDC 230YY/460Y PMG500 230 VAC 230 VAC 105 VDC
230/400Y PMG500 230 VAC 230 VAC 105 VDC
400/690Y PMG500 400 VAC 400 VAC 180 VDC
460/Y PMG500 460 VAC 460 VAC 205 VDC

* The normally open contact/s (NO) is not supplied by NORD. It must close at the same time power is supplied to the
brake. The contact must be capable of switching inductive loads and/or be rated IEC AC3.
___ = Braking Method

230 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


Connections
30*5HFWLÀHUV
PMG Rectifier - Connection Diagrams
PMG105B PMG105C PMG105D PMG105E

SEPERATE POWER SOURCE 50 SEPERATE POWER SOURCE 50 SEPERATE POWER SOURCE 50 SEPERATE POWER SOURCE 50
FAST-RELEASE (OVER EXCITATION) FAST-RELEASE (OVER EXCITATION) FAST-RELEASE (OVER EXCITATION) FAST-RELEASE (OVER EXCITATION)
FAST STOPPING (DC-SWITCHING) FAST STOPPING (DC-SWITCHING) FAST STOPPING (DC-SWITCHING) FAST STOPPING (DC-SWITCHING)

RECTIFIER RECTIFIER RECTIFIER RECTIFIER


+ + + +

BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC

HIGH HIGH LOW HIGH


VOLTAGE VOLTAGE W2 U2 V2 VOLTAGE W2 U2 V2 VOLTAGE

U1 V1 W1 U1 V1 W1

MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR


STARTER STARTER STARTER STARTER
VB-AC Vmotor VB-AC Vmotor VB-AC Vmotor VB-AC Vmotor

MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC
230YY/460Y PMG500 460 VAC 230 VAC 105 VDC 230YY/460Y PMG500 460 VAC 460 VAC 205 VDC 208/360Y PMG500 208 VAC 208 VAC 105 VDC 230/400Y PMG500 400 VAC 230 VAC 105 VDC
230/400Y PMG500 230 VAC 230 VAC 105 VDC
400/690Y PMG500 400 VAC 400 VAC 180 VDC
460/Y PMG500 460 VAC 460 VAC 205 VDC
PMG106A PMG106B PMG106C PMG106D
SEPERATE POWER SOURCE
55 SEPERATE POWER SOURCE
55 SEPERATE POWER SOURCE
55 SEPERATE POWER SOURCE
55
STANDARD RELEASE STANDARD RELEASE STANDARD RELEASE STANDARD RELEASE
VERY FAST STOPPING VERY FAST STOPPING VERY FAST STOPPING VERY FAST STOPPING
(DC-SWITCHING + REDUCED POWER HOLDING) (DC-SWITCHING + REDUCED POWER HOLDING) (DC-SWITCHING + REDUCED POWER HOLDING) (DC-SWITCHING + REDUCED POWER HOLDING)

RECTIFIER RECTIFIER RECTIFIER RECTIFIER


+ + + +

BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC

LOW HIGH LOW HIGH


VOLTAGE VOLTAGE W2 U2 V2 VOLTAGE W2 U2 V2 VOLTAGE

U1 V1 W1 U1 V1 W1

MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR


STARTER STARTER STARTER STARTER
VB-AC Vmotor VB-AC Vmotor VB-AC Vmotor VB-AC Vmotor

MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC
230YY/460Y PMG500 230 VAC 230 VAC 205 VDC 230YY/460Y PMG500 460 VAC 230 VAC 205 VDC 208/360Y PMG500 208 VAC 208 VAC 180 VDC 230/400Y PMG500 400 VAC 230 VAC 205 VDC

BRAKES
230/400Y PMG500 230 VAC 230 VAC 205 VDC

* The normally open contact/s (NO) is not supplied by NORD. It must close at the same time power is supplied to the
brake. The contact must be capable of switching inductive loads and/or be rated IEC AC3.
___ = Braking Method

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 231


Connections
IR Relays
IR Relay Typical Connection Diagrams
IR101A IR101B IR102A IR102B
POWERED FROM
MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK
15 POWERED FROM
MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK
15 POWERED FROM
MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK
15 POWERED FROM
MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK
15
STANDARD-RELEASE STANDARD-RELEASE STANDARD-RELEASE STANDARD-RELEASE
FAST STOPPING (DC-SWITCHING) FAST STOPPING (DC-SWITCHING) FAST STOPPING (DC-SWITCHING) FAST STOPPING (DC-SWITCHING)

RECTIFIER RECTIFIER RECTIFIER RECTIFIER

BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC
Blue Blue Red Red
Red IR Red IR Blue IR Blue IR
Wht/Blk RELAY Wht/Blk RELAY Wht/Blk RELAY Wht/Blk RELAY
Wht/Blk Wht/Blk Wht/Blk Wht/Blk

VB-AC LOW HIGH VB-AC LOW HIGH


VOLTAGE VOLTAGE VOLTAGE VOLTAGE
VB-AC VB-AC
Vmotor MOTOR Vmotor MOTOR Vmotor MOTOR Vmotor MOTOR
STARTER STARTER STARTER STARTER

MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC
208-230YY/460Y GVE20 208VAC 230 VAC 205 VDC 230YY/460Y GVE20 460 VAC 230 VAC 205 VDC 208-230YY/460Y GHE40 208VAC 230 VAC 105 VDC 230YY/460Y GHE40 460 VAC 230 VAC 105 VDC
230YY/460Y GVE20 230 VAC 230 VAC 205 VDC 230YY/460Y GHE40 230 VAC 230 VAC 105 VDC

IR103 IR301 IR401 IR501


POWERED FROM POWERED FROM POWERED FROM
POWERED FROM
MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK
15 MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK
15 MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK
15 MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK
15
STANDARD-RELEASE STANDARD-RELEASE STANDARD-RELEASE STANDARD-RELEASE
FAST STOPPING (DC-SWITCHING) FAST STOPPING (DC-SWITCHING) FAST STOPPING (DC-SWITCHING) FAST STOPPING (DC-SWITCHING)

RECTIFIER RECTIFIER RECTIFIER RECTIFIER


VB-AC

BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC
Red Blue Red Red
Blue IR VB-AC Red IR VB-AC Blue IR Blue IR
Wht/Blk RELAY Wht/Blk RELAY Wht/Blk RELAY Wht/Blk RELAY
Wht/Blk Wht/Blk Wht/Blk Wht/Blk

W2 U2 V2 W2 U2 V2 W2 U2 V2
HIGH LOW LOW HIGH
VOLTAGE U1 V1 W1 VOLTAGE U1 V1 W1 VOLTAGE VOLTAGE
VB-AC U1 V1 W1

Vmotor MOTOR Vmotor MOTOR Vmotor MOTOR Vmotor MOTOR


STARTER STARTER STARTER STARTER

MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC
230YY/460Y GHE40 460 VAC 460VAC 205 VDC 208/360Y GVE20 208 VAC 208 VAC 180 VDC 460/800Y GHE40 460 VAC 460 VAC 205 VDC 332/575Y GHE50 575 VAC 575 VAC 250 VDC
BRAKES

230/400Y GVE20 230 VAC 230 VAC 205 VDC

IR601 IR602
POWERED FROM POWERED FROM
15 15
CAUTIONS
MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK
STANDARD-RELEASE STANDARD-RELEASE
FAST STOPPING (DC-SWITCHING) FAST STOPPING (DC-SWITCHING)

RECTIFIER RECTIFIER Requirements


VB-AC
• Brake must be powered from the motor’s terminal
BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC block (not seperately powered)
Blue Red
Red
Wht/Blk
IR VB-AC Blue
Wht/Blk
IR • Motor must be a single speed and should not be
RELAY RELAY
Wht/Blk Wht/Blk
powered by a frequency inverter or soft starter.
W2 U2 V2 W2 U2 V2
HIGH LOW
U1 V1 W1 VOLTAGE U1 V1 W1 VOLTAGE

Vmotor MOTOR Vmotor MOTOR


STARTER STARTER

MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC
230/400Y GVE20 400 VAC 230 VAC 205 VDC 400/690Y GHE40 400 VAC 400 VAC 180 VDC
230/400Y GHE40 400 VAC 230 VAC 105 VDC

232 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


Connections
IR Relays
GPE Rectifier for External DC-Switching with IR Relay
IR151A IR151B IR152A IR152B
POWERED FROM
MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK
35 POWERED FROM
MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK
35 POWERED FROM
MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK 40 POWERED FROM
MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK 40
FAST RELEASE (OVER EXCITATION) STANDARD-RELEASE STANDARD-RELEASE STANDARD-RELEASE
VERY FAST STOPPING VERY FAST STOPPING
FAST STOPPING (DC-SWITCHING) FAST STOPPING (DC-SWITCHING) (REDUCED POWER HOLD) (REDUCED POWER HOLD)

RECTIFIER RECTIFIER RECTIFIER RECTIFIER

BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC BRAKE COIL VB-DC
Red Red Red Red
Blue IR Blue IR Blue IR Blue IR
Wht/Blk RELAY Wht/Blk RELAY Wht/Blk RELAY Wht/Blk RELAY
Wht/Blk Wht/Blk Wht/Blk Wht/Blk

VB-AC LOW HIGH VB-AC LOW HIGH


VOLTAGE VOLTAGE VOLTAGE VOLTAGE
VB-AC VB-AC
Vmotor MOTOR Vmotor MOTOR Vmotor MOTOR Vmotor MOTOR
STARTER STARTER STARTER STARTER

MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC MOTOR RECTIFIER Vmotor VB-AC VB-DC
230YY/460Y GPE20L 230 VAC 230 VAC 105 VDC 230YY/460Y GPE20L 460 VAC 230 VAC 105 VDC 230YY/460Y GPE20L 230 VAC 230 VAC 205 VDC 230YY/460Y GPE20L 460 VAC 230 VAC 205 VDC

CAUTIONS
Requirements
t#SBLFNVTUCFQPXFSFEGSPNUIFNPUPSTUFSNJOBMCMPDL OPUTFQFSBUFMZQPXFSFE
t.PUPSNVTUCFBTJOHMFTQFFEBOETIPVMEOPUCFQPXFSFECZBGSFRVFODZJOWFSUFSPSTPGUTUBSUFS

BRAKES

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 233


Connections
Inverters
Inverter Driven Brakemotors

Connection Guide for Brakes with AC-Switching


VBR101 VBR102
230/460V, 60Hz, 3Ø 230/460V, 60Hz, 3Ø
BRAKE WITH HALF-WAVE RECTIFIER BRAKE WITH FULL WAVE RECTIFIER
WIRED TO SEPERATE POWER SOURCE WIRED TO SEPERATE POWER SOURCE
WITH INVERTER WITH INVERTER

MOTOR MOTOR
TERMINAL TERMINAL
BOX BOX
205VDC 205VDC
BRAKE BRAKE

HIGH LOW
VOLTAGE VOLTAGE

TYPICAL TYPICAL
INVERTER INVERTER

460 VAC 460 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC

CONSULT INVERTER MANUFACTURER CONSULT INVERTER MANUFACTURER


FOR RECOMMENDATION OF WIRING FOR RECOMMENDATION OF WIRING
POWER TO THE MOTOR & BRAKE POWER TO THE MOTOR & BRAKE

Connection Guide for Brakes with DC-Switching


VBR101 VBR102
230/460V, 60Hz, 3Ø 230/460V, 60Hz, 3Ø
BRAKE WITH HALF-WAVE RECTIFIER BRAKE WITH FULL WAVE RECTIFIER
WIRED TO SEPERATE POWER SOURCE WIRED TO SEPERATE POWER SOURCE
BRAKES

WITH INVERTER & FAST BRAKE RESPONSE WITH INVERTER & FAST BRAKE RESPONSE

MOTOR MOTOR
TERMINAL TERMINAL
BOX BOX
205VDC 205VDC
BRAKE BRAKE

HIGH LOW
VOLTAGE VOLTAGE

TYPICAL TYPICAL
INVERTER INVERTER

460 VAC 460 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC

CONSULT INVERTER MANUFACTURER CONSULT INVERTER MANUFACTURER


FOR RECOMMENDATION OF WIRING FOR RECOMMENDATION OF WIRING
POWER TO THE MOTOR & BRAKE POWER TO THE MOTOR & BRAKE

234 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


AC Vector Drives

AC Vector Drives
t"$7FDUPS%SJWF
SK 200E
t"$7FDUPS%SJWF
SK 500E
t%JNFOTJPOT

DRIVESYSTEMS
www.nord.com
TL

G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 235


AC Vector Drive
SK 200E Selection
NORDAC SK 200E
Motor Mounted AC Vector Drives Selection Steps

NORD has now added a new member to the distrib- 1. SK 2X0E or 2X5E Inverter Selection:
uted control family, the new SK 200E AC vector drive. $IPPTFUIF4,&"$7FDUPSESJWFCBTFEPOESJWF
5IJT TFSJFT JT EFTJHOFE UP CF NPVOUFE EJSFDUMZ PO features, motor power rating, input voltage and
the motor terminal box to create a combined, fully protection class.
integrated unit for use in the field.
 4,9&$PNQPOFOU$MBTT%SJWF
5IFGVODUJPOBMTQFDUSVNPGUIF4,&SBOHFTGSPN  4,9&4ZTUFN$MBTT%SJWF
simple drive applications to complex positioning
DPOUSPM  5IFJS MPXDPTU EFTJHO  WBSJBCMF FRVJQNFOU  2. SK 200E Motor Adapter Selection:
Select the required SK 200E motor adapter based
compact size and their compatibility with various
on Frame size, Series, Input phases and protection
connection systems, makes them especially suitable
class.
for material handling, pumping, packaging, and a
variety of other industrial and commercial applications.
3. Option Module Selection JGSFRVJSFE :
$IPPTF TQFDJmD PQUJPO NPEVMFT TVDI BT 7%$
Features of the SK 200E include, but not limited to:
 QPXFS TVQQMZ  B TQFFE 105 PS -03 TXJUDI  PS B
t 4FOTPSMFTTDMPTFEMPPQWFDUPSDPOUSPMNPEFTGPS Fieldbus /IO Extension if they are required for your
superior speed regulation  "$7FDUPS%SJWFTOFFET
t 1PTJUJPOJOHDPOUSPMDBQBCJMJUJFT
t *ODSFNFOUBMFODPEFSJOQVUBTTUBOEBSE 4. Technology Unit Adapter Selection JGSFRVJSFE :
t .FDIBOJDBMCSBLFSFDUJmFSBOEDPOUSPMT Select an assembly adapter based on a specified
t Configuration DIP switches for quick commissioning technology unit and protection class if required.
t 1MVHJOTUPSBHFNPEVMF &&130.
t i4BGF4UPQwBOE"4*OUFSGBDFPQUJPOT 5. Dynamic Braking Resistor Selection JGSFRVJSFE :
t %ZOBNJDCSBLJOHDPOUSPMGPSSFHFOFSBUJWFMPBET Choose a specific braking resistor based on its
t 7BSJPVTQPUFOUJPNFUFSBOEmFMECVTNPEVMFTGPS location as well as its voltage rating and number
AC vector drive control of phases if required for your Inverter selection.
t *1*1SBUFEFODMPTVSFT
6. Wall Mount Adapter Selection JGSFRVJSFE :
SK 200E AC Vector Drive Ratings Select a wall mounting unit based on either
frame size and/or technology unit if the unit is not
t _7IQ L8
to be mounted to a motor.
AC Vector Drives

t _7IQ L8
t _7IQ L8
7. Programmer/Operator Selection JGSFRVJSFE :
t _7IQ L8
Choose a specific type of programming/operation
 EFWJDFCBTFEPOTQFDJmFEOFFET JGSFRVJSFE
Electromechanical Brake Interface
& Coil Voltage Selection
200E Selection
5IF 4, & JT TVQQMJFE FMFDUSPNFDIBOJDBM CSBLF
controls with the use of a dedicated high voltage DC
QPXFSTVQQMZ5IF4,&VUJMJ[FTBIBMGXBWFSFDUJ-
fier and the brake coil voltage must be specified per
the following table:
Nominal AC Input Voltage Brake Coil Voltage
7 7
7 7
7 7

236 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


AC Vector Drive
SK 200E Selection
SK200E AC Vector Drives

5IFSBOHFPGQFSGPSNBODFBMMPXTVTFSTUPTFMFDUBDPNQBDUEFWJDFXJUIFYBDUMZUIFGFBUVSFTUIBUBSFSFRVJSFE
for the particular application, thus ensuring an extremely efficient use of resources. All SK 200E versions have
the same appearance, enabling uniform operation and handling. All devices and optional external technology
units such as field bus or I/O systems can be linked via an integrated system bus to make integration much
simpler.
SK 200E SK 205E SK 210E SK 215E SK 220E SK 225E SK 230E SK 235E

Power range 0.33 - 30hp (0.25 kW - 22 kW) (IP55/IP66) ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;


Same Design ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;
Characteristics Design

Motor and Wall mounting Available ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;


All standard drive functions ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;
Consistent parameter structure ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;
Multiple field bus systems available ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;
Integrated 24V power supply ;  ;  ;  ; 
24V Control voltage required ; ; ;* ;*
Brake Management, mechanical motor brake ** ; ** ; ** ; ** ;
Brake chopper (brake resistor optional) ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;
DC Braking ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;
Flying Start (catching a spinning motor) ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;
Basic functions

Sensorless current vector control (ISD control) ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;


Plug-in storage module (EEPROM) ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;
Line filter Class C2 ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;
Switchable parameter sets ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;

AC Vector Drives
Process controller / PID controller ;  ;  ;  ; 
Incremental encoder evaluation n ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;
POSICON (positioning control) o ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;
Automatic flux adaptation (energy saving function) ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;
functions

"Safe stop" function ; ; ; ;


Special

AS interface on board ; ; ; ;
Bus modules with/without M12 plug connectors for I/Os        
I/O Modules        
;  ;  ; * ; *
Options

Stand-alone operation (24V control power supply)


Power connectors (e.g. Harting HAN 10E)        
Internal/external brake resistors        
Potentiometer versions        
;Standard Functions Optional Functions * 24V Supply via AS-i ** Size 4 Includes brake management
n Requires HTL output encoder on motor for closed loop vector.
o With HTL output incremental encoder or CAN output absolute encoder.

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 


AC Vector Drive
SK 200E
Step 1: SK 2XXE Selection
Component Input Protection System Input Protection
Class kW Rating Voltage Class Class kW Rating Voltage Class

SK n E o - p q SK n E o - p q

n Component Class Series n System Class Series

200 - #BTJD6OJU 205 - #BTJD6OJU

210 - #BTJD6OJU 4BGF4UPQ'VODUJPO 215 - #BTJD6OJU 4BGF4UPQ'VODUJPO

220 - #BTJD6OJU "4*OUFSGBDF 225 - #BTJD6OJU "4*OUFSGBDF

230 - #BTJD6OJU "4*OUFSGBDF 4BGF4UPQ 235 - #BTJD6OJU "4*OUFSGBDF 4BGF4UPQ

o Power Rating o Power Rating

250 - L8 IQ 250 - L8 IQ

370 - L8 IQ 370 - L8 IQ

550 - L8 IQ 550 - L8 IQ

750 - L8 IQ 750 - L8 IQ

111 - L8 IQ 111 - L8 IQ

151 - L8 IQ 151 - L8 IQ

221 - L8 IQ 221 - L8 IQ

301 - L8 IQ 301 - L8 IQ

401 - L8 IQ 401 - L8 IQ

551 - L8 IQ 551 - L8 IQ

751 - L8 IQ 751 - L8 IQ

112:L8 IQ  * Size 4 only


AC Vector Drives

p Input Voltage
152:L8 IQ  * Size 4 only

182:L8 IQ  * Size 4 only 112-O - 7 QIBTF L8  IQ

222:L8 IQ  * Size 4 only 123-A - 7 QIBTF L8  IQ

323-A - 7 QIBTF L8  IQ


p Input Voltage 340-A - 7 QIBTF L8  IQ

112-O - 7 QIBTF L8  IQ


q Protection Class
123-A - 7 QIBTF L8  IQ

323-A - 7 QIBTF L8  IQ Blank - IP55

323-A - 7 QIBTF L8  IQ * Size 4 only -C - IP66

340-A - 7 QIBTF L8  IQ

340-A - 7 QIBTF L8  IQ * Size 4 only

q Protection Class

Blank - IP55

-C - IP66

238 G1013 - Subject to Change Withoutt Notice www.nord.com


www nor
AC Vector Drive
SK 200E
Step 2: SK 200E Motor Adapter Selection Motor Adapter Interface
5IF 4, & SFRVJSFT B NPUPS BEBQUFSJOUFSGBDF TP
Frame # of Input Protection it may be properly mounted to the motor or to an
Size Series Phases Class BQQSPQSJBUFXBMMNPVOUCSBDLFU5IFNPUPSBEBQUFS
houses the input power and motor terminals, as well
SK TI4 r E n - s q
BTUIFTUBOEBSEDPOUSPM*05IFNPUPSBEBQUFSBMTP
allows the user to install internal option modules and
r Frame Size EZOBNJDCSBLJOHSFTJTUPST5IFPVUTJEFPGUIFNPUPS
adapter has provisions to install external option
t
modules and dynamic braking resisters, as well as
7 QIBTF L8  IQ quick-disconnect power and control connectors.
7 QIBTF L8  IQ
7 QIBTF L8  IQ
7 QIBTF L8  IQ

t
7 QIBTF L8  IQ
7 QIBTF L8  IQ
7 QIBTF L8  IQ
7 QIBTF L8  IQ

t
7 QIBTF L8  IQ
7 QIBTF L8 IQ

t
7 QIBTF L8  IQ
7 QIBTF L8  IQ

n Series

200 - #BTJD6OJU $PNQPOFOU$MBTT

AC Vector Drives
205 - #BTJD6OJU 4ZTUFN$MBTT

210 - #BTJD6OJU 4BGF4UPQ'VODUJPO $PNQPOFOU$MBTT

215 - #BTJD6OJU 4BGF4UPQ'VODUJPO 4ZTUFN$MBTT

220 - #BTJD6OJU "4*OUFSGBDF $PNQPOFOU$MBTT

225 - #BTJD6OJU "4*OUFSGBDF 4ZTUFN$MBTT

230 - #BTJD6OJU "4*OUFSGBDF 4BGF4UPQ $PNQPOFOU$MBTT

235 - #BTJD6OJU "4*OUFSGBDF 4BGF4UPQ 4ZTUFN$MBTT

s # of Input Phases

3 - 3-phase

q Protection Class

Blank - IP55

- C - IP66

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 239


AC Vector Drive
SK 200E
Step 3: 24VDC Power Supply Selection JGSFRVJSFE Customer Units
Module Module Input Protection Internal customer interfaces enable the expansion
Type Voltage* Class* of the range of functions of SK 200E AC vector drive
SK t - 24V - u q XJUIPVUDIBOHJOHUIFQIZTJDBMTJ[F6TFSTIBWFBDDFTT
BQQMJFTPOMZUPFYUFSOBMi56wVOJUT to communication modules, an internal control pow-
t Module Type (Internal/External) er module or an I/O expansion.
CU4 - *OUFSOBM$VTUPNFS6OJU
TU4 - &YUFSOBM5FDIOPMPHZ6OJU

u Module Input Voltage


123B - "MM776OJUT
140B - "MM76OJUT

q Protection Class
Blank - IP55
-C - IP66

Step 3: Speed POT & L-O-R Switch JGSFRVJSFE Technology Units


Module Module Input Protection For the distributed control SK 200E AC vector drives,
Type Voltage* Class* optional technology units are available.
SK t - POT - u q
BQQMJFTPOMZUPFYUFSOBMi56wVOJUT 5IFTF VOJUT NBZ CF NPVOUFE EJSFDUMZ PO UIF EFWJDF
t Module Type (Internal/External) or separately on the machine frame or plant compo-
CU4 - *OUFSOBM$VTUPNFS6OJU
nent. Communication systems both with & without
connection facilities for sensors, actuators and con-
TU4 - &YUFSOBM5FDIOPMPHZ6OJU
trol modules are available for most current applica-
u Module Input Voltage tions. All external technology adapters require an
123B - "MM776OJUT adapter for proper operation and coordination with
140B - "MM76OJUT UIF4,& 4,5*56999TFMFDUJPOPOQBHF241)

q Protection Class
Blank - IP55
-C - IP66
AC Vector Drives

Step 3: Fieldbus / IO Extention Selection JGSFRVJSFE


Module Fieldbus/IOE M12 Connect Protection
Type Option Option* Class*

SK t -v - w q
BQQMJFTPOMZUPFYUFSOBMi56wVOJUT

t Module Type (Internal/External)


CU4 - *OUFSOBM$VTUPNFS6OJU Customer & Technology Unit Options Include:
TU4 - &YUFSOBM5FDIOPMPHZ6OJU
t 7EDQPXFSTVQQMZ
v Fieldbus, I/O Extension Module t 1PUFOUJPNFUFSTUBSUTUPQTFMFDUPSTXJUDI
PBR - Profibus t &YQBOEFE*0DPOUSPM
CAO - CANopen
t 1SPmCVT
t $"/PQFO
DEV - DeviceNet
t %FWJDF/FU
IOE - I/O Extension

w M12 Connectors for Module I/O


Blank - Not required
M12 - M12 Connectors Included

q Protection Class
Blank - IP55
-C - IP66

240 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


AC Vector Drive
SK 200E
Step 4: Technology Unit Adaptor Selection Dynamic Braking Resistor
SFRVJSFEGPSBMMi4,56YYYwNPEVMFT
5IF4,&BMTPIBTPQUJPOTGPSJOUFSOBMBOEFYUFSOBM
Assembly Adaptor Protection EZOBNJD CSBLJOH SFTJTUPST %#3   " %#3 JT VTFE GPS
for TU4* Class*
applications with regenerative loads such as lifting,
SK TI4-TU- q DZDMJDBM BOEIJHIJOFSUJBMPBET5IF%#3XJMMEJTTJQBUF
BQQMJFTPOMZUPFYUFSOBMi56wVOJUT
the regenerative energy from the motor as heat us-
Assembly Adaptor for TU4 Technology Units
ing the internal brake chopper that is provided with
the SK 200E.
BUS - 'PSBMM1#3 $"0 %&7 BOE*0&5FDIOPMPHZ6OJUT
NET - 'PSBMM7BOE1055FDIOPMPHZ6OJUT Wall Mount Kit
q Protection Class 5IF 4, & NBZ CF JOTUBMMFE BXBZ GSPN UIF NPUPS
Blank - IP55 XJUIUIFVTFPGBXBMMNPVOULJU5IFNPUPSBEBQUFS
-C - IP66 is mounted on the wall-mount kit instead of on the
motor conduit box and may be installed on a wall,
Step 5:Dynamic Braking Resistor Selection JGSFRVJSFE QJFDF PG NBDIJOFSZ  PS JO B QBOFM  5IF *1 PS *1
Dynamic Braking Dynamic Braking
protection is maintained when used with a wall-
Resistor Location Resistor Rating mount kit.

SK TI4-TU- Programming Tools

Dynamic Braking Resistor Location A variety of programming and operation interfaces


BUS - 'PSBMM1#3 $"0 %&7 BOE*0&5FDIOPMPHZ6OJUT
BSFBWBJMBCMFGPSUIF4,&5IF4,1"3) IBOE-
IFME BOE4,1"3& QBOFMNPVOU QSPWJEFQSPHSBN-
NET - 'PSBMM7BOE1055FDIOPMPHZ6OJUT
ming, troubleshooting, and operation controls with
Dynamic Braking Resistor Rating BO FBTZ UP VTF -$% &OHMJTI EJTQMBZ  5IFTF NPEVMFT
1-100-100 - 7 QIBTF7QIBTF BMMSBUJOHT
have the capability of storing up to 5 different pa-
rameter sets for simple transfer of settings to other
1-200-100 - 7 QIBTF L8
units.
2-100-200 - 7 QIBTF L8
1-400-100 - 7 QIBTF L8 5IF4,$49)JTVTFEJOBTJNJMBSGBTIJPOBTUIF4,
2-200-200 - 7 QIBTF L8 PAR-3H and SK PAR-2E, but implements a bright,
EJHJUTFHNFOU-&%EJTQMBZ
Step 6: Wall Mount Adaptor Selection JGSFRVJSFE

AC Vector Drives
Selection Code 8JUI UIF VTF PG /PSET 3+46#% DBCMF  VTFST NBZ
For Adaptor connect a SK 200E to a PC and configure it with
NORDCON software. NORDCON is a Windows-based
SK TIE4-WMK- program that enables the user to program, upload/
download parameter sets, troubleshoot with built-
Selection Code for Adaptor in oscilloscope function, and control their AC vector
1 - For inverter frame sizes 1 & 2** drive.
2 - For inverter frame size 3**
TU - 'PSFYUFSOBM5FDIOPMPHZ6OJUT
** See Box r on page 239 for frame sizes

Step 7: Programmer/Operation Device JGSFRVJSFE

Programmer/Operation Device Selection


‰ SK CSX-3H - 4JNQMF#PY -&%%JTQMBZ
‰ SK PAR-3H - 1BSBNFUFS#PY -$%&OHMJTI%JTQMBZ
‰ SK PAR-2E - 1BOFM.PVOU1BSBNFUFS#PY -$%&OHMJTI%JTQMBZ
‰ RJ12-SUB/D - PC Cable for NORDCON software

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 241


AC Vector Drive SK 200E
*HQHUDO6SHFLÀFDWLRQV
SK 200E General Specifications

Inverter type Input Output Nominal Nominal Nominal Typical


SK 2xxE... voltage voltage motor power motor power output current input current

230V [kW] 230V [hp] rms [A] rms [A]

1
-250-112-O 0.25  8.9
3
1 ~ 100 ... 120V

1
0  2.2 11
2
_7
3 AC
 
o7
)[
3
-550-112-O 0.55 3.0 13.1
4

0  1 4.0 20

Inverter type Input Output Nominal Nominal Nominal Typical


SK 2xxE... voltage voltage motor power motor power output current input current

230 V [kW] 230 V [hp] rms [A] rms [A]

1
-250-123-A 0.25  3.9
3
1 ~ 200 ... 240V
AC Vector Drives

1
"  2.2 5.8
2

_7
3 AC 3
-550-123-A   0.55 3.0 
o7 4
)[

"  1 4.0 10.2

1
-111-123-A 1.1 1 5.5 
2

242 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


AC Vector Drive SK 200E
*HQHUDO6SHFLÀFDWLRQV
SK 200E General Specifications

Inverter type Input Nominal Nominal Nominal Typical


SK 2xxE... voltage motor power motor power output current input current

230V [kW] 230V [hp] rms [A] rms [A]

1
-250-323-A 0.25  1.4
3
1
"  2.2 1.9
2
3 ~ 200 ... 240V

3
-550-323-A 0.55 3.0 2.6
4

"  1 4.0 3.5


_7
1
-111-323-A   1.1 1 5.5 5.1
2
)[
-151-323-A 1.5 2  6.6

-221-323-A 2.2 3 9.5 9.1

-301-323-A 3 4 12.5 11.8

-401-323-A 4 5 16 15.1

Inverter type Input voltage Nominal Nominal Nominal Typical


SK 2xxE... motor power motor power output current input current

400V [kW] 460V [hp] rms [A] rms [A]

AC Vector Drives
3
-550-340-A 0.55  1.6
4

"  1 2.3 2.2


3 ~ 380 ... 500V

1
-111-340-A 1.1 1 3.1 2.9
2

-151-340-A 1.5 2 4.0 


_7
-221-340-A   2.2 3 5.5 
)[
-301-340-A 3.0 4  

-401-340-A 4.0 5 9.5 8.3


1
-551-340-A 5.5  12.5 
2
"  10 16 15.0

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 243


Dimensions
SK 200E AC Vector Drive

Motor Dimensions with SK 200E Motor Mounted AC Vector Drive

TL TW

AB1
L P
AC Vector Drives

AC Vector Motor Width Length


Drive Size P TW L TL AB1 Weight
[in] [in] [in] [in] [in] [lbs]
4-  8.43 
80S/L 6.50 9.29 
Size 1 6.14 9.29 6.61
90S/L   
100L/LA  12.05 8.23
80S/L 6.50 9.29 
90S/L   8.15
Size 2 6.93  9.04
100L/LA  12.05 8.58
112M 8.98 12.83 8.98
100L/LA  12.05 9.88
Size 3 112M 8.98 8.58 12.83 12.99 10.28 15.21
132S/M  16.18 10.31
132S/M  16.18 12.32
Size 4 160M/L 12.60 12.01  18.90 12.52 
.9-9 14.09  13.19

244 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


AC Vector Drive SK 200E
*HQHUDO6SHFLÀFDWLRQV
SK 200E General Specifications

Function Specification

t_7  0.33 - 1 hp L8


t_7  0.33 - 1 hp L8
Power / Voltage t_7  0.33 - 1.5 hp L8
t_7  0.33 - 15 hp L8
t_7  IQ L8
Input frequency rating tolerance y)[
Output frequency 0.0 ... 400.0 Hz
L)[ TUBOEBSETFUUJOHL)[
Pulse frequency
1PXFSSFEVDUJPOL)[GPS7EFWJDF L)[GPS7EFWJDF
Rated overload capacity GPST GPST
t0WFSIFBUJOHPGUIFGSFRVFODZJOWFSUFS t4IPSUDJSDVJU FBSUIJOHGBVMU
Protective measures against
t0WFSVOEFSWPMUBHF t0WFSVOEFSMPBE JEMJOH
t7G$POTU5PSRVFt$MPTFE-PPQ7FDUPS
Motor Turndown
t4FOTPSMFTT7FDUPS
Motor temperature
5FNQFSBUVSFTFOTPS 15$ UFNQFSBUVSFNPOJUPS CJNFUBM *2t- motor
Monitoring
Digital input Y MPX7 IJHI 3iLû $iO' DZDMFUJNFND
Electrical isolation Control terminals
t7G$POTUBOUUPSRVFt4FOTPSMFTT7FDUPS *4%
Control Methods
t&OFSHZTBWJOHNPEFt $MPTFE-PPQ7FDUPS
%JHJUBMPVUQVU7%$ BDDPSEJOHUP7*7 NBYJNVNN" NBYJNVNLûMPBE
Control outputs
Brake rectifier: maximum 0.5A choke voltage, voltage according to mains
4UBOEBSE34 644 34 TJOHMFTMBWF 4ZTUFN#VT
Interfaces
Optional: Profibus, CANopen, DeviceNet, AS Interface
Energy Efficiency of AC drive "QQSPYJNBUFMZBDDPSEJOHUPTJ[F
Ambient temperature  ¡$ 4&%  ¡$ 4&%NJO

AC Vector Drives
Storage & transport temp.  ¡$
t$POOFDUUIF'*UIF7NPEVMFTUPUIFNBJOTWPMUBHFGPSNJOCFGPSFTUPSBHFZFBS
Long term storage t$POOFDUUIF'*UIF7NPEVMFTUPUIF7DPOUSPMGPSNJOCFGPSFTUPSBHFZFBS
t.BJOUBJOUIJTDZDMFUISPVHIPVUUIFTUPSBHFQFSJPE
Protection class IP55, optional IP66
t6QUPN o/PQPXFSSFEVDUJPO
Maximum mounting altitude tNoQFSNQPXFSSFEVDUJPO VQUPNPWFSWPMUBHFDBU
above sea level tNo0WFSWPMUBHFDBUJTNBJOUBJOFE 
external overvoltage protection at the mains input is necessary
Waiting period between
60 seconds for all devices in a normal operating cycle
power-up cycles
Accel / Decel Time 0.0 … 320.0s
t.BJOTPSNPUPSCSBLFSFTJTUBODFNN2 with wiring sleeves, 6mm2 with rigid cable
Connection terminals t$POUSPMVOJUTZTUFNCVTNN2 with 1.5mm2 wiring sleeves
t3434Y3+ QJO
Connection terminal
1.2 - 10.5 Nm
screw tightening torque
External 24V supply voltage 7%$ BUMFBTUN"BDDPSEJOHUPMPBE

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 245


AC Vector Drives
SK 500E
NORDAC SK 500E AC Vector Drives Selection Steps

NORD has now expanded it centralized control family 1. SK 500E Inverter Selection:
by adding increased functionality with new versions Choose the SK 500E AC vector drive based on
PGUIF4,&"$WFDUPSESJWFMJOF5IJTTFSJFTJTEF- motor power rating, input voltage supply, and
signed to be mounted in a control panel to seamlessly  ESJWFGFBUVSFT6TFUIF4,&3BUJOH7PMUBHF
integrate with the centralized controls. Matrix to ensure the desired Series is available in
 UIFTFMFDUFEL83BUJOHBOE*OQVU7PMUBHFSBUJOHT
With the SK 500E series of AC vector drives, NORD
offers intelligent and cost effective drive solutions 2. Interface Module (Tech. Unit) Selection JGSFRVJSFE :
with scalable equipment options, which are all fully $IPPTFTQFDJmDUFDIOPMPHZVOJUTVDIBTTQFFE105
compatible with regard to motor performance range, with start/stop, fieldbus interface, or programming
TVQQMZWPMUBHFBOETJ[FT5IFCBTJTGPSBMMNPEFMTJTB and display module.
well-equipped basic unit with expansion possibilities
through optional modules. SK 500E AC vector drives 3. Dynamic Braking Resistor Selection JGSFRVJSFE :
are suitable for all application areas and can be easily Choose a specific braking resistor based on the AC
adapted to specific requirements with plug-in tech- vector drive’s voltage and power rating
nology units.
4. Programmer/Operator Selection SFDPNNFOEFE :
Features of the SK 500E include, but not limited to: Choose a specific type of programming/operation
 EFWJDFCBTFEPOTQFDJmFEOFFET JGSFRVJSFE
t 4FOTPSMFTTDMPTFEMPPQWFDUPSDPOUSPM
modes for superior speed regulation
t 1PTJUJPOJOHDPOUSPMDBQBCJMJUJFT
t *ODSFNFOUBMBOEBCTPMVUFFODPEFSJOQVUT
t i4BGF4UPQwBTQFS&/ NBY$BU
t %ZOBNJDCSBLJOHDPOUSPMGPSSFHFOFSBUJWFMPBET
t 7BSJPVTQPUFOUJPNFUFSBOEmFMECVT
modules for AC vector drive control

SK 500E AC Vector Drive Ratings


t _7IQ L8
t _7IQ L8
t _7IQ L8
MOTORS

t _7IQ L8

246 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


AC Vector Drives
SK 500E
NORDAC SK 500E AC Vector Drives
5IFSBOHFPGPQUJPOTBOEQFSGPSNBODFBMMPXTVTFSTUPTFMFDUBEFWJDFXJUIUIFFYBDUGFBUVSFTUIBUBSFSFRVJSFE
for the application, thus ensuring an extremely efficient use of resources. All SK 500E versions have the same
appearance, enabling uniform operation and handling. All devices and optional technology units such as field
bus or I/O systems can be linked via an integrated system bus to make integration much simpler.

SK 500E SK 505E SK 510E SK 511E SK 515E SK 520E SK 530E SK 535E SK 540E SK 545E

Power range 0.33 kW - 10 kW ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;


Power

Power range 15kW - 125kW ; ; ;

; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;
functions

Same design
Basic

Coldplate up to Size 4, external heat


sink technology up to Size 2
; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;
Sensorless current vector control
(ISD control)
; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;

Line filter Class C2 ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;

Brake management, mech. motor brake ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;

Brake chopper (brake resistor optional) ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;


Basic functions

Switchable parameter sets ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;

All normal drive functions ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;

Process controller / PID controller ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;

Consistent parameter structure ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;

All common bus systems via Tech. Units ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;

MOTORS
Automatic flux optimisation
(energy saving function)
; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;

"Safe stop" function ; ; ; ; ; ; ;


;
CANopen on Board ; ; ; ; ; ;
(Size 5-7)
Incremental encoder input ; ; ; ; ;

; ; ; ; ;
Special options

Additional control inputs and outputs

POSICON (positioning control) ; ; ; ;


24V power supply for control board
(mandatory up to 10kW, optional above 15kW)
; ; ; ;

PLC logic function ; ;

Universal encoder interface ; ;

Synchronous motor operation ; ;

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 


AC Vector Drives
SK 500E

]
X [

Y
Z \

SK SK SK SK SK SK SK SK
Interfaces SK 540E SK 545E
500E 505E 510E 511E 515E 520E 530E 535E

[ 5x digital inputs
; ;*
2x analog inputs
(0...10V, 0/4...20mA)
1x analog output ; ; ; ; ;* ; ; ;* up to Size 4:
2x multi-function relays One DIN implemented
RS 485 and RS 232 on as potential-isolated
RJ 12 socket thermistor input

1x Incremental
\ encoder input
; ; ; ; ;

X Additionally
2x digital inputs
; ;
2x digital outputs ; ; ; One DIN can be
1x RS 485 parameterised as
MOTORS

to terminal DOUT & one DOUT


as DIN
Additional ; ; ;
potential-isolated (above (above (above
thermistor input Size 5) Size 5) Size 5)

External 24V supply


; ; ; ;
for the control board

Z Safety Function
; ; ; ; ; ; ;
“Safe Stop”

^ 2x RJ 45 for ;
; (above ; ; ; ; ;
CANopen In/Out
Size 5)
] 1x RJ 12 for operation
; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;
and diagnosis

Y Universal encoder
; ;
interface

* From Size 5 and above the analog inputs can also be used for +/- 10V signals

248 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


AC Vector Drives
SK 500E
SK 500E Rating and Voltage Matrix
kW SK 500E SK 505E SK 510E SK 511E SK 515E
(hp) 120V 230V 230V 460V 120V 230V 230V 460V 120V 230V 230V 460V 120V 230V 230V 460V 120V 230V 230V 460V
1- I 1- I 3- I 3- I 1- I 1- I 3- I 3- I 1- I 1- I 3- I 3- I 1- I 1- I 3- I 3- I 1- I 1- I 3- I 3- I

0.25 (0.33) i i i “ “ i i i i

0.37 (0.50) i i i “ “ i i i i

0.55 (0.75) i i i i “ “ “ i i i i i i

0.75 (1.0) i i i i “ “ “ i i i i i i

1.1 (1.5) i i i “ “ “ i i i i i i

1.5 (2.0) i i i “ “ “ i i i i i i

2.2 (3.0) i i i “ “ “ i i i i i i

3.0 (4.0) i i “ “ i i i i

4.0 (5.0) i i “ “ i i i i

5.5 (7.5) i “ i i ›

7.5 (10.0) i “ i i ›

11.0 (15.0) › ›

15.0 (20.0) › ›

18.5 (25.0) › ›

22.0 (30.0) ›

30.0 (40.0) ›

37.0 (50.0) ›

45.0 (60.0) ›

55.0 (75.0) ›

75.0 (100.0) ›

90.0 (125.0) ›

i24VDC control voltage supply internal “24VDC control voltage required from external source ›24VDC control voltage supply internal or external

kW SK 520E SK 530E SK 535E SK 540E SK 545E


(hp) 120V 230V 230V 460V 120V 230V 230V 460V 120V 230V 230V 460V 120V 230V 230V 460V 120V 230V 230V 460V
1- I 1- I 3- I 3- I 1- I 1- I 3- I 3- I 1- I 1- I 3- I 3- I 1- I 1- I 3- I 3- I 1- I 1- I 3- I 3- I

0.25 (0.33) i i i i i i “ “ i i i “ “

0.37 (0.50) i i i i i i “ “ i i i “ “

MOTORS
0.55 (0.75) i i i i i i i i “ “ “ i i i i “ “ “

0.75 (1.0) i i i i i i i i “ “ “ i i i i “ “ “

1.1 (1.5) i i i i i i “ “ “ i i i “ “ “

1.5 (2.0) i i i i i i “ “ “ i i i “ “ “

2.2 (3.0) i i i i i i “ “ “ i i i “ “ “

3.0 (4.0) i i i i “ “ i i “ “

4.0 (5.0) i i i i “ “ i i “ “

5.5 (7.5) i i › “ i › “

7.5 (10.0) i i › “ i › “

11.0 (15.0) › › › ›

15.0 (20.0) › › › ›

18.5 (25.0) › › › ›

22.0 (30.0) › ›

30.0 (40.0) › ›

37.0 (50.0) › ›

45.0 (60.0) › ›

55.0 (75.0) › ›

75.0 (100.0) › ›

90.0 (125.0) › ›

i24VDC control voltage supply internal “24VDC control voltage required from external source ›24VDC control voltage supply internal or external

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 249


AC Vector Drives
SK 500E
Step 1: SK 500E Inverter Selection

Input
Series kW Rating Voltage

SK p* E n* - o*

n* kW Rating o* Input Voltage

250 - 0.25 kW (0.33 hp) 112-O - 100-120V, 1-phase (0.25 - 0.75 kW) (0.33 - 1.00 hp)
370 - 0.37 kW (0.50 hp) 323-A - 200-240V, 1-phase (0.25 - 2.20 kW) (0.33 - 3.00 hp)
550 - 0.55 kW (0.75 hp) 323-A - 200-240V, 3-phase (0.25 - 18.5 kW) (0.33 - 25.0 hp)
750 - 0.75 kW (1.00 hp) 340-A - 380-480V, 3-phase (0.55 - 90.0 kW) (0.75 - 125.0 hp)
111 - 1.10 kW (1.50 hp)
151 - 1.50 kW (2.00 hp) p* Series

221 - 2.20 kW (3.00 hp) 500 - Basic Unit

301- 3.00 kW (4.00 hp) 505 - Basic Unit + 24V Operation×

401 - 4.00 kW (5.00 hp) 510 - Basic Unit + Safe Stop

551 - 5.50 kW (7.50 hp) 511 - Basic Unit + Safe Stop + CANopen

751 - 7.50 kW (10.00 hp) 515 - Basic Unit + 24V Operation× + Safe Stop + CANopen

112 - 11.0 kW (15 hp) 520 - Basic Unit + CANopen + Encoder + Extra I/O

152 - 15.0 kW (20 hp) 530 - Basic Unit + Safe Stop + CANopen + Encoder Input
+ Extra I/O + POSICON
182 - 18.5 kW (25 hp)
535 - Basic Unit + Safe Stop + CANopen + Encoder Input
222 - 22.0 kW (30 hp) + Extra I/O + POSICON + 24V Operation×
302 - 30.0 kW (40 hp)
540 - Basic Unit + Safe Stop + CANopen + Encoder Input
372 - 37.0 kW (50 hp) + Extra I/O + POSICON + Integrated PLC functionality
+ Universal Encoder Interface
452 - 45.0 kW (60 hp)
545 - Basic Unit + Safe Stop + CANopen + Encoder Input
552 - 55.0 kW (75 hp)
+ Extra I/O + POSICON + Integrated PLC functionality
MOTORS

752 - 75.0 kW (100 hp) + Universal Encoder Interface + 24V Operation×


902 - 90.0 kW (125 hp) * Please Refer to the Rating and Voltage Matrix on page 923
to ensure the desired Series is available in the selected KW and
Input Voltage Ratings that you have selected.
×
External 24V supply required on select ratings. Refer to the
Rating and Voltage Matrix on page 923 for more detail.

250 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


AC Vector Drives
SK 500E
Step 2: Interface Module (Tech. Unit) Selection Step 3: Dynamic Braking Resistor Selection
Module Type Model Type R. Ohms C. Rating

SK TU3 - n SK BR4 - n o /p
Module Type (Internal/External) n Model Input Drive Rating o Resistance p Continuous
CTR - Control box programmer & display Type Voltage Ohms Rating
PAR - Parameter box programmer & English display 4: Footprint 0.25 - 0.37 kW 240 100
POT - Speed potentiometer with star/stop and reverse direction (SK 500E) 115/ 0.55 - 0.75 kW 150 100
(SK 505E) 230V 1.1 - 2.2 kW 75 200
PBR - Profibus interface (SK 510E) 3.0 - 4.0 kW 35 400
PBR-24V - Profibus interface requiring external 24VDC supply (SK 511E)
0.55 - 0.75 kW 400 100
IBS - Interbus interface (SK 520E)
(SK 530E) 1.1 - 2.2 kW 210 200
CAO - CANopen interface 460V
(SK 540E) 3.0 - 4.0 kW 100 400
DEV - DeviceNet interface
5.5 - 7.5 kW 60 600
AS1 - AS interface
2: Chassis 3.0 - 4.0 kW 35 400
ECT - Ethercat interface (SK 515E) 5.5 - 7.5 kW 22 600
PNT - Profinet interface (SK 535E) 230V
11.0 kW 12 1500
EIP - Ethernet/IP Interface (SK 545E) 15.0 - 18.5 kW 9 2200
POL - Powerlink Interface 3.0 - 4.0 kW 100 400
5.5 - 7.5 kW 60 600
11.0 - 15.0 kW 30 1500
Technology Units 460V 18.5 - 22.0 kW 22 2200
Each SK 500E is equipped with a modular slot with 30.0 - 37.0 kW 12 4000
re-movable cover. Here, a technology unit specific for 45.0 - 55.0 kW 8 6000
the application can be added to program or control 75.0 - 90.0 kW 6 7500
the unit, or to access the field bus system.
Dynamic Braking Resistors
The SK 500E has options for bottom-mounted (foot-
print type) and external-mounted (chassis-type)
dynamic braking resistors (DBR). A DBR is used for
applications with regenerative loads such as lifting,
cyclical, and high inertia loads. The DBR will dissipate

MOTORS
the regenerative energy from the motor as heat us-
ing the internal brake chopper that is provided with
the SK 500E.
Only the bottom-mounted dynamic braking resis-
tors are shown in this selection guide. If a DBR for
an AC vector drive that was selected is not shown in
this guide, refer to the SK 500E operation manual BU
0500 GB for additional information.
The bottom-mounted DBRs are for general braking
purposes. Larger DBRs may be required depending
on the application parameters. Contact NORD for
assistance with selecting the appropriate DBR.

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 251


AC Vector Drives
SK 500E
Step 4: Programmer/Operation Selection
SFDPNNFOEFE

Programmer/Operation Selection 8JUI UIF VTF PG /PSET 3+46#% DBCMF  VTFST NBZ
SK CSX-3HS - )BOEIFME4JNQMF#PY -&%%JTQMBZ connect a SK 500E to a PC and configure it with
SK PAR-3H - )BOEIFME1BSBNFUFS#PY -$%&OHMJTI%JTQMBZ NORDCON software. NORDCON is a Windows-based
SK CSX-3E - 1BOFM.PVOU4JNQMF#PY -&%%JTQMBZ
program that enables the user to program, upload/
download parameter sets, troubleshoot with built
SK PAR-3E -1BOFM.PVOU1BSBNFUFS#PY -$%&OHMJTI%JTQMBZ
in oscilloscope function, and control their AC vector
RJ12-SUB/D - PC cable for NORDCON software drive.
SK CSX-0 - Simple programmer and display mounted
on top of SK 500E

A variety of programming and operation interfaces


BSFBWBJMBCMFGPSUIF4,&5IF4,1"3) IBOE-
IFME BOE4,1"3& QBOFMNPVOU QSPWJEFQSPHSBN-
ming, troubleshooting, and operation controls with
BO FBTZ UP VTF -$% &OHMJTI EJTQMBZ 5IFTF NPEVMFT
have the capability of storing up to 5 different pa-
rameter sets for simple transfer of settings to other
units.

SK PAR-3H SK PAR-3E
5IF$49JTBTJNQMFQSPHSBNNJOHBOEDPOUSPMUPPM
that is installed on the top of the SK 500E and pro-
5IF 4, $49) IBOEIFME  BOE 4, $49& QBOFM vides access to the drive settings and can be used as
mount) is used in a similar fashion as the SK PAR- a local speed controller. An example of when this
3H and SK PAR-3E, but implements a bright, 4-digit device may be used is when a field bus technology
MOTORS

TFHNFOU-&%EJTQMBZ unit is already installed and the user would like a pro-
gramming tool with speed readout also installed on
the AC vector drive.

SK CSX-3H SK CSX-3E

252 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


AC Vector Drives
SK 500E
SK 500E General Specifications

Inverter type Mains Output Nominal motor Nominal motor Nominal Typical input Dim.
SK 5xxE… voltage voltage output output output current current LxBxD

230 V [kW] 240 V [hp] rms[A] rms[A] [mm]

1
-250-112-O 0.25  8
3
1 ~ 110 ... 120V

1
-370-112-O  2.2 10
_7 2 size1:
3 AC
  Y
7
)[ 3 x 153
-550-112-O 0.55 3.0 13
4

750-112-O  1 4.0 18

Inverter type Mains voltage Nominal motor Nominal motor Nominal output Typical input Dimensions
SK 5xxE… output output current current LxBxD

400 V [kW] 480 V [hp] rms[A] rms[A] [mm]

1
-250-323-A 0.25  
3

1
-370-323-A  2.2 4.8 / 3.1

MOTORS
2
TJ[FY
1/3 ~ 200 ... 240V

x 153
3
-550-323-A 0.55 3.0 6.5 / 4.2
4

_7
-750-323-A    1 4.0 
)[

1
-111-323-A 1.1 1 5.5 
2

TJ[FY
-151-323-A 1.5 2  15.2 / 9.8
x 153

-221-323-A 2.2 3 9.0 19.6 / 13.3

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 253


AC Vector Drives
SK 500E
SK 500E General Specifications

Inverter type Mains voltage Nominal motor Nominal motor Nominal output Typical input Dimensions
SK 5xxE… output output current current L x B x D [mm]
400 V [kW] 480 V [hp] rms[A] rms[A]

-301-323-A 3.0 4 12.5 


size3: 241 x 98
3 ~ 200 ... 240V

Y
-401-323-A 4.0 5 16.0 22.4

_7
1
-551-323-A   5.5  20 28.0
2
)[ TJ[FY
x 224
-751-323-A  10  38.0

size6: 364 x 183


-112-323-A 11 15 40 56.0
x 234
MOTORS

254 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


AC Vector Drives
SK 500E
SK 500E General Specifications

Nominal
Inverter Nominal Nominal Typical input Dimensions
Mains output
type motor output motor output current LxBxD
voltage current
SK 5xxE… 400 V [kW] 480 V [hp] rms[A] [mm]
rms[A]

3
-550-340-A 0.55  2.4
4 Size 1:
YY
-750-340-A  1 2.3 3.2

1
-111-340-A 1.1 1 3.1 4.3
2
Size 2:
-151-340-A 1.5 2 4.0 5.6 YY

-221-340-A 2.2 3 5.5 

-301-340-A 3.0 4  10.5


Size 3:
YY
-401-340-A 4.0 5 9.5 13.3

1
-551-340-A 5.5  12.5 
3 ~ 380 ... 480V

2 Size 4:
YY
-751-340-A  10 16 22.4

_7
-112-340-A   11.0 15 23 33.6 Size 5:
)[ YY
-152-340-A 15.0 20 30 43.4 224

MOTORS
-182-340-A 18.5 25  53.2 Size 6:
364 x 183 x
-222-340-A 22.0 30 45 64.4 234

-302-340-A 30.0 40 60 84.0 4J[F


456 x 210 x
-372-340-A  50  105.0 236

-452-340-A 45.0 60 90 125.0 Size 8:


598 x 265 x
-552-340-A 55.0  110 145.0 286

-752-340-A  100 150 200.0 Size 9:


636 x 265 x
-902-340-A 90.0 125 180 230.0 286

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 255


AC Vector Drives
SK 500E
SK 500E General Specifications

Function Specification

t _7 IQ L8


t _7 IQ L8
Power / Voltage
t _7 IQ L8
t _7 IQ L8

Input frequency rating tolerance )[


Output frequency 0 - 400Hz
L)[ TUBOEBSETFUUJOHL)[
Pulse frequency
1PXFSSFEVDUJPOL)[GPS7EFWJDF L)[GPS7EFWJDF
Rated overload capacity GPSTFDPOET GPSTFDPOET
t0WFSIFBUJOHPGUIFGSFRVFODZJOWFSUFS t4IPSUDJSDVJU FBSUIJOHGBVMU
Protective measures against
t0WFSVOEFSWPMUBHF t0WFSVOEFSMPBE JEMJOH
t7G$POTUBOU5PSRVFt$MPTFE-PPQ7FDUPS
Motor Turndown
t4FOTPSMFTT7FDUPS
Motor temperature
5FNQFSBUVSFTFOTPS 15$ UFNQFSBUVSFNPOJUPS CJNFUBM *2t- motor
Monitoring
Digital input Y 7 & Y 7 &
t7G$POTUBOUUPSRVFt4FOTPSMFTT7FDUPS *4%
Control Methods
t&OFSHZTBWJOHNPEFt $MPTFE-PPQ7FDUPS
Y%JHJUBMPVUQVU7 N"NBYJNVN LûMPBE &
Control outputs
Y3FMBZPVUQVU7"$7%$ "NQNBYJNVN
4UBOEBSE34 644 34 TJOHMFTMBWF 4ZTUFN#VT
Interfaces
Optional: Profibus, CANopen, DeviceNet, AS Interface, Interbus
Energy Efficiency of AC drive "QQSPYJNBUFMZBDDPSEJOHUPTJ[F
Ambient temperature ¡$ 4&% ¡$ 4&%
Storage & transport temp. ¡$
t$POOFDUUIF'*UIF7NPEVMFTUPUIFNBJOTWPMUBHFGPSNJOCFGPSFTUPSBHFZFBS
Long term storage
t.BJOUBJOUIJTDZDMFUISPVHIPVUUIFTUPSBHFQFSJPE
MOTORS

Protection class IP20


t6QUPN o/PQPXFSSFEVDUJPO
Maximum mounting altitude tNoQFSNQPXFSSFEVDUJPO VQUPNPWFSWPMUBHFDBU
above sea level tNo0WFSWPMUBHFDBUJTNBJOUBJOFE 
external overvoltage protection at the mains input is necessary
Waiting period between
60 seconds for all devices in a normal operating cycle
power-up cycles
Accel / Decel Time 0.0 - 320.0s
t.BJOTPSNPUPSCSBLFSFTJTUBODFNN2 with wiring sleeves, 35mm2 with rigid cable
t$POUSPMVOJUTZTUFNCVTNN2 with wiring sleeves
Connection terminals t3FMBZNN2XJUIXJSJOHTMFFWFT 4 NN2XJUIXJSJOHTMFFWFT 4
t3434Y3+ QJO
t$"/CVT$"/PQFOY3+ QJO  FYDFQU4,Y&BOE&
Connection terminal
0.5 - 0.6 Nm
screw tightening torque
External 24V supply voltage 7%$ BUMFBTUN"BDDPSEJOHUPMPBE 4,Y&POMZ

256 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


AC Vector Drives
SK 500E
SK 500E AC Vector Drive Dimensions

W
W L W2 L
D D

NORDAC

H1
H1

H
H

NORDAC

D D

Case Sizes 1 - 4 Case Sizes 5 - 7


W
W2 L

D
H1
H

MOTORS
D

Case Sizes 8 - 9

Case Size H H1 L W W2 D Weight


Case Size 1 <NN> 8.66 [220 mm] 6.02 [153 mm] <NN> - ø0.216 [5.5 mm] 3.08 lb [1.4 kg]
Case Size 2 8.90 [226 mm] 10.24 [260 mm] 6.02 [153 mm] <NN> - ø0.216 [5.5 mm] MC<LH>
Case Size 3 9.49 [241 mm] <NN> <NN> 3.86 [98 mm] - ø0.216 [5.5 mm] MC<LH>
Case Size 4 11.26 [286 mm] 12.60 [320 mm] <NN> 3.86 [98 mm] - ø0.216 [5.5 mm] 6.83 lb [3.1 kg]
Case Size 5 <NN> 14.09 [358 mm] 8.82 [224 mm] <NN> 3.66 [93 mm] ø0.216 [5.5 mm] MC<LH>
Case Size 6 14.33 [364 mm] <NN> 9.21 [234 mm] <NN> 4.33 [110 mm] ø0.216 [5.5 mm] MC<LH>
Case Size 7 <NN> 19.09 [485 mm] 9.29 [236 mm] <NN> 5.12 [130 mm] ø0.216 [5.5 mm] 35.28 lb [16.0 kg]
Case Size 8 22.91 [582 mm] 23.54 [598 mm] 11.26 [286 mm] 10.43 [265 mm] <NN> ø0.335 [8.5 mm] MC<LH>
Case Size 9 24.41 [620 mm] 25.04 [636 mm] 11.26 [286 mm] 10.43 [265 mm] <NN> ø0.335 [8.5 mm] 66.12 lb [30.0 kg]

www.nord.com G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice 


Notes
NOTES

258 G1013 - Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


NORD Contacts

Contact
Information:
t/PSUI"NFSJDB
t(MPCBM

www.nord.com
Contacts - North America

United States Canada


NORD Gear Corporation - Midwest  125'*HDU/LPLWHG
Headquarters 41 West Drive
800 Nord Drive, P.O. 367 Brampton, Ontario L6T 4A1
Waunakee, WI 53597
toll free: 1-800-668-4378
toll free: 1-888-314-6673 phone: 1-905-796-3606
phone: 1-608-849-7300 fax: 1-905-796-8130
fax: 1-800-373-6673 eMail: info.ca@nord.com
eMail: info.us@nord.com

 (QJUHQDJHV125'/LPLWpH
NORD Gear Corporation - East 1405 Trans-Canada Hwy.
300-E Forsyth Hall Drive Suite 245
Charlotte, NC 28273 Dorval, Quebec H9P 2V9
toll free: 1-888-314-6673 toll free: 1-800-668-4378
phone: 1-608-849-0140 phone: 1-514-421-1044
fax: 1-888-259-6673 fax: 1-514-421-3973
eMail: info.us@nord.com eMail: info.ca@nord.com

 )RU6DOHVRIÀFHRUGLVWULEXWRUVSOHDVHFRQWDFWXV
NORD Gear Corporation - West  RUVHHRXUZHEVLWHDWZZZQRUGFRP
1180 Railroad Street
Corona, CA 92882 0H[LFR
toll free: 1-888-314-6673  0H[LFR125''ULYHV\VWHPV6$'(&9
phone: 1-608-849-0190 Mexico Regional Office
fax: 1-888-408-6673 Av. Lázaro Cárdenas 1007 Pte.
eMail: info.us@nord.com San Pedro Garza Garcia, N.L.
México, C.P. 66266
 )RU6DOHVRIÀFHRUGLVWULEXWRUVSOHDVHFRQWDFWXV
 RUVHHRXUZHEVLWHDWZZZQRUGFRP phone: +52-81-8220-9165
fax: +52-81-8220-9044
*OREDO+HDGTXDUWHUV*HUPDQ\ eMail: info.mx@nord.com

 )RU6DOHVRIÀFHRUGLVWULEXWRUVSOHDVHFRQWDFWXV
*HWULHEHEDX125'*PE+ &R.*  RUVHHRXUZHEVLWHDWZZZQRUGFRP
Getriebebau-Nord-Straße 1
22941 Bargteheide
Germany
phone: +49-4532-2890
Fax: +49 4532-289-2253
eMail: info@nord.com

 )RU6DOHVRIÀFHRUGLVWULEXWRUVSOHDVHFRQWDFWXV
 RUVHHRXUZHEVLWHDWZZZQRUGFRP
CONTACTS

260 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


International Contacts
With the Locator Tool
Nord Locator Tool
For international contacts (outside of North America), NORD makes it easy for you to locate address and phone
number of the sales contact or facility nearest you on our homepage or with the web address: www.locator.nord.com.

www.locator.nord.com
It is as easy as submitting your location and we provide you with a list of our
nearest district managers, distributors and plant locations for your convenience.

CONTACTS

www.nord.com G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice 261


NORD GEAR LIMITED
Terms and Conditions of Sale
1. CONTRACT 11. PAYMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE
Any contract between Nord Gear Limited, hereinafter designated as “Seller”, and the party or parties accepting Time of payment is of the essence under the contract. Upon default in any of the terms of the contract, or failure
these terms and conditions of sale and any agent, officer, servant, employee or subcontractor of such party or to comply with any of the conditions thereof, or upon seizure of the property under execution or other legal
parties, hereinafter designated as “Buyer”, is subject to the terms and conditions of sale hereinafter set forth. Any process, or if Buyer becomes bankrupt or insolvent, or any petitions for reorganization or for appointment of a
deviation from such terms and conditions must be specifically set forth in writing and consented to by Seller. receiver is filed against Buyer, or if Buyer makes any assignment for the benefit of its creditors or otherwise sells,
encumbers or disposes of the goods, or if for any other reason Seller should deem itself insecure, the full
2. CONFIRMATION amount of the purchase price then remaining unpaid shall at once become due and payable at the option of
An order shall be deemed accepted only when duly confirmed by Seller, at Nord Gear Limited’s home office in Seller. Interest on the delinquent payment from the due date thereof until paid shall be at a rate of two (2%)
Brampton, Ontario, and upon such confirmation the orders shall become a contract binding upon the parties hereto, percent per month.
their successors and assigns.
12. BUYER’S DEFAULT
3. PRICES Upon Buyer’s default, Seller may dispose of the merchandise in any manner that it deems fit and, if it desires to
Prices shown are list prices and may be subject to applicable discounts. Unless otherwise agreed upon in writing, resell same, may do so at private or public sale, with or without notice, and with or without the property being at
prices are FOB factory Brampton, Ontario. Prices and discounts are subject to change without notice until the order the place of sale, subject, however, to applicable laws. Seller or its assigns shall have the right to bid at such
is accepted. Seller’s prices do not include cost of any inspection permits required. sale and may become the purchaser of the property. The proceeds of the sale shall first be applied to the
expenses incurred in retaking, repairing, storing and selling the goods; reasonable solicitor’s fees included, and
4. LIMITED WARRANTY then shall be applied to the payment of the balance due under the contract. Any surplus amount shall be paid to
Seller warrants the goods sold hereunder to be free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use Buyer. If a deficiency results after the sale, Buyer agrees to pay such forthwith, together with reasonable
and service not arising from misuse, negligence, or accident, including but not limited to the use, installation, and solicitor’s fees, for the recovery of the goods incurred by Seller. If upon Buyer’s default, Seller elects not to resell
transportation of the goods by Buyer, its agents, servants, employees, or by carriers. This warranty shall pertain to any goods which it may repossess, then the cost of repossession, including reasonable solicitor’s fees, shall
any part or parts of any goods to which Buyer or its assigns has within one year from date of delivery given written forthwith be due and payable from Buyer to Seller.
notice of claimed defects to Seller. Buyer shall be required to furnish Seller with details of such defects and this
warranty shall be effective as to such goods which Seller’s examination shall disclose to its satisfaction to have 13. SECURITY INTEREST AND TITLE
been defective and which at Seller’s option shall promptly thereafter be returned to Seller or its nominees. EXCEPT In provinces which are governed by a Personal Property Security Act, this contract shall serve as a security
FOR THE EXPRESS WARRANTIES SET FORTH ABOVE, SELLER HAS MADE NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESS, agreement, reserving in Seller a security interest until full payment of the purchase price. The provisions of the
IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, AS TO THE GOODS SOLD HEREUNDER, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO Personal Property Security Act regarding security interest shall have preference and apply if inconsistent with
THEIR MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ANY DESCRIPTION OR MODEL other terms of the conditions of sale herein. In provinces where a Personal Property Security Act does not apply,
OF THE GOODS IS FOR IDENTIFICATION OR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES ONLY AND SHALL NOT BE title to the goods shall remain in the Seller or its assigns until full payment of the purchase price. Buyer agrees to
DEEMED TO CREATE AN EXPRESS WARRANTY. The Buyer’s exclusive remedy for claims arising from defective execute forthwith any and all documents in such a way and form as Seller may need for filing or recording the
or nonconforming goods shall be limited to the repair or replacement thereof at the Seller’s sole option. THE security interest under a Personal Property Security Act with the proper registers or offices, or for filing or
SELLER SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE OR LIABLE FOR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR recording the Conditional Sales Contract herein.
IN CONNECTION WITH THE SALE, DELIVERY, USE, PERFORMANCE, OR SERVICE OF THE GOODS SOLD
UNDER THIS AGREEMENT. SELLER SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR FOR ANY CLAIM 14. SALES AND USE TAX
OR DEMAND AGAINST SELLER BY ANY PARTY. IN NO EVENT WILL SELLER BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, Seller’s prices do not include sales, use, excise or other taxes payable to any governmental authority in respect
INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF SELLER HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF of the sale of Seller’s goods. Buyer shall pay, in addition to Seller’s price, the amount of any such taxes or shall
SUCH DAMAGES. SELLER’S AGGREGATE LIABILITY FOR DAMAGES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, reimburse Seller for the amount thereof that Seller may be required to pay. At the option of Seller, Buyer shall
WHETHER ARISING FROM OR BASED UPON BREACH OF WARRANTY, BREACH OF CONTRACT, TORT OR give evidence of payment or of exemption certificate.
OTHER CAUSE OF ACTION, SHALL IN NO CASE EXCEED THE PURCHASE PRICE THAT BUYER PAYS FOR
THE PARTICULAR GOODS INVOLVED. Seller shall in no event be liable to any person or firm (including any 15. INSURANCE
assignee or Buyer) except Buyer and its successors. Unless specifically authorized by Seller in writing, Seller shall Buyer shall keep the goods insured against damage by fire, water or other casualty as required by Seller, with a
not become responsible for any repair work done by Buyer or any other party on any goods sold. Any costs of the company acceptable to Seller, with loss payable to Seller for the total purchase price until Seller is fully paid.
return of such goods to Seller shall be borne by Buyer. Goods sold but not manufactured by Seller are being Seller, if it so elects, may place said insurance at Buyer’s expense; Seller may cancel such insurance at any time
warranted as to defects in material and workmanship consistent with the limited warranty policy of the original and without notice and may receive the return premium, if any.
manufacturer of the goods and if there is not such a limited warranty policy, the warranty shall be limited to the
provisions of Article 4 herein. Standards for the operating characteristics of the gearboxes and the gear motors are 16. MODIFICATION BY SELLER
in conformity with Seller’s tests. THIS WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED Any contract may be assigned or transferred by Seller, or the time for the making of any payment due by Buyer
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY may be extended by Seller without derogation of any of the rights of Seller or its assigns. Waiver by any party of
PARTICULAR PURPOSE SELLER DOES NOT ASSUME, NOR DOES IT AUTHORIZE ANY PERSON TO any default shall not be deemed a waiver of any subsequent default.
ASSUME, ON ITS BEHALF, ANY OTHER OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY.
17. RETURNED GOODS
5. SHORTAGE AND NONCONFORMITY No goods will be accepted for return unless authorized in writing by Seller. In all cases, transportation and
Any claim of shortage or that the goods do not conform with the specifications of the order or model must be made restocking charges will be borne by Buyer.
in writing within ten (10) days after delivery of the goods (as to which such claim is made) to Buyer or its nominees,
but in no event shall the claim be later than within the time limit provided by the carrier or insurance company, 18. PACKING
otherwise such claim shall be deemed waived. The samples, measurements, dimensions and weights contained in Seller does not charge for standard packaging for domestic shipment. Buyer will be charged, however, for export
Seller’s catalogs, sales manuals, photographs and drawings constitute only an approximate guide. Seller reserves packaging or other special packing desired. Cost for cartage to ship or transfer express will be added to the
the right to make any changes which Seller, in its absolute discretion, considers necessary. While the goods will be invoice. No credit will be allowed if no packing is required.
delivered principally according to specifications of standards or quantities agreed upon, insignificant deviations or
insignificant changes in construction are permissible. The same applies to partial deliveries. In the event that Buyer 19. EXPORT ORDER
has a verified claim of shortage or nonconformity of the goods to the specifications of the order or the model, and if Export orders are to be accompanied by a confirmed irrevocable Letter of Credit in Seller’s favor, in Canadian
such claim has been submitted within the required time limit as set forth above, Seller shall, at its own expense, currency, with an accredited Canadian bank, subject to Seller’s draft, with shipping documents attached.
make up for the shortage of the goods, or replace or repair the goods, as the cause may be, but in no event shall
Seller be or become liable to Buyer or to any other person or persons for any loss in damage, direct or indirect, 20. CANCELLATION
arising out of or caused by such incidents or for the loss of profits, business of good will. Shipping dates are Placing orders on hold or cancellation of orders require Seller’s written approval, and are subject to cancellation
estimates unless parties expressly agree on time of the essence. and/or restocking charges.

6. FORCE MAJEURE 21. BUYER’S RESPONSIBILITY AS TO MAINTENANCE


The obligation of Seller shall be modified or excused, as the case may be, for reasons of Acts of God, war, Buyer shall use and shall require its employees and agents to use all safety devices and guards and shall
governmental law regulations, strikes or lock-outs, fire, breakdown of machinery, whether in its own business maintain the same in proper working order. Buyer shall use and require its employees and agents to use safe
enterprise, or if for any other cause beyond Seller’s control, the goods cannot be delivered or their delivery becomes operating procedures in operating the equipment and shall further obey and have its employees and agents
delayed in whole or in part. In the above instances time for delivery shall be extended for the period of the delay obey safety instructions given by Seller. If Buyer fails to meet the obligations herein, Buyer agrees to indemnify
caused, with the proviso, however, that either party may cancel in writing the undelivered portion of the order of and save Seller harmless from any liability or obligation with regard to any personal injuries or property damages
contract if the delay exceeds six (6) months from the delivery date originally confirmed by Seller. In no event shall directly or indirectly connected with the operation of the equipment. Buyer further agrees to notify Seller promptly
Seller become liable in the aforesaid instances to Buyer or any third party for consequential damages or business and in any event not later than ten (10) days after notice or knowledge of any accident or malfunction involving
loss. Seller’s equipment which has caused personal injury or property damages and to cooperate fully with Seller in
investigating and determining the causes of such accident and malfunction. In the event that Buyer fails to give
7. SHIPMENT AS UNIT such notice to Seller or to cooperate with Seller, Buyer shall be obligated to indemnify and save Seller harmless
Each shipment by Seller shall be treated as a separate and distinct unit with respect, but only with respect to from any such claims arising from such accident.
forwarding, terms of payment, and the making of claims by Buyer; provided, however, that if Buyer defaults in the
payment of any obligation to Seller or any installments thereof, under any agreement between Buyer and Seller, or 22. MISCELLANOUS PROVISIONS
if Buyer refuses to accept any goods when tendered for delivery, Seller may, on fifteen (15) days written notice to (A)If for any reason a provision of a contract is legally invalid, then in such event the rest of the contract shall
Buyer, without prejudice to Seller’s other lawful remedies, either defer further performance until the defaulted remain in full force and affect, except that the parties shall try to replace such invalid provision with a provision
payments are made in full, or make future deliveries for cash in advance only, or to treat the entire contract or closest to their original mutual intentions. (B) Any amendments to any contract or contracts require the consent
contracts with Buyer as breached by Buyer and pursue its remedies for breach. in writing by both parties. Headings in this document are for ease of reference only.

8. BUYER’S REFUSAL OF D ELIVERY 23. NON ASSIGNMENT BY BUYER


If Buyer refuses to accept delivery of any goods tendered for delivery, then Seller, without prejudice to Seller’s other Contract or contracts may not be assigned by Buyer without prior written consent of Seller.
lawful remedies, may either store or cause such goods to be stored in a warehouse, for Buyer’s account and at
Buyer’s cost, risk and expense, or sell such goods (without notice) to any purchaser at public or private sale, and 24. APPLICABLE LAW
hold Buyer liable for any difference between (A) the contract price of the goods, and (B) the price at which goods This agreement shall be governed by the laws of the Province of Ontario and the applicable laws of Canada.
are resold less the costs and expense of such resale including brokerage commissions, or restocking charges. Buyer and Seller agree that any judicial proceeding with respect to this agreement must be brought and
maintained in the City of Toronto, In the Province of Ontario.
9. GOODS IN TRANSIT
If prior to delivery or while the goods are in transit, Buyer or Seller becomes bankrupt or insolvent, or any petition in 25.
bankruptcy or for the reorganization or for appointment of a receiver is filed against Buyer or Seller, as the case may This instrument sets forth the entire understanding and agreement of the parties hereto in respect of the subject
be, then the other party hereto may forthwith terminate this contract by giving written notice of such termination. matter hereof, and all prior undertaking between the parties hereto, together with all representations and
Such termination shall not affect any claim for damages available to Buyer, to Seller, as actually paid in money, is obligations of such parties in respect of such subject matter, shall be superseded by and merged into this
abated by any order of judgment entered or any plan adopted in any bankruptcy, reorganization, receivership, or instrument.
similar proceeding. Such termination shall not prejudice Seller’s rights to any amounts then due under the contract.
If Buyer becomes bankrupt or insolvent or any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization or if a state court 26.
receivership is filed against Buyer, then, at its option, Seller may take possession of any goods theretofore sold to The provisions of this agreement shall bind and ensure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective
Buyer, in connection with which the full purchase price has not been paid, analogous to the terms and provisions set heirs, executors, administrators, successors and (subject to any restrictions or assignment herein above set
forth in Paragraphs 11 and 12 hereinafter. forth) assigns, as the case may be.

10.DELIVERY 27.
(A)Unless otherwise agreed, delivery of the goods to any carrier shall constitute delivery to Buyer, and thereafter the The parties acknowledge that they have requested this document and all notices or other documents relating
risk of loss or damage to the goods shall be upon Buyer. (B) If Buyer does not give delivery instructions to Seller at thereto be drafted in the English language.
least ten (10) days prior to the delivery date ex factory confirmed by Seller, Seller may deliver the goods to a carrier
of its own choosing, at Buyer’s cost and risk, or, at Seller’s option may store the goods on the pier or on any Les parties reconnaissent qu’ils ont requis que ce contrat et tous les avis ou autres documents qui s’y rapportent
warehouse at Buyer’s cost and risk. Any purchase price in such event becomes due and payable within ten (10) soient rédiges en langue anglaise.
days of such storage.
“Terms and Conditions in French available upon request.”

G1035 – Subject to Change Without Notice


NORD GEAR CORPORATION
CONDITIONS OF SALE WWW.NORD.COM
1. CONTRACT 8. BUYER’S REFUSAL OF DELIVERY
Any contract between Nord Gear Corporation, hereinafter designated as Seller, and the Buyer is subject to the terms and conditions of sale hereinafter If Buyer refuses to accept delivery of any goods tendered for delivery, then Seller, without prejudice to Seller’s other lawful remedies, may either
set forth. Any deviation from such terms and conditions must be specifically set forth in writing and consented to by Seller. Accordingly, the Buyer store or cause such goods to be stored in a warehouse, for buyer’s account and at Buyer’s cost, risk and expense, or sell such goods (without notice)
and Seller acknowledge and agree that the terms and conditions set forth below and on the face hereof shall govern Buyer’s purchase of the to any purchases at public or private sale, and hold the Buyer liable for any difference between (a) the contract price of the goods, and (b) the price
goods described on the face hereof and shall take precedence over and represents the final agreement between Buyer and Seller, notwithstanding at which goods are resold less the costs and expense of such resale including brokerage commissions, or restocking charges.
any inconsistent, contradictory or other prior or further conditions contained in any oral or written request or purchase order issued by Buyer or 9. GOODS IN TRANSIT
any other document furnished by Buyer in connection with its purchase of the Goods, regardless of whether such document or documents are If prior to delivery or while the goods are in transit, Buyer or Seller becomes bankrupt or insolvent, or any petition in bankruptcy or for the
exchanged simultaneously with this Invoice or prior or subsequent thereto. Any additional or different terms or conditions which may appear in reorganization or for a state court receivership is filed against Buyer or Seller, as the case may be, then the other party hereto may forthwith
any communicaiton, oral or written, from Seller, its officers, employees, agents or representatives, are hereby expressly rejected and shall not be terminate this contract by giving written notice of such termination. Such termination shall not affect any claim for damages available to the
effective or binding upon the Seller, unless specifically hereafter agreed to in writing by Seller and no such additional or different terms or conditions Buyer, provided that if Buyer is then indebted to Seller, the amount of any such damage claim shall be abated to the extent that the indebtedness
in any document submitted to Seller by Buyer shall become part of the contract between Buyer and Seller, unless such written acceptance by Seller of Buyer to Seller, as actually paid in money, is abated by any order of judgement entered or any plan adopted in any bankruptcy, reorganization,
specifically recognizes and assents to their inclusion. Any objection by Buyer to the terms and conditions hereof shall be ineffective unless Seller is receivership, or similar proceeding. Such termination shall not prejudice the Seller’s rights to any amounts then due under the contract. If Buyer
advised in writing thereof within two (2) days of the date of this Invoice. becomes bankrupt or insolvent or any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganizing or if a state court receivership is filed against Buyer, then, at its option
2. CONFIRMATION Seller may take possession of any goods theretofore sold to Buyer, in connection with which the full purchase price has not been paid, analogous to
An order shall be deemed accepted only when duly confirmed by Seller, at Nord Gear Corporation’s home office in Waunakee, Wisconsin, and upon the terns and provisions set forth in Paragraphs 11 and 12 hereinafter.
such confirmation the order shall become a contract binding upon the parties hereto, their successors and assigns. 10. DELIVERY
3. PRICES (a) Any indicated dates of delivery are approximate only, but NORD Gear will attempt to meet them whenever possible. (b) NORD Gear will not
Prices shown are list prices and may be subject to applicable discounts. Unless otherwise agreed upon in writing, prices are FOB factory Waunakee, be liable for any penalty clausess contained in any specifications or order submitted unless agreed to in writing by an authorized officer of NORD
Wisconsin. Prices and discounts are subject to change without notice until order is accepted. Seller’s prices do not include cost of any inspection Gear Corporation. (c) Unless otherwise agreed, delivery of the goods to any carrier shall constitute delivery to the Buyer, and thereafter the risk of
permits required. loss or damage to the goods shall be upon the Buyer. (d) If the Buyer does not give delivery instructions to the Seller at least (10) days prior to
4. LIMITED WARRANTY the delivery date ex factory confirmed by the Seller, the Seller may deliver the goods to a carrier of its own choosing, at Buyer’s cost and risk, or,
Seller hereby warrants that the goods sold hereunder shall be free from material defects in material and workmanship, if properly installed and used at Seller’s option, may store the goods on the pier or any warehouse, at Buyer’s cost and risk. Any purchase price in such event becomes due and
payable within ten (10) days of such storage.
under normal operating conditions, for a period of twelve (12) months from the date of installation or eighteen (18) months from date of shipment,
11. PAYMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE
whichever comes first (the “Warranty Period”). With respect to gears and housings only, the Warranty Period is extended to thirty-six (36) months
Time of payment is of the essence under the contract. Unless otherwise provided, terms of payment are 30 days net from the date of invoice
from the date of invoice or twenty-four (24) months from the date of installation, whichever comes first. The limited warranty shall not apply to any
with a 1% discount if paid within 10 days of date of invoice. Upon default in any of the terms of the contract, or failure to comply with any of the
components or parts which are subject to normal operational wear and tear, including, but not limited to, belts and traction discs. Should any goods
conditions thereof, or upon seizure of the property under execution or other legal process, or if the Buyer becomes bankrupt or insolvent, or any
fail to comply with the foregoing limited warranty, Buyer shall provide written notice to Seller of the claimed defect and all relevant details within
petition for reorganization or for a state court receivership is filed against Buyer, or if the Buyer makes any assignment for the benefit of it’s creditors
thirty (30) days of Buyer’s discovery of the claimed defect. Buyer shall return the allegedly defective goods to Seller at its facilities in Waunakee,
or otherwise sells, encumbers or disposes of the goods, or if for any other reason the Seller should deem itself insecure, the full amount of the
Wisconsin or to such other location within the USA as may be designated by Seller in its sole discretion, with all shipping and transportation charges purchase price then remaining unpaid shall at once become due and payable at the option of the Seller.
prepaid by Buyer. Seller shall then examine the returned goods to determine if the claimed defect is covered by the limited warranty. If the claimed 12. BUYER’S DEFAULT
defect is covered by the limited warranty, Buyer’s sole and exclusive remedy shall be to have Seller repair or replace, at Seller’s option, the defective Upon the Buyer’s default, the Seller may dispose of the merchandise in any manner that it deems fit and, if it desires to resell same, may do so at
goods or components in accordance with the terms of this limited warranty. Seller shall have a commercially reasonable time to make such repairs private or public sale, with or without notice, and with or without the property being at the place of sale, subject, however, to applicable laws. The
or replacements and may use new or reconditioned components. Any repair or replacement shall not extend the Warranty Period unless otherwise Seller or its assigns shall have the right to bid at such sale and may become the purchaser of the property. The proceeds of the sale shall first be
agreed by Seller. Buyer shall pay all shipping costs and any costs of removal and re-installation of goods or components. applied to the expenses incurred in retaking, repairing, storing and selling the goods, reasonable attorney’s fees included, and then shall be applied
The foregoing limited warranty shall not apply with respect to any goods or components (i) which are not installed, used, operated, serviced or to the payment of the balance due under the contract. Any surplus amount shall be paid to the Buyer. If a deficiency results after the resale, the
maintained in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions or which are otherwise not properly installed, used, operated, serviced or maintained, Buyer agrees to pay such forthwith, together with reasonable attorney’s fees, for the recovery of the goods incurred by the Seller. If upon the
or (ii) which are misused, neglected, damaged, altered, repaired, reconfigured or incorrectly wired. Seller makes no representations as to the Buyer’s default, the Seller elects not to resell any goods which it may repossess, then the cost of repossession, including reasonable attorney’s fees,
specifications, capacity or performance of the goods sold hereunder, except as may be specifically set forth in the invoice’s written specifications, shall forthwith be due and payable from Buyer to Seller. Buyer agrees to pay all reasonable costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Seller
and any such representations are expressly conditioned upon the accuracy and completeness of the data and information furnished by the buyer in enforcing Seller’s rights against Buyer, including Seller’s right to payment of the purchase price of the goods and Buyer’s payment of all other
and upon the goods being properly installed, used, serviced and maintained by Buyer. Any description or model of the goods is for identification or amounts owing to Seller required under this Invoice and Conditions of Sale.
illustrative purposes only and shall not be deemed to create any warranty, express or implied. 13. SECURITY INTEREST AND TITLE
THE FOREGOING LIMITED WARRANTY SHALL EXTEND SOLELY TO BUYER AND NOT TO ANY OTHER PARTY. THE FOREGOING LIMITED WARRANTY In states and localities which are governed by the Uniform Commercial Code, this contract shall serve as security agreement, reserving in Seller a
IS IN LIEU OF ANY AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. SELLER HEREBY EXCLUDES AND DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL security interest until full payment of purchase price. The provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code regarding security interest shall have preference
OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR and apply if inconsistent with other terms of the conditions of sale. In states and localities where the Uniform Commercial Code does not apply,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IF BUYER SHALL FAIL TO PAY WHEN DUE ANY PORTION OF THE PURCHASE PRICE OR ANY OTHER PAYMENT title to the goods shall remain in the Seller or its assigns until full payment of the purchase price. Buyer agrees to execute forthwith any and all
REQUIRED FROM BUYER TO SELLER UNDER THIS CONTRACT, ALL WARRANTIES AND REMEDIES SET FORTH HEREIN SHALL BE DEEMED NULL AND documents in such a way and form as Seller may need for filing or recording the security interest under the Uniform Commercial Code with the proper
VOID, AB INITIO. THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY UNDER THE FOREGOING LIMITED WARRANTY SHALL registers or offices, or for filing or recording the conditional sales contract.
NOT HAVE FAILED OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE (AS THAT TERM IS USED IN THE UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE) PROVIDED THAT SELLER REMAINS 14. SALES AND USE TAX
WILLING TO REPAIR OR REPLACE DEFECTIVE GOODS WITHIN A COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE TIME. BUYER SPECIFICALLY ACKNOWLEDGES AND Buyer agrees to bear and pay any sales or use tax in connection with the purchase herein, and to hold the Seller harmless from payment. At the
AGREES THAT THE PRICE CHARGED BY SELLER FOR THE GOODS IS BASED UPON THE LIMITATIONS OF SELLER’S WARRANTY OBLIGATIONS AND option the Seller, Buyer shall give evidence of payment or of exemption certificate.
OTHER LIABILITIES AS SET FORTH HEREIN. 15. INSURANCE
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION HEREOF, IN NO EVENT SHALL SELLER BE LIABLE TO BUYER OR TO ANY OTHER The Buyer shall keep the goods insured against damage by fire, water or other casualty as required by Seller, with a company acceptable to Seller,
PARTY FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, LOST PROFITS, OR FOR ANY LOSSES, CLAIMS OR DAMAGES with loss payable to Seller for the total purchase price until the Seller is fully paid. Seller, if it so elects, may place said insurance at Buyer’s expense;
RELATING TO OR ARISING FROM THE USE OR OPERATION OF THE GOODS, AND IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY CLAIM OR RECOVERY OF ANY KIND EXCEED Seller may cancel such insurance at any time and without notice and may receive the return premium, if any.
THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE GOODS IDENTIFIED IN THE RELATED INVOICE. 16. MODIFICATION BY SELLER
5. SHORTAGE AND NONCONFORMITY Any contract may be assigned or transferred by the Seller, or the time for the making of any payment due by Buyer may be extended by Seller
Any claim of shortage or that the goods do not conform with the specifications of the order or model must be made in writing within ten (10) days without derogation of any of the rights of the Seller or its assigns. Waiver by any party of any default shall not be deemed a waiver of any
after delivery of the goods (as to which such claim is made) to Buyer or its nominees, but in no event shall the claim be later than within the time subsequent default.
limit provided by the carrier or insurance company, otherwise such claim shall be deemed waived. Buyer may not return any goods claimed to be in 17. RETURNED GOODS
non-conformity without Seller’s prior written authorization. Goods returned without permission will not be accepted, including for credit, and will be No goods will be accepted for return unless authorized in writing by Seller. In all cases, transportation and restocking charges will be borne by Buyer.
returned to Buyer, F.O.B. Sellter’s plant. Any claim based on the receipt of damaged Goods must be filed with the carrier which delivered the goods. 18. PACKING
The samples, measurements, dimensions and weights contained in the Seller’s catalogs, sales manuals, photographs and drawings constitute only The Buyer will be charged for export packaging or other special packing desired. Cost for cartage to ship or transfer express will be added to the
an approximate guide. The Seller reserves the right to make any change which the Seller, in its absolute discretion, considers necessary. While the invoice. No credit will be allowed if no packing is required.
19. CHANGES/CANCELLATION
goods will be delivered principally according to specifications or standards or quantities agreed upon, insignificant deviations or insignificant changes
NORD Gear will not accept changes in specifications to a confirmed order unless such changes are requested in writing and confirmed back in writing.
in construction are permissible. The same applies to partial deliveries, In the event that Buyer has a verified claim of shortage or nonconformity
In addition, the purchaser must to agree to any additional charges that may arise from the change. Placing orders on hold or cancellation of orders
of the goods to the specifications of the order or the model, and if such claim has been submitted within the required time limit as set forth above,
require Seller’s written approval, and are subject to cancellation and/or restocking charges.
the Seller shall, at its own expense, make up for the shortage of the goods, or replace or repair the goods, as the case may be, but in no event
20. BUYER’S RESPONSIBILITY AS TO MAINTENANCE
shall Seller be or become liable to Buyer or to any other person or persons for any loss in damage, direct or indirect, arising out of or caused by
Buyer shall use and shall require its employees and agents to use all safety devices and guards and shall maintain the same in proper working order.
such incidents or for the loss of profits, business or good will. The liability of the Seller to Buyer, if any hereunder, for breach of warranty, contract, Buyer shall use and require its employees and agents to use safe operation procedures in operating the equipment and shall further obey and have
negligence or otherwise, shall in no event exceed the amount of the purchase price of the goods sold with respect to which any damages are claimed. its employees and agents obey safety instructions given by Seller. If Buyer fails to meet the obligations herein, Buyer agrees to defend, indemnify
Shipping dates are estimates unless parties expressly agree on time of the essence. and save Seller harmless from any liability or obligation with regard to any personal injuries or property damages directly or indirectly connected
6. FORCE MAJEURE with the operation of the equipment. Buyer further agrees to notify Seller promptly and in any event not later than ten (10) days after notice or
The obligation of the Seller shall be modified or excused, as the case may be, for reasons of Acts of God, war, governmental law regulations, strikes knowledge of any accident or malfunction involving Seller’s equipment which has caused personal injury or property damages and to cooperate fully
or lock-outs, fire, breakdown of machinery, whether in its own business enterprise, or if for any other cause beyond Seller’s control, the goods cannot with Seller in investigating and determining the causes of such accident and malfunction. In the event that Buyer fails to give such notice to Seller
be delivered or their delivery becomes delayed in whole or in part. In the above instances time for delivery shall be extended for the period of the or to cooperate with Seller, Buyer shall be obligated to defend, indemnify and save Seller harmless from any such claims arising from such accident.
delay caused, with the proviso, however, that either party may cancel in writing the undelivered portion of the order or contract if the delay exceeds 21. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
six (6) months from the delivery date originally confirmed by Seller. In no event shall Seller become liable in the aforesaid instances to Buyer or (a) If for any reason a provision of a contract is legally invalid, then in such event the rest of the contract shall remain in full force and affect, except
any third party for consequential damages or business loss. that the parties shall try to replace such invalid provision closest to their original mutual intentions. (b) This Invoice and these Conditions of Sale
7. SHIPMENT AS UNIT constitute the entire agreement between the parties regarding the subject matter hereof and supercedes all prior agreements, understandings and
Each shipment by Seller shall be treated as a separate and distinct unit with respect, but only with respect to forwarding, terms of payment, and statements, whether oral or written, regarding such subject matter. No modification to, change in or departure from, the provisions of this Invoice
the making of claims by the Buyer: provided, however, that if the Buyer defaults in the payment of any obligation to Seller or any installments and Conditions of Sale shall be valid or binding on Seller, unless approved in writing by Seller. No course of dealing or usage of trade shall be
thereof, under any agreement between Buyer and Seller, or if Buyer refuses to accept any goods when tendered for delivery, the Seller may, on applicable unless expressly incorporated into this Invoice and Conditions of Sale. Any amendments to any contract or contracts between the parties
fifteen (15) days written notice to the Buyer, without prejudice to Seller’s other lawful remedies, either defer further performance until the defaulted shall be valid only upon the written consent of both parties.
payments are made in full, or make future deliveries for cash in advance only, or treat the entire contract or contracts with Buyer as breached by 22. NON ASSIGNMENT BY BUYER
the Buyer and pursue its remedies for breach. Contract or contracts may not be assigned by the Buyer without prior written consent of the Seller.
23. APPLICABLE LAW AND VENUE
All contracts and their interpretation are governed by the applicable, substantive laws of the State of Wisconsin. Any litigation brought by the Buyer
regarding this Invoice or goods purchased hereunder may only be brought in the Circuit Court for Dane County, Wisconsin.

NORD Gear Corporation


Toll Free in the United States: 888.314.6673 Nord Gear Company Terms 09/14
09.2.14 www.nord.com/docs
Notes
NOTES

264 G1013 – Subject to Change Without Notice www.nord.com


Product
Overview
UNICASE ™ SPEED REDUCERS UNICASE ™ SPEED REDUCERS
HELICAL IN-LINE MINICASE™ RIGHT ANGLE WORM
- Foot or Flange Mount - Foot, Flange or Shaft Mount
- Torque up to 205,000 lb-in - Torque up to 3,540 lb-in
- Gear ratios – 1.82:1 to over 300,000:1 - Gear ratios – 5:1 to 500:1

NORDBLOC®.1 HELICAL IN-LINE FLEXBLOC™ WORM


- Foot or Flange Mount - Modular bolt-on options
- Torque up to 26,550 lb-in - Torque up to 4,683 lb-in
- Gear ratios – 1.88:1 to over 370:1 - Gear ratios – 5:1 to 3,000:1

PARALLEL HELICAL CLINCHER™ MAXXDRIVE™ LARGE INDUSTRIAL


- Shaft, Flange or Foot Mount GEAR UNITS PARALLEL HELICAL
- Torque up to 797,000 lb-in - Modular bolt-on options
- Gear ratios – 4.26:1 to over 300,000:1 - Torque up to 2,027,000 lb-in
- Gear ratios – 5:1 to 1,600:1
SCP SCREW CONVEYOR PACKAGE
MAXXDRIVE™ LARGE INDUSTRIAL
- Shaft, or Flange Mount
GEAR UNITS HELICAL-BEVEL
- Torque up to 53,100 lb-in - Modular bolt-on options
- Gear ratios – 4.32:1 to over 1500:1 - Torque up to 2,027,000 lb-in
- Gear ratios – 5:1 to 1,600:1
RIGHT ANGLE
HELICAL-BEVEL 2-STAGE NORDAC
- Foot, Flange or Shaft Mount AC VECTOR DRIVES
- Torque up to 5,840 lb-in
- Gear ratios – 4.1:1 to 72:1 SK2
SK200E FAMILY
- Distributed,
Dis high performance
RIGHT ANGLE HELICAL-BEVEL - 38
380-480V, 3-phase to 30 hp
- Foot, Flange or Shaft Mount - 20
200-240V, 3-phase to 15 hp
- Torque up to 283,000 lb-in 200-240V, 1-phase to 1.5 hp
- 20
- Gear ratios – 8.04:1 to over 300,000:1 100-120V, 1-phase to 1 hp
- 10

RIGHT ANGLE HELICAL-WORM SK500E FAMILY


SK5
- Foot, Flange or Shaft Mount - Compact, cabinet mount, high performance
- Torque up to 27,585 lb-in - 380-480V, 3-phase, to 50hp
- Gear ratios – 4.40:1 to over 300,000:1 - 200-240V, 3-phase, to 25hp
- 200-240V, 1-phase, to 3hp
HIGH PERFORMANCE - 100-120V, 1-phase, to 1.5hp
MOTORS & BRAKEMOTORS
INVERTER/VECTOR DUTY
- Standard or Energy Efficient
- Integral, NEMA or Metric IEC
- 1/6 to 250 hp
NORD Gear Corporation NORD Gear Limited
National Customer Service Toll-Free: 888.314.6673 Toll-Free in Canada: 800.668.4378
100200108/

www.nord.com info.us@nord.com info.ca@nord.com

WEST MIDWEST EAST CANADA


Corona, CA (Los Angeles) Waunakee, WI (Madison) Charlotte, NC Brampton, ON (Toronto)
Phone: 608.849.0190 Phone: 608.849.7300 Phone: 608.849.0140 Phone: 905.796.3606

You might also like